2013 materials and engineering catalogue

Woodhead Publishing

Materials and Engineering2013 Catalogue

www.woodheadpublishing.comwww.woodheadpublishingonline.com

WOODHEADPUBLISHING

Features

2013 Collection: buy access to all published and forthcoming titles for 2013

Backlist Collections: purchase access to titles from previous years

Pick ‘N’ Mix Collection: create your own collection (minimum order 12 titles)

Pay-per-view: individual chapter purchase available

Short-term chapter rental: rent a chapter for as little as 72 hours

Purchase options available

• Over 385 Materials and Engineering titles

• Fast and powerful search tools

• Regularly updated with new content

• Extensive librarian support tools

• Perpetual access - No ongoing maintenance fees

• Hosted by MetaPress

Woodhead Publishing Online

A major electronic resource, Woodhead Publishing Online is the only place our full collection of Materials and Engineering titles is available. The site offers extensive features and functionality including no DRM, no limit to the number of concurrent users and a range of innovative purchase options. E-versions of our books can be purchased as part of one of our extensive collections, as part of a Pick ‘N’ Mix selection or by individual chapter on a pay-per-view or rental basis.

The intelligent information resource in new science and technology

To find how Woodhead Publishing Online meets your research needs or to request a trial go to:

www.woodheadpublishingonline.comor e-mail [email protected]

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited 1

Contents

High temperature materials and power generationConventional power generation

High temperature materialsNuclear power generation

Renewable power generation

Transport materials and technologiesRail

AutomotiveAerospace

Marine engineering and underwater welding

Mechanical engineering and general materials

Chemistry and general science

Corrosion and surface engineeringCorrosion

Surface engineering

Fatigue, fracture and failurePreventing fatigue and failure

Understanding fatigue and failure

Welding technologies

Welding practice (including health and safety)

Weld design

Inspection and testing

Training and inspection aids

Title index

Author index

Order form

62666872

787882

84

85

94

9598

102103

105

108

109

109

110

112

117

120

CompositesBehaviour and characterisation

Design, manufacture and applicationsConference proceedings

Civil engineeringMaterials and their properties

Cement and concreteMonitoring and condition assessment

Structural engineering

Polymer composites

Polymers and biopolymers

Plastics and rubber

Adhesives

BiomaterialsApplications

Clinical techniquesMaterials

Medical textilesTechnologies and performance

Fire retardant materials

Ceramics

Electronic and optical materialsElectronic materials and technology

Optical materials, photonics and lasersSensors and MEMS and functional materials

Electrical engineering

Computer and electrical engineering

Metallurgy

Metals mining and processing

Steel

26

13

9121415

17

19

23

24

2529303334

39

40

42455054

54

55

59

60

Denotes titles published from January 2012 onwards.

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

All prices are correct at time of going to press but are subject to alteration without notice.

For further information on our titles please telephone, fax, e-mail, or visit our website:Tel: +44 (0)1223 499140Fax: +44 (0)1223 832819E-mail: [email protected]: www.woodheadpublishing.comWeb: www.woodheadpublishingonline.com

NEW

About Woodhead Publishing

Established in 1989, Woodhead Publishing is a leading independent publisher of science and technology books in the following areas:

Our books are designed to be at the leading edge of research with up-to-the-minute information on advances crucial to the future of major industries. They all contain expert knowledge and invaluable research findings from an international contributor base.

• Food Science, Technology and Nutrition• Materials and Engineering• Textile Technology

• Energy and Environmental Technology• Asian Studies, Business Management, Finance and Commodities• Biomedicine and Biomaterials

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe2 Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

BEHAVIOUR AND CHARACTERISATION

Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of polymer matrix compositesEdited by V M Karbhari, The University of Alabama in Huntsville, USA

Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) or non-destructive testing (NDT) techniques are an essential tool in monitoring material performance. This important book reviews the use of NDE techniques to assess polymer matrix composites. Part one reviews the range of NDE techniques such as shearography, dielectric techniques, ultrasound and infrared thermography. Part two discusses the use of NDE techniques in aerospace applications, whilst part three reviews their use in civil engineering and other applications.

CONTENTSPart 1 Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) techniques: Infrared thermography; Digital shearography; Eddy current methods; Dielectric techniques; Ultrasound. Part 2 NDE techniques for aerospace applications: Assessing debonding using acoustic waves; Detecting faults using Lamb waves; Techniques for testing adhesive bonds; Applications of infrared thermography to detect flaws and impact damage; Application of ultrasonic techniques. Part 3 NDE techniques for civil infrastructure and other applications: Detecting bond defects using shearography; Monitoring using fiber optic sensors; Detecting damage using acoustic emission; Application of infrared thermometry, ground penetrating radar and digital tap testing; Monitoring using microwave techniques; NDE of wind turbine blades; NDE of marine structures.

650 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013ISBN: 978 0 85709 344 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 355 4

Approx. £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093448

Failure analysis and fractography of polymer compositesE S Greenhalgh, Imperial College London, UK

CONTENTSIntroduction to failure analysis and fractography of polymer composites; Methodology and tools for failure analysis of polymer composites; Fibre-dominated failures in polymer composites; Delamination-dominated failures in polymer composites; Fatigue failures of polymer composites; The influence of fibre architecture in the failure of polymer composites; Defects and damage and their role in the failure of polymer composites; Case studies: failures of polymer composites due to overload and design deficiencies; Case studies: failures of polymer composites due to material and manufacturing defects; Case studies: failures of polymer composites due to in-service factors.

608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009ISBN: 978 1 84569 217 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 681 8

£170.00/US$290.00/€205.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692179

Failure mechanisms in polymer matrix compositesCriteria, testing and industrial applicationsEdited by P Robinson, E S Greenhalgh and S Pinho, Imperial College London, UK

Polymer matrix composites are increasingly replacing traditional materials, such as metals, for applications in the aerospace, automotive and marine industries. This important book explores the main types of composite failure and examines their implications in specific applications. Part one discusses various failure mechanisms, including manufacturing defects, and addresses a variety of loading forms, such as impact and the implications for structural integrity. Testing techniques and modelling methods for predicting potential failure in composites are also reviewed. Part two investigates the effects of polymer-matrix composite failure in a range of industries and looks at recycling issues and environmental factors affecting the use of composite materials.

CONTENTSPart 1 Failure mechanisms: Progress in failure criteria for polymer matrix composites: A view from the first World-Wide failure exercise (WWFE); Manufacturing defects as a cause of failure in polymer matrix composites; Low and medium velocity impact as a cause of failure in polymer matrix composites; Structural integrity of polymer matrix composite panels in fire; Testing the toughness of polymer matrix composites; Testing the strength and stiffness of polymer matrix composites; Fibre-dominated compressive failure in polymer matrix composites. Part 2 Failure mechanisms in specific applications: Considerations of failure mechanisms in polymer matrix composites in the design of aerospace structures; Failure of polymer matrix composites in defence applications; Failure of polymer matrix composites in marine and off-shore applications; Recycling issues in polymer matrix composites; Failure of polymer matrix composites in automotive and transportation applications; Environmental induced failure in fibre-reinforced plastics.



Creep and fatigue in polymer matrix compositesEdited by R M Guedes, University of Porto, Portugal

CONTENTSPart 1 Viscoelastic and viscoplastic modelling: Viscoelastic constitutive modeling of creep and stress relaxation in polymers and polymer matrix composites; Time-temperature-age superposition principle for predicting long-term response of linear viscoelastic materials; Time-dependent behaviour of active/intelligent polymer matrix composites incorporating piezoceramic fibers; Predicting the elastic-viscoplastic and creep behaviour of polymer matrix composites using the homogenization theory; Measuring fiber strain and creep behaviour in polymer matrix composites using Raman spectroscopy; Predicting the viscoelastic behaviour of polymer nanocomposites; Constitutive modelling of viscoplastic deformation of polymer matrix composites; Creep analysis of polymer matrix composites using viscoplastic models; Micromechanical modeling of viscoelastic behaviour of polymer matrix composites undergoing large deformations. Part 2 Creep rupture: Fiber bundle models for creep rupture analysis of polymer matrix composites; Micromechanical modelling of time-dependent failure in off-axis polymer matrix composites; Time-dependent failure criteria for lifetime prediction of polymer matrix composite structures. Part 3 Fatigue modelling, characterisation and monitoring: Testing the fatigue strength of fibers used in fiber-reinforced composites using fiber bundle tests; Continuum damage mechanical modelling of creep damage and fatigue in polymer matrix composites; Accelerated testing methodology for predicting long-term creep and fatigue in polymer matrix composites; Fatigue testing methods for polymer matrix composites; The effect of viscoelasticity on fatigue behavior of polymer matrix composites; Characterization of vicoelasticity, viscoplasticity and damage in composites; Structural health monitoring of composite structures for durability.



Forensic polymer engineeringWhy polymer products fail in serviceP R Lewis and C Gagg, Open University, UK

‘...a great deal of valuable information.’

‘...a very substantial number of cases are presented.’Polymer Testing

‘...an excellent source of reference, I can’t believe there is anyone that would not learn something.’

Materials World

CONTENTSIntroduction; Examination and analysis of failed components; Polymer medical devices; Polymer storage tanks; Small polymeric containers; Polymeric pipes and fittings; Polymeric seals; Tools and ladders; Components in transport applications; Consumer products; Conclusions.



Composites

NEW

NEW


Fatigue life prediction of composites and composite structuresEdited by A P Vassilopoulos, EPFL, Switzerland

‘The book presents a comprehensive updated review of FLP methodologies for FRC. The editor deserves credit for organising expert contributions from international authors.’

Materials World

CONTENTSIntroduction to the fatigue life prediction of composite materials and structures: Past, present and future. Part 1 Fatigue life modeling: Phenomenological fatigue analysis and life modeling; Residual strength fatigue theories for composite materials; Fatigue damage modeling of composite materials with the phenomenological residual stiffness approach; Novel computation methods for fatigue life modeling of composite materials. Part 2 Fatigue life prediction: Fatigue life prediction of composite materials under constant amplitude loading; Probabilistic fatigue life prediction of composite materials; Fatigue life prediction of composite materials based on progressive damage modeling; Fatigue life prediction of composite materials under realistic loading conditions (variable amplitude loading); Fatigue of fiber reinforced composites under multiaxial loading; A progressive damage mechanics algorithm for life prediction of composite materials under cyclic complex stress. Part 3 Applications: Fatigue life prediction of bonded joints in composite structures; Health monitoring of composite structures based on acoustic emission measurements; Fatigue life prediction of wind turbine rotor blades manufactured from composites.



Science and engineering of short fibre reinforced polymer compositesS-Y Fu, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China, B Lauke, Leibniz Institute of Polymer Research, Germany and Y-W Mai, University of Sydney, Australia

‘In the final chapter relating to the fracture mechanics of SFRP, the depth and breadth is quite remarkable. The text is both well-planned and well-written.’

Materials World

CONTENTSIntroduction to short fibre reinforced polymer composites; Extrusion compounding and injection moulding; Major factors on performance of short fibre reinforced polymers; Stress transfer in short fibre reinforced polymers; Strength of short fibre reinforced polymers; Elastic modulus of short fibre reinforced polymers; Flexural modulus of short fibre reinforced polymers; Thermal conductivity and expansion of short fibre reinforced polymer composites; Non-linear stress-strain behaviour; Fracture mechanics.



Tribology of natural fiber polymer compositesN Chand, Advanced Materials and Processes Research Institute and M Fahim, Zakir Hussain College, University of Delhi, India

CONTENTSNatural fibers and their composites; Introduction to tribology of polymer composites; Sisal reinforced polymer composites; Jute reinforced polymer composites; Cotton reinforced polymer composites; Bamboo reinforced polymer composites; Wood reinforced polymer composites.



Delamination behaviour of compositesEdited by S Sridharan, Washington University in St. Louis, USA

CONTENTSPart 1 Delamination as a mode of failure and testing of delamination resistance. Part 2 Delamination: detection and characterization Part 3 Analysis of delamination behavior from tests. Part 4 Modeling delamination. Part 5 Analysis of structural performance in presence of delamination and prevention/mitigation of delamination.



Ageing of compositesEdited by R Martin, MERL, UK

CONTENTSPart 1 Ageing of composites: Processes and modelling: The physical and chemical ageing of polymeric composites; Ageing of glass-ceramic matrix composites; Chemical ageing mechanisms of glass fibre reinforced concrete; Stress corrosion cracking in glass reinforced polymer composites; Thermo-oxidative ageing of composite materials; Fourier transform infrared photoacoustic spectroscopy of ageing composites; Modelling physical ageing in polymer composites; Modelling accelerated ageing in polymer composites; Ageing of silicon carbide composites. Part 2 Ageing of composites in transport applications: Ageing of composites in the rail industry; Ageing of composites in the rotorcraft industry; Ageing of composites in marine vessels. Part 3 Ageing of composites in non-transport applications: Ageing of polyethylene composite implants in medical devices; Ageing of composites in oil and gas applications; Ageing of composites in the construction industry; Ageing of composite insulators; Ageing of composites in the chemical processing industry; Ageing of composites in underwater applications.



Properties and performance of natural-fibre compositesEdited by K Pickering, University of Waikato, New Zealand

CONTENTSPart 1 Natural-fibre composites: Natural fibres for composite applications: Types and properties; Matrices for natural-fibre reinforced composites; Engineering the fibre/matrix interface in natural-fibre composites; Processing techniques for natural and wood-fibre composites; Development of non-wood natural-fibre composites; Cellulose nanocomposites. Part 2 Case studies and opportunities: Natural-fibre composites in the automotive sector; Natural-fibre composites in structural applications; Natural-fibre-biodegradable polymer composites for packaging; Opportunities for using wood and biofibers for energy, chemical feedstocks and structural applications; Market issues and considerations in development of natural/wood-fibre composites. Part 3 Performance of natural-fibre composites: Mechanical testing of natural-fibre composites; Mechanical performance of thermoplastic matrix natural fibre composites; Long-term performance of natural-fibre composites; Modelling natural-fibre composites.



Multi-scale modelling of composite material systemsThe art of predictive damage modellingEdited by C Soutis, Sheffield University and P W R Beaumont, Cambridge University, UK

CONTENTSPart 1 Ageing of composites: Processes and modelling: The physical and chemical ageing of polymeric composites; Ageing of glass-ceramic matrix composites; Chemical ageing mechanisms of glass fibre reinforced concrete; Stress corrosion cracking in glass reinforced polymer composites; Thermo-oxidative ageing of composite materials; Fourier transform infrared photoacoustic spectroscopy of ageing composites; Modelling physical ageing in polymer composites; Modelling accelerated ageing in polymer composites; Ageing of silicon carbide composites. Part 2 Ageing of composites in transport applications: Ageing of composites in the rail industry; Ageing of composites in the rotorcraft industry; Ageing of composites in marine vessels. Part 3 Ageing of composites in non-transport applications: Ageing of polyethylene composite implants in medical devices; Ageing of composites in oil and gas applications; Ageing of composites in the construction industry; Ageing of composite insulators; Ageing of composites in the chemical processing industry; Ageing of composites in underwater applications.



Composites


Fatigue in compositesScience and technology of the fatigue response of fibre-reinforced plasticsEdited by B Harris, University of Bath, UK

‘High quality achieved throughout by the writers and editor.’

‘In the introduction to this book, Professor Harris states that he set out to produce ‘a practical textbook for designers (and) an authoritative reference source for materails scientists.’ he has succeeded admirably.’

‘…generally excellent work.’Materials World

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to fatigue in composites: A historical review of the fatigue behaviour of fibre-reinforced plastics; Fatigue test methods, problems and standards; Fatigue under multiaxial stress systems. Part 2 Micromechanical aspects of fatigue in composites: The effects of aggressive environments on long-term behaviour; The effect of interface on the fatigue performance of fibre composites; Delamination fatigue; The fatigue of hybrid composites; Non-destructive evaluation of damage accumulation. Part 3 Fatigue in different types of composites: Short-fibre thermoset composites; Woven-fibre thermoset composites; Fatigue of thermoplastic composites; Fatigue of wood and wood panel products. Part 4 Life-prediction methods for constant stress and variable stress: Physical modelling of damage development in structural composite materials under stress; Micromechanical models; A computational meso-damage model for life prediction for laminates; A statistical study of the fatigue performance of fibre-reinforced composite laminates; Analysis of matrix crack-induced delamination in composite materials under static and fatigue loading; Fatigue strength of composites under variable plane stress; Life prediction under service loading spectra; A parametric constant-life model for prediction of the fatigue lives of fibre-reinforced plastics; A neural-network approach to fatigue-life prediction; The fatigue performance of composite structural components; Fatigue of joints in composite structures; Fatigue in filament-wound structures; Fatigue of FRP composites in civil engineering applications; Fatigue in aerospace applications; Fatigue and durability of marine composites.

768 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2003ISBN: 978 1 85573 608 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 857 7


Finite element modelling of composite materials and structuresF L Matthews, G A O Davies, D Hitchings and C Soutis, Imperial College London, UK

‘This book is recommended to engineering students and practising engineers who would like to get up to speed fairly quickly and become familiar with the FE methods.’

Applied Mechanics Reviews

CONTENTSPart 1 Review of composite materials: Overview; Fundamentals of composites. Part 2 Fundamentals of finite element analysis. Part 3 Finite elements applied to composite materials: Composites and finite element analysis; Definition of composite materials in finite element analysis. Part 4 Analytical and numerical modelling: Interlaminar stresses and free edge stresses; Fracture and fracture mechanics; Delamination; Joining; Fatigue.



Mechanical testing of advanced fibre compositesEdited by J M Hodgkinson, Imperial College London, UK384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85573 312 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 891 1


Impact behaviour of fibre-reinforced composite materials and structuresEdited by S R Reid, UMIST and G Zhou, Loughborough University, UK320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85573 423 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 890 4


Composite materialsEngineering and scienceF L Matthews and R D Rawlings, Imperial College London, UK

‘An ideal text for designers and engineers new to the world of composites with its coverage by numerous examples and self-assessment questions throughout the text.’

SAMPE Journal480 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1999ISBN: 978 1 85573 473 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 855 3


Microstructural characterisation of fibre-reinforced compositesEdited by J Summerscales, University of Plymouth, UK

‘An essential reference for materials scientists and research workers in industry and academia.’

British Journal of Non-Destructive Testing336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1998ISBN: 978 1 85573 240 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 756 3


Flow-induced alignment in composite materialsEdited by T D Papthanasiou, University of South Carolina and D C Guell, Los Alomos National Laboratory, USA

‘...Strongly recommended.’

‘A unique and well-prepared reference book for researchers who work in the field of modelling and processing of discontinuous fiber-reinforced composite.’

Applied Mechanics Reviews384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997ISBN: 978 1 85573 254 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 747 1


DESIGN, MANUFACTURE AND APPLICATIONS

Ceramic nanocompositesProperties and applicationsEdited by R Banerjee, University of Calcutta, India

Ceramic nanocomposites demonstrate a number of useful characteristics such as magnetic properties and high thermal resistance. This makes them promising materials for a wide range of applications. Ceramic nanocomposites reviews key properties and how they can be exploited in such areas as the biomedical, energy and electronics industries.

CONTENTSPart 1 Properties: Ceramic nanoparticles in metal matrix composites; Multiscale modelling of ceramic matrix nanocomposites; Thermal properties/flame retardancy; Magnetic properties; Failure mechanisms. Part 2 Applications: Biomedical applications of ceramic nanocomposites; Energy applications; Use in thin films and other electronics applications.



Advances in ceramic matrix compositesEdited by J Low, Curtin University, Australia

Ceramic matrix composites (CMCs) have proven to be useful for a wide range of applications because of properties such as their light weight, toughness and temperature resistance. This book summarises key recent research on types and processing of CMCs. The first part of the book reviews types such as functionally-graded, self-healing and hybrid CMCs. Other parts of the book deal with processing and applications as diverse as the energy and medical sectors.

CONTENTSPart 1 Advances in ceramic matrix composites (CMCs): Functional-graded CMCs; Self-healing CMCs; Hybrid CMCs. Part 2 Processing and properties: Melt/chemical vapour infiltration; Hot pressing (HP) and hot isostatic pressing (HIP); Processing of layered ternary carbides in CMCs; Processing of multi-layer glass CMCs. Part 3 Applications of ceramic matrix composites (CMCs): Geopolymers; Energy applications; Cutting tools; Dental materials.



Composites

NEW

NEW


Advanced fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites in civil engineeringDevelopments and applicationsEdited by N Uddin, University of Alabama, USA

Fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites have become an important material in civil engineering. This important book summarises some of the key advances in these materials and their applications. Part one reviews general developments such as the use of biofiber reinforced polymer composites, advances in processing techniques like vacuum assisted resin transfer molding (VARTM) and new research on failure modes and their prevention. Part two discusses particular types of FRP composite and their applications. Topics include hybrid and thermoplastic FRP composites and their applications in such areas as modular panelized construction.

CONTENTSPart 1 General issues: Types of fiber and fiber arrangement; Biofiber reinforced polymer composites; Advanced processing techniques; Vacuum assisted resin transfer molding (VARTM); Failure modes and their prevention; Assessing durability. Part 2 Particular composite types and their applications: Hybrid FRP composites; Thermoplastic composites; FRP composites for bridges; FRP composites for steel structures; FRP composites in environmental engineering.



Blast protection of civil infrastructures and vehicles using compositesEdited by N Uddin, University of Alabama at Birmingham, USA

‘This book contains all the information required to start thinking about materials development and implementation in this area.’

Materials World

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Blast threats and blast loading; Standards and specifications for composite blast protection materials; Processing polymer matrix composites for blast protection; High energy absorbing composite materials for blast resistant design; Modelling the blast response of hybrid laminated composite plates; Response of composite panels to blast wave pressure loadings. Part 2 Applications: Ceramic matrix composites for ballistic protection of vehicles and personnel; Developing mine blast resistance for composite based military vehicles; Blast protection of buildings using fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites; The use of composites in blast-resistant walls; Using composites to improve the blast resistance of columns in buildings; Retrofitting using fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) polymer composites for blast protection of buildings; Retrofitting to improve the blast response of concrete masonry walls.



Wind turbine blade design and materialsEdited by P Brøndsted, Risø-DTU National Laboratory of Sustainable Energy, Denmark and R Nijssen, Wind Turbine Materials and Constructions (WMC), The Netherlands

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 47

The size of wind turbine blades continues to increase in pursuit of higher efficiency energy conversion. To increase the penetration and utilisation of sustainable wind power there are also trends towards the use of natural and bio-based materials. All of these issues present challenges in terms of the design, manufacture and operation of wind turbine blades. This book provides an authoritative overview of developments in wind turbine blade design and materials. The opening chapters focus on design challenges and developments. Chapters in the second section of the book review advanced materials and wind turbine blade manufacture.

CONTENTSPart 1 Wind turbine blade design challenges and developments: Overview; Loads on wind turbine blades; Aerodynamic design of wind turbine blades; Aerodynamic airfoil characteristics; Aeroelastic design of wind turbine blades; Probabilistic wind turbine blade design concepts. Part 2 Wind turbine blade materials and production: Composite materials; Natural and biobased composites, fibres and resins; Sandwich structures; Materials properties, degradation mechanisms and damage modes; Fatigue life prediction; Micromechanical modelling; Manufacturing technologies for small blades; Structural performance testing.



Materials, design and manufacturing for lightweight vehiclesEdited by P K Mallick, University of Michigan-Dearborn, USA

‘The book offers a realistic and rational approach to the environmental problem of reducing vehicle weight, preserving safety, cost and performance. ...this book is well linked with a lot of data.’

Materials World

CONTENTSIntroduction. Part 1 Materials for lightweight automotive structures: Advanced steels for lightweight automotive structures; Aluminium alloys for lightweight automotive structures; Magnesium alloys for lightweight powertrains and automotive structures; Thermoplastics and thermoplastic-matrix composites for lightweight automotive structures; Thermoset-matrix composites for lightweight automotive structures. Part 2 Manufacturing and design of lightweight automotive structures: Manufacturing processes for light alloys; Joining for lightweight vehicles; Recycling and lifecycle issues for lightweight vehicles; Crashworthiness design issues for lightweight vehicles.



Manufacturing techniques for polymer matrix composites (PMCs)Edited by S Advani, University of Delaware and K-T Hsiao, University of South Alabama, USA

Manufacturing techniques for polymer matrix composites (PMCs) provides an authoritative review of the different technologies employed in the manufacture of this class of composite. Part one reviews the manufacturing of short fiber and nanoparticle-based polymer matrix composites, with injection and compression molding examined in depth. Thermoplastic processing is the focus of part two. Sheet forming, fabric thermostamping, filament winding and continuous fiber-reinforced profiles are investigated. Part three reviews thermoset processing. A survey of resin transfer molding follows, including vacuum-assisted and compression resin transfer molding. The pultrusion process is then considered, before the book concludes with an investigation into autoclave and out-of-autoclave curing processes in polymer matrix composites.

CONTENTSIntroduction to composites and materials. Part 1 Manufacturing of polymer matrix composites (PMC): Short fiber and nanoparticle based processing: Injection molding in polymer matrix composites; Processing of polymer nanocomposites; Compression molding in polymer matrix composites. Part 2 Manufacturing of polymer matrix composites (PMC): Thermoplastic based processing: Sheet forming in polymer matrix composites; Fabric thermostamping in polymer matrix composites; Filament winding process in thermoplastics; Continuous fiber reinforced profiles in polymer matrix composites. Part 3 Manufacturing of polymer matrix composites (PMC): Thermoset based processing: Resin transfer molding (RTM) in polymer matrix composites; Vacuum assisted resin transfer molding (VARTM) in polymer matrix composites; Compression resin transfer molding (CRTM) in polymer matrix composites; The pultrusion process in polymer matrix composites; Autoclave processing for composites; Out-of-autoclave curing process in polymer matrix composites.



Thermoset nanocomposites for engineering applicationsEdited by R Kotsilkova

CONTENTSIntroduction; Rheological approach to nanocomposite design; Formation of thermoset nanocomposites; Structure and morphology of epoxy nanocomposites with clay, carbon and diamond; Molecular dynamics of thermoset nanocomposites; Performance of thermoset nanocomposites; Design physical properties of thermoset nanocomposites.

326 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2007ISBN: 978 1 84735 062 6£95.00/US$160.00/€115.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350626 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Composites

NEW NEW NEW


Machining technology for composite materialsPrinciples and practiceEdited by H Hocheng, National Tsing Hua University, Taiwan

Machining processes play an important role in the manufacture of a variety of composite materials for use in a number of industries, including the aerospace, marine, civil and leisure sectors. This book reviews and analyses both traditional and non-traditional methods of machining for different composite materials. The first part of the book examines traditionally-used machining processes such as turning, drilling and grinding. In the second part, several non-traditional machining methods are discussed, such as electrical discharge and laser machining. The final group of chapters deal with special topics such as cryogenic machining and processes for metal matrix and wood-based composites.

CONTENTSPart 1 Traditional methods for machining composite materials: Turning processes for metal matrix composites; Drilling processes for composites; Grinding processes for polymer matrix composites; Analysing cutting forces in machining processes for polymer-based composites; Tool wear in machining processes for composites; Analysing surface quality in machined composites. Part 2 Non-traditional methods for machining composite materials: Ultrasonic vibration-assisted (UV-A) machining of composites; Electrical discharge machining of composites; Electrochemical discharge machining of particulate-reinforced metal matrix composites; Fundamentals of laser machining of composites; Laser machining of fiber-reinforced polymeric composite materials; Laser-based repair for carbon fiber reinforced composites. Part 3 Special topics in machining composite materials: High speed machining processes for fibre-reinforced composites; Cryogenic machining of composites; Analysing the machinability of metal matrix composites; Machining processes for wood-based composite materials; Machining metal matrix composites using diamond tools.



Composites forming technologiesEdited by A C Long, University of Nottingham, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 61CONTENTSComposite forming mechanisms and materials characterisation; Constitutive modelling for composite-forming; Finite element analysis of composite-forming; Virtual testing for material formability; Optimisation of composites forming; Simulation of compression moulding to form composites; Understanding composite distortion during processing; Forming technology for composite/metal hybrids; Forming of self-reinforced polymer materials; Forming technology for thermoset composites; Forming technology for thermoplastic composites; The use of draping simulation in composite design; Benchmarking of composite forming modelling techniques.

Published in association with The Textile Institute



Composite joints and connectionsPrinciples, modelling and testingEdited by P Camanho, University of Porto, Portugal and L Tong, University of Sydney, Australia

The growing use of composites for structural applications in sectors such as aerospace demands that engineers have a thorough understanding of how composite joints behave under various loads. Gaining this understanding is not straightforward because joints and connections in composites present an entirely different set of problems to engineers when compared to metals. Composite joints and connections addresses these differences, looking at the design, modelling and testing of joints and connections.

CONTENTSPart 1 Bolted joints: Reinforcement of composite bolted joints by local metal hybridization; Bolted joints in glass-reinforced aluminium (Glare) and other hybrid fibre metal laminates (FML); Bolted joints in pultruded glass fibre reinforced polymer (GFRP) composites; Bolt-hole clearance effects in composite joints; Stress analysis of bolted composite joints under multiaxial loading; Strength prediction of bolted joints in carbon fibre reinforced polymer (CFRP) composites; Fatigue of bolted composite joints; Influence of dynamic loading on fastened composite joints; Effects of temperature on the response of composite bolted joints. Part 2 Bonded joints: Calculation of strain energy release rates for bonded composite joints with a prescribed crack; Simulating fracture in bonded composite joints using cohesive zone models; Simulating fatigue failure in bonded composite joints using a modified cohesive zone model; Strength of bonded overlap composite joints in marine applications; Advanced modelling of the behaviour of bonded composite joints in aerospace applications; Mixed mode energy release rates for bonded composite joints; Stress analysis of bonded patch and scarf repairs in composite structures; High strain behaviour of bonded composite joints.



Pultrusion for engineersEdited by T Starr, Technolex, UK

‘A comprehensive overview of current pultrusion technology.’

Materials World

CONTENTSComposites and pultrusion; The pultrusion process; Profile design, specification, properties and related matters; Thermoset resins for pultrusion; Reinforcements for pultrusion; Pultrusion applications – a world-wide review; Infrastructure – a positive market; The future – beyond 2000.



Design and manufacture of composite structuresG C Eckold400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994ISBN: 978 1 85573 051 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 856 0


Composite reinforcements for optimum performanceEdited by P Boisse, INSA Lyon, France

Reinforcements are an integral part of all composites, and the quality and performance of the composite can be optimised by modelling the type and structure of the reinforcement before moulding. Composite reinforcements for optimum performance reviews the materials, properties and modelling techniques used in selecting and using the right reinforcement in optimising composite performance.

CONTENTSPart 1 Materials for reinforcements in composites: Fibres for composite reinforcements: properties and microstructures; Carbon nanotube reinforcements for composites; Ceramic reinforcements for composites. Part 2 Structures for reinforcements in composites: Woven reinforcements for composites; Braided reinforcements for composites; Three-dimensional (3D) fibre reinforcements for composites; Modelling the geometry of textile reinforcements for composites: WiseTex; Modelling the geometry of textile reinforcements for composites: TexGen. Part 3 Properties of composite reinforcements: In-plane shear properties of woven fabric reinforced composites; Biaxial tensile properties of reinforcements in composites; Transverse compression properties of composite reinforcements; Bending properties of reinforcements in composites; Friction properties of reinforcements in composites; Permeability properties of reinforcements in composites. Part 4 Characterising and modelling reinforcements in composites: Microscopic approaches for understanding the mechanical behaviour of reinforcements in composites; Mesoscopic approaches for understanding the mechanical behaviour of reinforcements in composites; Continuous models for analysing the mechanical behaviour of reinforcements in composites; X-ray tomography analysis of the mechanical behaviour of reinforcements in composites; Flow modeling in composite reinforcements; Modelling short fibre polymer reinforcements for composites; Modelling composite reinforcement forming processes.



Physical properties and applications of polymer nanocompositesEdited by S C Tjong, City University of Hong Kong, China and Y-W Mai, University of Sydney, Australia

‘Conveniently collates, in a single volume, a comprehensive review of the varied research review of the varied research activity being conducted in the field of polymer nano-composites.’

Materials World

CONTENTSPart 1 Polymer/nanoparticle composites. Part 2 Polymer/nanoplatelet composites. Part 3 Polymer/nanotube composites. Part 4 Applications.



Composites


Non-crimp fabric compositesManufacturing, properties and applicationsEdited by S V Lomov, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium

Non-crimp fabric (NCF) composites are composites that are reinforced with woven mats of straight (non-crimped) fibres. Straight fibres deform much less under tension. NCF composites are being used in applications in the aerospace, automotive, civil engineering and wind turbine sector where strength is important. Non-crimp fabric composites reviews production, properties and applications of this important class of composites.

CONTENTSPart 1 Manufacturing of non-crimp fabrics: Production of non-crimp fabrics for composites; Standardisation of production technologies for non-crimp fabric composites; Structural stitching of non-crimp fabric preforms for composites; Understanding and modelling the effect of stitching on the geometry of non-crimp fabrics; Automated analysis of defects in fibre placement in non-crimp fabrics for composites. Part 2 Manufacturing of non-crimp fabric composites: Deformability of textile performs in the manufacture of non-crimp fabric composites; Modelling the deformability of biaxial non-crimp fabric composites; Permeability of non-crimp fabric preforms; Understanding variability in the permeability of non-crimp fabric composite reinforcements; Modelling of the permeability of non-crimp fabrics for composites. Part 3 Properties of non-crimp fabric composites: Mechanical properties of non-crimp fabric (NCF) based composites: stiffness and strength; Damage progression in non-crimp fabric composites; Fatigue in non-crimp fabric composites; Mechanical properties of structurally stitched non-crimp fabric composites; Predicting the effect of stitching on the mechanical properties and damage of non-crimp fabric composites: finite element analysis; Modelling drape, stress and impact behaviour of non-crimp fabric composites; Modelling stiffness and strength of non-crimp fabric composites: semi-laminar analysis. Part 4 Applications of non-crimp fabric composites: Aerospace applications of non-crimp fabric composites; Non-crimp fabric: Preforming analysis for helicopter applications; Automotive applications of non-crimp fabric composites; Non-crimp fabric composites in wind turbines; Cost analysis in using non-crimp fabric composites in engineering applications.



Handbook of composite fabricationEdited by G Akovali

CONTENTSConstituent materials; Open mould processes; Closed mould (matched die) processes; Filament winding; Pultrusion and other shaping processes; Machining and joining process.

196 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) hardback 2001ISBN: 978 1 85957 263 4£95.00/US$160.00/€115.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859572634 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Polymer-carbon nanotube compositesPreparation, properties and applicationsEdited by T McNally, Queen’s University Belfast, UK and P Pötschke, Leibniz Institute of Polymer Research Dresden, Germany

‘Enormously useful to all those in this area, whether in research labs or in industry. It will undoubtedly provide a substantial reference text for some time to come.’

Materials World

Polymer-carbon nanotube composites reviews the use of carbon nanotubes as reinforcements in a polymer matrix, creating a new class of nanocomposites with useful properties and wide potential applications. Part one discusses preparation and processing techniques. Part two analyses key properties and ways of characterising polymer carbon nanotube composites. The final part of the book covers some of the important applications of this new group of materials.

CONTENTSAn introduction to polymer carbon nanotube composites. Part 1 Preparation and processing of polymer carbon nanotube composites: Polyolefin carbon nanotube composites by in-situ polymerisation; Surface treatment of carbon nanotubes via plasma technology; Functionalisation of carbon nanotubes for polymer nanocomposites; Influence of material and processing parameters on carbon nanotube dispersion in polymer melts; High-shear melt processing of polymer carbon nanotube composites; Injection moulding of polymer carbon nanotube composites; Elastomer carbon nanotube composites; Epoxy carbon nanotube composites. Part 2 Properties and characterisation of polymer carbon nanotube composites: Quantification of dispersion and distribution of carbon nanotubes in polymer composites using microscopy techniques; Influence of thermo-rheological history on electrical and rheological properties of polymer carbon nanotube composites; Electromagnetic properties of polymer carbon nanotube composites; Mechanical properties of polymer/polymer-grafted carbon nanotube composites; Multi-scale modeling of polymer carbon nanotube composites; Raman spectroscopy of polymer carbon nanotube composites; Rheology of polymer carbon nanotube composites melts; Thermal degradation of polymer carbon nanotube composites; Polyolefin carbon nanotube composites; Composites of poly(ethylene terephthlate) and carbon nanotubes; Carbon nanotubes in multiphase polymer blends; Toxicity and regulatory perspectives of carbon nanotubes. Part 3 Applications of polymer carbon nanotube composites: The use of polymer carbon nanotube composites in fibres; Biomedical/bioengineering applications of carbon nanotube based nanocomposites; Fire retardant applications of polymer carbon nanotube composites: Improved barrier effect and synergism; Polymer carbon nanotube composites for flame retardant cable applications; Polymer carbon nanotube conductive nanocomposites for sensing.



Optimisation of composite structures designA Miravete, University of Zaragoza, Spain256 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) spiralbound 1996ISBN: 978 1 85573 208 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 297 7


Interface engineering of natural fibre composites for maximum performanceEdited by N E Zafeiropoulos, University of Ioannina, Greece

There is a growing trend towards the use of natural (sustainable) fibres as reinforcements in composites. One of the major mechanisms of failure in such composites is the breakdown of the bond or interface between the reinforcement fibres and the matrix. When this happens, the composite loses strength and fails. By engineering the interface between fibres and the matrix, the properties of the composite can be manipulated to give maximum performance. This book reviews both processing and surface treatments to improve interfacial adhesion in natural fibre composites as well as ways of testing their resulting properties.

CONTENTSPart 1 Processing and surface treatments to compose the interface in natural fibre composites: Modifying cellulose fiber surfaces in the manufacture of natural fiber composites; Interface engineering through matrix modification in natural fibre composites; Preparation of cellulose nanocomposites; Characterization of fibre surface treatments in natural fiber composites by infrared and raman spectroscopy; Testing the effect of processing and surface treatment on the interfacial adhesion of single fibres in natural fibre composites; Assessing fibre surface treatment to improve the mechanical properties of natural fibre composites. Part 2 Testing interfacial properties in natural fibre composites: Electrokinetic characterisation of interfacial property of natural fibres; Mechanical assessment of natural fiber composites; Thermochemical assessment of natural fibre composites; Assessing the moisture uptake behaviour of natural fibres; Creep and fatigue of natural fibre composites; Impact behavior of natural fiber composite laminates; Raman spectroscopy and x-ray scattering for assessing the interface in natural fibre composites.



Thermoset resins for compositesDirectory and databookSecond editionCompiled by Technolex

CONTENTSPart 1 Directory of manufacturers, agents, suppliers and distributors. Part 2 Databook: Thermoset resins; Comprehensive review; Key to tabulated properties; Adhesives; Flowcoats, topcoats and surface coats; Gelcoats and in-mould coatings; Matrix resins for laminating and associated purposes; Thermoset resins for polymer concrete, cultured marble, onyx and associated filled applications; Formulated surfacing pastes, putties and filler pastes; Resin systems; Sundry thermoset resin applications.

384 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1998ISBN: 978 1 85573 406 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 699 3


Composites


High-energy ball millingMechanochemical processing of nanopowdersEdited by M Sopicka-Lizer, Silesian University of Technology, Poland

‘I strongly recommend a thorough reading of the book to people who are active in this area or those who wish to enter this area of investigation.’

Materials World

CONTENTSIntroduction to mechanochemical processing. Part 1 Basic science of mechanochemistry: Mechanism and kinetics of mechanochemical processes; Kinetic behaviour in mechanochemically induced structural and chemical transformations; Materials design through mechanochemical processing; Kinetic processes and mechanisms of mechanochemical alloying. Part 2 Mechanochemical treatment of different materials: Mechanochemical synthesis of complex ceramic oxides; Production of intermetallic compound powders by a mechanochemical approach: Solid-liquid reaction ball milling; Mechanochemical processing of non-oxide systems with highly covalent bonds; Mechanochemical synthesis of metallic-ceramic composite powders; Mechanochemical synthesis of organic compounds and rapidly soluble materials. Part 3 Mechanochemical processes in metal powder systems and other applications: Mechanochemical plating and surface modification using ultrasonic vibrations; Mechanochemically activated powders as precursors for spark plasma sintering (SPS) processes; Synthesis of titanium dioxide-based, visible-light induced photocatalysts by mechanochemical doping; Soft mechanochemical synthesis of materials for lithium-ion batteries: Principles and applications; Materials for lithium-ion batteries by mechanochemical methods.



Management, recycling and reuse of waste compositesEdited by V Goodship, University of Warwick, UK

CONTENTSPart 1 Management of waste composites: An introduction to composites recycling; Legislation for recycling waste composites; Waste management. Part 2 Thermal technologies for recycling waste composites: Thermal methods for recycling waste composites; Pyrolysis for recycling waste composites; Catalytic processing of waste polymer composites; Advanced thermal treatment of composite wastes for energy recovery; Fluidized bed pyrolysis of waste polymer composites for oil and gas recovery. Part 3 Mechanical technologies for recycling waste composites: Mechanical methods for recycling waste composites; Additives to upgrade mechanically recycled plastic composites; Improving the mechanical recycling and reuse of mixed plastics and polymer composites; Quality and durability of recycled composite materials. Part 4 Improving sustainable manufacture of composites: Clean and environmentally-friendly wet-filament winding; Process monitoring and damage detection using optical fibre sensors; New developments in producing more functional and sustainable composites. Part 5 Case studies: Designing composite wind turbine blades for disposal, recycling or reuse; In-process composite recycling in the aerospace industry; Disposal of composite boats and other marine composites; Sustainable fibre-reinforced polymer composites in construction; Recycling of concrete.



CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS

Brittle Matrix Composites 10 Edited by A M Brandt and M A Glinicki, Institute of Fundamental Technological Research, Poland, J Olek Purdue University, USA and C K Y Leung, Hong Kong University, China

The subjects of this series of symposia are on composite materials behaving as brittle, normal and special conditions of exploitation. Brittle matrix composites are applied in various domains and the series of symposia are closely related to the application in civil engineering. In the last decades their importance is increasing together with their variety and with the use of most advanced methods of testing. Papers include concretes and fibre concretes and ceramics, particularly from the viewpoint of their composition, microstructure and fracture processes. Various new and advanced engineering problems are presented in the papers. 350 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback Q1 2013ISBN: 978 0 85709 988 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 989 1


Brittle matrix composites 9Edited by A M Brandt, Institute of Fundamental Technological Research, Poland, J Olek, Purdue University, USA and I H Marshall

The subjects of the symposia are on composite materials with matrices behaving as brittle in normal or special conditions. Brittle matrix composites are applied in various domains (civil engineering, mechanical equipment and machinery, vehicles, etc.) and in the last decades their importance is increasing together with their variety. Papers include: aggregate-binder composites (concretes, fibre concretes, rocks); sintered materials (ceramics); high strength composites with brittle matrices. In principle, the general problems of structures made of composite materials are not included in the papers. Various approaches to the material engineering problems are presented in the papers.600 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2009ISBN: 978 1 84569 775 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 307 3


Composite technologies for 2020Proceedings of the fourth Asian-Australasian conference on composite materials (ACCM 4)Edited by L Ye, Y-W Mai and Z Su, University of Sydney, Australia

CONTENTSPart 1 Bio/eco composites. Part 2 Characterisation. Part 3 Composite structures. Part 4 Delamination. Part 5 Design and optimisation. Part 6 Failure analysis. Part 7 FEM/simulation. Part 8 Fracture. Part 9 Impact. Part 10 Industrial application. Part 11 Interface. Part 12 Joint. Part 13 Metal matrix composites. Part 14 Nanocomposites. Part 15 Processing. Part 16 Smart composites. Part 17 Structural health monitoring. Part 18 Textile composites.



Brittle matrix composites 7Edited by A M Brandt, Institute of Fundamental Technological Research, Poland, V C Li and I H Marshall564 pages 250 x 160mm (6 1/2 x 10) hardback 2003ISBN: 978 1 85573 769 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 310 3


FRC 2000 – Composites for the millenniumProceedings from the Eighth International Conference on Fibre Reinforced Composites, 13-15 September 2000, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UKEdited by A G Gibson, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK656 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85573 550 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 313 4


ECCM 77th European Conference on Composite Materials, London, UK, 1996(2 volume set)816 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1996ISBN: 978 1 85573 304 6£60.00/US$100.00/€70.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733046 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Ultra high temperature mechanical testingEdited by R D Lohr and M Steen

CONTENTSKeynote presentation: Alignment and gripping; Temperature measurement and calibration; Heating equipment and control; Extensometry and imaging; Laboratory systems and experiences.



Composites


MATERIALS AND THEIR PROPERTIES

Handbook of recycled concrete and demolition wasteEdited by F Pacheco-Torgal, University of Minho, J de Brito, Technical University of Lisbon, J Labrincha, University of Aveiro, Portugal and V Tam, University of Western Sydney, Australia

Handbook of recycled concrete and demolition waste begins by looking at some of the issues faced when so much waste material is produced. The book then moves on to looking at the processes, the properties of the materials and the monitoring techniques used. The book reviews the specific applications of concrete with recycled aggregates such as pavements, bridges and then finishes with a section covering safety issues and how to avoid health risks.

CONTENTSPart 1 Explanation and overview: Waste management plan; Monitoring the amounts of demolition waste; Energy analysis: Assessing the recycling potential of C&DW; Waste management plants: problems and considerations; Cost factors and economics of waste management facilities. Part 2 Demolition, processing and properties: Conventional demolition vs. deconstruction; Demolition techniques; Sorting demolition wastes; Quality control on recycled aggregates; Properties of concrete with recycled aggregates; Strength and durability of concrete using recycled aggregates; Beneficiation of using recycled concrete aggregates; Life cycle assessment (LCA) of concrete with recycled aggregates. Part 3 Current applications: Recycled aggregates for roads; Recycled aggregates for asphalt materials; Recycled asphalt for pavements; High volume recycled aggregates HPC: Portland cement versus geopolymers; Geopolymerisation of C&DW. Part 4 Special applications: Recycling aggregates containing gypsum; Recycling aggregates containing asbestos; Recycling wood treated with toxic preservatives; Decontamination process of wood treated with toxic preservatives; Recycled aggregates contaminated with Alkali-silica reaction (ASR) concrete; Assessing the hazard potential of concrete with recycled aggregates.



Advanced fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites for structural applicationsEdited by J Bai, University of Glamorgan, UK

Advanced fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites have become essential materials in the building and repair of civil infrastructure. This important and wide-ranging book reviews key developments in the use of these materials. There are sections on materials, assessing their performance, processing and applications.

CONTENTSPart 1 Materials: Glass-fibre reinforcements; Phenolic resin matrix materials; Polyester resin matrix materials; Vinylester resin matrix materials; Epoxy resin matrix materials. Part 2 Performance: Understanding and predicting interfacial stress; Understanding and predicting stiffness; Understanding and predicting durability. Part 3 Processing: Prepreg processing; Resin infusion/liquid composite moulding (LCM); Filament winding processes; Pultrusion; Testing. Part 4 Applications: Strengthening structures vulnerable to seismic damage; Repairing advanced FRP composite structures; High-performance fibre-reinforced concrete (FRC); Materials and applications in bridge engineering; Pipes and tanks; Assessing bonding between FRP composites and concrete; FRP composite materials for sustainable energy technologies; Rehabilitation of timber and concrete structures.



Nanotechnology in eco-efficient constructionMaterials, processes and applicationsEdited by F Pacheco-Torgal, University of Minho, Portugal, M V Diamanti, Polytechnic of Milan, Italy, A Nazari, Islamic Azad University, Iran and C Goran-Granqvist, Uppsala University, Sweden

The majority of the existent construction and building materials have a low environmental performance. Nanotechnology has been found to be potentially very successful in terms of the development of construction and building materials and it has now become widely used. This book covers the role of nanotechnology in the development of eco-efficient construction materials.

CONTENTSPart 1 General issues: Introduction to nanotechnology; Design and manufacturing processes; Safety issues. Part 2 Structural materials: Concrete, mortar and plaster using nanomaterials; Nanoengineering of cement-based materials; Nanoclay-modified asphalt; High-performance thermal insulation materials; The use of nanotechnology to improve the bulk and surface properties of steel. Part 3 Other materials: Silica nanogel for energy-efficient windows; Switchable glazing technology; Titanium oxide self-cleaning surfaces; Thin films and nanostructured coatings for eco-efficient buildings; Third generation photovoltaic cells for eco-efficient buildings; Nanotechnology for water purification; The use of nanopartcles in HPC for eco-efficient construction.



Advanced fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites in civil engineeringDevelopments and applicationsEdited by N Uddin, University of Alabama, USA

This important book summarises some of the key advances in these materials and their applications. Part one reviews general developments such as the use of biofiber reinforced polymer composites, advances in processing techniques like vacuum assisted resin transfer molding (VARTM) and new research on failure modes and their prevention. Part two discusses particular types of FRP composite and their applications. Topics include hybrid and thermoplastic FRP composites and their applications in such areas as modular panelized construction.

CONTENTSPart 1 General issues: Types of fiber and fiber arrangement; Biofiber reinforced polymer composites; Advanced processing techniques; Vacuum assisted resin transfer molding (VARTM); Failure modes and their prevention; Assessing durability. Part 2 Particular composite types and their applications: Hybrid FRP composites; Thermoplastic composites; FRP composites for bridges; FRP composites for steel structures; FRP composites in environmental engineering.



Toxicity of building materialsEdited by F Pacheco-Torgal, S Jalali, University of Minho, Portugal and A Fucic, Institute for Medical Research and Occupational Health, Croatia

From long-standing worries regarding the use of lead and asbestos to recent research into carcinogenic issues related to the use of plastics in construction, there is growing concern regarding the potential toxic effects of building materials on health. Toxicity of building materials provides an essential guide to this important problem and its solution.

CONTENTSThe main health hazards from building materials; Plastic materials: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC); Plastic materials: Chlorinated polyethylene (CPE), chlorinated polyvinylchloride (CPVC), chlorosulfonated polyethylene (CSPE), polychloroprene rubber (CR); Materials responsible for formaldehyde and volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions; Semi-volatile organic compounds (SVOCs): phthalates, PFCs, flame retardants; Wood preservatives; Mineral fibre-based building materials and their health hazards; Radioactive materials; Materials that release toxic fumes during fire; Heavy metals: Lead; Other heavy metals: Mercury, cadmium, chromium and antimony; Materials prone to mould growth; Antimicrobial treatment and efficacy; Potential hazards from waste based/recycled building materials; Toxicity of nanoparticles.



Civil engineering

NEW NEW

NEW

NEW NEW


Polymer modified bitumenProperties and characterisationEdited by T McNally, Queen’s University Belfast, UK

This book, the first of its type, provides a comprehensive and in-depth coverage of the science and technology of polymer modified bitumen. After an initial introduction to bitumen and polymer modified bitumen, the book is divided into two parts. Part one focuses on the preparation and properties of a range of polymer modified bitumen, including polymer bitumen emulsions, modification of bitumen with poly(urethanes), waste rubber and plastic as well as polypropylene fibres. Part two addresses the characterisation and properties of polymer modified bitumen. Topics covered include rheology, simulated and actual long term ageing studies, the solubility of bituminous binders in fuels and the use of Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy to study ageing/oxidation of polymer modified bitumen.

CONTENTSIntroduction to polymer modified bitumen (PMB). Part 1 Types of polymer modified bitumen: Polymer modified bitumen emulsions (PMBEs); Modification of bitumen using polyurethanes; Rubber modified bitumen; The use of waste polymers to modify bitumen; Polypropylene fiber-reinforced bitumen. Part 2 Characterisation and properties: Rheology of polymer-modified bitumens; Factors affecting the rheology of polymer modified bitumen (PMB); Ageing of polymer modified bitumen (PMB); Natural weathering of styrene-butadiene modified bitumen; Fuel resistance of bituminous binders; Physio-chemical techniques for analysing the ageing of polymer modified bitumen.



Building materials in civil engineeringEdited by H Zhang

Building materials in civil engineering provides an overview of the complete range of building materials available to civil engineers and all those involved in the building and construction industries. Chapters cover the basic properties of building materials including cement, concrete, mortar, construction steel and wood. The book also examines materials used for insulation and finishing. It serves as an essential reference for civil and construction engineering students and professionals alike.

CONTENTSIntroduction; The basic properties of building materials; Air hardening binding materials; Cement; Concrete; Building mortar; Wall and roof materials; Construction steel; Wood; Waterproof materials; Building plastic; Heat-insulating materials and sound-absorbing materials; Finishing materials; Appendix tests of building materials.

Published in association with Science Press



Building decorative materialsEdited by Y Li and S Ren

The book begins by considering the main types of decorative material and the physical, mechanical and other properties they require. It then discusses types and potential uses of decorative stone materials such as marble, granite, slate or gypsum. It then goes on to discuss the ways cement and concrete can be used for decorative effect, before considering the role of ceramics in such areas as tiling. The following chapters review decorative glass for windows or facades, metals and wood before assessing polymer materials such as plastics and textiles. The final group of chapters discuss coatings, including waterproofing materials, multi-functional materials used for such purposes as soundproofing and thermal insulation, and the use of more sustainable decorative materials.

CONTENTSBasic properties of building decorative material; Building decorative stone; Gypsum decorative material; Building decorative cement; Building decorative concrete and mortar; Building decorative ceramic; Building decorative glass; Metal decorative material; Decorative wood; Decorative plastics; Building decorative fiber fabric and its products; Architectural coatings; Adhesives; Waterproof materials; Acoustic and thermal insulating materials; New energy-saving and environmental protective building materials.




Materials for energy efficiency and thermal comfort in buildingsEdited by M Hall, University of Nottingham, UK


‘A focus on the highest standards of latest research, rather than commercial interest, makes for a high-quality book that still manages to hold commercial value.’

Materials World

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamental issues and building physics: Heat and mass transport; Hygrothermal behaviour and simulation; Ventilation, air quality and air-tightness; Heat energy storage and cooling; Thermal comfort; Environmental health and safety. Part 2 Materials and sustainable technologies: Life cycle assessment; Inorganic mineral insulation; Natural fibre and fibre composite insulation; Polymeric foam insulation; Insulation for building equipment; Reflective materials and radiant barriers; Aerogel insulation; Hygrothermal materials for heat and moisture control; Desiccant materials for moisture control; Phase change materials; Porous materials for evaporative cooling; Prefabricated units and modern methods of construction (MMC); Roofing materials; Benchmarking performance of façades. Part 3 Application of advanced building materials and design: Materials and eco-building design; Domestic buildings; Commercial buildings; High performance buildings; New buildings; Refurbishment; Hot and tropical climates.



Fibrous and composite materials for civil engineering applicationsEdited by R Fangueiro, University of Minho, Portugal

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 104

The use of fibrous materials in civil engineering, both as structural reinforcement and in non-structural applications such as geotextiles, is an important development. Fibrous and composite materials for civil engineering applications analyses types and properties of textiles and their use in knitted, woven and fabric structures as well as their applications in such areas as the reinforcement of concrete and as insulation materials.

CONTENTSPart 1 Types of fibrous textiles and structures: Natural and man-made fibres: Physical properties; Yarns: Production, processability and properties; Textile structures. Part 2 Fibrous materials as a concrete reinforcement material: Steel fibre reinforced concrete: Material properties and structural applications; Natural fibre reinforced concrete; The role of fibre reinforcement in mitigating shrinkage cracks in concrete. Part 3 Fibrous materials based composites for civil engineering applications: Fibrous materials reinforced composites production techniques; Fibrous materials reinforced composite for internal reinforcement of concrete structures; Fibrous materials reinforced composites for structural health monitoring; Fibrous insulation materials in building engineering applications; Acoustic behaviour of fibrous materials; The use of textile materials for architectural membranes.



Textiles, polymers and composites for buildingsEdited by G Pohl, Leichtbau Institut, Germany

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 95CONTENTSPart 1 Main types of textiles and polymers used in building and construction: Types and production of textiles used for building and construction; Technical characteristics and requirements of textiles used for building and construction; Fibre reinforced polymer composite materials for building and construction; Developing and testing textiles and coatings for tensioned membrane structures; Polymer foils used in construction. Part 2 Applications of textiles and polymers in construction: Tensile structures – textiles for architecture and design; The role, properties and applications of textile materials in sustainable buildings; Learning from nature: lightweight constructions using the ‘technical plant stem’; The role of textiles in providing biomimetic solutions for construction; Smart textile and polymer fibres for structural health monitoring; Textiles for insulation systems, control of solar gains and thermal losses and solar systems; Sustainable buildings: Biomimicry and textile applications; Challenges in using textile materials in architecture: the case of Australia; Innovative composite-fibre components in architecture.




Civil engineering


Blast protection of civil infrastructures and vehicles using compositesEdited by N Uddin, University of Alabama at Birmingham, USA

‘This book contains all the information required to start thinking about materials development and implementation in this area.’

Materials World

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Blast threats and blast loading; Standards and specifications for composite blast protection materials; Processing polymer matrix composites for blast protection; High energy absorbing composite materials for blast resistant design; Modelling the blast response of hybrid laminated composite plates; Response of composite panels to blast wave pressure loadings. Part 2 Applications: Ceramic matrix composites for ballistic protection of vehicles and personnel; Developing mine blast resistance for composite based military vehicles; Blast protection of buildings using fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites; The use of composites in blast-resistant walls; Using composites to improve the blast resistance of columns in buildings; Retrofitting using fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) polymer composites for blast protection of buildings; Retrofitting to improve the blast response of concrete masonry walls.



Architectural glass to resist seismic and extreme climatic eventsEdited by R A Behr, Pennsylvania State University, USA

‘The book provides a comprehensive review and design guide for AG components in buildings that would improve their performance against seismic and climatic events’

Materials World

CONTENTSBuilding code seismic requirements for architectural glass: The United States; Glazing and curtain wall systems to resist earthquakes; Snow loads on building envelopes and glazing systems; Architectural glass to resist snow loads; Wind pressures on building envelopes; Architectural glass to resist wind pressures; Architectural glass to resist wind-borne debris impacts; Glazing systems to resist windstorms on special buildings; Test methods for performance of glazing systems and exterior walls during earthquakes and extreme climatic events.



Polymers in cementitious materialsM Miller192 pages 250 x 185mm paperback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85957 491 1£95.00/US$160.00/€115.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574911 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

GeopolymersStructures, processing, properties and industrial applicationsEdited by J L Provis and J S J van Deventer, University of Melbourne, Australia

‘…provides essential background reading for those interested in persuing this exciting technology. With a distinguished international team of contributors, it is a superb reference text for research scientists and engineers in industry and academia.’

Materials World

CONTENTSIntroduction to geopolymers. Part 1 Geopolymer synthesis and characterisation: Fly ash glass chemistry and inorganic polymer cements; Geopolymer precursor design; Activating solution chemistry for geopolymers; Nanostructure/microstructure of metakaolin geopolymers; Nanostructure/microstructure of fly ash geopolymers; Geopolymer synthesis kinetics. Part 2 Manufacture and properties of geopolymers: Accelerated ageing of geopolymers; Chemical durability of geopolymers; Life-cycle analysis of geopolymers; Engineering properties of geopolymer concrete; Producing fire and heat-resistant geopolymers; Utilisation of mining wastes to produce geopolymer binders; Utilisation of non-thermally activated clays in the production of geopolymers; Thermal properties of geopolymers; Utilisation of low-calcium slags to improve the strength and durability of geopolymers. Part 3 Applications of geopolymers: Commercialisation of geopolymers for construction: Opportunities and obstacles; Geopolymers for nuclear waste immobilization; Immobilization of toxic waste in geopolymers.



Sustainability of construction materialsEdited by J Khatib, University of Wolverhampton, UK

‘This polished work, edited by Jamal Khatib, is ground-breaking and based on an international team of contributors, it is laid out in the form of a super academic journal, each chapter presenting an abstract, keywords and references.’

Materials World

CONTENTSSustainability of aggregates in construction; Sustainability of timber, wood and bamboo in construction; Sustainability of vegetable fibres in construction; Sustainability of masonry in construction; Sustainability of cement, concrete and cement replacement materials in construction; Sustainability of metals and alloys in construction; Sustainability of glass in construction; Sustainability of engineered wood products in construction; The use of waste tyre rubber in civil engineering works; Durability of sustainable construction materials; Nanotechnologies for sustainable construction.



Strengthening and rehabilitation of civil infrastructures using fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) compositesEdited by L C Hollaway, University of Surrey, UK and J G Teng, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, China

CONTENTSStructurally deficient civil engineering infrastructure: Concrete, metallic, masonry and timber structures; Fibre-reinforced polymer composites used in rehabilitation; Surface preparation of component materials; Flexural strengthening of reinforced concrete beams with fibre-reinforced polymer composites; Shear strengthening of reinforced concrete beams with fibre-reinforced polymer composites; Strengthening of reinforced concrete columns with fibre-reinforced polymer composites; Design guidelines for fibre-reinforced polymer strengthened reinforced concrete structures; Strengthening of metallic structures with fibre-reinforced polymer composites; Strengthening of masonry structures with fibre-reinforced polymer composites; Flexural strengthening application of fibre-reinforced polymer plates; Durability of externally bonded fibre-reinforced polymer composite systems; Quality assurance/quality control, maintenance and repair; Case studies.



Durability of composites for civil structural applicationsEdited by V M Karbhari, The University of Alabama in Huntsville, USA

CONTENTSIntroduction: The use of composites in civil structural applications. Part 1 Aspects of composite durability: Fabrication, quality and service life issues for composites in civil engineering; Durability of composites in aqueous environments; Durability of composites in freeze-thaw conditions; Durability of composites exposed to ultraviolet radiation; Durability of composites exposed to elevated temperature and fire; Durability of composites under fatigue loads; Creep and time-dependent response of composites; Durability of composites due to wear and erosion. Part 2 Applications and monitoring of composites in civil engineering: Fibre-reinforced polymer composite structures and structural component; Current applications and durability issues; Reinforcement of concrete using fibre-reinforced polymer composites; External strengthening of structures using fibre-reinforced polymer composites; Rehabilitation of concrete structures using fibre-reinforced polymer composites: Identifying potential defects; Structural health monitoring and field evaluation of composite durability.



Geosynthetics in civil engineeringEdited by R W Sarsby, University of Wolverhampton, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 57Published in association with The Textile Institute



Civil engineering


Advanced civil infrastructure materialsScience, mechanics and applicationsEdited by H Wu, Wayne State University, USA

CONTENTSAdvanced concrete for use in civil engineering; Advanced steel for use in civil engineering; Advanced cement composites for use in civil engineering; Advanced fibre-reinforced polymer composites for use in civil engineering; Rehabilitation of civil structures using advanced polymer composites; Advanced engineered wood composites for use in civil engineering; Sustainable materials for the built environment.

376 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006ISBN: 978 1 85573 943 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 117 2£155.00/US$265.00/€185.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739437

Advanced polymer composites for structural applications in constructionACIC 2004Edited by L C Hollaway, University of Surrey, UK

CONTENTSPart 1 Keynote papers. Part 2 FRP strengthening of concrete and masonry structures. Part 3 FRP strengthening of metallic and timber structures. Part 4 Development of FRP materials and systems. Part 5 Analysis, design and testing. Part 6 Durability and long-term performance. Part 7 Certification, inspection and quality assurance. Part 8 Case studies.



Strengthening of reinforced concrete structuresUsing externally-bonded FRP composites in structural and civil engineeringEdited by L C Hollaway, University of Surrey and M Leeming, Mouchel Consulting Ltd, UK

CONTENTSReview of materials and techniques for plate bonding; Materials; Structural strengthening of concrete beams using unstressed composite plates; Structural strengthening of concrete using prestressed plates; Environmental durability; Time-dependent behaviour and fatigue; Analytical and numerical solutions to structural strengthening of beams by plate bonding; Design specifications for FRP plate bonding of beams; Site construction techniques; Case histories of plate bonding world-wide.



CEMENT AND CONCRETE

Handbook of recycled concrete and demolition wasteEdited by F Pacheco-Torgal, University of Minho, J de Brito, Technical University of Lisbon, J Labrincha, University of Aveiro, Portugal and V Tam, University of Western Sydney, Australia

Handbook of recycled concrete and demolition waste begins by looking at some of the issues faced when so much waste material is produced. The book then moves on to looking at the processes, the properties of the materials and the monitoring techniques used. The book reviews the specific applications of concrete with recycled aggregates such as pavements, bridges and then finishes with a section covering safety issues and how to avoid health risks.

CONTENTSPart 1 Explanation and overview: Waste management plan; Monitoring the amounts of demolition waste; Energy analysis: Assessing the recycling potential of C&DW; Waste management plants: problems and considerations; Cost factors and economics of waste management facilities. Part 2 Demolition, processing and properties: Conventional demolition vs. deconstruction; Demolition techniques; Sorting demolition wastes; Quality control on recycled aggregates; Properties of concrete with recycled aggregates; Strength and durability of concrete using recycled aggregates; Beneficiation of using recycled concrete aggregates; Life cycle assessment (LCA) of concrete with recycled aggregates. Part 3 Current applications: Recycled aggregates for roads; Recycled aggregates for asphalt materials; Recycled asphalt for pavements; High volume recycled aggregates HPC: Portland cement versus geopolymers; Geopolymerisation of C&DW. Part 4 Special applications: Recycling aggregates containing gypsum; Recycling aggregates containing asbestos; Recycling wood treated with toxic preservatives; Decontamination process of wood treated with toxic preservatives; Recycled aggregates contaminated with Alkali-silica reaction (ASR) concrete; Assessing the hazard potential of concrete with recycled aggregates.



Durability of concrete and cement compositesEdited by C L Page and M M Page, University of Birmingham, UK

CONTENTSPhysical and chemical characteristics of cement composites; Dimensional stability and cracking processes in concrete; Chemical degradation of concrete; Corrosion and protection of reinforced steel in concrete; Degradation of pre-stressed concrete; Concrete aggregates and the durability of concrete; Degradation of concrete in cold weather conditions; Degradation of fibre-reinforced cement composites; Degradation of polymer-cement composites.



Understanding the tensile properties of concreteEdited by J Weerheijm, Technical University of Delft, The Netherlands

This book looks in depth at the properties and behaviour of concrete under tension, a phenomenon that can cause catastrophic failure of concrete structures if it is not properly factored into the design stage. Part one considers concrete in static tensile loading, including chapters on static response mechanisms, factors affecting tensile properties, modelling the effects of material composition and moisture transport. Part two reviews concrete in dynamic tensile loading, including chapters on modelling and testing methods, response mechanisms of concrete and the influence of such factors as composition and strain rate.

CONTENTSPart 1 Concrete in static tensile loading: Static response mechanisms of concrete; Factors affecting the tensile properties of concrete; Modelling the effect of material composition on the tensile properties of concrete; Modelling moisture transport in intact and fractured concrete. Part 2 Concrete in dynamic tensile loading: Modelling the response of concrete structures to dynamic loading; Dynamic test devices for analysing the tensile properties of concrete; Response mechanisms of concrete under impulsive tensile loading; Modelling the dynamic response of concrete with mesoscopic heterogeneity; Numerical modelling of the tensile properties of concrete; Modelling the influence of strain rate and related phenomena on the response of concrete structures; Understanding the dynamic response of concrete to loading: Practical examples.



The electrochemistry and characteristics of embeddable reference electrodes for concrete structural engineeringR Myrdal, Rescon Mapei AS, Norway

European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 43CONTENTSReference electrodes in general: Basic concepts; Types of reference electrodes; Potential scales and potential conversion; Reference electrode design; Potential measurement; Ideal reference electrode properties; Phenomena disturbing reference electrode potentials. Reference electrodes for concrete: Types; Installation of reference electrodes in concrete structures; Field experiences. References.



Civil engineering

NEW

NEW


Eco-efficient concreteEdited by F Pacheco-Torgal, S Jalali, University of Minho, J Labrincha, University of Aveiro, Portugal and V M John, University of San Paulo, Brazil

Concrete is one of the most widely-used of all materials with a significant environmental impact. This important book reviews the wealth of recent research on developing more eco-efficient concrete. The book covers the use of supplementary cementitious materials (SCMs), the use of waste and recycled materials as well as eco-binders in concrete.

CONTENTSPart 1 The eco-efficiency of concrete: Environmental impact of Portland cement production; Life cycle assessment (LCA) of concrete. Part 2 Eco-efficient concrete with supplementary cementitious materials (SCMs): Natural pozzolans; Artificial pozzolans; Testing pozzolan activity; Properties of concrete with high volume pozzolans; Influence of pozzolans on concrete durability; Performance of self-compacting concrete (SCC) with high volume pozzolans; High volume ground granulated blast furnace slag concrete; Recycled glass concrete. Part 3 Eco-efficient concrete with non-reactive wastes: Municipal solid waste incinerator (MSWI) concrete; Concrete with polymeric wastes; Concrete with construction and demolition wastes; Reducing carbonation in eco-efficient concrete; Concrete with polymers. Part 4 Eco-efficient binders and other developments: Eco-efficient binders in concrete; Alkali-activated concrete; Calcium sulfoaluminate cement and concrete; Reactive magnesia cement; The use of nanotechnology in eco-efficient concrete.



Developments in the formulation and reinforcement of concreteEdited by S Mindess, University of British Columbia, Canada

CONTENTSAutoclaved aerated concrete; High density and radiation-shielding concrete; High strength concrete; Sprayed concrete (Shotcrete); Hot weather concreting; Underwater concrete; Fibrous concrete reinforcement; Lightweight concrete; Self compacting concrete (SCC); Recycled materials in concrete; Formed concrete; Polymer concrete; Future developments in concrete.



Corrosion in reinforced concrete structuresEdited by H Böhni, Formerly Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Switzerland

‘…a remarkable manual through its very comprehensive statement about the subject.’

Iasi Polytechnic Magazine264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85573 768 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 043 4


Understanding the rheology of concreteEdited by N Roussel, LCPC, France

‘Anyone wanting to understand the rheological behaviors of concrete, including measurement techniques, the impact of mix design and casting, now has this book for reference.’

The Indian Concrete Journal

The properties of concrete before it has set can have a significant impact on performance. This important book reviews methods of measuring, modelling and controlling the rheological behaviour of concrete, which play a vital role in construction processes. The book begins with a group of chapters dealing with measurement methods, including general introductions to rheology and rheometry. Chapters in the second part examine mix design, covering issues such as the use of super-plasticizers and viscosity agents, among others. Finally, the last part of the book focuses on casting, with chapters discussing thixotropy and formwork pressure, among other topics.

CONTENTSPart 1 Measuring the rheological behaviour of concrete: Introduction to the rheology of complex fluids; Introduction to the rheometry of complex suspensions; Concrete rheometers; From industrial testing to rheological parameters for concrete; The rheology of cement during setting. Part 2 Mix design and the rheological behaviour of concrete: Particle packing and the rheology of concrete; Superplasticizers and the rheology of concrete; Viscosity-enhancing admixtures and the rheology of concrete; Fibre reinforcement and the rheology of concrete. Part 3 Casting and the rheological behaviour of concrete: Modelling the flow of self-compacting concrete; Thixotropy: from measurement to casting of concrete; Understanding formwork pressure generated by fresh concrete; Understanding the pumping of conventional vibrated and self-compacting concrete.



Corrosion of reinforcement in concreteMonitoring, prevention and rehabilitation techniquesEdited by M Raupach, Aachen University, Germany, B Elsener, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Switzerland, R Polder, TNO Built Environment and Geosciences, The Netherlands and J Mietz, Federal Institute of Materials Research and Testing, Germany

European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 38336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006ISBN: 978 1 84569 210 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 228 5


Non-destructive evaluation of reinforced concrete structuresVolume 1: Deterioration processes and standard test methodsEdited by C Maierhofer, BAM Federal Institute for Materials Research and Testing, H-W Reinhardt, University of Stuttgart and G Dobmann, Fraunhofer Institute for Non-Destructive Testing (IZFP), Germany

CONTENTSPart 1 Deterioration of reinforced concrete and testing problems: Testing problems of infrastructure with particular emphasis on the experience in the UK; When to use non-destructive testing of reinforced concrete structures: An overview; Deterioration processes in reinforced concrete: an overview; Modelling of ageing and corrosion processes in reinforced concrete structures; Components in concrete and their impact on quality: An overview; The role and tools of lifetime management of civil structures. Part 2 Conventional/standard testing methods: Conventional/standard testing methods for concrete: An overview; Microscopic examination of deteriorated concrete; The analysis of solid components and their ratios in reinforced concrete structures; The determination of chlorides in concrete structures; Investigating the original water content of concrete.



Non-destructive evaluation of reinforced concrete structuresVolume 2: Non-destructive testing methodsEdited by C Maierhofer, BAM Federal Institute for Materials Research and Testing, H-W Reinhardt, University of Stuttgart and G Dobmann, Fraunhofer Institute for Non-Destructive Testing (IZFP), Germany

CONTENTSPart 1 Planning and implementing non-destructive testing of reinforced concrete structures. Part 2 Individual non-destructive testing techniques. Part 3 Case studies.



Failure, distress and repair of concrete structuresEdited by N Delatte, Cleveland State University, USA

CONTENTSPart 1 Failure mechanisms in concrete: Causes and mechanisms of deterioration in reinforced concrete; Types of damage in concrete structures; Types and causes of cracking in concrete structures; Condition assessment of concrete structures. Part 2 Repair of concrete structures: Standards and guidelines for repairing concrete structures; Methods of crack repair in concrete structures; Repair materials for concrete structures; Bonded concrete overlays for repairing concrete structures; Repair/retrofitting of concrete structures with fiber-reinforced polymers; Protection systems for concrete structures; Patching of deteriorated concrete structures; Durability of repaired concrete structures.



Civil engineering

NEW


MONITORING AND CONDITION ASSESSMENT

Handbook of seismic risk analysis and management of civil infrastructure systemsEdited by S Tesfamariam, University of British Columbia, Canada and K Goda, University of Bristol, UK

Earthquakes remain one of the major risks to buildings, bridges and other components of civil infrastructure. This important book summarises the wealth of recent research. Part one reviews research in the analysis of ground motion and seismic hazard assessment. Part two discusses different seismic risk hazard methodologies, whilst parts three and four cover the assessment of seismic risks to buildings, bridges, water supply systems and other aspects of civil infrastructure. The final part of the book considers ways of assessing financial and other losses from earthquake damage.

CONTENTSPart 1 Ground motions and seismic hazard assessment: Probablistic seismic hard analysis (PSHA); Uncertainties in ground motion prediction in PSHA; Spatial correlation of ground motions in estimating seismic hazards; Ground motion selection for seismic risk analysis; Assessing and managing risks of earthquake-induced liquefaction. Part 2 Seismic risk analysis methodologies: Seismic risk analysis: An overview; Seismic risk analysis using Bayesian belief networks; Structural vulnerability analysis; Earthquake risk management: Integrating soft and hard risks; Assessing risks from the social impact of earthquakes; Resilience-based design (RBD) modelling. Part 3 Assessing seismic risks to buildings: Assessing seismic risks using performance-based earthquake engineering (PBEE) methodology; Assessing the seismic vulnerability of masonry buildings; Vulnerability assessment of reinforced-concrete structures; Seismic risk models for ageing and deteriorating buildings; Stochastic modelling of deterioration in buildings. Part 4 Assessing seismic risks to bridges and other components of civil infrastructure networks: Risk assessment of civil infrastructure: A systems approach; Seismic vulnerability analysis of a complex interconnected infrastructure; Seismic risk assessment of deteriorating reinforced concrete bridges; PBEE methodology for bridges; Seismic financial risk assessment of bridges; Effect of soil-structure interaction and ground motion on seismic risk assessment of bridges; Seismic risk management of water pipeline networks; Seismic risk assessment of water supply systems; Seismic risk assessment of oil and gas pipelines; Seismic risk analysis of wind turbine support structures. Part 5 Assessing financial and other losses: Seismic risk and possible maximum loss (PML) analysis; Seismic risk management of insurance losses; Probablistic assessment of earthquake insurance rates; Rapid earthquake loss estimation models: The PAGER system; Assessing global earthquake risks; The GEM initiative.



Toxicity of building materialsEdited by F Pacheco-Torgal, S Jalali, University of Minho, Portugal and A Fucic, Institute for Medical Research and Occupational Health, Croatia

From long-standing worries regarding the use of lead and asbestos to recent research into carcinogenic issues related to the use of plastics in construction, there is growing concern regarding the potential toxic effects of building materials on health. Toxicity of building materials provides an essential guide to this important problem and its solution.

CONTENTSThe main health hazards from building materials; Plastic materials: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC); Plastic materials: Chlorinated polyethylene (CPE), chlorinated polyvinylchloride (CPVC), chlorosulfonated polyethylene (CSPE), polychloroprene rubber (CR); Materials responsible for formaldehyde and volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions; Semi-volatile organic compounds (SVOCs): phthalates, PFCs, flame retardants; Wood preservatives; Mineral fibre-based building materials and their health hazards; Radioactive materials; Materials that release toxic fumes during fire; Heavy metals: Lead; Other heavy metals: Mercury, cadmium, chromium and antimony; Materials prone to mould growth; Antimicrobial treatment and efficacy; Potential hazards from waste based/recycled building materials; Toxicity of nanoparticles.



Structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systemsEdited by V M Karbhari, University of Alabama at Huntsville and F Ansari, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA

CONTENTSStructural health monitoring: applications and data analysis. Part 1 Structural health monitoring technologies: Piezoelectric impedence transducers for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Wireless sensors and networks for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Synthetic aperture radar and remote sensing technologies for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Magnetoelastic stress sensors for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Vibration-based damage detection techniques for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Operational modal analysis for vibration-based structural health monitoring of civil structures; Fiber optic sensors for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Data management and signal processing for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Statistical pattern recognition and damage detection in structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure and other systems. Part 2 Applications of structural health monitoring in civil infrastructure systems: Structural health monitoring of bridges: general issues and applications; Structural health monitoring of cable-supported bridges in Hong Kong; Structural health monitoring of historic buildings; Structural health monitoring research in Europe: trends and applications; Structural health monitoring research in China: trends and applications.



Service life estimation and extension of civil engineering structuresEdited by V M Karbhari, University of Alabama in Huntsville and L S Lee, University of the Pacific, USA

Service life estimation and extension of civil engineering structures reviews ways of rehabilitating ageing reinforced concrete structures using fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites and how to assess their remaining service life. The book covers topics such as rehabilitation techniques for service life extension, probabilistic methods for service life estimation, rehabilitation and service life estimation of corroded structures and NDE/NDT of rehabilitated structures.

CONTENTSPart 1 Using fibre reinforced polymer (FRP) composites to extend the service-life of civil engineering structures: Key issues in the use of FRP composites in the rehabilitation and retrofitting of concrete structures; Using FRP composites to extend the service life of corroded concrete structures; Areas of uncertainty in the use of fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites in the rehabilitation of civil engineering structures; Rehabilitation and service life estimation of bridge superstructures. Part 2 Estimating the service life of civil engineering structures: Service life, reliability and maintenance of civil structures; Probabilistic methods for service life estimation of civil engineering structures; Non-destructive evaluation and testing (NDE/NDT) of civil structures rehabilitated using FRP composites; Structural health monitoring and field validation of civil engineering structures; Databases and knowledge-based systems for service-life estimation of FRP rehabilitated civil engineering structures; Pipeline rehabilitation systems for service-life extension.



Inspection and monitoring techniques for bridges and civil structuresEdited by G Fu, Wayne State University, USA

CONTENTSTesting steel corrosion in reinforced concrete; Alkali-silica reaction (ASR) testing of corrosion in concrete; Acoustic testing of concrete; Electrical impedance testing of wood components; Detecting decay in wood components; Testing timber pile length in bridges; Ultrasonic testing of structural timber components; Digital radioscopy analysis of timber structures; Visual inspection techniques for bridges and other transport structures; Acoustic emission testing of bridges; Bridge inspection using virtual reality and photogrammetry; Discontinuity in masonry wall.



Civil engineering

NEW

NEW


Condition assessment of aged structuresEdited by J K Paik, Pusan National University, Korea and R E Melchers, University of Newcastle, Australia

‘…cohesion between the 17 detailed chapters is excellent.’

‘…invaluable to owners and operators of ships, oil rigs, bridges and other large assets such as fixed and mobile mining equipment.’

‘…sections on fatigue and reliability will be useful to anybody concerned with managing dynamically loaded equipment such as crushing mills, mobile plant and handling equipment.’

Materials World

In-service structural systems are subject to age-related deterioration, leading to concerns regarding maintenance, health and safety, environment and economics. Condition assessment of aged structures provides an invaluable, single source of information on structural assessment techniques for marine and land-based structures and offers professionals from a broad range of disciplines with a better understanding of current practice, how to apply advanced design and development technologies in condition assessment, and likely future trends. Chapters are grouped in five broad themes: current practices and standards for structural condition assessment; fundamental mechanisms and advanced mathematical methods for predicting structural deterioration; residual strength assessment of deteriorated structures; reliability of aged structures; and survey, inspection and maintenance.

CONTENTSPart 1 Current practices: Current practices in condition assessment of aged ships and floating offshore structures; Current practices in condition assessment of aged fixed-type offshore structures; Definition and assessment of deficiencies in building construction. Part 2 Mechanisms, mathematical models and preventive measures for age-related deterioration: Corrosion wastage in aged structures; Fatigue cracking in aged structures; Local denting and other deterioration in aged structures. Part 3 Residual strength of aged structures: Corroded structures and residual strength; Cracked structures and residual strength; Dented structures and residual strength. Part 4 Reliability of aged structures: Reliability of aged ship structures; Reliability of aged offshore structures; Reliability of aged land-based structures. Part 5 Inspection and maintenance: Inspection of aged ships and offshore structures; Inspection of aged land-based structures; Maintenance of aged ships and offshore structures; Maintenance of aged land-based structures; Risk-based inspection and maintenance of aged structures.



STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING

Modern earth buildingsMaterials, engineering, constructions and applicationsEdited by M Hall, University of Nottingham, UK, R Lindsay, Earth Structures Pty Ltd, Australia and M Krayenhoff, SIREWall Inc, Canada


With the improved energy efficiency, high level of structural integrity and aesthetically-pleasing finishes achieved in modern earth construction, it is now one of the leading choices for sustainable, low-energy building. Modern earth buildings provides an essential exploration of the materials and techniques key to the design, development and construction of such buildings. Part one provides an introduction to design and construction issues including insulation, occupant comfort and building codes. Part two goes on to investigate materials for earth buildings, before building technologies are explored in part three, including construction techniques for earth buildings. Modern earth structural engineering is the focus of part four. Finally, part five of Modern earth buildings explores the application of modern earth construction through international case studies.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to modern earth buildings: Overview of modern earth building; Hygrothermal behaviour and occupant comfort in modern earth buildings; Fabric insulation, thermal bridging and acoustics in modern earth buildings; Modern earth building codes, standards and normative development; Passive house design: a benchmark for thermal mass fabric. Part 2 Earth materials engineering and earth construction: Soil materials for earth construction: properties, classification and suitability testing; Alternative and recycled materials for earth construction; Soil mechanics and earthen construction: Strength and mechanical behaviour; Soil stabilisation and earth construction: materials, properties, and techniques; Integral admixtures and surface treatments for modern earth buildings; Weathering and durability of earthen materials and structures. Part 3 Earth building technologies and earth construction techniques: History of earth building techniques; Stabilised soil blocks for structural masonry in earth construction; Modern rammed earth construction techniques; Pneumatically impacted stabilized earth (PISE) construction techniques; Conservation of historic earth buildings. Part 4 Modern earth structural engineering: Earth masonry structures: arches, vaults and domes; Structural steel elements within stabilised rammed earth (SRE) walling; Natural disasters and earth buildings: resistant design and construction; Embankments and earthfill dams: construction materials and techniques. Part 5 Application of modern earth construction: International case studies: North American modern earth construction; Australasian modern earth construction; European modern earth construction; Modern rammed earth construction in China.



Structural dynamics of earthquake engineeringTheory and application using Mathematica and MatlabS Rajasekaran, PSG College of Technology, India

CONTENTSIntroduction to dynamics. Part 1 Structural dynamics in relation to earthquakes: Free vibration of single-degree-of-freedom systems (undamped) in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Free vibration of single-degree-of-freedom systems (under-damped) in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Forced vibration (harmonic force) of single-degree-of-freedom systems in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Response of structures to periodic dynamic loadings; Response of structures to impulse loads; Dynamic response of structures using numerical methods; Generalized coordinates and energy methods in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Two-degrees-of-freedom linear system response of structures; Free vibration of multiple degrees of freedom in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Numerical solution methods for natural frequencies and mode shapes in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Time history response by mode superposition in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Free and forced vibration of a continuous system in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Finite element method in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Differential quadrature and transformation methods for vibration problems in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes. Part 2 Response of structures to earthquakes: Earthquakes and earthquake ground motion; Earthquake response spectra; Earthquake analysis of linear systems; Building codes for a seismic design; Response of structures to earthquakes: approximate analysis techniques for lateral loads; Response of structures to earthquakes: analysis of shear walls.



Design and optimization of metal structuresJ Farkas and K Jarmai, University of Miskolc, Hungary

‘This world-wide state-of-the-art book. ...is recommendable as the best entry guide to this field.’

Prof. K. Horikawa, University of Osaka, Joining and Welding Research Institute,

Japan

‘A good candidate for the classroom as well as the professional bookshelf.’

SciTech Book News

‘…an invaluable help in calculating the competitiveness and economies in a wide and vast sector of steel structures.’

Rivista Italiana Dell Saldatura

CONTENTSNewer mathematical optimization methods; Cost calculations; Seismic resistant design; Fire resistant design; Large-span suspended roof members; Frames; Stiffened plates; Welded stiffened cylindrical and conical shells; Tubular structures; Square box column composed from welded cellular plates; Appendices; References and index.



Civil engineering

NEW


Design, fabrication and economy of welded structuresInternational conference proceedings, 2008K Jarmai and J Farkas, University of Miskolc, Hungary

‘A remarkably coherent set of papers.’SciTech Book News

CONTENTSIntroductory paper; Structural optimization I; Structural optimization II; Fatigue design; Frames; Hollow sections; Plated structures; Residual stresses and distortions; Static stresses in welded connections; Application; Welding technology I; Welding technology II; Applied mechanics; Index.



Analysis and design of plated structuresVolume 1: StabilityEdited by N E Shanmugam, Universiti Kebangsaan, Malaysia and C M Wang, National University of Singapore, Singapore508 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006ISBN: 978 1 85573 967 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 096 0


Analysis and design of plated structuresVolume 2: DynamicsEdited by N E Shanmugam, Universiti Kebangsaan, Malaysia and C M Wang, National University of Singapore, Singapore

CONTENTSDynamic behaviour of tapered beams; GBT-based local and global vibration analysis of thin-walled members; Dynamics of non-prismatic thin-walled hybrid composite members of generic cross section; Differential quadrature element method for vibration analysis of plates; Least squares finite difference method for vibration analysis of plates; Analytical p-elements for vibration of plates/plated structures; The extended Kantorovich method for vibration analysis of plates; A closed-form approach to modelling and dynamic analysis of beams, plates and shell; Vibration of plates with abrupt changes in properties; Relationship between vibration frequencies of higher order plate theories and classical thin plate theory; Free vibration analysis of functionally graded ceramic-metal plates; Nonlinear transient analysis of hybrid laminated plates; A hybrid strategy for parameter identification of plated structures; Hydroelastic analysis of floating plated structures.



Multiscale materials modellingFundamentals and applicationsEdited by Z X Guo, Queen Mary University of London, UK

‘Credit goes to the editor for organising modelling experts to review topics which combine multiscale mathematics with potential range of applications’

‘The book provides a comprehensive review of MMM that would promote a practical challenge to predict failures of materials’

Materials World

CONTENTSThe role of ab initio electronic structure calculations in multiscale modelling of materials; Modelling dislocation behaviour at the continuum level; Phase field modelling of material microstructure; Mesoscale modelling of grain growth and microstructure in polycrystalline materials; Finite element and homogenisation modelling of materials; Grain-continuum modelling of material behaviour; Coupled atomistic/continuum modelling of plasticity in materials; Multiscale modelling of carbon nanostructures; Multiscale modelling of structural materials.



The deformation and processing of structural materialsEdited by Z Xiao Guo, Queen Mary University, UK352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85573 738 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 078 6


Durability of engineering structuresDesign, repair and maintenanceJ Bijen, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands

‘This book is most welcome. It gives perspective. The key feature is that it is written from the viewpoint of a practical design and assessment.’

‘…represents a blueprint by which increased knowledge of durability can be given focus within a future design framework.’

Concrete magazine280 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2003ISBN: 978 1 85573 695 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 856 0


Applied elasticityMatrix and tensor analysis of elastic continuaSecond editionJ D Renton, University of Oxford, UK212 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2002ISBN: 978 1 898563 85 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 958 7


Introduction to structuresW R Spillers, New Jersey Institute of Technology, USA256 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2002ISBN: 978 1 898563 94 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 055 2


Elastic beams and framesSecond editionJ D Renton, University of Oxford, UK416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2002ISBN: 978 1 898563 86 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 962 4


Plasticity for engineersTheory and applicationsC R Calladine, University of Cambridge, UK

‘This is an excellent and lucidly-written book, warmly recommended to students studying M.Eng or Masters programmes and researchers.’

Structures and Buildings

‘Calladine is the person who invented plasticity and it is not a big surprise that he can explain well in his book. It is easy to read, very well structured and it has all you need to know about plasticity in there..-starting off with the simple theorems, he then carries on talking about rotating discs, torsion and indentation problems. Last few chapters are about slip-line fields, circular plates under transverse loading and metal-forming processes.. (wire drawing and extrusion). I started reading this book at university and I believe it it is one of the best reference books about Plasticity.’

Review by a customer on Amazon.co.uk328 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2000ISBN: 978 1 898563 70 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 970 9


Mechanics of solidsC T F Ross, University of Portsmouth, UK480 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) paperback 1999ISBN: 978 1 898563 67 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 971 6


Analysis of engineering structuresB Bedenik, University of Maribor, Slovenia and C B Besant, Imperial College, UK

‘Covers static analysis of beams and simple trusses in generalised notations, and aspects of kinematics and energy methods. Also introduces three-dimensional forces and displacements. The summary of inelastic material behaviour of structures is valuable.’

Structural Engineer392 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1999ISBN: 978 1 898563 55 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 972 3


Civil engineering


Macro-engineering and the earthWorld projects for year 2000 and beyondU W Kitzinger, First President of Templeton College, Oxford, UK and E G Frankel, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA290 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1998ISBN: 978 1 898563 59 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 058 3


Macro-engineeringMIT Brunel lectures on global infrastructureF P Davidson, E G Frankl and C L Meador, Macro-Engineering Research Group, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA210 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1997ISBN: 978 1 898563 33 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 057 6


Finite element programs in structural engineering and continuum mechanicsC T F Ross, University of Portsmouth, UK

‘Students and lecturers may value the computer programs for finite element analysis.’

The Structural Engineer

‘The programs, written in Quick Basic, utilize finite element methods to solve a variety of engineering problems from static and dynamic analysis in two and three dimensions to two-dimensional field. Recommended to upper-division undergraduates and professionals.’

Choice624 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1996ISBN: 978 1 898563 28 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 983 9


Finite element techniques in structural mechanicsC T F Ross, University of Portsmouth, UK

‘All Carl Ross’s previous books are very clear and well written. This thoroughly interesting text is no exception. The worked examples and practice problems are particularly useful. I will continue to recommend Professor Ross’s books to my students. For anyone requiring an introduction to finite element analysis, this text is excellent.’

Journal of Strain Analysis

‘Very readable, clear and easy to follow. It should be especially useful to those new to the finite element method.’

Chartered Mechanical Engineer220 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) paperback 1996ISBN: 978 1 898563 25 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 984 6


POLYMER COMPOSITES

Advances in polymer nanocompositesTypes and applicationsEdited by F Gao, Nottingham Trent University, UK

The addition of nanoparticles to polymer composites has led to a new generation of composite materials with enhanced and novel properties. Advances in polymer nanocomposites reviews the main types of polymer nanocomposites and their applications. Part one reviews types of polymer nanocomposites according to fillers, whilst part two focuses on types of polymer nanocomposites according to base. Finally, part three investigates key applications, including fuel cells, aerospace applications, optical applications, coatings and flame retardant polymer nanocomposites.

CONTENTSPart 1 Types of polymer nanocomposites according to fillers: Processing of carbon nanotube-based nanocomposites; Environmental life-cycle assessment (LCA) of polymer nanocomposites; Calcium carbonate nanocomposites; Layered double hydroxides (LDHs) as functional fillers in polymer nanocomposites; Cellulose nanoparticles as reinforcement in polymer nanocomposites; Metal-polymer nanocomposites. Part 2 Types of polymer nanocomposites according to base: Polyolefin-based polymer nanocomposites; Poly(vinyl chloride)-based nanocomposites; Nylon-based polymer nanocomposites; Clay-containing poly (ethylene terephthalate) (PET)-based polymer nanocomposites; Thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU) -based polymer nanocomposites; Soft polymer nanocomposites and gels; Biodegradable polymer nanocomposites. Part 3 Applications of polymer nanocomposites: Polymer nanocomposites in fuel cells; Polymer nanocomposites for aerospace applications; Flame-retardant polymer nanocomposites; Polymer nanocomposites for optical applications; Polymer nanocomposite coatings.



Wood-polymer compositesEdited by K O Niska, Luleå University of Technology, Sweden and M Sain, University of Toronto, Canada

CONTENTSRaw materials for wood-polymer composites; Additives for wood-polymer composites; Interactions between wood and synthetic polymers; Manufacturing technologies for wood-polymer composites; Mechanical properties of wood-polymer composites; Micromechanical modelling of wood-polymer composites; Outdoor durability of wood-polymer composites; Creep behaviour and damage of wood-polymer composites; Processing performance of extruded wood-polymer composites; Oriented wood-polymer composites and related materials; Wood-polymer composite foams; Performance measurement and construction applications of wood-polymer composites; Life cycle assessment (LCA) of wood-polymer composites: A case-study; Market and future trends for wood-polymer composites in Europe: The example of Germany; Improving wood-polymer composite products.



Polymer matrix composites and technologyR Wang, S Zheng and Y Zheng, School of Science at Northwestern Polytechnic University, China

Given such properties as low density and high strength, polymer matrix composites have become a widely used material in the aerospace and other industries. Polymer matrix composites and technology provides a helpful overview of these materials, their processing and performance. After an introductory chapter, part one reviews the main reinforcement and matrix materials used as well as the nature of the interface between them. Part two discusses forming and molding technologies for polymer matrix composites. The final part of the book covers key aspects of performance, including tensile, compression, shear and bending properties as well as impact, fatigue and creep behaviour.

CONTENTSIntroduction to polymer matrix composites. Part 1 Component materials: Reinforced materials; Matrix materials; Interface of polymer matrix composites. Part 2 Processing of composite materials: Fabrication of the half-finished products for polymer composites; Forming technology of polymer matrix composites; Molding technology of sandwich structure composites. Part 3 Performance of composite materials: Elementary mechanical properties of composite materials; Other mechanical properties of composite materials; High frequency dielectric properties of composites and radome; Other properties of polymer composites.




Science and engineering of short fibre reinforced polymer compositesS-Y Fu, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China, B Lauke, Leibniz Institute of Polymer Research, Germany and Y-W Mai, University of Sydney, Australia

‘In the final chapter relating to the fracture mechanics of SFRP, the depth and breadth is quite remarkable. The text is both well-planned and well-written.’

Materials World

CONTENTSIntroduction to short fibre reinforced polymer composites; Extrusion compounding and injection moulding; Major factors on performance of short fibre reinforced polymers; Stress transfer in short fibre reinforced polymers; Strength of short fibre reinforced polymers; Elastic modulus of short fibre reinforced polymers; Flexural modulus of short fibre reinforced polymers; Thermal conductivity and expansion of short fibre reinforced polymer composites; Non-linear stress-strain behaviour; Fracture mechanics.



Polymer composites

NEW


Creep and fatigue in polymer matrix compositesEdited by R M Guedes, University of Porto, Portugal

CONTENTSPart 1 Viscoelastic and viscoplastic modelling: Viscoelastic constitutive modeling of creep and stress relaxation in polymers and polymer matrix composites; Time-temperature-age superposition principle for predicting long-term response of linear viscoelastic materials; Time-dependent behaviour of active/intelligent polymer matrix composites incorporating piezoceramic fibers; Predicting the elastic-viscoplastic and creep behaviour of polymer matrix composites using the homogenization theory; Measuring fiber strain and creep behaviour in polymer matrix composites using Raman spectroscopy; Predicting the viscoelastic behaviour of polymer nanocomposites; Constitutive modelling of viscoplastic deformation of polymer matrix composites; Creep analysis of polymer matrix composites using viscoplastic models; Micromechanical modeling of viscoelastic behaviour of polymer matrix composites undergoing large deformations. Part 2 Creep rupture: Fiber bundle models for creep rupture analysis of polymer matrix composites; Micromechanical modelling of time-dependent failure in off-axis polymer matrix composites; Time-dependent failure criteria for lifetime prediction of polymer matrix composite structures. Part 3 Fatigue modelling, characterisation and monitoring: Testing the fatigue strength of fibers used in fiber-reinforced composites using fiber bundle tests; Continuum damage mechanical modelling of creep damage and fatigue in polymer matrix composites; Accelerated testing methodology for predicting long-term creep and fatigue in polymer matrix composites; Fatigue testing methods for polymer matrix composites; The effect of viscoelasticity on fatigue behavior of polymer matrix composites; Characterization of vicoelasticity, viscoplasticity and damage in composites; Structural health monitoring of composite structures for durability.



Physical properties and applications of polymer nanocompositesEdited by S C Tjong, City University of Hong Kong, China and Y-W Mai, University of Sydney, Australia

‘Conveniently collates, in a single volume, a comprehensive review of the varied research review of the varied research activity being conducted in the field of polymer nano-composites.’

Materials World

CONTENTSPart 1 Polymer/nanoparticle composites. Part 2 Polymer/nanoplatelet composites. Part 3 Polymer/nanotube composites. Part 4 Applications.



Lightweight ballistic compositesMilitary and law-enforcement applicationsEdited by A Bhatnagar, Honeywell International, USA448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006ISBN: 978 1 85573 941 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 155 4


Nanofibers and nanotechnology in textilesEdited by P Brown and K Stevens, Clemson University, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 67CONTENTSPart 1 Nanofiber production: Electrospinning of nanofibers; Producing nanofibre structures by electrospinning for tissue engineering; Continuous yarns from electrospun nanofibers; Producing polyamide nanofibers by electrospinning; Controlling the morphologies of electrospun nanofibers. Part 2 Carbon nanotubes and nanocomposites: Synthesis, characterisation and applications of carbon nanotubes: The case of aerospace engineering; Carbon nanotube and nanofibre reinforced polymer fibers; Structure and properties of carbon nanotube polymer nanofibers using melt spinning; Multifunctional polymer nanocomposites for industrial applications; Nanofilled polypropylene (PP) fibers. Part 3 Improving polymer functionality: Nanostructuring polymers with cyclodextrins; Dyeable polypropylene (PP) via nanotechnology; Polypropylene (PP)/clay nanocomposites; Multi-wall carbon nanotube-nylon 6 nanocomposites from polymerisation. Part 4 Nanocoatings and surface modification techniques: Nanotechnologies for coating and structuring of textiles; Electrostatic self-assembled nanolayer films for cotton fibers; Nanofabrication of thin polymer films; Hybrid polymer nanolayers for surface modification of fibers; Structure-property relationships of polypropylene nanocomposite fibers.




Failure analysis and fractography of polymer compositesE S Greenhalgh, Imperial College London, UK

CONTENTSIntroduction to failure analysis and fractography of polymer composites; Methodology and tools for failure analysis of polymer composites; Fibre-dominated failures in polymer composites; Delamination-dominated failures in polymer composites; Fatigue failures of polymer composites; The influence of fibre architecture in the failure of polymer composites; Defects and damage and their role in the failure of polymer composites; Case studies: failures of polymer composites due to overload and design deficiencies; Case studies: failures of polymer composites due to material and manufacturing defects; Case studies: failures of polymer composites due to in-service factors.



Tribology of natural fiber polymer compositesN Chand, Advanced Materials and Processes Research Institute and M Fahim, Zakir Hussain College, University of Delhi, India

CONTENTSNatural fibers and their composites; Introduction to tribology of polymer composites; Sisal reinforced polymer composites; Jute reinforced polymer composites; Cotton reinforced polymer composites; Bamboo reinforced polymer composites; Wood reinforced polymer composites.



Epoxy compositesImpact resistance and flame retardancyD Ratna

CONTENTSThermosetting composites. Epoxy resins. Epoxy composites. Impact resistant epoxy composites. Modification of epoxy matrix. Nanoreinforcement of epoxy. Simultaneous nanoreinforcement and toughening. Fire retardant epoxy composites. Fire retardant resin compositions. Summary and outlook. List of abbreviation and acronyms. Additional references.

118 pages 298 x 210mm paperback 2007ISBN: 978 1 84735 065 7£85.00/US$145.00/€100.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350657 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Polymer nanocompositesY-W Mai, University of Sydney, Australia and Z-Z Yu, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006ISBN: 978 1 85573 969 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 112 7


Design and manufacture of textile compositesEdited by A C Long, University of Nottingham, UK


‘…an invaluable guide for manufacturers of polymer composite components, end-users and designers, researchers in the fields of structural materials and technical textiles and textile manufacturers. …covers a broad range of polymer composite materials with textile reinforcements.’

Journal of Natural Fibers




Green compositesPolymer composites and the environmentEdited by C Baillie, Queen’s University, Canada

CONTENTSWhy green composites? An introduction; Designing green composites: Traditional and future trends; Life cycle assessment (LCA); Natural fibre sources; Alternative fibre sources: Paper and wood fibres as reinforcement; Alternative solutions: Recyclable synthetic fibre-thermoplastic composites; Natural polymer sources; Optimizing the properties of green composites; Green fibre thermoplastic composites; Clean production; Applications; Extraction for reuse: Recycling and degradation of composites; Reprocessing.



Polymer composites


Clay-containing polymeric nanocompositesTwo volume setL A Utracki, National Research Council Canada, Industrial Materials Institute, Canada786 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004ISBN: 978 1 85957 487 4£100.00/US$170.00/€120.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574874 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Integrated design and manufacture using fibre-reinforced polymeric compositesEdited by M J Owen, V Middleton and I A Jones, University of Nottingham, UK

‘An excellent and timely work which should be of help to everyone in the world of practical composites.’

Materials World416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85573 453 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 887 4


3-D textile reinforcements in composite materialsEdited by A Miravete, University of Zaragoza, Spain336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1999ISBN: 978 1 85573 376 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 192 9


Short fibre-polymer compositesEdited by S K De, Indian Institute of Technology, India and J R White, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1996ISBN: 978 1 85573 220 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 867 6


Handbook of polymer composites for engineersEdited by L C Hollaway, University of Surrey, UK

Published in association with The British Plastics Federation



Thermoplastic aromatic polymer compositesF N Cogswell288 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1992ISBN: 978 1 85573 086 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 925 3


POLYMERS AND BIOPOLYMERS

Advances in shape memory polymersEdited by J Hu, Hong Kong Polytechnic Institute, Hong Kong


Shape memory polymers (SMPs) have the ability to change shape in response to an external stimulus. This makes them promising smart materials for textiles and other applications. Building on the author’s earlier, pioneering work in this field, this book summarises key recent research in this important area. It covers the various types of SMP, how they respond to temperature, moisture and other stimuli, methods of manufacture and applications in such areas as textile finishes for smart, self-cleaning textiles.

CONTENTSIntroduction to shape memory polymers (SMPs); Tm type SMPs; Tg type SMPs; High performance MOCA SMPs; Supramolecular SMPs; Supramolecular SMPs containing pyridine; Thermally-induced shape memory properties of supramolecular SMPs containing pyridine; Moisture-sensitive shape memory properties of supramolecular SMPs containing pyridine; SMPs with novel functions: electo-active, magnetically-active, light-responsive and phase change materials; Shape memory finishing treatments for smart textiles; Manufacture of Tg and Tm shape memory polyurethane fibers; Future developments in SMPs.




Compression techniques for polymer sciencesB S Tice, Advanced Human Design, USA

Compression techniques for polymer sciences addresses the types and properties of polymers found in algorithms that are suitable for use in the analysis, research and experimentation on polymers. The book presents a brief history of the field and an introduction on algorithmic programs for use in chemical and engineering applications of polymers. Chapters focus on polymer types and applications with algorithms. This book will be useful for chemists and engineers working in the polymer sciences, as well as graduate and post-graduate university students in the physical sciences and engineering.

CONTENTSA short history; Algorithms; Polymers; Algorithms and polymers; An engineering application; The natural sciences and algorithms.

A Woodhead Publishing India title



Trends in packaging of food, beverages and other fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG)Edited by N Farmer, Consultant, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Food Science, Technology and Nutrition No. 244

There have been many key developments in packaging in recent years and it remains an active area of research. Significant advances in materials and technologies are reviewed alongside international market trends in this concise book, making it an essential one-volume reference for R&D professionals in the packaging, food and beverages and fast-moving consumer goods industries and advanced students and researchers in these areas.

CONTENTSPresent status and trends in innovations; Modified atmosphere packaging and active packaging; Intelligent packaging; Developments in plastic and bioplastic materials and recycling systems; Innovations and new technologies in metal packaging; Paper and paperboard innovations and developments; International environmental and sustainability regulatory and legislative frameworks; Nanotechnology; External influences on the packaging industry; The future: forecasts and analysis for the whole packaging market.



Vegetable oil-based polymersProperties, processing and applicationsN Karak, Tezpur University, India

Vegetable oil-based polymers provides a comprehensive review of the research in this important class of biopolymers. After an introduction to classification and polymerization, Vegetable oil based polymers goes on to review the factors involved in polymer biodegradation. The extraction, purification and application of vegetable oils are then explored, along with vegetable oil based polyesters and poly(ester amide)s, polyurethanes and epoxies. The book then reviews polyamides, polyolefins and vegetable oil-based hyperbranched polymers. It concludes with an analysis of vegetable oil-based polymer composites and polymer nanocomposites.

CONTENTSFundamentals of polymers; Biodegradable polymers; Vegetable oils and their derivatives; Vegetable oil-based polyesters; Vegetable oil-based poly(ester amide)s; Vegetable oil-based polyurethanes; Vegetable oil-based epoxies; Polyamides, polyolefins and other vegetable oil-based polymers; Vegetable oil-based hyperbranched polymers; Vegetable oil-based polymer composites; Vegetable oil-based polymer nanocomposites.




NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW


Packaging technologyFundamentals, materials and processesEdited by A Emblem, University of the Arts London and H Emblem, Environmental Packaging Solutions, UK

Comprehensive in scope and authoritative in its coverage, Packaging technology provides the ideal introduction and reference for both students and experienced packaging professionals. Part one provides a context for the book, discussing fundamental issues relating to packaging such as its role in society and its diverse functions, the packaging supply chain and legislative, environmental and marketing issues. Part two reviews the principal packaging materials such as glass, metal, plastics, paper and paper board. It also discusses closures, adhesives and labels. The final part of the book discusses packaging processes, from design and printing to packaging machinery and line operations, as well as hazard and risk management in packaging.

CONTENTSPart 1 Packaging fundamentals: Packaging and society; The packaging supply chain; Packaging functions; Packaging legislation; Packaging and environmental sustainability; Packaging and marketing. Part 2 Packaging materials and components: Glass packaging; Rigid metal packaging; Aluminium foil packaging; Paper and paper board packaging; Corrugated board packaging; Basics of polymer chemistry for packaging materials; Plastics properties for packaging materials; Plastics manufacturing processes for packaging materials; Packaging closures; Adhesives for packaging; Labels for packaging. Part 3 Packaging processes: Packaging design and development; Printing for packaging; Packaging machinery and line operations; Hazard and risk management in packaging.

Published in association with IOP: The Packaging Society



Development of packaging and products for use in microwave ovensEdited by M W Lorence and P S Pesheck, General Mills, USA

CONTENTSPart 1 Principles: Electromagnetic basis of microwave heating; Influence of food geometry and dielectric properties on heating performance; Advanced topics in microwave heating uniformity; Microwave ovens; Measurements of dielectric properties of foods and associated materials; Microwave dielectric properties of foods and some other substances; Flavors and colors for microwave foods. Part 2 Microwave packaging materials and design: Rigid passive microwave packaging forms; Susceptors in microwave packaging; Shielding and field modification-thick metal films. Part 3 Product development, packaging and oven safety: Package and product development testing in a microwave oven; Regulatory issues in microwave packaging; Microwave oven safety. Part 4 Modeling of microwave heating: Modeling microwave heating in foods; Modeling the effects of active packaging of microwaved foods.



ThermosetsStructure, properties and applicationsEdited by Q Guo, Deakin University, Australia

Thermosets are a key group of polymers. Understanding how their chemistry and structure affects their properties is essential to their manufacture and use in a range of applications. Thermosets: Structure, properties and applications reviews both factors affecting thermoset properties and how this understanding can be used to engineer thermosets for particular uses. Part one reviews mechanical and thermal properties, including the role of nanostructures in thermoset toughening. Applications of thermosets are the focus of part two, including the use of thermosets in the building and construction industry, aerospace technology and as insulation materials. Thermoset adhesives are also discussed, followed by a final review of thermosets for electrical applications.

CONTENTSPart 1 Structure and properties of thermosets: Overview of thermosets: structure, properties and processing for advanced applications; Mechanical properties of thermosets; Thermal properties of thermoset resins; Rheology of thermosets: the use of chemorheology to characterise and model thermoset flow behaviour; Nanostructures and the toughening of thermosets. Part 2 Applications of thermosets: The use of thermosets in the building and construction industry; The use of thermosets in aerospace applications; Thermoset adhesives: epoxy resins, acrylates and polyurethanes; Thermoset insulation materials in appliances, buildings and other applications; Thermosets for electrical applications.



Determination of additives in polymers and rubbersT R Crompton, Consultant, UK

CONTENTSDirect determination of additives in polymers and rubbers; Extraction techniques for additives in polymers; Liquid chromatography; Gas chromatography; Thin-layer chromatography; Paper gel permeation chromatography; Supercritical fluid chromatography; Headspace analysis–volatiles; Thermal methods; Determination of water; Determination of metals; Non-metallic elements.


Functional nanofibers and their applicationsEdited by Q Wei, Jiangnan University, China


Functional nanofibers and their applications summarises key trends in the processing and applications of these exciting materials. Part one reviews core-shell, aligned, porous and gradient nanofibers. The processing and application of composite functional nanofibers, carbon and polymer nanofiber reinforcements in polymer matrix composites, and inorganic functional nanofibers are then explored in detail, before part one concludes with a consideration of surface functionalization. A wide variety of functional nanofiber applications are then reviewed in part two. Following consideration of their use in filtration, drug delivery and tissue engineering applications, the role of functional nanofibers in lithium-ion batteries, sensor applications, protective clothing, food processing and water purification is explored. Discussion of their use in sound absorption, electromagnetic wave attenuation and biomedical and microelectronic applications follows, before a final discussion of future trends.

CONTENTSPart 1 Types and processing: Nanofibers: principles and manufacture; Types and processing of structured functional nanofibers: core-shell, aligned, porous and gradient nanofibers; Processing of composite functional nanofibers; Carbon and polymer nanofiber reinforcements in polymer matrix composites: processing and applications; Inorganic functional nanofibers: processing and applications; Surface functionalization of polymer nanofibers. Part 2 Applications: Functional nanofibers for filtration applications; Functional nanofibers for drug delivery applications; Functional nanofibers for tissue engineering applications; Functional nanofibers in lithium-ion batteries; Functional nanofibers in sensor applications; Functional nanofibers in clothing for protection against chemical and biological hazards; Functional nanofibers in food processing; Functional nanofibers in sound absorption, electromagnetic wave attenuation and biomedical applications; Functional nanofibers for water purification; Functional nanofibers in microelectronics applications; Future trends in the processing of functional nanofibers.





NEW NEW NEW


Biaxial stretching of filmPrinciples and applicationsEdited by M T DeMeuse, Consultant, USA

Biaxial stretching of film is used for a range of applications. Many products ranging from food packaging to packages for fresh cut produce are produced by this process. The first set of chapters in this important book review the fundamental principles of biaxial stretching. Emphasis is placed on the technology as well the different types of polymers used. The second collection of chapters examine applications for the process, including product labels, snack packaging and synthetic paper. The book includes a discussion of future applications for biaxial stretching of film.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamental principles of biaxial stretching: Fundamentals of biaxial stretching and definitions of terms; Equipment design and requirements of biaxially stretched films; Laboratory evaluations of biaxially stretched films; Polyolefins used in biaxial stretched films; Other polymers used for biaxial films; Biaxial film structures; Typical industrial processes for the biaxial orientation of films; Post-production processing of biaxially oriented films; Strain energy function and stress-strain model for uniaxial and biaxial orientation of poly(ethylene terephthalate) (PET); Academic investigations of biaxially stretched films; Biaxial stretched polyamide film. Part 2 Applications of biaxial films: Fresh cut produce packaging and the use of biaxial stretched films; Biaxial stretched films for use in snack packaging; Biaxially stretched films for product labelling; Applications of biaxial stretched films; Future trends for biaxially oriented films and orienting lines.



Advances in polymer processingFrom macro- to nano- scalesEdited by S Thomas, Mahatma Gandhi University, India and W Yang, Beijing University of Chemical Technology, China

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Recent advances in polymer processing: the state of the art, new challenges and opportunities; Non-Newtonian fluid mechanics and polymer rheology; Polymeric materials: elastomers, plastics, fibers, composites, nanocomposites and blends; Compounding and mixing of polymers; Screw extrusion in polymer processing; Reactive extrusion of polymers. Part 2 Moulding technology: Injection moulding of polymers; Rotational moulding of polymers; Blow moulding of polymers. Part 3 Alternative processing technologies: Liquid resin and polymer solution processing; Calendering and coating of polymers; Thermoforming of polymers; Polymer processing using supercritical fluids; Radiation processing of polymers; Novel processing additives for extrusion and injection moulding of polymers. Part 4 Micro and nanotechnologies: Preparing rubber based nanocomposites through compounding and vulcanization; Micromoulding of polymers; Reactive polymer processing and design of stable micro and nano-structures; Processing of carbon nanotubes and carbon nanotube based polymer nanocomposites. Part 5 Analysis of the moulding process and post-processing technologies: Online monitoring of mould flow in polymer processing; Computer modeling and simulation of polymer processing; Joining, machining, finishing and decorating of polymers.



Multifunctional and nanoreinforced polymers for food packagingEdited by J M Lagarón, Spanish Council for Scientific Research (CSIC), Spain

Multifunctional and nanoreinforced polymers for food packaging provides a comprehensive review of polymers for use in packaging with more than one functional purpose. Recent developments in multifunctional polymers and nanoreinforced polymers provide the opportunity to produce active packaging, in addition to increasing the shelf life of products. The book focuses on the materials science and engineering of multifunctional polymers intended for use in food packaging.

CONTENTSMultifunctional and nanoreinforced polymers for food packaging. Part 1 Nanofillers for plastics in food packaging: Multifunctional nanoclays for food contact applications; Hydrotalcites in nanobiocomposites; Cellulose nanofillers for food packaging; Electrospun nanofibers for food packaging applications. Part 2 High barrier plastics for food packaging: Mass transport and high barrier properties of food packaging polymers; Ethylene-norbornene copolymers and advanced single-site polyolefins; Advances in polymeric materials for modified atmosphere packaging (MAP); Nylon-MXD6 resins for food packaging; Ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers; High barrier plastics using nanoscale inorganic films; Functional barriers against migration for food packaging. Part 3 Active and bioactive plastics: Silver-based antimicrobial polymers for food packaging; Incorporation of chemical antimicrobial agents into polymeric films for food packaging; Natural extracts in plastic food packaging; Biaoctive food packaging strategies. Part 4 Nanotechnology in sustainable plastics for food packaging: Polylactic acid (PLA) nanocomposites for food packaging applications; Polyhydroxyalkanoates (PHAs) for food packaging; Starch based polymers for food packaging; Chitosan polysaccharide in food packaging applications; Carragenan polysaccharides for food packaging; Protein-based resins for packaging; Wheat gluten (WG)-based materials for food packaging; Safety and regulatory aspects of plastics as food packaging materials.



Forensic polymer engineeringWhy polymer products fail in serviceP R Lewis and C Gagg, Open University, UK

‘...a great deal of valuable information.’

‘...a very substantial number of cases are presented.’Polymer Testing

‘...an excellent source of reference, I can’t believe there is anyone that would not learn something.’

Materials World

CONTENTSIntroduction; Examination and analysis of failed components; Polymer medical devices; Polymer storage tanks; Small polymeric containers; Polymeric pipes and fittings; Polymeric seals; Tools and ladders; Components in transport applications; Consumer products; Conclusions.



Degradation and stabilisation of polyamidesRapra Review Reports, Vol. 16, No. 9, Report 189S Fairgrieve

CONTENTSBackground; Degradation; Stabilisation; Comments; Additional references; Abbreviations and acronyms.


Nucleating agentsS Fairgrieve, SPF Polymer Consultants, UK

CONTENTSBackground; Introduction; Additives; Inorganics, Polymers and oligomers, Organic acid derivatives - Early developments, Sorbitol derivatives and their analogues, Phosphorus-containing species, Organic acid derivatives - Later developments, Miscellaneous, b-nucleators. Conclusion.


Practical guide to polyimidesM J M Abadie, A L Rusanov, V Y Voytekunas and L G Komarova

CONTENTSIntroduction; Chloral-derived monomers; Polyimides based on chloral derivatives; TNT-based aromatic diamines; Polyimides based on TNT-derived diamines; Conclusion.


Polymers in electronicsK Cousins, Consultant, UK

CONTENTSExecutive Summary; Review of Materials and Properties; Overview of European Electronic Component Markets; Key Trends and Developments; Company Profiles; Future Outlook; Abbreviations and Acronyms.




Biodegradable polymersEdited by D Platt, Consultant, UK

CONTENTSOverview of biodegradable polymers; The global biodegradable polymers market; The starch-based biodegradable polymer market; The polylactic acid biodegradable polymers market; The PHA biodegradable polymers market; The synthetic biodegradable polymers market; Market opportunities for biodegradable polymers; Profiles of leading biodegradable plastics converters; Database of major biodegradable polymer suppliers.

166 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006ISBN: 978 1 85957 519 2£300.00/US$510.00/€360.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575192 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Polymer reference bookR Crompton, Consultant, UK

CONTENTSDetermination of metals; Non-metallic elements; Functional groups and polymer structure; Examination of polymer surfaces and defects; Volatiles and water; Fingerprinting techniques; Polymer additives; Polymer fractionation and molecular weight; Thermal and chemical stability; Monitoring of resin cure; Oxidative stability; Examination of photopolymers; Glass transition and other transitions; Crystallinity; Viscoelastic and rheological properties; Thermal properties; Flammability testing; Mechanical, electrical, and optical properties; Miscellaneous physical and chemical.


Polymers in constructionEdited by G Akovali, Middle East Technical University, Turkey526 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85957 468 3£95.00/US$160.00/€115.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574683 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Biodegradable polymers for industrial applicationsEdited by R Smith, Queen Mary University, London, UK

‘…will be of value to every scientist or technician working in polymer chemistry, materials engineering, or applied biology.’

International Microbiology552 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85573 934 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 076 2


Handbook of biodegradable polymersEdited by C Bastioli, Novamont SpA, Italy534 pages 250 x 174mm (7 x 10) paperback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85957 389 1£110.00/US$185.00/€130.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859573891 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Polymers in aggressive and corrosive environments 2004 (PACE 2004)226 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2004ISBN: 978 1 85957 449 2£100.00/US$170.00/€120.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574492 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Polymer bonding 2004160 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2004ISBN: 978 1 85957 446 1£100.00/US$170.00/€120.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574461 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Cellulosic pulps, fibres and materialsCellucon ’98 proceedingsEdited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd and P A Williams, North East Wales Institute of Higher Education, UK352 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2001ISBN: 978 1 85573 421 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 854 6


Recent advances in environmentally compatible polymersCellucon ’99 proceedingsEdited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd and P A Williams, North East Wales Institute of Higher Education, UK448 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2001ISBN: 978 1 85573 545 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 374 9


Regenerated cellulose fibresEdited by C Woodings, Consultant, UK




PolystyreneSynthesis, production and applicationsJ R Wünsch, BASF AG, Germany176 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85957 191 0£80.00/US$135.00/€95.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859571910 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Industrial applications of surfactants IVEdited by D R Karsa, Akcros Chemicals Ltd, UK286 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1999ISBN: 978 1 85573 824 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 861 4


The chemistry and processing of wood and plant fibrous materialCellucon ’94 proceedingsEdited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd and P A Williams, North East Wales Institute of Higher Education, UK448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1996ISBN: 978 1 85573 305 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 869 0


Cellulose and cellulose derivativesCellucon ’93 proceedings: Physico-chemical aspects and industrial applicationsEdited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd, P A Williams, North East Wales Institute of Higher Education, UK and J L Piculell, University of Lund, Sweden608 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1995ISBN: 978 1 85573 212 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 853 9


The chemistry of wood preservationEdited by R Thompson, Consultant, UK316 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991ISBN: 978 1 85573 817 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 870 6


Polymer melt rheologyA guide for industrial practiceF N Cogswell176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1981ISBN: 978 1 85573 198 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 298 4




PLASTICS AND RUBBER

The mould design guideP Jones

CONTENTSThe injection moulding process; Plastics materials; Good design practice; Design checklist; Determining the right number of impressions; Step-by-step design; Mouldmaking; Two-plate mould tools; Ejection systems; Mould temperature control; Undercut injection mould tools; Automatic unscrewing mould tool design; Multiplate tool systems; Runnerless moulding; Mould materials; Runner and gate design; Standard mould parts; Deflection and stress in mould components; Fatigue; Limits and fits; Impression blanking; Summary of mould calculations; Integrated design examples; Mathematical and reference tables; Glossary of moulding terminology.


Materials in sports equipmentVolume 1Edited by M Jenkins, University of Birmingham, UK

‘…an excellent resource for all those individuals interested in the development and application of advanced sports materials.’

‘...technologies and theories behind such equipment is clearly explained and illustrated.’

Carbohydrate Polymers

CONTENTSPart 1 General uses: Foam protection in sport; Performance of sports surfaces; Running shoe materials; Balls and ballistics. Part 2 Particular sports: Materials in golf; Surface engineering in sport; Materials and tennis strings; Materials and tennis rackets; Materials and bicycles; Materials in mountaineering; Materials in skiing; Materials in cricket; Materials used in paralympic sports.



Materials in sports equipmentVolume 2A Subic, RMIT University, Australia

‘…an essential reference describing improvements in materials technology and their impact on equipment in a range of sports.’

Future Materials

CONTENTSPart 1 General issues: Modelling of materials for sports equipment; Non-destructive testing of sports equipment: The use of infrared thermography; Materials and design for sports apparel; Protective helmets in sports; Mouth protection in sports. Part 2 Specific sports: Design and materials in baseball; Design and materials in snowboarding; Design and materials in ice hockey; Design and materials in fly fishing; Design and materials in archery; Design and materials in rowing; Design and materials in athletics equipment; Design and materials in fitness equipment.



Plastics, rubber and healthG Akovali, Middle East Technical University (METU) of Ankara, Turkey

This book presents the available information on the eternal triangle of plastics and rubber and health, to enable a better understanding of the facts.

CONTENTSIntroduction; Some basic concepts and definitions; General issues of toxicity for plastics and rubber; Toxicity of rubber and plastics due to their non-additive ingredients; Plastics as food and packaging materials, rubbers in contact with food, and their possible health effects; Plastics use in healthcare and their possible health effects; Plastics and rubbers applications in construction and their possible health effects; Use of plastic and rubber in various applications and possible health effects; Sustainability through plastics and rubbers; List of some health hazard causing solvents, monomers and chemicals common for plastics and rubbers references some additional related references; Short lists of some extremely hazardous substances and IARC Groups 1, 2a, 2b, 3 and 4 carcinogens related to plastics and rubbers.


TPE 2006CONTENTSCommercial aspects of TPEs; Styrenic TPEs; TPVS for automotive applications; TPV Developments; Thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU); Copolyester TPE; TPE Additives and finishing; Processing TPEs.

17 papers 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2007ISBN: 978 1 84735 004 6£100.00/US$170.00/€120.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350046 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Elastomers and componentsService life prediction - progress and challengesEdited by V Coveney, University of the West of England, UK

CONTENTSPart 1 Ageing behaviour and life prediction methods for elastomeric materials: The five year accelerated ageing project for thermoset and thermoplastic elastomeric materials: A service life prediction; Effect of heat ageing on crosslinking scission and mechanical properties; Resistance of bonds in rubber components to corrosive environments; Assessment of life prediction methods for elastomeric seals - A review; Parameter dependence of the fatigue life of elastomers; Strain energy release rates for some classical rubber test pieces by finite element analysis; Heuristic approach for approximating energy release rates of small cracks under finite strain multiaxial loading; Abrasive wear of elastomers. Part 2 Specific geometries and application issues: Life prediction of o-rings used to seal gases; Stress induced phenomena in elastomers and their influence on design and performance of o-rings; Magnetorheological devices; Selection of elastomers for a synthetic heart valve; Using FEA techniques to predict fatigue failures in elastomers; Fatigue life investigation in the design process of metacone rubber springs; Fracture of rubber-steel laminated bearings.



Introduction to plastic recycling2nd editionV Goodship, Warwick University, UK

CONTENTSBack to basics; The effects of processing on thermoplastics; Why plastics need to be sorted; Reprocessing of thermoplastic recyclates; Processing techniques; Additives for recyclates; Other methods of recycling and waste disposal options; Creation of a recycling and recovery infrastructure for plastics; The problem in perspective: Europe; Rise of the biopolymers: recycling versus degradation.

174 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2007ISBN: 978 1 84735 078 7£50.00/US$85.00/€60.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350787 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Medical polymers 2006Cologne, Germany, 6-7 June 2006CONTENTSDevelopments in medical thermoplastics; PVC in healthcare; Anti-bacterial polymers for medical devices; Bonding medical plastics; Textiles in medical devices; Regulatory requirements in the medical industry; Polyolefins in healthcare; Polymer processing for medical manufacturing; Silicone polymers for medical applications; Polymers in drug delivery; Medical device design.


Silicone elastomers 2006Frankfurt, Germany, 19-20 September 2006CONTENTSTrends and growth in silicone elastomers; Food contact studies; Silicone elastomer materials; Liquid silicone rubber; Pocessing silicone elastomers; Additives and finishing for silicone elastomers; Medical applications of silicone elastomers.


Joining plastics 2006London, England, 25-26 April 200624 papers 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006ISBN: 978 1 85957 570 3£100.00/US$170.00/€120.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575703 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Rubber bonding 2006Düsseldorf, Germany, 21-22 February 200616 Papers 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006ISBN: 978 1 85957 555 0£100.00/US$170.00/€120.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575550 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Plastics and rubber


Practical guide to blow mouldingN C Lee, Consultant, USA204 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006ISBN: 978 1 85957 513 0£50.00/US$85.00/€60.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575130 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Biocides in plasticsEdited by D Nichols, Thor Overseas Limited126 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85957 512 3£85.00/US$145.00/€100.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575123 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

High performance and speciality elastomers 200520-21 April 2005, Geneva, Switzerland214 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85957 510 9£100.00/US$170.00/€120.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575109 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Plastic flame retardantsTechnology and current developmentsJ Innes and A Innes, Flame Retardants Associates Inc.148 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2004ISBN: 978 1 85957 435 5£85.00/US$145.00/€100.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574355 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Flame retardants for plasticP W Dufton148 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2003ISBN: 978 1 85957 385 3£300.00/US$510.00/€360.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859573853 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Practical guide to the assessment of the useful life of plasticsR P Brown and J H Greenwood180 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) hardback 2002ISBN: 978 1 85957 312 9£185.00/US$315.00/€220.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859573129 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Mechanical evaluation strategies for plasticsD R Moore, ICI Technology and S Turner, University of London, UK352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2001ISBN: 978 1 85573 379 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 749 5


Hot runners in injection mouldsD Frenkler and H Zawistowski360 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) hardback 2001ISBN: 978 1 85957 208 5£125.00/US$210.00/€150.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859572085 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Plastic products recyclingTechnology and market trendsS Hulse138 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85957 222 1£255.00/US$435.00/€305.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859572221 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Reinforced plastics durabilityEdited by G Pritchard, Kingston University, UK

‘The use of computer techniques to stimulate and evaluate durability effects, and improve design predictions, is a key contribution found in this text.’

SAMPE Journal384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1998ISBN: 978 1 85573 320 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 487 6


Liquid moulding technologiesResin transfer moulding, structural reaction injection moulding and related processing techniquesC D Rudd, A C Long, University of Nottingham, UK, K N Kendall and C Mangin, Ford Research Laboratory, USA304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997ISBN: 978 1 85573 242 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 544 6


Plastics in the automotive industryJ Maxwell192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994ISBN: 978 1 85573 039 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 864 5


ADHESIVES

Adhesives in marine engineeringEdited by J R Weitzenböck, DNV, Norway

Adhesives in marine engineering provides an invaluable overview of the design and use of adhesively bonded joints in this challenging environment. After an introduction to the use of adhesives in marine and offshore engineering, part one focuses on adhesive solution design and analysis. The process of selecting adhesives for marine environments is explored, followed by chapters discussing the specific design of adhesively-bonded joints for ship applications and wind turbines. Predicting the failure of bonded structural joints in marine engineering is also considered. Part two reviews testing the mechanical, thermal and chemical properties of adhesives for marine environments together with the moisture resistance and durability of adhesives for marine environments.

CONTENTSIntroduction to using adhesives in marine and offshore engineering. Part 1 Design and analysis: Selecting adhesives for marine environments and pre-design; Designing adhesively bonded joints for ship applications; Designing adhesively bonded joints for wind turbines; Predicting the failure of bonded structural joints in marine engineering. Part 2 Testing and characterisation: Testing the mechanical, thermal and chemical properties of adhesives for marine environments; Assessing the moisture resistance of adhesives for marine environments; Durability of adhesives in wet conditions.



Adhesion to fluoropolymersD Brewis and R Dahm124 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006ISBN: 978 1 85957 524 6£85.00/US$145.00/€100.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575246 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Adhesive bondingScience, technology and applicationsEdited by R D Adams, formerly University of Bristol, UK560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85573 741 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 075 5


Adhesives

NEW


Advances in structural adhesive bondingEdited by D Dillard, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, USA

‘…well presented and an easy read. … should appeal to adhesive specialists due its breadth of coverage and to manufacturing and design engineers who wish to gain an appreciation of new technology in adhesive joining.’

Engineering Failure Analysis

CONTENTSPart 1 Adhesive selection: Key issues in selecting the right adhesive; Advances in epoxy adhesives; Advances in polyurethane structural adhesives; Advances in structural silicone adhesives; Advances in cyanoacrylate and anaerobic adhesives; Advances in acrylic structural adhesives; Advances in nanoparticle reinforcement in structural adhesives. Part 2 Adherends, surfaces and pre-treatments: Improvements in bonding metals (steel, aluminium); Advances in bonding plastics; Advances in bonding composites. Part 3 Joint design: Selecting the right joint design and fabrication techniques; Life prediction for bonded joints in composite material based on actual fatigue damage; Improving adhesive joint design using fracture mechanics; Developments in testing adhesive joints; Advances in testing adhesively-bonded composites. Part 4 Environmental effects and durability of adhesives: Designing adhesive joints for fatigue and creep load conditions; Improving bonding in high and low temperatures; Assessing and improving bonding in wet conditions; Improving bonding in hostile chemical environments.



Bonding elastomersA review of adhesives and processesG Polaski, J Means, N Stull, P Warren, K Allen and D Mowrey140 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85957 495 9£85.00/US$145.00/€100.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574959 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Engineering and structural adhesivesD Dunn, FLD Enterprises Inc, USA138 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2004ISBN: 978 1 85957 436 2£85.00/US$145.00/€100.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574362 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Quality assurance in adhesive technologyEUREKA Project EU 716A W Espie, TWI, J H Rogerson and K Ebtehaj, Cranfield University, UK176 pages + disk 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1998ISBN: 978 1 85573 259 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 866 9

£135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732599

APPLICATIONS

Nanomaterials in tissue engineeringCharacterization, fabrication and applicationsEdited by A K Gaharwar, Harvard Medical School and Massachusetts Institute of Technology, S Sant, University of Pittsburgh and Harvard Medical School, M J Hancock, Broad Institute and S A Hacking, Massachusetts General Hospital, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 56

Nanomaterial technologies can be used to fabricate high-performance biomaterials with tailored physical, chemical, and biological properties. Nanomaterials are therefore currently the development focus for emerging biomedical technologies such as scaffolding, tissue regeneration, and controlled drug delivery. This important volume will provide readers with a thorough overview of this developing field. The first set of chapters review the fundamentals of nanomaterials for medical applications. Another group of chapters cover the fundamentals of nanomaterials for tissue engineering. Further chapters look at applications of nanomaterials in soft tissue engineering whilst the final set of chapters will review applications of nanomaterials in hard tissue engineering.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamental of nanomaterials in tissue engineering: Biomedical nanomaterials for tissue engineering; Physiochemical characterization of biomedical nanomaterials. Part 2 Fabrication of nanomaterials for tissue engineering applications: Synthesis of polymeric nanomaterials for biomedical applications; 5. Methods for nano and microtopological patterning in biomaterials engineering; Multilayered films in tissue engineering; Carbon based nanomaterials for tissue engineering; Nanofibrous scaffolds for drug delivery and tissue engineering; Nanomaterials for growth factor delivery in tissue engineering applications. Part 3 Application of nanomaterials in soft tissue engineering: Nanomaterials for engineering vascularized tissue; Nanomaterials for cardiac tissue engineering; Nanomaterials for cartilage tissue engineering; Nanomaterials for ligament tissue engineering. Part 4 Application of nanomaterials in hard tissue engineering: Nanomaterials for hard-soft tissue interfaces; Nanomaterials for bone tissue engineering; Nanomaterials for dental and craniofacial tissue engineering.



NanomedicineTechnologies and applicationsEdited by T J Webster, Brown University, USA


Nanotechnology is at the forefront of advances in medicine. Nanomedicine: Technologies and applications provides an important review of this exciting technology and its growing range of applications. Part one discusses key materials and their properties, including nanocrystalline metals and alloys, nanoporous gold and hydroxyapatite coatings. Part two goes on to review nanomedicine for therapeutics and imaging. Nanomedicine for soft tissue engineering is discussed in part three, including organ regeneration, skin grafts, nanotubes and self-assembled nanomaterials. Finally, nanomedicine for bone and cartilage tissue engineering is the focus of part four, with electrically active biocomposites for smart scaffolds investigated alongside cartilage and bone tissue engineering, regeneration and replacement.

CONTENTSPart 1 Materials, properties and considerations: Introduction to nanomedicine; Trends in nanomedicine; Biomedical nanocrystalline metals and alloys: Structure, properties and applications; Nanoporous gold for biomedical applications: Structure, properties and applications; Hydroxyapatite (HA) coatings for biomaterials. Part 2 Nanomedicine for therapeutics and imaging: Calcium-phosphate coated magnetic nanoparticles for treating bone diseases; Orthopaedic carbon nanotube biosensors for controlled drug delivery; Nanostructured selenium anti-cancer coatings for orthopaedic applications; Nanoparticulate targeted drug delivery using peptides and proteins; Nanotechnology for DNA and RNA delivery; Gold nanoshells for imaging and photothermal ablation of cancer; Microfluidics for testing and delivering nanomedicine; Zinc oxide nanowires for biomedical sensing and analysis. Part 3 Nanomedicine for soft tissue engineering: Nanotechnology and tissue engineered organ regeneration; Rapid fabrication of biomimetic nanofiber-enabled skin grafts; Nanotubes for tissue engineering; Self-assembled nanomaterials for tissue engineering applications. Part 4 Nanomedicine for bone and cartilage tissue engineering: Electrically active biocomposites for smart scaffolds for bone tissue engineering; Nanotechnology for cartilage and bone regeneration; Nanostructured materials for bone tissue replacement; Nanocomposites for cartilage regeneration.



Biomaterials

NEW

NEW


Inhaler devicesFundamentals, design and drug deliveryEdited by P Prokopovich, University of Cardiff, UK


Inhaler devices are vital to the well-being of numerous asthma sufferers and are therefore continually being developed and improved. This book discusses the history of inhalers and will provide readers with an introduction to the fundamentals, followed by discussions on research & development. Chapters in the first part of the book look at the fundamentals of the in vitro environment and design of inhaler devices. Chapters in the final part of the book review a wide variety of nanomaterials for drug delivery through inhalers. This book will be a useful design guide for good industrial practice and development.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals and design of inhaler devices: Anatomy and pathophysiology of the respiratory system; History of therapy development: From jet nebulisers to pMDIs; Process development and Scale–up; Tribology of inhaler devices and its components; Microbial control and safety in inhalation devices. Part 2 Nanomaterials for drug delivery: Formulating drugs for inhalers and stability issues; Bioadhesive chitosan polymers for pulmonary drug delivery; Multilayers, nanocapsules, and multicapsules for drug storage and delivery; Functionalized core-shell nanoparticles for medical applications; Biomolecules and vaccines in pMDIs; Pulmonary gene delivery.



Drug-device combination productsDelivery technologies and applicationsEdited by A Lewis, Biocompatibles UK Ltd, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 22CONTENTSPart 1 Overview: Drug-device combination products; Enabling drug delivery from combination products; Nanomedical drug-device combination products. Part 2 Areas of application: Catheter-based drug-device combination products: An overview; Catheter-based drug-device combination products: The anti-infective 5-fluorouracil-coated central venous catheter; Future outlook for drug eluting stents (DES); Drug eluting beads (DEB) in the treatment of liver cancer; Antibiotic-loaded bone cements; Glass-ionomer cements as drug-device combination products; Bone graft substitutes as drug-device combination products; Antibacterial releasing dental restorative materials; Collagen-based dressings as therapeutic agents for wound healing; Drug-device combination products for occular applications. Part 3 Development of drug-device combination products: Safety and efficacy issues in designing drug-device combination products: The case of drug eluting stents (DES); Preclinical testing of drug-device combination products; Sterilisation of drug-device combination products; Innovation and patent issues in the development of drug-device combination products: The case of drug eluting stents (DES); Regulation of drug-device combination products in Europe; (28a) Regulation of drug-device combination products in the USA.



Standardisation in cell and tissue engineeringMethods and protocolsEdited by V Salih, University College London, UK


The ‘promises’ and objectives of tissue engineering proposed some 30 years ago have not delivered the numerous products and synthetic therapies for most of the tissue requirements of diseased or traumatised tissues. This may be due to the lack of standardisation during the induction, development, and maintenance of differentiation within cells and tissue matrices under in vitro conditions. This book brings together standard methods and protocols for these therapies with a view to bringing more products more speedily to the market. Chapters in the first part of the book discuss methods for standardising cell and tissue engineering applications whilst the final group of chapters discuss the protocols surrounding cell and tissue engineering.

CONTENTSPart 1 Methods in standardisation of cell and tissue engineering: Fundamentals of cell and matrix biology; Biomatrix development; New concepts and therapies in cell engineering; Synthetic materials development; 2D/3D tissue culture methods for soft tissues; 2D/3D tissue culture methods for hard tissues; Standards in physical therapies. Part 2 Protocols in standardisation of cell and tissue engineering: Quality control; Sterilisation procedures; Standardising methods and regulatory Issues; Standardization of protocols for global manufacture.



Biomaterials for artificial organsEdited by M Lysaght and T J Webster, Brown University, USA


‘Undoubtedly a useful resource, it would be well placed in the biotechnology section of any university library.’

Materials World

CONTENTSPart 1 Commodity biomaterials: Membranes for oxygenators and plasmafilters: Titanium and cobalt-chromium alloys for hips and knees; Polymeric joint bearing surfaces for total joint replacements; Biomaterials for pacemakers, defibrillators and neurostimulators; Mechanical and bioprosthetic valves. Part 2 Advanced and next generation biomaterials: Small intestinal submucosa and other decullarized matrix biomaterials for tissue repair; New ceramics and composites for joint replacement surgery; Biomaterials for improving the blood and tissue compatibility of Total Artificial Hearts (TAH) and Ventricular Assist Devices (VAD); Nanostructured biomaterials for artificial tissues and organs; Matrices for tissue engineering and regenerative medicine.



Biomaterials in plastic surgeryBreast implantsEdited by W Peters, University of Toronto, Canada, H Brandon, K L Jerina, Washington University in St Louis, C Wolf, formerly Washington University in St Louis and V L Young, BodyAesthetic Plastic Surgery and Skincare Center, USA


Biomaterials in plastic surgery reviews the history, materials and safety issues associated with breast implants. Beginning with an introduction to the history of biomaterials used for breast augmentation, the book goes on to discuss development issues. It then discusses the chemistry and physical properties of biomedical silicones before reviewing cohesive gel and polyurethane foam implants. The book concludes by analysing the epidemiological evidence on the safety issues relating to breast implants, followed by a review of retrieval and analysis of breast implants emphasizing strength, durability and failure mechanisms.

CONTENTSThe history of biomaterials used for breast augmentation; The development of breast implants; The chemistry and physical properties of biomedical silicones; Cohesive gel breast implants; Polyurethane foam breast implants; The safety of breast implants: Recent epidemiological studies; Failure modes of breast implants.



Biomaterials for treating skin lossEdited by D P Orgill, Brigham and Women’s Hospital and C Blanco, Joseph M. Still Research Foundation, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 17CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Development of skin substitutes; Skin replacement products and markets; Biomechanics of skin; The pathophysiologic basis for wound healing and cutaneous regeneration; Skin grafts; Understanding the cellular basis of skin growth; The regulatory approval process for biomaterials for treating skin loss. Part 2 Epidermal and dermal replacement technologies: Enhancing skin epidermal stability; Human-derived acellular matrices for dermal replacement; Lyophilized xenogenic products for skin replacement. Part 3 Combined dermis and epidermal replacement: Cultured skin substitutes; The use of keratinocytes in combination with a dermal replacement to treat skin loss; Principles of skin regeneration; Summary: biomaterials for treating skin loss.



Biomaterials

NEW NEW NEW


Advanced wound repair therapiesEdited by D Farrar, Smith and Nephew, UK


Wound repair is an important and lucrative sector of the medical industry. Consequently, significant and increasingly sophisticated biomaterials and strategies are continuously being developed. Advanced wound repair therapies provides readers with up-to-date information on fundamental, emerging and cutting-edge biomaterials concerned with healing internal and external surgical and traumatic wounds. Part one provides readers with an introduction to chronic wounds. Part two analyses therapies for chronic wounds. Chapters in part three discuss molecular therapies for chronic wounds whilst part four reviews biologically-derived and cell-based therapies for chronic wounds. The final group of chapters cover physical stimulation therapies for chronic wounds.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to chronic wounds: Dysfunctional wound healing in chronic wounds; The role of micro-organisms and biofilms in dysfunctional wound healing; Scarring and scarless wound healing; The discovery and development of new therapeutic treatments for the improvement of scarring; Monitoring chronic wounds and determining treatment. Part 2 Biomaterial therapies for chronic wounds: Functional requirements of wound repair biomaterials; Tissue-biomaterial interaction; Polymeric materials for chronic wound and burn dressings; Dry wound healing concept using spray-on dressing for chronic wounds; Assessing the effectiveness of antimicrobial wound dressings in vitro; Adhesives and interfacial phenomena in wound healing; Wound healing studies and interfacial phenomena: Use and relevance of the corneal model; Sulphonated biomaterials as glycosaminoglycan mimics in wound healing. Part 3 Molecular therapies for chronic wounds: Drug delivery dressings; Molecular and gene therapies for wound repair; Antimicrobial dressings; Avotermin: emerging evidence of efficacy for the improvement of scarring. Part 4 Biologically-derived and cell-based therapies for chronic wounds: Engineered tissues for wound repair; Commercialisation of engineered tissue products; Biologically derived scaffolds; Stem cell therapies for wound repair. Part 5 Physical stimulation therapies for chronic wounds: Electrical stimulation for wound healing; Negative pressure wound therapy; Debridement methods of non-viable tissue in wounds.



Biomaterials for spinal surgeryEdited by L Ambrosio, Università di Napoli Federico II, Italy and E Tanner, University of Glasgow, UK


There have been important developments in materials and therapies for the treatment of spinal conditions. Biomaterials for spinal surgery summarises this research and how it is being applied for the benefit of patients. After an introduction to the subject, part one reviews fundamental issues such as spinal conditions and their pathologies, spinal loads, modelling and osteobiologic agents in spinal surgery. Part two discusses the use of bone substitutes and artificial intervertebral discs whilst part three covers topics such as the use of injectable biomaterials like calcium phosphate for vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty as well as scoliosis implants. The final part of the book summarises developments in regenerative therapies such as the use of stem cells for intervertebral disc regeneration.

CONTENTSIntroduction to biomaterials for spinal surgery. Part 1 Fundamentals of biomaterials for spinal surgery: An overview of the challenges of bringing a medical device for the spine to the market; Introduction to spinal pathologies and clinical problems of the spine; Forces on the spine; Finite element modelling of the spine; Osteobiologic agents in spine surgery. Part 2 Spinal fusion and intervertebral discs: Spine fusion: cages, plates and bone substitutes; Artificial intervertebral discs; Biological response to artificial discs. Part 3 Vertobroplasty and scoliosis surgery: The use of polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) in neurosurgery; Optimising the properties of injectable materials for vertebraplasty and kyphoplasty; Injectable calcium phosphates for vertebral augmentation; Composite injectable materials for vertebroplasty; Scoliosis implants: surgical requirements; Shape memory, superelastic and low Young’s modulus alloys. Part 4 Regenerative medicine in the spine: Cell-based tissue engineering approaches for disc regeneration; Angiogenesis control in spine regeneration; Stem cells for disc regeneration; Nucleus regeneration; In vivo models of regenerative medicine in the spine.



Regenerative medicine and biomaterials for the repair of connective tissuesEdited by C Archer and J Ralphs, Cardiff University, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 24CONTENTSStructure and regenerative capacity of synovial joint tissues; The myofibroblast in connective tissue repair and regeneration. Part 1 Cartilage repair and regeneration: Structure of articular cartilage; Measuring the biomechanical properties of cartilage cells; Understanding tissue response to cartilage injury; Understanding osteoarthritis and other cartilage diseases; Using animal models of cartilage repair to screen new clinical techniques; Cartilage tissue repair: autologous osteochondral mosaicplasty; Cartilage tissue repair: Autologous chondrocyte implantation; Cell sheet technologies for cartilage repair; Cell therapies for articular cartilage repair: Chondrocytes and mesenchymal stem cells; Scaffolds for musculoskeletal tissue engineering; Outcome measures of articular cartilage repair. Part 2 Repair of tendons and ligaments: The structure of tendons and ligaments; Tendon biomechanics; Tendon injury and repair mechanisms; Tissue engineering for ligament and tendon repair; Cell-based therapies for the repair and regeneration of tendons and ligaments; Scaffolds for tendon and ligament tissue engineering.



Biomaterials and regenerative medicine in ophthalmologyEdited by T V Chirila, Queensland Eye Institute, Australia

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 23CONTENTSAn introduction to ophthalmic biomaterials and their application through tissue engineering and regenerative medicine. Part 1 Applications in the anterior segment: Advances in intraocular lens development; Opacification and degradation of implanted intraocular lenses; Synthetic corneal implants; Corneal tissue engineering versus synthetic artificial corneas; Tissue engineering of human cornea; Engineering the corneal epithelial cell response to materials; Reconstruction of the ocular surface using biomaterials; Tissue engineering of the lens: Fundamentals; Bioinspired biomaterials for soft contact lenses; Contact lenses: The search for superior oxygen permeability; Extended wear contact lenses. Part 2 Applications in the posterior segment: Designing hydrogels as vitreous substitutes in ophthalmic surgery; Retinal repair and regeneration; Development of tissue-engineered membranes for the culture and transplantation of retinal pigment epithelial cells. Part 3 Other applications: Hydrogel sealants for wound repair in ophthalmic surgery; Orbital enucleation implants: Biomaterials and design; Selected polymeric materials for orbital reconstruction; Physicochemical properties of hydrogels for use in ophthalmology.



Biomaterials

NEW


Bone repair biomaterialsEdited by Principal editor J A Planell, Institute for Bioengineering of Catalonia (IBEC), Spain, Section editors S M Best, University of Cambridge, UK, D Lacroix, Institute for Bioengineering of Catalonia (IBEC), Spain and A Merolli, The Catholic University in Rome, Italy


‘The book is beautifully referenced. Certain chapters are recommended for all orthopaedic surgeons... For a new researcher it is an invaluable introduction from start to finish.’

Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Challenges of bone repair; Bone anatomy, physiology and adaptation to mechanical loading; Bone repair and regeneration; Biomechanical aspects of bone repair. Part 2 Biomaterials: Properties and characterisation of bone repair materials; Metals as bone repair materials; Ceramics as bone repair materials; Polymers for bone repair; Composite biomaterials for bone repair; Cements as bone repair materials; Bioactive polymer coatings to improve bone repair; Long-term performance and failure of orthopaedic devices. Part 3 Clinical applications: Using bone repair materials in orthopaedic surgery; Bone tissue engineering; Retrieval and analysis of orthopaedic implants; Ethical issues in bone repair and bone tissue engineering.



Orthopaedic bone cementsEdited by S Deb, King’s College London, UK


CONTENTSPart 1 Bone cements in medicine: Bone disease; Hip replacements; Knee replacements; Vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty; Antibiotic-impregnated polymethyl-methacrylate (PMMA) spacers in hip surgery; Commercial aspects and delivery systems of bone cements; Wear particles and osteolysis. Part 2 Materials: Acrylic bone cement: Genesis and evolution; Poly(methylmethacrylate) bone cement: Chemical composition and chemistry; Calcium phosphate bone cements. Part 3 Properties of bone cements: Mechanical properties of bone cements; Fracture toughness and fatigue characteristics of bone cements; Dynamic creep in bone cements. Part 4 Enhancing the properties of bone cements; Antibiotic-loaded bone cements; Modifications of bone cements; Design of bioactive bone cement based on organic-inorganic hybrids; Clinical aspects of calcium phosphate bone cements.



Biomaterials and tissue engineering in urologyEdited by J Denstedt, University of Western Ontario, Canada and A Atala, Wake Forest Institute for Regenerative Medicine, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 18CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals: Introduction to biofilms in urology: In vivo models for ureteral stents; Models for the assessment of biofilm and encrustation formation on urological materials. Part 2 Materials and design of urological devices: Ureteral stents: design and materials; Metal stents in the upper urinary tract; Coated ureteral stents; Proteus mirabilis biofilm formation and catheter design; Self-lubricating catheter materials; Temporary urethral stents; Penile implants. Part 3 Urological tissue engineering: Artificial biomaterials for urological tissue engineering; Natural biomaterials for urological tissue engineering; Nanotechnology and urological tissue engineering; Assessing the performance of tissue-engineered urological implants; Regenerative pharmacology and bladder regeneration; Autologous cell sources for urological applications; Embryonic stem cells, nuclear transfer, and parthenogenesis-derived stem cells for urological reconstruction; Amniotic fluid and placental stem cells as a source for urological regenerative medicine; The use of adipose progenitor cells in urology; Regenerative medicine of the urinary sphincter via an endoscopic approach; Regenerative medicine of the urinary sphincter via direct injection; Regenerative medicine for the urethra; Penile reconstruction; Tissue engineering in reproductive medicine; Regenerative medicine of the kidney; Stem cells and kidney regeneration; Techniques for engineering bladder tissue.



Biomaterials and devices for the circulatory systemEdited by T Gourlay and R Black, University of Strathclyde, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 27CONTENTSPart 1 Physiological responses to biomaterials: Tissue responses to implanted materials; Blood interface biomaterials; Biocompatibility of cardiovascular devices. Part 2 Clinical application of biomaterials: Developments in cardiovascular valve technology; Percutaneous cardiovascular valve replacement; Cardiopulmonary bypass technologies; Cardiovascular stents; Vascular implants for peripheral arterial bypass and aortic aneurysm repair. Part 3 Future developments: Nanotechnology and nanomedicine in cardiovascular therapy; Biomaterials in cardiac restoration therapy; Biosensor technology in the treatment of cardiovascular disease; Vascular tissue engineering.



Materials science for dentistryNinth editionB W Darvell, formerly University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong and now Professor in Dental Materials Science at Kuwait University, Kuwait.


‘… a truly excellent book that covers the topic in greater depth and with greater authority than other dental texts.’Professor Timothy F. Watson, King’s College

London, UK

CONTENTSMechanical testing; Gypsum materials; Polymers; Rheology; Acrylic; Resin restorative materials; Flexible impression materials; Composition and phase diagrams; Cements and liners; Surfaces; Metals I: Structure; Metals II: Constitution; Corrosion; Silver Amalgam; Mixing; Waxes; Casting investments; Casting; Casting alloys; Cutting, abrasion and polishing; Steel and cermet; Soldering and welding; Mechanics; Light and colour; Porcelain; Radiography; More polymers; More metals; More mechanical testing.

688 pages 280 X 210mm (8 x 11) paperback 2009ISBN: 978 1 84569 529 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 667 2


Dental biomaterialsImaging, testing and modellingEdited by R V Curtis and T F Watson, King’s College London, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 10CONTENTSCharacterizing the performance of dental air-turbine handpieces; Optical imaging techniques for dental biomaterials interfaces; Electron microscopy for imaging interfaces in dental restorations; Dental adhesives and adhesive performance; Mechanical stability of resin-dentin bonds; Dental cements: Formulations and handling techniques; Mixed-methods approach to wear evaluation in posterior composite dental restorations; Shape optimisation of dental restorations; Fibre-reinforced composites for dental applications; Fracture mechanics characterisation of dental biomaterials; Modelling bond strength in dental biomaterials; Fracture and ageing of dentin; Finite element analysis of stresses in dental crowns; Testing the performance of dental implants; Superplastic forming of dental and maxillofacial prostheses; Dental investment materials for casting metals and alloys.



Joint replacement technologyEdited by P A Revell, University College London, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 11CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction. Part 2 Material and mechanical issues. Part 3 The device biological environment. Part 4 Specific joints: Hip replacement.



Biomaterials


CLINICAL TECHNIQUES

Decontamination in hospitals and healthcareEdited by J Walker, Health Protection Agency, USA


Effective infection control in the healthcare sector is vital to public health, therefore methods to continually monitor and treat contamination are a major concern of governments around the globe. This unique book will bring an understanding of decontamination to a wider audience interested in public health, including healthcare specialists, scientists or patients. The first set of chapters provides readers with an introduction to decontamination in the international healthcare sector. A second set of chapters look at decontamination practises in hospitals and healthcare settings. The third group of chapters discuss decontamination of surgical equipment and endoscopes.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of decontamination in hospitals and healthcare: The importance of decontamination in hospitals and healthcare; The history of decontamination in hospitals; Biofilms - problems in the healthcare setting and methods of control; The role of standards in decontamination; Infection control in Europe. Part 2 Decontamination practices in hospitals and healthcare: An overview of current decontamination practices of surgical instruments; Decontamination in primary care: dental and hospital perspectives; Decontamination in primary care - dental unit water systems and microbial control in dental hospitals; Control of waterborne microorganisms and reducing the threat from Legionella and Pseudomonas; Use of gaseous decontamination technologies for wards and isolation rooms in hospitals and healthcare settings; Biocides and Decontamination agents including sporicides for decontamination in hospitals; Cleaning for controlling health care associated infections (HCAIs); The role of protective clothing in healthcare and its decontamination; New technologies to control the presence of microorganisms in hospitals; Testing strategies and international standards for disinfectants; Decontamination of prions. Part 3 Decontamination of surgical instruments and endoscopes: An overview of choice framework for policies and protocols for decontamination; Efficacy of current and novel cleaning technologies (ID Box) for assessing protein contamination on surgical instruments; Decontamination and microbiological failures of endoscopes; The role of sterilisation in endoscopes.



The hip resurfacing handbookA practical guide for the use and management of modern hip resurfacingsEdited by K De Smet, ANCA Clinic, Belgium, P Campbell, UCLA, USA and C Van Der Straeten, Consultant, Belgium


Surface arthroplasty (surface replacement) of the hip with metal-on-metal bearings is one of the fastest growing areas within the field of joint surgery. Chapters in part one provide readers with information on a wide range of hip resurfacing designs. Part two focuses on clinical follow-up to hip resurfacing. Part three discusses a variety of operative techniques whilst the final section provides readers with case studies and conclusions.

CONTENTSPart 1 Hip resurfacing designs: The ACCIS hip resurfacing prosthesis; The ADEPT® hip resurfacing prosthesis; The DePuy Articular Surface Replacement (ASR) hip resurfacing prosthesis; The Birmingham Hip Resurfacing (BHR) prosthesis; The Conserve® Plus hip resurfacing prosthesis; The CormetTM hip resurfacing prosthesis; The Durom hip resurfacing prosthesis; The ESKA hip resurfacing prosthesis; The ICON hip resurfacing prosthesis; The MRS Modular Hip Resurfacing prosthesis; The MIHR International® hip resurfacing prosthesis; The MITCH hip resurfacing prosthesis; The BIOMET RECAP hip resurfacing prosthesis; The ROMAX® hip resurfacing system; The Tornier DynaMoM hip resurfacing prosthesis; Design issues and comparison of hip resurfacing prostheses. Part 2 Clinical follow-up: Clinical follow-up of the hip resurfacing patient; Acoustic phenomena in hip resurfacing; Rehabilitation of patients after hip resurfacing; The use of radiography to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of bone scintigraphy to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of ultrasound to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of Computerized Tomography (CT) to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of Positron Emission Tomography (PET) to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of dual energy x-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of metal ion level measurements to evaluate hip resurfacing; The practical application of metal ion level measurement in evaluating hip resurfacing. Part 3 Operative techniques: Comparing surgical techniques in hip resurfacing; Surgical technique in hip resurfacing: The modified posterior approach; Surgical technique in hip resurfacing: The anterior approach; Tips and tricks for successful hip resurfacing; Surgical instruments in hip resurfacing; Anaesthesia in hip resurfacing; Revision surgery for failed hip resurfacing. Part 4 Failure modes in hip resurfacing; Retrieval studies showing failure modes in hip resurfacing; Case studies of femoral neck fractures in hip resurfacing; Case studies of femoral loosening and femoral head collapse in hip resurfacing; Case studies of acetabular loosening in hip resurfacing; Case studies of acetabular malposition and high wear in hip resurfacing; Case studies of suspected metal allergy in hip resurfacing. Part 5 General issues: The patient experience of hip resurfacing; Comparing hip resurfacing arthroplasty (HRA) and total hip arthroplasty (THA); The current regulatory status of hip resurfacing arthroplasty (HRA); Web sites relating to hip resurfacing.



Preprosthetic and maxillofacial surgeryBiomaterials, bone grafting and tissue engineeringEdited by J Ferri, Roger Salengro Hospital, France and E Hunziker, University of Bern, Switzerland


One of the most important factors in ensuring successful osseointegration is the stability of the implant after its insertion. In order to achieve optimum conditions for implantation, it is often necessary to prepare the area and reconstruct the bone to ensure that it is the correct shape and size for the implant. Preprosthetic and maxillofacial surgery provides a thorough review of the current status and future direction of this important field. Part one reviews bone grafting for implantology and reconstructive preprosthetic surgery. Chapters in part two discuss reconstruction and rehabilitation whilst the final group of chapters analyse tissue engineering applications.

CONTENTSBone tissue engineering. Part 1 Bone reconstruction in implantology and reconstructive preprosthetic surgery: Fundamentals of bone grafting in implantology; Cranial bone grafting in maxillary preprosthetic surgery; Maxillary sinus grafting for implant insertion; Symphyseal and alveolar reconstruction in preprosthetic surgery; Mandible corpus reconstruction for implant insertion: The available techniques; Alveolar bi-directional distraction in preprosthetic surgery; Alveolar widening using distraction osteogenesis (DO) in maxillofacial surgery; Bone grafting and Le fort 1 osteotomy in cases of major atrophy of the maxilla. Part 2 Reconstruction in particular situations: Applications of biomaterials in alveolar and maxillofacial bone reconstruction; Implants in congenital missing teeth; Maxillo-mandibular amputations and implants rehabilitation; Alveolar reconstruction in cleft for implant rehabilitation; Bone reconstruction in irradiated situations; Periodontal surgery related to alveolar bone reconstruction for implant insertion. Part 3 Tissue engineering: Mucosal and gingival tissue engineering; Osteoinductivization of dental implants and bone-defect-filling materials; Tissue engineering and endodontics; Tooth regeneration: Current status.



Biomaterials

NEW

NEW


MATERIALS

Characterization of biomaterialsEdited by M Jaffe, New Jersey Institute of Technology, W Hammond, P Tolias, University of Medicine and Dentistry New Jersey and T Arinzeh, New Jersey Institute of Technology, USA


Biomaterials and medical devices must be rigorously tested in the laboratory before they can be implanted in test subjects. Furthermore, by testing devices and materials quickly and efficiently in the laboratory, it is possible to increase the number of materials which may be studied and produce working implants faster. Characterization of biomaterials discusses the latest methods of characterizing materials in order to define the properties and pitfalls of potential biomaterials. Part one discusses the physical and chemical characterization of biomaterials. Part two reviews in-vitro characterization of biomaterial behaviour, whilst the final section assesses the effects of biomaterials on living cells.

CONTENTSPart 1 Physical and chemical characterization of biomaterials: Understanding the phase characteristics of biomaterials; Microscopy techniques for analyzing the phase nature and morphology of biomaterials; Molecular imaging techniques for analyzing the phase orientation of biomaterials; Techniques for analyzing biomaterial chemistry. Part 2 In vitro characterization of biomaterial behaviour: Quantitative assays for measuring cell adhesion and motility in biomaterials; Assays for determining cell differentiation in biomaterials; Bioreactors for evaluating cell infiltration and tissue formation in biomaterials; Techniques for analyzing protein adsorption in biomaterials. Part 3 Assessing the effects of biomaterials on living cells: Evaluating the biocompatibility of biomaterials; Assessing the mutagenic effects of biomaterials: Analyzing the cellular genome and abnormalities; Using microarrays to measure cellular changes induced by biomaterials; Assessing changes in gene expression in cells induced by biomaterials.



Biomimetic biomaterialsStructure and applicationsEdited by A Ruys, University of Sydney, Australia


Researchers and materials scientists are turning to biomimetics as a way to meet the needs for biocompatible, long-lasting materials. Biomimetic biomaterials are synthetic materials which are designed to emulate the natural phenomena from the animal and plant kingdoms. Recent research has revealed that this novel approach can be applied to applications such as soft and hard tissue engineering, adhesives and coatings. This book will provide readers with a thorough overview of the structure and applications of these novel materials. The first set of chapters discuss the structure and surfaces of biomimetic materials whilst the second set of chapters review the biomedical applications.

CONTENTSPart 1 Structure and surfaces of biomimetic biomaterials: Hierarchical structure, mechanical properties and fabrication of biomimetic biomaterials; Biomimetic coatings for biomaterial surfaces; Biomimetic biomaterial adhesives and interfaces. Part 2 Applications of biomimetic biomaterials; Biomimetic materials in regenerative medicine; Biomimetic scaffolds for stem cell tissue engineering; Biomimetic modification of injectable hydrogel collagen matrix proteins for tissue repair; Structure, preparation and applications of biomimetic hydrogels for tissue engineering scaffolds; Biomimetic potential of chitin-based composites for biomedical applications.



Biomedical compositesEdited by L Ambrosio, National Research Council, Italy


CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to biocomposites. Part 2 Particular applications of biocomposites. Part 3 Biocompatibility, mechanical behaviour and failure of biocomposites. Part 4 The future for biocomposites.



Diamond based materials for biomedical applicationsEdited by R Narayan, University of North Carolina, USA


Carbon has many uses within biomaterials and it exhibits many desirable properties; it is light weight, strong, conductive and can mimic natural materials within the body. Consequently a great deal of research and funding is being put into this interesting material with a view to increasing the variety of medical applications for which it is suitable. The first set of chapters discuss the fundamentals and properties of carbon whilst a final group of chapters discuss novel applications of the material.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to diamond based materials for medical applications: Introduction to medical applications of diamonds and surfaces; Functionalisation of diamond surfaces for medical applications; Biotribology and biological behaviour of nanocrystalline diamond (NCD) coatings for medical applications; Blood compatibility of diamond-like carbon coatings for medical applications. Part 2 Biomedical applications of diamond based materials: Nanostructured diamond coatings for orthopaedic applications; Ultrananocrystalline diamond (UNCD) films for ophthalmological applications; Ultrananocrystalline diamond (UNCD) for neural applications; Nano-diamonds for drug delivery systems; Diamond-based materials for microfluidic devices.



Shape memory alloys for biomedical applicationsEdited by T Yoneyama, Nihon University and S Miyazaki, University of Tsukuba, Japan

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 15CONTENTSPart 1 Materials: The shape memory effect and superelasticity in Ti-Ni alloys; Mechanical properties of shape memory alloys; Thermodynamics of the shape memory effect in Ti-Ni alloys; Alternative shape memory alloys; Fabrication of shape memory alloy parts; Response of Ti-Ni alloys for dental biomaterials to conditions in the mouth; Understanding, predicting and preventing failure of Ti-Ni shape memory alloys used in medical implants; Surface modification of Ti-Ni alloys for biomedical applications; Biocompatibility of Nitinol for biomedical applications. Part 2 Medical and dental devices: Self-expanding Nitinol stents for the treatment of vascular disease; Orthodontic devices using Ti-Ni shape memory alloys; Endodontic instruments for root canal treatment using Ti-Ni shape memory alloys; Regulation orthopaedic, dental, endovascular and other applications of Ti-Ni shape memory alloys.



Biomaterials

NEW NEW

NEW


Wear of orthopaedic implants and artificial jointsEdited by S Affatato, Istituto Ortopedico Rizzoli di Bologna, Italy


This important book reviews the causes and prevention of implant wear. Part one discusses fundamental issues such as tissue response to wear, the anatomy and biomechanics of hips and knees as well as the materials and design issues they raise for hip, knee and other types of orthopaedic implant. Part two considers wear phenomena in a range of materials, including ultra-high molecular weight (UHMWPE), metal and ceramic joints. It also covers surgical and other factors influencing wear as well as ways of detecting, analysing and predicting implant wear and failure.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of implant wear: Introduction to wear phenomenon of orthopaedic implants; Biology of implant wear; Biomechanics of the hip and knee: implant wear; Anatomy of the hip and suitable prostheses; Anatomy of the knee and suitable prostheses; Orthopaedic implant materials and design; Materials used for hip and knee implants. Part 2 Wear phenomenon: The wear phenomenon of Ultra-High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (UHMWPE) joints; The wear phenomenon of metal joints; Wear phenomenon of ceramic joints; The influence of surgical techniques on implant wear; Factors contributing to orthopaedic implant wear; Diagnosis and surveillance of orthopaedic implants; Failure analysis of orthopaedic implants; Wear prediction of orthopaedic implants.



Bioceramics and their clinical applicationsEdited by T Kokubo, Chubu University, Japan

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 9CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of bioceramics: The structure and mechanical properties of bone; Fabrication processes for bioceramics; The microstructure of bioceramics and its analysis; The mechanical properties of bioceramics; The design of ceramics for joint replacement; Cellular response to bioactive ceramics; In vitro evaluation of bone bioactivity; Osteoconduction and its evaluation; Osteoinduction and its evaluation. Part 2 Types of bioceramics: Alumina ceramics; Zirconia ceramics; Bioactive glasses; Bioactive glass-ceramics; Calcium sulphate; Tricalcium phosphate-based ceramics; Hydroxyapatite; Tricalcium phosphate/hydroxyapatite biphasic ceramics; Si-substituted hydroxyapatite; Calcium phosphate cement; Calcium phosphate coatings; Titania-based materials; Ceramic-polymer composites; Dental ceramics; Dental glass-ceramics. Part 3 Clinical applications of bioceramics: Clinical application of bioactive glasses; Clinical application of bioactive glass-ceramics; Clinical application of hydroxyapatite; Clinical applications of alumina ceramics in joint replacement; Clinical applications of ceramics/polyethylene in joint replacement; Tissue engineering using bioceramics.



Coatings for biomedical applicationsEdited by M Driver, Vertellus, UK


The biomaterials sector is rapidly expanding due to the increase in healthcare spending worldwide. Coatings and surface modification of biomaterials provides a means to improve the wear of joints, change the biological interaction between implant and host and combine the properties of various materials to improve device performance. The considerable interest in coatings for biomedical applications has resulted in a great deal of research in industry and academia. This book provides a comprehensive review of coatings and surface modification for biomedical applications, including background, theory, materials and applications. The clear structure and concise review of research provides a valuable resource to researchers in the field of biomedical coatings.

CONTENTSPart 1 Coating types and applications: Hydrophilic coatings for biomedical applications in and ex vivo; Mineral coatings for orthopaedic applications; Other commonly-used biomedical coatings: Pyrolytic carbon coatings; Electrochemical surface modifications of titanium and titanium alloys for biomedical applications; Surface preparation techniques for biomedical applications; Characterization of biomedical coatings. Part 2 Case studies: Coatings for cardiovascular devices: Coronary stents; Coatings for cardiovascular devices: Extracorporeal circuits; Surface coatings for ventricular assist devices; Orthopaedic coatings; Surface coatings in urology; Ophthalmic coatings.



HyaluronanProceedings of an international meeting, September 2000, North East Wales Institute, UKEdited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd, P A Williams, North East Wales Institute of Higher Education, UK and Guest editor V C Hascall, Lerner Research Institute, USA2 volumes (vol 1: 600 pages, vol 2: 552 pages) 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2002ISBN: 978 1 85573 570 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 312 1


Bioactive glassesMaterials, properties and applicationsEdited by H O Ylänen, Tampere University of Technology, Finland


Due to their biocompatibility and bioactivity, bioactive glasses are used extensively as implant materials throughout the human body to replace or repair damaged tissue. Once in vivo, this man-made material gradually transforms to mimic natural bone. Consequently, this material has been used extensively since its invention in the 60s and is widely researched throughout the world. Bioactive glasses provides the reader with a comprehensive review of the current status of this unique material and its applications, technologies and future trends. The first part of the book discusses materials and mechanical properties with chapters on spun bioactive glasses, cell interaction and regulatory issues. Part two reviews a wide range of applications in fields such as tissue engineering, orthopaedics and wound healing.

CONTENTSPart 1 Materials and mechanical properties of bioactive glass: Melt-derived bioactive glasses; Surface modification of bioactive glasses; Cell interaction with bioactive glasses and ceramics; Regulatory aspects of bioactive glass. Part 2 Applications of bioactive glass: Bioactive glass and glass ceramic scaffolds for bone tissue engineering; Nanoscaled bioactive glass particles and nanofibres; Bioactive glasses containing composites for bone and musculoskeletal tissue engineering scaffolds; Use of bioactive glasses as bone substitutes in orthopaedics and traumatology; Bioactive glass S53P4 as a bone graft substitute in the treatment of osteomyelitis; Bioactive glass for maxillofacial and dental repair; Bioactive glass and biodegradable polymer composites; Bioactive glasses for wound healing.



Biomaterials

NEW NEW


Bioactive materials in medicineDesign and applicationsEdited by X Zhao, China Research Academy of Bioactive Molecules and Materials (RABMM) and University of Strathclyde, UK, J M Courtney, University of Strathclyde, UK and H Qian, Queen Mary University London, UK


Bioactive materials in medicine provides readers with information on the current status and developments in bioactive materials for medical applications. Initial chapters focus on the fundamentals of bioactive materials with chapters on such topics as nanotechnology and tissue engineering. Further chapters discuss laboratory design techniques with a view to clinical applications. The final chapters review current biomedical applications such as drug delivery, gene therapy, plastic surgery and the future direction of this increasingly important field.

CONTENTSIntroduction to bioactive materials in medicine. Part 1 Designing bioactive materials for use in medicine: Molecular design of bioactive materials with controlled bioactivity; Bioactive materials and nanotechnology; Bioactive materials and tissue engineering. Part 2 Applications of bioactive materials in medicine: Antibacterial bioactive materials; Bioactive materials in orthopaedics; Bioactive materials in the circulatory system; Bioactive materials in gene therapy; Bioactive materials in plastic surgery and body reconstruction; Bioactive materials in drug delivery systems.



Natural-based polymers for biomedical applicationsPrincipal editor: R L Reis, Section editors: N M Neves, J F Mano, M E Gomes, A P Marques and H S Azevedo, University of Minho, Portugal

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 12CONTENTSPart 1 Sources, properties, modification and processing of natural-based polymers. Part 2 Surface modification and biomimetic coatings. Part 3 Biodegradable scaffolds and hydrogels for tissue regeneration. Part 4 Naturally-derived hydrogels in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine. Part 5 Systems for the sustained release of molecules. Part 6 Biocompatibility of natural-based polymers.



Biomedical hydrogelsBiochemistry, manufacture and medical applicationsEdited by S Rimmer, University of Sheffield, UK


Hydrogels are a type of polymer which, through a range of chemistries, can be manipulated to alter and control the hydrogel’s interactions with cells and tissues. Due to their significant water content, hydrogels possess a degree of flexibility similar to natural tissue. This book explores the diverse range and use of hydrogels, focusing on processing methods and novel applications. Chapters in part one review methods of synthesising hydrogels, including chapters on hydrogel swelling and controlling the structure and properties of hydrogels. The final group of chapters analyse applications such as spinal implants and ophthalmic prostheses.

CONTENTSPart 1 Processing of hydrogels: Hydrogel swelling behaviour and its biomedical applications; Superabsorbent cellulose-based hydrogels for biomedical applications; Synthesis of hydrogels – control of structure and properties; Processing and fabrication technologies for biomedical hydrogels; Regulation of novel biomedical hydrogel products; Failure of hydrogel implants – mechanical properties. Part 2 Applications: Spinal disc implants using hydrogels; Hydrogels for intraocular lenses and other ophthalmic prostheses; Cartilage replacement implants using hydrogels; Imaging implants in situ.



Biomedical polymersEdited by M Jenkins, University of Birmingham, UK


‘...this publication offers an unsurpassable opportunity to facilitate immersion in a rapidly expanding interdisciplinary area.’

‘...a source of reference for scientists and, in general, all professionals involved in the development and use of this important group of biomaterials.’

Revista de Plásticos Modernos

CONTENTSIntroduction to polymeric scaffolds for tissue engineering; Introduction to polymeric drug delivery systems; Hydrogels in cell encapsulation and tissue engineering; Biodegradable polymers for drug delivery systems; Polymers as replacement materials for heart valves and arteries; Ultra-High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (UHMWPE) in joint replacement; Polymers in biosensors; Tissue engineering using natural polymers.



Injectable biomaterialsScience and applicationsEdited by B Vernon, Arizona State University, USA


The development of novel injectable biomaterials to be used in non-invasive surgical procedures has attracted much attention in recent years. Their easy deliverability into the body is the critical advantage, since it allows their deployment to the implantation site using minimally invasive surgical techniques. Injectable biomaterials provides comprehensive coverage of this important technology. Part one discusses materials and mechanical properties of injectable biomaterials. Chapters in part two cover clinical applications such as drug delivery and a final group of chapters analyse technologies and developments.

CONTENTSPart 1 Materials and properties: Designing clinically useful substitutes for the extracellular matrix; Designing ceramics for injectable bone graft substitutes; Rheological properties of injectable biomaterials; Improving mechanical properties of injectable polymers and composites. Part 2 Clinical applications: Drug delivery applications of injectable biomaterials; Tissue engineering applications of injectable biomaterials; Vascular applications of injectable biomaterials; Orthopaedic applications of injectable biomaterials; Dental applications of injectable biomaterials; Injectable polymeric carriers for gene delivery systems. Part 3 Technologies and developments: Environmentally responsive injectable materials; Injectable nanotechnology; Injectable biodegradable materials; Troubleshooting and hurdles to development of biomaterials; Biocompatibility of injectable materials; Future applications of injectable biomaterials: The use of microgels as modular injectable scaffolds.



Metals for biomedical devicesEdited by M Niinomi, Tohoku University, Japan

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 25CONTENTSPart 1 General introduction: Overview of metals and biomedical applications; Metal selection for biomedical devices. Part 2 Mechanical behaviour, degradation and testing of metals for biomedical devices: Mechanical properties of metallic biomaterials; Corrosion of metallic biomaterials; Fatigue and failure of metallic biomaterials; Mechanical testing of metallic biomaterials; Wear testing of metallic biomaterials; Biocompatibility of metallic biomaterials. Part 3 Processing metals for biomedical applications: Forging metals and alloys for biomedical applications; Surface treatment of metallic biomaterials; Coatings for metallic biomaterials; Biocompatible polymer assembly on metal surfaces; Sterilisation and cleaning of metallic biomaterials. Part 4 Specific applications of metals for biomedical devices: Orthopaedic applications of metallic biomaterials; New generation metallic biomaterials; Degradable metallic biomaterials for cardiovascular applications.



Biomaterials


MEDICAL TEXTILES

Biotextiles as medical implantsEdited by M W King, B S Gupta, North Carolina State University, USA and R Guidoin, Laval University Quebec, Canada


This book provides an invaluable single source of information on the main types of textile materials and products used for medical implants. The first series of chapters provide the reader with an overview of biotextile structures, the types of textiles used for medical implants and processing issues. The second group of chapters focus on the different types of biotextile implants, including sutures and cardiovascular implants.

CONTENTSPart 1 Technologies: Biotextile fibres, yarn and fabric production; Nanofibers for biotextile applications; Surface modification of textiles; Sterilisation techniques for biotextiles; Regulation of biotextiles for medical use; Assessing the effectiveness of biotextiles as medical implants. Part 2 Applications: Drug delivery systems using biotextiles; Surgival sutures; Embolic protection devices; Septal defect repair; Anterior cruciate ligament prostheses; Percutaneous heart valves; Cartilage; Neural tissues.




Smart textiles for medicine and healthcareMaterials, systems and applicationsEdited by L Van Langenhove, University of Ghent, Belgium




Medical textiles and biomaterials for healthcareEdited by S C Anand, University of Bolton, J F Kennedy, Chembiotech Ltd, UK, M Miraftab and S Rajendran, University of Bolton

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 48CONTENTSBasic biomaterials; Healthcare and hygiene products; Infection control and barrier materials; Bandaging and pressure garments; Woundcare materials; Implantable devices; Medical devices; Smart technologies.



Textiles for hygiene and infection controlEdited by B J McCarthy, TechniTex Faraday Limited, UK


With issues such as a rising population and increasing concerns surrounding the environment and infection prevention, the need to understand and improve hygiene and healthcare products has become increasingly important. This book begins with an insight into the types of fibres used and explores how hygiene and infection control textiles are designed and produced. Concluding chapters discuss a range of applications.

CONTENTSPart 1 Design and production techniques for hygiene textiles: The design of novel hygiene textile products; Nanotechnology and its applications in medical hygiene textiles; Use of knitted spacer fabrics for hygiene applications; Innovative and sustainable packaging strategies for hygiene products; Biodegradable hygiene products. Part 2 Design and production techniques for infection-control textiles: Micro-organisms, infection and the role of textiles; Creating barrier textiles through plasma processing; Disposable and reusable medical textiles; Ensuring fabrics survive sterilisation. Part 3 Product types: Washable textile-based absorbent products for incontinence; Biological containment suits used in microbiological high containment facilities and by emergency responders; Coated textiles for skin infections; Antimicrobial treatments of textiles for hygiene and infection control applications: an industrial perspective.




Advanced textiles for wound careEdited by S Rajendran, University of Bolton, UK


‘…a detailed and thorough look into this exciting application of textiles.’International Textile and Apparel Association

CONTENTSPart 1 The use of textiles in particular aspects of wound care: Wound management and dressings; Testing dressings and wound management materials; Textile materials and structures for wound care products; Interactive dressings and their role in moist wound management; Bioactive dressings to promote wound healing; Advanced textiles for wound compression; Antimicrobial textiles dressings in managing wound infection; Novel textiles in managing burns and other chronic wounds. Part 2 Types of advanced textile for wound care: Drug delivery dressings; The use of ‘smart’ textiles for wound care; Composite dressings for wound care; Textile-based scaffolds for tissue engineering.




Handbook of medical textilesEdited by V Bartels, Bartels Scientific Consulting GmbH, Germany


This invaluable reference provides a broad overview of the different types of medical textiles, as well as focusing on specialised topics. Part one discusses the types and properties of medical textiles from reusable textiles to fabrics with cosmetic effects. Part two focuses on how textiles interact with skin. Part three provides the latest developments in textiles for hygiene and infection control and part four concludes by providing a range of applications and case studies.

CONTENTSPart 1 Types and properties of medical textiles: Modern textiles and biomaterials for healthcare; Hi-tech textiles for interactive wound therapies; Reusable medical textiles; Nonwoven materials and technologies for medical applications; Textiles for implants and regenerative medicine; Textiles with cosmetic effects; Drug-releasing textiles; Medical textiles and thermal comfort. Part 2 Textiles and the skin: Contact sensations of medical textiles on the skin; Mechanical skin irritations due to textiles; Allergies caused by textiles; Biofunctional textiles based on cellulose and their approaches for therapy and prevention of atopic eczema. Part 3 Textiles for hygiene: Infection prevention and control and the role of medical textiles; Absorbent products for personal health care and hygiene; Bio-functional textiles; Hospital laundries and their role in medical textiles; Odour control of medical textiles. Part 4 Medical textile case studies and applications: Textiles for medical filters; Textiles for patient heat preservation during operations; Evaluation of occupational clothing for surgeons: achieving comfort and avoiding physiological stress through suitable gowns; Superabsorbents and their medical applications; Nanofibrous textiles in medical applications.




Medical and healthcare textilesEdited by S C Anand, University of Bolton, J F Kennedy, Chembiotech Ltd, M Miraftab and S Rajendran, University of Bolton, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 75CONTENTSPart 1 Infection control and barrier materials. Part 2 Healthcare and hygiene products. Part 3 Wound care materials. Part 4 Bandaging and pressure garments. Part 5 Implantable materials. Part 6 Medical devices. Part 7 Smart materials and technologies. Part 8 Industry standards and regulations.




Biomaterials

NEW


TECHNOLOGIES AND PERFORMANCE

Microfluidics for biomedical applicationsEdited by X-J J Li, University of Texas and Y Zhou, Genus Plc, USA


Microfluidic devices are used to manipulate fluid such as blood, cell suspensions and therapies. This important technology is suitable for numerous applications from drug delivery to tissue engineering. The use of microfluidics in medicine is still evolving. As microfluidic devices can be cheaply made and are small, applications are continually being researched and produced in the medical field. This important book discusses the fundamentals of microfluidics and will provide information on a wide range of medical applications. The first set of chapters discuss the fundamentals of microfluidic devices for medical applications. Subsequent chapters look at drug delivery applications, applications in cell biology, tissue engineering and diagnostics. In the final set of chapters, sensing applications are then reviewed.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of microfluidic technologies: Glass and polymer (PC, PMMA, COC/COP) fabrication techniques for microfluidic medical devices; Digital microfluidics technologies for biomedical devices; Nanoimprint lithography for microfluidic medical devices; Components for fluid delivery, transport and control for microfluidic medical devices; Actuation mechanisms for microfluidic medical devices; Medical micro-device surface coatings. Part 2 Microfluidics for drug delivery and discovery applications: Controlled release of drugs and therapeutic proteins using microfluidic devices; Microneedles for drug delivery applications. Part 3 Microfluidics for cell manipulation and analysis: Microfluidics for cell manipulation; Microfluidics for single-cell analysis; Automated micro-robotic cell injection. Part 4 Microfluidics for tissue engineering applications: Microfluidics for developing tissue scaffolds; Organs on a chip - microfluidic devices for analyzing and supporting gut function; Microfluidic devices for analysing and culturing stem cells; Smart bioMEMS implants for medical applications. Part 5 Microfluidics for diagnostic applications: Microfluidics for monitoring pancreatic islets in the detection of diabetes; Microfluidic immunoassays for protein analysis; Point-of-care microdevices for glucose and lithium measurement; Low-cost microfluidic diagnosis of glucose and protein; Microfluidics for genetic analysis. Part 6 Microfluidics for biomedical sensing and imaging: Optical and electrochemical microfluidic biosensors using nanostructured materials; Micro-reactor: Microfluidic chips for the systhesis of positron emission tomography in clinical diagnosis.



Biomedical imagingApplications and advancesEdited by P Morris, University of Nottingham, UK


The development of imaging techniques is of great importance for the monitoring of medical implants, diagnosis of disease and for strategies for personalised medicine. Significant advances are being made in this technology and this book will discuss the latest advances and developments in this increasingly important field. The book begins with an introduction to the field and its various technologies. Following on from this, chapters provide readers with a wide ranging review of medical applications such as brain, ophthalmic, musculoskeletal and whole body imaging. This text will be invaluable to those concerned with imaging and diagnosis.

CONTENTSPET imaging; Intravascular MR; Atomic force microscopy; Role of quantitative image biomarkers for the assessment of therapy response in brain tumor; Ophthalmic imaging; Methods for detecting ischaemic heart disease; Musculoskeletal imaging; Whole body imaging; Intravascular MR.



Medical modellingThe application of advanced design and development techniques in medicineR Bibb, University of Wales, UK


Medical modelling is an increasingly important tool in surgery and rehabilitative medicine. This authoritative book describes the key steps in modelling from acquisition of medical scan data, transfer and translation of data formats, methods of utilising the data and finally using the information to produce physical models using rapid prototyping techniques. Technologies are fully described, highlighting their key characteristics, advantages and disadvantages. A series of case studies illustrates a broad range of medical applications in surgery or prosthetic rehabilitation. The book is a valuable reference for a wide range of professionals involved in such areas as orthopaedics, orthodontics, and prosthetics.

CONTENTSBasic human anatomy; Computed tomography scanning; Magnetic resonance scanning; Non contact surface scanning; Export data format and media; Using medical scan data; Physical reproduction; Case studies; Future developments, Bibliography.



Bio-tribocorrosion in biomaterials and medical implantsEdited by Y Yan, University of Science and Technology Beijing, China


Due to the increase in implanted biomaterials, issues relating to their long-term durability need to be addressed. The science of bio-tribocorrosion is concerned with implant surface changes resulting from interactions such as loading and various chemical reactions which occur within the bodily environment. Bio-tribocorrosion in biomaterials and medical implants discusses the processes of bio-tribocorrosion and will help readers achieve safer and more durable implants. Chapters in the first section of the book will discuss the fundamentals of bio-tribocorrosion. The next set of chapters cover wear-corrosion mechanisms whilst the following group of chapters review the biological environment. The final group of chapters discuss bio-tribocorrosion in the clinical environment.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of bio-tribocorrosion: Introduction to bio-tribocorrosion; Topography in bio-tribocorrosion; Coatings for Total Joint Replacement (TJR); Coatings for dental implants. Part 2 Wear-corrosion mechanisms: Synergistic mechanisms of bio-tribocorrosion; Fretting corrosion in biomedical implants; Wear mechanisms in bio-tribocorrosion; Abrasion-corrosion behaviours of implant materials; Loosening of total joint replacement (TJR); Predicting bio-tribocorrosion in wear in dentistry. Part 3 Biological environment: Ion release processes; Growth of passive films; Biofilms in the oral environment; Synovial fluid – the role of protein adsorption on corrosion. Part 4 Bio-tribocorrosion in the clinical environment: Bio-tribocorrosion in dental applications; Bio-tribocorrosion: surface interactions in total joint replacement (TJR); In vitro testing and clinical applications of artificial joints; The application of bio-tribocorrosion testing protocol.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2013ISBN: 978 0 85709 540 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 860 3Approx. £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095404

Molecular interfacial phenomena of polymers and biopolymersEdited by P Chen, University of Waterloo, Canada


‘…it will be valued by researchers and postgraduate students with interest in polymers or biopolymers.’

‘All the sections are unique and specialised to the authors’ field of expertise.’



Biomaterials

NEW NEW

NEW


Joining and assembly of medical materials and devicesEdited by Y N Zhou, University of Waterloo, Canada and M D Breyen, Medtronic Inc, USA


Medical devices are becoming more intricate with the use of a wide range of materials and components which must be joined effectively and safely. Joining and assembly of medical materials and devices provides a comprehensive analysis of the practical techniques that can be used to join and assemble medical materials. The first set of chapters review the fundamentals of joining medical materials. A second group of chapters discuss processes for joining medical metals whilst the next set of chapters provide a review of processes for joining medical plastics. The final group of chapters provide readers with an overview of joining biomaterials and tissue implants.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of joining and assembly in medical materials and devices: Introduction to medical materials and devices; Introduction to joining methods in medical applications; Microwelding methods in medical components and devices; The effects of sterilization on medical materials and welded devices. Part 2 Joining and assembly of medical metals: Overview of ultrasonic welding of metals for medical applications; Microwelding of shape memory alloys; Bonding of platinum (pt) alloys and stainless steel wires for electronic medical devices; Evaluating the corrosion performance of metal medical device welds; Laser hermetic welding of metallic implantable medical devices; Validating hermeticity in welded metallic implantable medical devices. Part 3 Joining and assembly of medical plastics: Overview of Welding methods for medical plastics; Ultrasonic welding of medical plastics; Radio frequency (RF)/dielectric welding of medical plastics; Transmission laser welding strategies for medical plastics; Bonding strategies and adhesives for joining medical polymers. Part 4 Joining and assembly of biomaterial and tissue implants: Advanced metal-ceramic joining techniques for orthopaedic applications; Tissue adhesives and sealants for surgical applications; Antibacterial adhesives for bone and tooth repair; Testing bond strength: The case of dental biomaterials.



Surfaces and interfaces for biomaterialsEdited by P Vadgama, Queen Mary University of London, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 2824 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85573 930 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 080 9


Lasers for medical applicationsDiagnostics, therapy and surgeryEdited by H Jelinkova, Czech Technical University, Czech Republic

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 37

The laser has become an indispensable medical tool and new techniques and treatments are being pioneered all the time. This book begins by looking at the response of tissue to laser light. It then outlines the types of laser used in medicine, including solid-state, gas, dye and semiconductor lasers. Next the use of lasers for diagnostics is considered, including optical coherence tomography, laser spectroscopy in biomedicine and optical biopsy. A large number of chapters are dedicated to applications of lasers in therapy and surgery. Medical fields such as dermatology, urology, gynaecology, ophthalmology, dentistry and neurology are covered. The book ends with a look at medical laser safety.

CONTENTSIntroduction: The history of lasers in medicine. Part 1 Laser-tissue interaction: Laser characteristics; The response of tissue to laser light; Optical fibers for medical applications. Part 2 Types of laser used in medicine: Solid state lasers for medical applications; Gas lasers for medical applications; Liquid and solid-state tunable organic dye lasers for medical applications; Semiconductor lasers for medical applications. Part 3 Lasers in diagnostics: Optical sources for optical coherence tomography; Laser spectroscopy in medical diagnostics; Time-resolved fluorescence polarization spectroscopy and optical imaging of smart receptor-targeted contrast agents in tissues for cancer detection. Part 4 Laser therapy and surgery; Laser therapy in ophthalmology; Lasers in dermatology; Lasers in cardiology; Lasers in gynecology; Lasers in otorhinolaryngology (ORL) and head and neck surgery; Lasers in neurology; Lasers in dentistry; Laser in orthopaedic surgery; Photodynamic therapy (PDT) for cancer treatment; Cancer laser therapy using gold nanoparticles; Laser safety: Regulations, standards, and guidelines for practice.



Cellular response to biomaterialsEdited by L Di Silvio, King’s College London, UK


CONTENTSPart 1 Cell responses to biomaterials using polymers and ceramics. Part 2 Cell responses and regenerative medicine. Part 3 The effect of surfaces and proteins on cell response.



Non-metallic biomaterials for tooth repair and replacementEdited by P Vallittu, University of Turku, Finland


This important book focuses on biomaterials for tooth repair and, in particular, dental restorations. The first part of the book covers dental glasses and looks at the natural structure of teeth. Part two discusses a wide range of dental polymer composites whilst the final set of chapters in part three look at dental ceramics.

CONTENTSPart 1 Structure, modification and repair of dental tissues: Structure and properties of enamel and dentin; Biomineralization and biomimicry of tooth enamel; Enamel and dentin bonding for adhesive dental restorations; Enamel matrix proteins (EMPs) for periodontal regeneration. Part 2 Dental ceramics and glasses for tooth repair and replacement: Processing and bonding of dental ceramics; Wear properties of dental ceramics; Sol-gel derived bioactive glass ceramics for dental applications. Part 3 Dental composites for tooth repair and replacement: Composite adhesive restorative materials for dental applications; Antibacterial composite restorative materials for dental applications; Effects of particulate filler systems on the properties and performance of dental polymer composites; Composite based oral implants; Fibre reinforced composites (FRCs) as dental materials; Luting cements for dental applications.



Medical roboticsMinimally invasive surgeryEdited by P Gomes, Cambridge Consultants, UK


Beginning with an introduction to robot-assisted minimally invasive surgery (MIS), the core technologies of the field are discussed. Key current and future applications for robotics in a range of surgical procedures and medical applications are then explored, before the book concludes with a discussion of ethical issues related to the use of medical robotics.

CONTENTSIntroduction to robot-assisted Minimally Invasive Surgery (MIS); Localisation and tracking technologies for medical robotics; Robotics for neurosurgery; Robotic systems for cardiovascular interventions; Robotics in orthopaedic surgery; Robotic-assisted knee replacement surgery; Robotics in Ear, Nose and Throat (ENT) surgery; Robotic-assisted eye surgery; Robotics for minimally invasive surgery (MIS) and natural orifice transluminal endoscopic surgery (NOTES); Meso-Scale mobile robots for gastrointestinal Minimally Invasive Surgery (MIS); Real-time software platform using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) for in vivo navigation of magnetic microrobots; Robotic surgery and ethical issues.



Biomaterials

NEW NEW NEW

NEW


Implantable sensor systems for medical applicationsEdited by A Inmann, Andreas Inmann Consulting, USA and D Hodgins, European Technology for Business Limited, UK


This book discusses the core technologies needed for implantable sensor systems and their current and potential medical applications. Chapters in part one review a wide range of core technologies which are fundamental to implantable medical sensor systems. Part two reviews considerations and challenges for implantable medical sensor systems whilst the final part discusses the various applications areas of implantable sensor systems.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals on implantable sensor systems: Materials for implantable systems; Material-tissue interfaces in implantable systems; Packaging and coating materials for implantable systems; Microassembly and micropackaging of implantable systems; Electrode array design and fabrication for implantable systems; Biofuel cells as sustainable power sources for implantable systems. Part 2 Challenges of implantable systems: Biocompatibility of implantable systems; Sterilisation considerations for implantable sensor systems; Protection of data confidentiality and patient privacy in medical sensor networks; Developing active implantable medical devices in a regulated environment. Part 3 Applications of implantable systems: Microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) for in-vivo applications; Tripolar interfaces for neural recording; Sensors for motor neuroprostheses; Implantable wireless body area networks; Retina implants.



Biosensors for medical applicationsEdited by S Higson, Cranfield University, UK


Biosensors for medical applications provides a comprehensive review of established, cutting edge and future trends in biomedical sensors and their applications.

CONTENTSPart 1 Principles and transduction approaches: Electrochemical biosensors for medical applications; Piezoelectric biosensors for medical applications; Nano-sized biosensors for medical applications; Impedence interrogated affinity biosensors for medical applications: Novel targets and mechanistic studies; Protocols for enzyme biosensors. Part 2 Applications of medical biosensors: Biosensors for DNA and RNA detection and characterization; Biosensors for disease biomarker detection; Affibodies as an alternative to antibodies in biosensors for cancer markers; Biosensors for drug testing and discovery; Biosensors for non-invasive measurements; Wearable biosensors for medical applications.



MEMS for biomedical applicationsEdited by S Bhansali and A Vasudev, Florida International University, USA


The application of Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS) in the biomedical field is leading to a new generation of medical devices. MEMS for biomedical applications reviews the wealth of recent research on fabrication technologies and applications of this exciting technology. Part one introduces the fundamentals of MEMS for biomedical applications, exploring the microfabrication of polymers and reviewing sensor and actuator mechanisms. Part two goes on to consider MEMS for biomedical sensing and diagnostic applications. MEMS for tissue engineering and clinical applications are the focus of part three. Finally, part four reviews emerging biomedical applications of MEMS, from implantable neuroprobes and ocular implants to cellular microinjection.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of MEMS for biomedical applications: Microfabrication of polymers for bioMEMS; Review of sensor and actuator mechanisms for bioMEMS. Part 2 MEMS for biomedical sensing and diagnostic applications: MEMS for in vivo sensing; MEMS and electrical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) for non-invasive measurement of cells; MEMS ultrasonic transducers for biomedical applications; Lab-on-chip (LOC) devices and microfluidics for biomedical applications. Part 3 MEMS for tissue engineering and clinical applications: Fabrication of cell culture microdevices for tissue engineering applications; MEMS manufacturing techniques for tissue scaffolding devices; BioMEMS for drug delivery applications; Applications of MEMS technologies for minimally invasive medical procedures; Smart Microgrippers for bioMEMS applications; Microfluidic techniques for the detection, manipulation and isolation of rare cells. Part 4 Emerging biomedical applications of MEMS: MEMS as implantable neuroprobes; MEMS as ocular implants; Cellular microinjection for therapeutics and research applications; Hybrid MEMS: Integrating inorganic structures into live organisms.



Sterilisation of polymer healthcare productsW Rogers326 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85957 490 4£95.00/US$160.00/€115.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574904 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Minimized cardiopulmonary bypass techniques and technologiesEdited by T Gourlay, University of Strathclyde, UK and S Gunaydin, K. Kale University, Turkey


‘The book is comprehensive in its scope and authoritative in the experience of its chapter authors. I commend the book to all members of cardiac surgery teams - surgeons, cardiologists, anaesthetists and perfusionists.’

Professor Ken Taylor, Emeritus Professor of Cardiac Surgery, Imperial College and The Hammersmith Hospital, London (from the

Foreword)

Traditional cardiopulmonary bypass (CPB) techniques have suffered from a number of disadvantages including haemodilution, inflammation and post-operative bleeding. Minimised cardiopulmonary bypass techniques use developments in perfusion technology to significantly reduce foreign surface-blood interactions to make bypass simpler and safer. This important book reviews key developments and issues relating to this promising technology. Part one covers the broad range of CPB pathophysiology, including anticoagulant protocols, the impact of CPB circuit surfaces, optimal haemodilution levels, and the important issue of CPB-induced systemic inflammatory response syndrome. Part two focuses on the issues of the new equipment developed for mini-CPB, optimal myocardial protection protocols and CPB perfusate options. Part three discusses clinical issues, including patient selection, coronary and valve surgery protocols and, among others, paediatric patients.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to minimized cardiopulmonary bypass: Historical development of minimized cardiopulmonary bypass; Anticoagulation protocols for minimized cardiopulmonary bypass; Minimized extracorporeal circulation: Physiology and pathophysiology; Blood–surface interface in miniatururised extracorporeal circulation systems; Hemodilution: Physiology and pathophysiology; Inflammatory response and minimized cardiopulmonary bypass. Part 2 Minimized cardiopulmonary bypass equipment: Design and principles of the minimized extracorporeal circuit; Cardiopulmonary bypass perfusate; Myocardial preservation techniques for mini-bypass. Part 3 Clinical applications of minimized cardiopulmonary bypasses: Minimized cardiopulmonary bypass: Objectives and indications; Coronary artery bypass grafting (CABG); Valve surgery using minimized perfusion circuits; Minimising cardiopulmonary bypass in children; Comparison of minimized circulation with off-pump coronary artery bypass grafting (OPCAB) and conventional surgery; Minimally invasive cardiac surgery, port-access and robotic surgery.



Biomaterials

NEW NEW NEW

NEW


Durability and reliability of medical polymersEdited by M Jenkins and A Stamboulis, University of Birmingham, UK


Given the widespread use of polymers in medical devices, the durability and reliability of this material in use is an area of critical importance. Durability and reliability of medical polymers reviews the performance of both bioresorbable and non-bioresorbable medical polymers.

CONTENTSPart 1 Types and properties of bioresorbable medical polymers: Types of bioresorbable polymers for medical applications; The effect of molecular structure on the properties of biomedical polymers; Processing of bioresorbable and other polymers for medical applications; Understanding transport phenomena and degradation of bioresorbable medical polymers; Synthetic bioresorbable polymers; Using synthetic bioresorbable polymers for orthopaedic tissue regeneration. Part 2 Aspects of durability and reliability of non-bioresorbable medical polymers: Wear processes in polymer implants; Ageing processes of biomedical polymers in the body; The failure of synthetic polymeric medical devices; Manufacturing defects in polymeric medical devices.



Biointegration of medical implant materialsScience and designEdited by C P Sharma, Sree Chitra Tirunal Institute for Medical Sciences and Technology, India

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 26CONTENTSBiointegration: An introduction. Part 1 Soft tissue biointegration: Biocompatibility of engineered soft tissue created by stem cells; Replacement materials for facial reconstruction at the soft tissue-bone interface; Corneal tissue engineering; Tissue engineering for small-diameter vascular graft; Stem cells for organ regeneration. Part 2 Drug delivery: Materials facilitating protein drug delivery and vascularisation; Inorganic nanoparticles for targeted drug delivery; Alginate-based drug delivery devices; Functionalised nanoparticles for targeted drug delivery. Part 3 Design considerations: Biocompatibility of Materials and its relevance to drug delivery and tissue engineering; Mechanisms of failure of medical implants during long-term use; Rapid prototyping in biomedical Engineering: Structural intricacies of biological materials.



Biocompatibility and performance of medical devicesEdited by J-P Boutrand, Biomatech, France


Implant and device manufacturers are increasingly facing the challenge of proving that their products are safe, biocompatible, and perform as expected. Biocompatibility and performance of medical devices provides an essential guide to the performance analysis of these vital devices. Part one introduces key concepts and challenges faced in relation to biocompatibility in medical devices. Part two goes on to discuss the evaluation and characterisation of biocompatibility in medical devices, including material and chemical characterization, allowable limits for toxic leachables, in vivo and in vitro testing, and blood compatibility assessment. Testing and interpreting medical device performance is the focus of part three, with preclinical performance studies for bone, dental and soft tissue implants, and mechanical testing for soft and hard tissues implants discussed. Part four provides information on the international regulation of medical devices in the European Union, Japan and China, before concluding in part five with a review of histopathology principles for biocompatibility and performance studies.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to biocompatibility in medical devices: Concepts in biocompatibility; Challenges in biocompatibility and failure of biomaterials; Biological safety evaluation planning of biomaterials; Biomechanical and biochemical compatibility in innovative biomaterials. Part 2 Evaluation and characterisation of biocompatibility in medical devices: Material and chemical characterization for the biological evaluation of medical device biocompatibility; Allowable limits for toxic leachables: Practical Use of ISO 10993-17 Standard; In vivo and in vitro testing for the biological safety evaluation of biomaterials and medical devices; Blood compatibility assessment in medical devices: Considerations and standards; Evaluating biocompatibility in biomaterials - an industry perspective; Case study - overcoming negative tests results during manufacture; Methods for the characterisation and evaluation of drug-device combination products. Part 3 Testing and interpreting the performance of medical devices: Methods and interpretation of preclinical performance studies for bone implants; Methods and interpretation of preclinical performance studies for dental implants; Methods and interpretation of preclinical performance studies for soft tissues implants; Mechanical testing for soft and hard tissues implants. Part 4 International regulation of medical devices: Biological evaluation and regulation of medical devices in the European Union; Biological evaluation and regulation of medical devices in Japan; Medical device regulations in China. Part 4 Histopathology principles for biocompatibility and performance studies: Microscopic and ultrastructural pathology in medical devices.



Sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devicesEdited by S Lerouge, University of Montréal, Canada and A Simmons, University of New South Wales, Australia


The effective sterilisation of any material or device to be implanted in or used in close contact with the human body is essential for the elimination of harmful agents such as bacteria. Sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices reviews established and commonly used technologies alongside new and emerging processes. The book reviews the sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices using steam and dry heat and ionising radiation and ethylene oxide is reviewed. A range of non-traditional sterilisation techniques, such as hydrogen peroxide gas plasma, ozone and steam formaldehyde, is then discussed together with research in sterilisation and decontamination of surfaces by plasma discharges. Sterilisation techniques for polymers, drug-device products and tissue allografts are then reviewed, together with antimicrobial coatings for ‘self-sterilisation’ and the challenge presented by prions and endotoxins in the sterilisation of reusable medical devices.

CONTENTSIntroduction to sterilisation: Definitions and challenges; Steam and dry heat sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices; Sterilisation of healthcare products by ionising radiation: Principles and standards; Ethylene Oxide (ETO) sterilisation of healthcare products; Non-traditional sterilisation techniques for biomaterials and medical devices; Sterilisation and decontamination of surfaces by plasma discharges; Sterilisation techniques for polymers; Sterilisation of healthcare products by ionising radiation: Sterilisation of drug-device products and tissue allografts; Antimicrobial coatings for self-sterilisation; Prions and endotoxins: Reprocessing strategies for reusable medical devices; Future trends for the sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices.



Sterilisation of tissues using ionising radiationsEdited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd and P A Williams, The North East Wales Institute, UK


‘…a useful tool for tissue bankers, tissue recipients and donors as well as a supplement for transplant surgeons and students of medicine.’

Carbohydrate Polymers352 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85573 838 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 077 9


Biomaterials

NEW NEW


Developments in tissue engineered and regenerative medicine productsA practical approachJ Basu and J W Ludlow, Tengion Inc, USA


Developments in tissue engineered and regenerative medicine products summarizes recent developments in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine with an emphasis on commercialization and product development. Preclinical and clinical testing of tissue engineered and regenerative medicine products, regulatory, quality control, manufacturing issues, as well as generating and securing intellectual property and freedom to operate considerations are presented. This book represents a complete ‘how-to’ manual for the development of tissue engineered and regenerative medicine products from conceptualization to clinical trial to manufacturing.

CONTENTSOverview of tissue engineering/regenerative medicine; Cells; Biomaterials for TE/RM products; Neo-Bladder: A foundational technology platform for tubular organ regeneration; Neo-Urinary Conduit™; Tissue engineering of non-bladder tubular organs; Tissue engineering of solid organs; Regulatory and quality control; Pre-clinical and clinical evaluation of TE/RM products; Manufacturing; Intellectual property.



Tissue engineering using ceramics and polymersEdited by A R Boccaccini, Imperial College London and J Gough, University of Manchester, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 8CONTENTSPart 1 General issues: Ceramic biomaterials; Polymeric biomaterials; Bioactive ceramics and glasses; Biodegradable and bioactive polymer/ceramic composite scaffolds; Transplantation of engineered cells and tissues; Surface modification to tailor the biological response; Combined tissue engineering and drug delivery; Carrier systems and biosensors for biomedical applications; Characterisation using x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) and secondary ion spectrometry (SIMS); Characterisation using environmental scanning electron microscopy (ESEM); Characterisation of cells on tissue engineered construsts using imaging techniques/microscopy; Characterisation using Raman micro-spectroscopy. Part 2 Tissue and organ generation: Engineering of tissues and organs; Bone regeneration and repair using tissue engineering; Bone tissue engineering and biomineralisation; Cardiac tissue engineering; Intervertebral disc tissue engineering; Skin tissue engineering; Liver tissue engineering; Kidney tissue engineering; Bladder tissue engineering; Nerve bioengineering; Lung tissue engineering; Intestine tissue engineering; Micromechanics of hydroxyapatite-based biomaterials and tissue engineering scaffolds; Cartilage tissue engineering.



Progenitor and stem cell technologies and therapiesEdited by A Atala, Wake Forest Institute of Regenerative Medicine, USA


Progenitor and stem cells have the ability to renew themselves and change into a variety of specialised types, making them ideal materials for therapy and regenerative medicine. Progenitor and stem cell technologies and therapies reviews the range of progenitor and stem cells available and their therapeutic application. Part one reviews basic principles for the culture of stem cells before discussing technologies for particular cell types. Part two discusses wider issues such as intellectual property, regulation and commercialisation of stem cell technologies and therapies. The final part of the book considers the therapeutic use of stem and progenitor cells.

CONTENTSPart 1 Basic principles of stem cells: Basic principles for stem cell culture; Basic principles of human embryonic stem cells; Basic principles in generating induced pluirpotent stem cells; Basic principles of amniotic and placental stem cells; Basic principles of cord blood stem cells; Basic principles of multipotent stem cells. Part 2 Enabling cell therapy: Intellectual property claims to stem cell technologies: Research, clinical testing and product sales; Regulatory considerations of stem and progenitor cell-based products: US Food and Drug Administration; Cell therapy commercialisation; Stem cell tourism. Part 3 Tissue-specific progenitor cells: Adipose tissue-derived stem cell biology and therapy; Umbilical cord blood (UCB) progenitor stem cell biology and therapy; Auditory progenitor stem cell biology and therapy; Olfactory mucosa: neural stem and progenitor cells for nervous system repair and cell models of brain disease; Oral cavity progenitor and stem cell biology and therapy; Bone marrow mesenchymal progenitor and stem cell biology and therapy; Progenitor and stem cell therapies for cartilage repair; Cardiac stem and progenitor cell biology and therapy; Renal progenitor and stem cell biology and therapy; Lung progenitor and stem cell biology and therapy; Genitourinary progenitor and stem cell biology and therapy.



Biomaterials, artificial organs and tissue engineeringEdited by L Hench and J Jones, Imperial College of Science, Technology and Medicine, UK


‘…highly useful for students of biomaterials, material science and medicine.’

‘…provides an overview of multi-disciplinary nature and importance of biomedical materials, artificial organs and tissue engineering.’

International Journal of Biological Macromolecules

304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback + CD-ROM 2005ISBN: 978 1 85573 737 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 086 1


Electrospinning for tissue regenerationEdited by L Bosworth and S Downes, University of Manchester, UK


Electrospinning is most commonly associated with textile manufacturing, however recent research and development have proven that the technology can be used to create organ components and repair damaged tissues. This novel approach to tissue repair and regeneration is being widely employed within the biomaterials sector as it produces nanofibres which create the correct physical environment to promote cell migration and new tissue formation. The first part of the book provides an introduction to the field with information on chemistry, process control and regulatory issues. A second group of chapters discuss electrospinning for skin and bone tissue regeneration. A final group of chapters analyse electrospinning for stem cell and wound healing applications.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of electrospinning: Introduction to electrospinning; Polymer chemistry; The electrospinning process, conditions and control; Regulatory issues relating to electrospinning. Part 2 Electrospinning for tissue regeneration: Bone tissue regeneration; Cartilage tissue regeneration; Muscle tissue regeneration; Tendon tissue regeneration; Nerve tissue regeneration; Heart valve tissue regeneration; Bladder tissue regeneration; Tracheal tissue regeneration; Dental regeneration; Skin tissue regeneration; Wound dressings. Part 3 Electrospinning for in vitro applications applications: Cell culture systems for kidney research; Cell culture systems for pancreatic research; Cell culture systems for stem cell research.



Degradation rate of bioresorbable materialsPrediction and evaluationEdited by F J Buchanan, Queen’s University Belfast, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 13CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: An overview of bioresorbable materials; The biological environment for bioresorbable materials. Part 2 Degradation mechanisms: Synthetic bioresorbable polymers; Natural bioresorbable polymers; Bioresorbable ceramics. Part 3 Bioresorption test methods: In-vitro physicochemical test methods to evaluate bioresorbability; In-vitro biological test methods to evaluate bioresorbability; In-vivo test methods to evaluate bioresorbability; Modelling of the degradation processes for bioresorbable polymers. Part 4 Factors influencing bioresorption: Influence of processing, sterilisation and storage on bioresorbability; Influence of porous structure on bioresorbability: Tissue engineering scaffolds. Part 5 Clinical application: Influence of clinical application on bioresorbability: Host response; Scaffold and implant design: Considerations relating to characterization of biodegradibility and bioresorbability; Drug release from bioresorbable materials.



Biomaterials

NEW NEW


Artificial cells, cell engineering and therapyEdited by S Prakash, McGill University, Canada

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 6CONTENTSPart 1 The artificial cell: Introduction to artificial cells: Concept, history, design, current status and future; Polymeric hydrophilic polymers in targeted drug delivery; The artificial cell design: Liposomes; The artificial cell design: Nanoparticles. Part 2 Cell engineering: The cutting edge: Apoptosis and therapeutic opportunity; Bone marrow stromal cells in myocardial regeneration and the role of cell signalling; Musculoskeletal tissue engineering with skeletal muscle-derived stem cells. Part 3 Artificial cells for cell therapy: Artificial cell for oral delivery of live bacterial cells for therapy; Artificial cells in liver disease; Artificial cells as a novel approach to gene therapy; Capillary devices for therapy. Part 4 The clinical relevance of artificial cells and cell engineering: Artificial cells in medicine: With emphasis on blood substitutes; Bone marrow stromal cells as ‘universal donor cells’ for myocardial regeneration therapy; Myocardial regeneration, tissue engineering and therapy; Kidney diseases and potentials of artificial cells; Engineered cells for treatment of diabetes; Drug delivery system for active brain targeting; Artificial cells in enzyme therapy with emphasis on tyrosinase for melanoma in mice; Stem cell and regenerative medicine: Commercial and pharmaceutical implications; Acute lung injury/acute respiratory distress syndrome (ALI/ARDS): The mechanism, present therapy and therapeutic potential of cell-based therapy; Inflammatory bowel diseases: Current treatment strategies and potential for drug delivery using artificial cell microcapsules; Carrier-mediated and artificial-cell targeted cancer drug delivery.



Surface modification of biomaterialsMethods analysis and applicationsEdited by R Williams, University of Liverpool, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 28CONTENTSPart 1 Surface modification techniques: Surface modification of biomaterials by plasma polymerisation; Surface modification of biomaterials by covalent binding of poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG); Surface modification of biomaterials by heparinisation to improve blood compatibility; Surface modification of biomaterials by peptide functionalisation; Metal surface oxidation and surface interactions; Surface modification of biomaterials by calcium phosphate deposition; Biomaterial surface topography to control cellular response: Technologies, cell behaviour and biomedical applications. Part 2 Analytical techniques and applications: Techniques for analysing biomaterial surface chemistry; Techniques for analysing biomaterial surface structure, morphology and topography; Modifying biomaterial surfaces to optimise interactions with blood; Modifying biomaterials surfaces with bioactives to control infection; Modifying biomaterial surfaces to optimise interactions with soft tissues; Modifying biomaterial surfaces for the repair and regeneration of nerve cells; Modifying biomaterial surfaces to control stem cell growth and differentiation; Modifying biomaterial surfaces to optimise interactions with bone.



FIRE RETARDANT MATERIALS

Handbook of fire resistant textilesEdited by F S Kilinc-Balci, Consultant, USA


Fire resistant textiles are a major area of ongoing research. This important book sums up key developments in the field. Part one reviews general issues such as combustion processes, chemical modification of fibres, safety, health and environmental issues. Part two discusses a range of types of fire resistant fibre. Part three reviews testing and regulatory issues whilst the final part of the book includes a range of applications.

CONTENTSPart 1 Overview of fire resistant textiles: Combustion processes; Burning mechanisms; Chemical modification to improve flame retardancy; Multi-component flame resistant coatings; Wash durability of flame resistant coatings; Safety, health and environmental aspects of flame retardants. Part 2 Types of flame resistant fibre: Cellulose and cellulose blends; Manmade cellulosic fibres; Wool blends; Ceramic fibres; Composites and nanocomposites; Nonwoven fabrics. Part 3 Testing and regulation of fire resistant textiles: Design of flame resistant protective clothing; Flame resistant clothing standards and regulations; Comfort properties; Managing heat stress; Flame retardancy testing and regulation of soft furnishings. Part 4 Applications: Structural and proximity fire fighting; Electric arc flash hazards; Molten metal hazards; Transport applications; Furnishings.




Flammability testing of materials used in construction, transport and miningV Apte, formerly Fire Science and Technology Laboratory, CSIRO, Australia

CONTENTSUnderstanding materials flammability; Fundamental measurement techniques. Part 1 Flammability tests for buildings and their contents: Flammability of wood products; Flammability tests for external cladding on buildings; Fire hazard assessment of wall and ceiling fire spread in rooms; Fire behaviour of sandwich panels; Flammability tests for upholstered furniture and mattresses; Flammability tests for cables; Flammability tests for electrical appliances. Part 2 Flammability tests for transportation and mining: Flammability tests for regulation of building and construction materials; Fire testing in road and railway tunnels; Flammability tests for aircraft; Flammability testing in the mining sector; Flammability tests for railway passenger cars; Ships and submarines; Tests for spontaneous ignition of solid materials.



Fire toxicityEdited by A A Stec and T R Hull, University of Central Lancashire, UK

‘Represents the best currently available understanding and application of its subject matter to fire safety and is a welcome addition to the fire science literature.’

Journal of Fire Sciences

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Introduction to fire toxicity; Fire scenarios and combustion conditions. Part 2 Harmful effects of fire effluents: Hazards from smoke and irritants; Asphyxiant components of fire effluents; Effects of fire effluents on fire victims. Part 3 Biological assessment of fire toxicity: Experimental methods in combustion toxicology; Animal exposure studies; Application of human animal exposure studies to human fire safety; In vitro biological toxicity assessments for fire combustion products; A combined fire smoke and lung model test equipment. Part 4 Toxicity assessment using chemical analysis: Sampling and measurement of toxic fire effluents; Bench-scale generation of fire effluents; Large scale generation and characterisation of fire effluents; Effects of the material and fire conditions on toxic product yields; Estimation of toxicity during burning of common materials. Part 5 National and international fire safety regulations: Prescriptive regulations and tests considering the toxicity of fire effluents; An international standardised framework for prediction of fire gas toxicity. Part 6 Numerical simulation of fires and their hazards: Computer simulation of fire hazards and evacuation; Toxic hazard calculation models for use with fire effluent data; Modelling fire growth and toxic gas formation.



Advances in fire retardant materialsEdited by A R Horrocks and D Price, University of Bolton, UK


‘…provides a wealth of information, written with a concise and critical approach by an internationally acknowledged expert in the field.’

‘…an indispensible book for producers, manufacturers, retailers, industrial research workers in academia.’

International Dyer

CONTENTSPart 1 Advances in fire retardant materials: Flame retardancy of textiles: New approaches; Developments in phosphorus flame retardants; Halogen-free flame retardants; Nanocomposites I: Current developments in nanocomposites as novel flame retardants; Nanocomposites II: Potential applications of nanocomposite-based flame retardant systems; Flame retardant/resistant textile coatings and laminates; Environmentally-friendly flame resistant textiles; Recycling and disposal of flame retardant materials. Part 2 Testing, regulation and assessing the benefits of fire retardant materials: Challenges in fire testing: A tester’s viewpoint; Challenges in fire testing: Reaction to fire tests and assessment of fire toxicity; New and potential flammability regulations; Life cycle assessment of consumer products with a focus on fire performance. Part 3 Applications of fire retardant materials: The risks and benefits of flame retardants in consumer products; Composites having improved fire resistance; Improving the fire safety of road vehicles; Firefighters’ protective clothing; Fire protection in military fabrics; Flame retardant materials for maritime and naval applications; Materials with reduced flammability in aerospace and aviation.



Fire retardant materials

NEW


Plastic flame retardantsTechnology and current developmentsJ Innes and A Innes, Flame Retardants Associates Inc.

CONTENTSKey performance standards; Halogen flame retardants; Metal hydrate flame retardants; Phosphorus flame retardants; Smoke suppressants; Other flame retardants and recent FR technology advances.


Flame retardants for plasticP W Dufton

CONTENTSSummary and conclusions; Flame retardants; Products and their markets; Polymer families and their flame retardancy; End-user market sectors; Fire testing; Environmental and regulatory matters.


Fire retardant materialsEdited by A R Horrocks and D Price, University of Bolton, UK

‘… a wealth of interesting information, technical rationale and quality text and diagrams.’

IFPO Fire Journal

CONTENTSPolymer combustion, condensed phase pyrolysis and smoke formation; Mechanisms and modes of action in flame retardancy of polymers; Toxicity of fire retardants in relation to life safety and environmental hazards; Textiles; Composites; Nanocomposites; Recent developments in flame retarding thermoplastics and thermosets; Applications of halogen flame retardants; Natural polymers, wood and lignocellulosic materials; Intumescent materials; Graft copolymerisation as a tool for flame retardancy; Performance-based test methods for material flammability; Fire safety design requirements of flame retardant materials; Mathematical modelling.



Fire retardancy of polymersThe use of intumescenceEdited by M Le Bras, LCAPCS, Ecole Nationale Superieure de Chimie de Lille, France, S Bourbigot, G Camino, University of Torino, Italy and R Delobel, CREPIM, France

CONTENTSFire retardancy of polymetric materials: Strategies; Intumescence: Mechanism studies; New intumescent polymetric materials; Flame retarded intumescent textiles; Intumescence - an environmentally friendly process?



CERAMICS

Ceramic nanocompositesProperties and applicationsEdited by R Banerjee, University of Calcutta, India

Ceramic nanocomposites demonstrate a number of useful characteristics such as magnetic properties and high thermal resistance. This makes them promising materials for a wide range of applications. This book reviews key properties and how they can be exploited in such areas as the biomedical, energy and electronics industries.

CONTENTSPart 1 Properties: Ceramic nanoparticles in metal matrix composites; Multiscale modelling of ceramic matrix nanocomposites; Thermal properties/flame retardancy; Magnetic properties; Failure mechanisms. Part 2 Applications: Biomedical applications of ceramic nanocomposites; Energy applications; Use in thin films and other electronics applications.



Advances in ceramic matrix compositesEdited by J Low, Curtin University, Australia

Ceramic matrix composites (CMCs) have proven to be useful for a wide range of applications because of properties such as their light weight, toughness and temperature resistance. This book summarises key recent research on types and processing of CMCs. The first part of the book reviews types such as functionally-graded, self-healing and hybrid CMCs. Other parts of the book deal with processing and applications as diverse as the energy and medical sectors.

CONTENTSPart 1 Advances in ceramic matrix composites (CMCs): Functional-graded CMCs; Self-healing CMCs; Hybrid CMCs. Part 2 Processing and properties: Melt/chemical vapour infiltration; Hot pressing (HP) and hot isostatic pressing (HIP); Processing of layered ternary carbides in CMCs; Processing of multi-layer glass CMCs. Part 3 Applications of ceramic matrix composites (CMCs): Geopolymers; Energy applications; Cutting tools; Dental materials.



Sintering of advanced materialsEdited by Z Z Fang, University of Utah, USA

This book explores sintering, the method of manufacturing components from ceramic or metal powders by heating the material in a mould, below its melting point, until the powder particles adhere to each other. Many ceramic materials and specialist metal powder products for use in industries such as electronics, automotive and aerospace are manufactured using this method.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of sintering: Thermodynamics of sintering; Kinetics and mechanisms of densification; Path and kinetics of microstructural change in simple sintering; Computer modelling of sintering: Theory and examples; Liquid phase sintering; Master sintering curve and its application in sintering of ceramics. Part 2 Advanced sintering processes: Atmospheric sintering; Vacuum sintering; Microwave sintering of ceramics, composites and metal powders; Fundamentals and applications of field/current assisted sintering; Photonic sintering – an example: Photonic curing of silver nanoparticles. Part 3 Sintering of advanced materials: Sintering of aluminium and its alloys; Sintering of titanium and its alloys; Sintering of refractory metals; Sintering of ultrahard materials; Constrained sintering of ceramics, films and coatings; Sintering of ultrafine and nanosized particles.



High-energy ball millingMechanochemical processing of nanopowdersEdited by M Sopicka-Lizer, Silesian University of Technology, Poland

‘I strongly recommend a thorough reading of the book to people who are active in this area or those who wish to enter this area of investigation.’

Materials World

CONTENTSIntroduction to mechanochemical processing. Part 1 Basic science of mechanochemistry: Mechanism and kinetics of mechanochemical processes; Kinetic behaviour in mechanochemically induced structural and chemical transformations; Materials design through mechanochemical processing; Kinetic processes and mechanisms of mechanochemical alloying. Part 2 Mechanochemical treatment of different materials: Mechanochemical synthesis of complex ceramic oxides; Production of intermetallic compound powders by a mechanochemical approach: Solid-liquid reaction ball milling; Mechanochemical processing of non-oxide systems with highly covalent bonds; Mechanochemical synthesis of metallic-ceramic composite powders; Mechanochemical synthesis of organic compounds and rapidly soluble materials. Part 3 Mechanochemical processes in metal powder systems and other applications: Mechanochemical plating and surface modification using ultrasonic vibrations; Mechanochemically activated powders as precursors for spark plasma sintering (SPS) processes; Synthesis of titanium dioxide-based, visible-light induced photocatalysts by mechanochemical doping; Soft mechanochemical synthesis of materials for lithium-ion batteries: Principles and applications; Materials for lithium-ion batteries by mechanochemical methods.



Ceramics

NEW

NEW


GeopolymersStructures, processing, properties and industrial applicationsEdited by J L Provis and J S J van Deventer, University of Melbourne, Australia

‘…provides essential background reading for those interested in pursuing this exciting technology. With a distinguished international team of contributors, it is a superb reference text for research scientists and engineers in industry and academia.’

Materials World

CONTENTSIntroduction to geopolymers. Part 1 Geopolymer synthesis and characterisation: Fly ash glass chemistry and inorganic polymer cements; Geopolymer precursor design; Activating solution chemistry for geopolymers; Nanostructure/microstructure of metakaolin geopolymers; Nanostructure/microstructure of fly ash geopolymers; Geopolymer synthesis kinetics. Part 2 Manufacture and properties of geopolymers: Accelerated ageing of geopolymers; Chemical durability of geopolymers; Life-cycle analysis of geopolymers; Engineering properties of geopolymer concrete; Producing fire and heat-resistant geopolymers; Utilisation of mining wastes to produce geopolymer binders; Utilisation of non-thermally activated clays in the production of geopolymers; Thermal properties of geopolymers; Utilisation of low-calcium slags to improve the strength and durability of geopolymers. Part 3 Applications of geopolymers: Commercialisation of geopolymers for construction: Opportunities and obstacles; Geopolymers for nuclear waste immobilization; Immobilization of toxic waste in geopolymers.



Solid oxide fuel cell technologyPrinciples, performance and operationsK Huang, Siemens Energy, Inc and J B Goodenough, University of Texas at Austin, USA


‘…undoubtedly an essential title to place on the shelves of materials departmental libraries.’

‘…a well written, well researched, comprehensive text.’Materials World

CONTENTSIntroduction to solid oxide fuel cells (SOFCs); Thermodynamics of the SOFC; Electronic properties of solids for SOFCs; Transport of charged particles in a SOFC; Oxide-ion electrolytes in SOFCs; Current, gas flow, utilization, and energy balance in a SOFC; Voltage losses in a SOFC; Direct current (DC) electrical efficiency and power of a SOFC; Performance characterization techniques for a SOFC and its components; Steam methane reforming and carbon formation in SOFCs; Poisoning of SOFC electrodes; Materials for SOFCs.



Handbook of advanced dielectric, piezoelectric and ferroelectric materialsSynthesis, properties and applicationsEdited by Z-G Ye, Simon Fraser University, Canada


This comprehensive book covers recent developments in advanced dielectric, piezoelectric and ferroelectric materials. It presents recent research from leading innovators in the field.

CONTENTSPart 1 High strain high performance piezo- and ferroelectric single crystals. Part 2 Field-induced effects and domain engineering. Part 3 Morphotropic phase boundary and related phenomena. Part 4 High power piezoelectric and microwave dielectric materials. Part 5 Nanoscale piezo- and ferroelectrics. Part 6 Piezo- and ferroelectric films. Part 7 Novel processing and new materials. Part 8 Novel properties of ferroelectrics and related materials.



Materials for fuel cellsEdited by M Gasik, Helsinki University of Technology, Finland


‘…directs the reader to the in-depth discussions and state-of-the-art technologies. …a vivid account of the lifecycle assessment and recyclability of fuel cell materials is provided.’

Materials World

‘The main strength of this book is that it covers all the common fuel cell types, with details of their mechanisms, history, current status, uses and of course details of the materials used in each.’

International Journal of Sustainable Engineering

CONTENTSIntroduction: Materials challenges in fuel cells: Materials basics for fuel cells; Alkaline fuel cells; Polymer electrolyte fuel cells; Direct methanol fuel cells; Phosphoric acid fuel cells; Molten carbonate fuel cells; Solid oxide fuel cells; Regenerative fuel cells; Novel fuel cells and materials; Performance degradation and failure mechanisms of fuel cell materials; Recyclability and life cycle assessment of fuel cell materials.



Solid-state hydrogen storageMaterials and chemistryEdited by G Walker, University of Nottingham, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 14CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Hydrogen storage technologies; Hydrogen futures: Emerging technologies for hydrogen storage and transport; Hydrogen containment materials; Solid-state hydrogen storage system design. Part 2 Analysing hydrogen interactions: Structural characterisation of hydride materials; Neutron scattering techniques for analysing solid-state hydrogen storage; Reliably measuring hydrogen uptake in storage materials; Modelling of carbon-based materials for hydrogen storage. Part 3 Physically bound hydrogen storage: Storage of hydrogen in zeolites; Carbon nanostructures for hydrogen storage; Metal-organic framework materials for hydrogen storage. Part 4 Chemically bound hydrogen storage: Intermetallics for hydrogen storage; Magnesium hydride for hydrogen storage; Alanates as hydrogen storage materials; Borohydrides as hydrogen storage materials; Imides and amides as hydrogen storage materials; Multicomponent hydrogen storage systems; Organic liquid carriers for hydrogen storage; Indirect hydrogen storage in metal ammines; Conclusion: Technological challenges in hydrogen storage.



Ceramic-matrix compositesMicrostructure, properties and applicationsEdited by I M Low, Curtin University of Technology, Australia

CONTENTSPart 1 Fibre, whisker and particulate-reinforced ceramic composites: Fibrous monolithic ceramics; Whisker reinforced silicon nitride ceramics; Fibre reinforced glass/glass-ceramic matrix composites; Particulate composites. Part 2 Graded and layered composites: Functionally-graded ceramic composites; SiAlON based functionally graded materials; Design of tough ceramic laminates by residual stresses control; Hardness of multilayered ceramics. Part 3 Nanostructured ceramic composites: Nanophase ceramic composites; Nanostructured coatings on advanced carbon materials; Processing and microstructural control of metal reinforced ceramic matrix nanocomposites; Carbon nanotubes-ceramic composites; Machinable nanocomposite ceramics. Part 4 Refractory and speciality ceramic composites: Magnesia-spinel (MgAl2O4) composite refractory materials; Thermal shock of ceramic matrix composites; Superplastic ceramic composites. Part 5 Non-oxide ceramic composites: Sialons; Carbon-ceramic alloys; Silicon nitride and silicon carbide-based ceramics; Oxynitride glasses-glass ceramics; Functionally graded ceramics.



Materials for energy conversion devicesEdited by C C Sorrell, J Nowotny, University of New South Wales, Australia and S Sugihara, Shonan Institute of Technology, Japan

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 8428 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85573 932 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 091 5


Ceramics


ELECTRONIC MATERIALS AND TECHNOLOGY

Metallic films for electronic, optical and magnetic applicationsStructure, processing and propertiesEdited by K Barmak, Carnegie Mellon University and K Coffey, University of Central Florida, USA


Metallic films play an important role in modern technologies such as integrated circuits, information storage, displays, sensors and coatings. The physical behaviour of films is different from that of the corresponding bulk material so it is important to study their structure and properties. Part one looks at the structure of metallic films using characterization methods such as x-ray diffraction and transmission electron microscopy and the processing of metallic films, including structure formation during deposition and post-deposition reactions and phase transformations. Part two discusses the properties of metallic films; chapters cover mechanical, electrical, magnetic, optical and thermal properties.

CONTENTSPart 1 Structure and processing of metallic films: X-ray diffraction for characterizing metallic films; Crystal orientation mapping in the scanning and transmission electron microscopes; Structure formation during deposition of polycrystalline metallic thin films; Post-deposition grain growth in metallic films; Fabrication and characterization of reactive multilayer films and foils; Metal silicides in advanced CMOS technology; Disorder-order transformations in metallic films. Part 2 Properties of metallic films: Metallic thin films: stresses and mechanical properties; Electrical properties of metallic films; Magnetic properties of metallic films; Optical properties of metallic films; Thermal properties of metallic films.



Waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) handbookEdited by V Goodship, University of Warwick, UK and A Stevels, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands


‘In my opinion, this book provides comprehensive and up-to-date coverage of all aspects relating to the complex subject of waste electrical and electronics equipment (WEEE). It is essential reading for anyone involved in addressing what continues to be both a significant global challenge and an opportunity - highly recommended.’

Professor Martin Goosey, IeMRC Industrial Director, Loughborough University

Electronic waste is a growing problem. The EU directive on waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) aims to minimise WEEE by putting the responsibility on producers and distributors to pay for the costs associated with the collection, treatment, recycling and recovery of WEEE. Therefore there is a need for information about waste electronics management. Part one introduces the reader to legislation and initiatives to manage WEEE. Part two discusses technologies for the refurbishment, treatment and recycling of waste electronics. Part three focuses on electronic products that present particular challenges for recyclers. Part four explores sustainable design of electronics and supply chains, part five discusses national and regional WEEE management schemes and part six looks at corporate WEEE management strategies.

CONTENTSPart 1 Legislation and initiatives to manage WEEE: Global e-waste initiatives; EU legislation relating to electronic waste: The WEEE and RoHS directives and the REACH regulations; The present recast of the WEEE directive; The WEEE Forum and the WEEELABEX project; Conformity assessment of WEEE take-back schemes: The case of Switzerland; Eco-efficiency evaluation of WEEE take-back systems. Part 2 Technologies for refurbishment, treatment and recycling of waste electronics: The materials of WEEE; Refurbishment and re-use of WEEE; Shredding, sorting and recovery of metals from WEEE: Linking design to resource efficiency; Mechanical methods of recycling plastics from WEEE; Pyrolysis of WEEE plastics; Chemical or feedstock recycling of WEEE products. Part 3 Electronic products that present particular challenges for recyclers: Recycling printed circuit boards; Recycling liquid crystal displays; Recycling cooling and freezing appliances; End-of-life options for printed electronics; Recycling batteries. Part 4 Sustainable design of electronics and supply chains: ErP, the European directive on ecodesign; Sustainable electronic product design; Reducing hazardous substances in electronics; Examining subsidy impacts on recycled WEEE material flows. Part 5 National and regional WEEE management schemes: WEEE management in Europe: Learning from best practice; WEEE management in China; WEEE management in the USA and India: Research and education for a responsible approach to managing WEEE; WEEE management in Japan; WEEE management in Africa. Part 6 Corporate WEEE management strategies: Hewlett Packard’s WEEE management strategy; Siemens’ WEEE management strategy; The history of take-back and treatment of WEEE at the Philips Consumer Lifestyle division; Creating a corporate environmental strategy including WEEE take-back and treatment.



Printed filmsMaterials science and applications in sensors, electronics and photonicsEdited by M Prudenziati, University of Modena, Italy and J Hormadaly, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel


Printed films: Materials science and applications in sensors, electronics and photonics provides comprehensive coverage of the most significant recent developments in printed films and their applications. Materials and properties of printed films are the focus of part one. Printed films as electrical components and silicon metallization for solar cells are discussed, as are conduction mechanisms in printed film resistors, and thick films in packaging and microelectronics. Part two goes on to review the varied applications of printed films in devices. Printed resistive sensors are considered, as is the role of printed films in capacitive, piezoelectric and pyroelectric sensors, mechanical micro-systems and gas sensors. The applications of printed films in biosensors, actuators, heater elements, varistors and polymer solar cells are then explored, followed by a review of screen printing for the fabrication of solid oxide fuel cells, and laser printed micro- and meso-scale power generating devices.

CONTENTSPart 1 Materials and properties of printed films: Technologies for printed films; Materials for printed films; Materials science concepts for printed films; Properties of printed films as electrical components on ceramic substrates; Conduction mechanisms in printed thick film resistors; Multilayer low-temperature cofired ceramic systems incorporating a thick-film printing process. Part 2 Applications of printed films in devices: Printed resistive sensors for physical quantities; Printed thick film capacitive sensors; Printed thick film piezoelectric and pyroelectric sensors; Printed thick film mechanical micro-systems (MEMS); Printed semiconducting gas sensors; Printed gas sensors based on electrolytes; Printed thick film biosensors; Printed actuators; Printed heater elements; Screen printing for the fabrication of solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC); Printed varistors; Laser printed micro- and meso-scale power generating devices; Printed polymer solar cells.



Electronic and optical materials

NEW NEW

NEW


Introduction to the physics of nanoelectronicsEdited by S G Tan and M B A Jalil, National University of Singapore, Singapore


‘This book will enable Physics and Engineering students to understand the most important underlying physics of modern nanoelectronics.’

Prof Jian-Ping Wang, Director for The Center for Micromagnetic and Information

Technologies (MINT), University of Minnesota, USA

‘We can see in this book that in the fields of spintronics and graphene, science and technology are close to each other; fancy ideas from pure theory can be directly measured or even be used for applications. The role of gauge theory and topological structure is emphasized in this book.’

Prof Shuichi Murakami, Tokyo Institute of Technology, Japan

‘An excellent contribution to the fast-expanding field of nano-electronics. It is my pleasure to recommend this book to all researchers and students who are working in the field.’

Prof Yong Jiang, University of Science and Technology Beijing, China

This book provides an introduction to the physics of nanoelectronics, which encompasses spintronics, electronics, Hall effects, single electronics, carbon and graphene electronics. Theoretical methodology is developed using quantum mechanical and non-equilibrium Green’s function techniques to calculate electronic currents and elucidate their transport properties at the atomic scale. The spin hall effect is explained and its application to the emerging field of spintronics, where an electron’s spin as well as its charge is utilised, is discussed. Topological dynamics and gauge potential are introduced with the relevant mathematics, and their application in nanoelectronic systems is explained. Graphene, one of the most promising carbon-based nanostructures for nanoelectronics, is also explored.

CONTENTSPhysics and mathematics for nanoscale systems; Nanoscale physics and electronics; Electron dynamics in nanoscale device; Spin dynamics in nanoelectronic devices; Spintronics and Spin Hall effects in nanoelectronics; Graphene and carbon nanostructures for nanoelectronics; Topological dynamics and gauge potential in nanoelectronics.



Electromigration in thin films and electronic devicesMaterials and reliabilityEdited by C-U Kim, University of Texas at Arlington, USA


Electromigration is a significant problem affecting the reliability of microelectronic devices such as integrated circuits. Recent research has focussed on how electromigration affects the increasing use by the microelectronics industry of lead-free solders and copper interconnects. Part one reviews modelling and simulation of electromigration, part two discusses electromigration in copper interconnects and part three covers electromigration in solder.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Modelling of electromigration phenomena; Modeling electromigration using the peridynamics approach; Modeling, simulation, and x-ray microbeam studies of electromigration. Part 2 Electromigration in copper interconnects: X-ray microbeam analysis of electromigration in copper interconnects; Voiding in copper interconnects during electromigration; The evolution of microstructure in copper interconnects during electromigration; Scaling effects on electromigration reliability of copper interconnects; Electromigration failure in nanoscale copper interconnects. Part 3 Electromigration in solder and Wirebonds: Electromigration-induced microstructural evolution in lead-free and lead-tin solders; Electromigration in flip-chip solder joints.



Advanced adhesives in electronicsMaterials, properties and applicationsEdited by M O Alam and C Bailey, University of Greenwich, UK


Adhesives are widely used in the manufacture of electronic devices to act as passive and active components. Recently there has been considerable interest in the use of conductive adhesives. This book reviews key types of conductive adhesives, processing methods, properties and the way they can be modelled as well as potential applications.

CONTENTSIntroduction to adhesive joining technology for electronics. Part 1 Types of adhesive: Thermally conductive adhesives in electronics; Anisotropic conductive adhesives in electronics; Isotropic conductive adhesives in electronics; Underfill adhesive materials for flip chip applications. Part 2 Processing and properties: Structural integrity of metal-polymer adhesive interfaces in microelectronics; Modelling techniques used to assess conductive adhesive properties; Adhesive technology for photonics.



Thin film growthPhysics, materials science and applicationsEdited by Z Cao, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China


Thin film technology is used in the application of microelectronics, optics, magnetics, hard and corrosion resistant coatings and micromechanics among others. This book provides a review of the theory and techniques for the deposition of thin films. Thin film growth will help the reader understand the variables affecting growth kinetics and microstructural evolution during deposition. Part one covers the theory and modelling of thin film growth whilst part two describes the techniques and mechanisms of film growth. This section covers examples such as silicon nanostructured thin films, colloidal crystal thin films and graphene thin films. It also contains discussion of pliable substrates and thin films for particular functions.

CONTENTSPart 1 Theory of thin film growth: Measuring nucleation and growth processes in thin films; Quantum electronic stability of atomically uniform films; Phase-field modelling of thin film growth; Analysing surface roughness evolution in thin films; Modelling thin film deposition processes based on real-time observation. Part 2 Techniques of thin film growth: Silicon nanostructured films grown on templated surfaces by the oblique angle deposition technique; Phase transitions in colloidal crystal thin films; Thin film growth for thermally unstable noble-metal nitrides by reactive magnetron sputtering; Growth of graphene layers for thin films; Epitaxial growth of graphene thin films on single crystal metal surfaces; Electronic properties and adsorption behaviour of thin films with polar character; Polarity controlled epitaxy of III-nitrides and ZnO by molecular beam epitaxy; Understanding substrate plasticity and buckling of thin films; Controlled buckling of thin films on compliant substrates for stretchable electronics; The electrocaloric effect (ECE) in ferroelectric polymer films; Network behavior in thin films and nanostructure growth dynamics.




NEW


Silicon-germanium (SiGe) nanostructuresProduction, properties and applications in electronicsEdited by Y Shiraki, Musashi Institute of Technology and N Usami, Tohoku University, Japan


Nanostructured silicon-germanium (SiGe) provides the prospect of novel and enhanced electronic device performance. This book reviews the materials science and technology of SiGe nanostructures, including crystal growth, fabrication of nanostructures, material properties and applications in electronics.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Structural properties of silicon-germanium (SiGe) nanostructures; Electronic band structures of SiGe alloys. Part 2 Formation of nanostructures: Understanding crystal growth mechanisms in SiGe nanostructures; Types of SiGe bulk crystal growth methods and their applications; SiGe crystal growth using molecular beam epitaxy; SiGe crystal growth using chemical vapour deposition; Strain engineering of SiGe virtual substrates; Formation of silicon-germanium-on-insulator (SGOI)substrates; Miscellaneous methods and materials for SiGe based heterostructures; Modelling the evolution of germanium islands on silicon(001) thin films; Strain engineering of SiGe micro- and nanostructures. Part 3 Material properties of SiGe nanostructures: Self-diffusion and dopant diffusion in germanium (Ge) and SiGe alloys; Dislocations and other strain-induced defects in SiGe nanostructures; Transport properties of SiGe nanostructures at low temperatures; Transport properties of SiGe nanostructures and applications in devices; Microcavities and quantum cascade laser structures based on SiGe nanostructures; Silicide and germanide technology for interconnections in ultra large scale integrated (ULSI) applications. Part 4 Devices using Si, Ge and SiGe alloys: SiGe heterojunction bipolar transistor (HBT) and bipolar complementary metal oxide semiconductor (BiCMOS) technologies; SiGe-based field effect transistors (FET) and complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) technologies; High electron mobility germanium (Ge) metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistors (MOSFETs); Silicon (Si) and germanium (Ge) in optical devices; Spintronics of nanostructured MnGe dilute magnetic semiconductor.



Advanced piezoelectric materialsScience and technologyEdited by K Uchino, Pennsylvania State University, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 17CONTENTSThe development of piezoelectric materials and the new perspective. Part 1 Piezoelectric materials: Lead zirconate titanate-based piezo-ceramics; Relaxor ferroelectric-based ceramics; Lead-free piezo-ceramics; Quartz-based piezoelectric materials; Lithium niobate and lithium tantalate-based piezoelectric materials; Single Crystal PZN-PT, PMN-PT, PSN-PT and PIN-PT-based piezoelectric materials; Electroactive polymers as actuators; Piezoelectric composite materials. Part 2 Preparation methods and applications: Manufacturing methods for piezoelectric ceramic materials; Multilayer technologies for piezo-ceramic materials; Single crystal preparation techniques for manufacturing piezoelectric materials; Thin film technologies for manufacturing piezoelectric materials; Aerosol techniques for manufacturing piezoelectric materials; Manufacturing technologies for piezoelectric transducers. Part 3 Application oriented materials development: High-power piezoelectric materials; Photostrictive actuators using piezoelectric materials; The performance of piezoelectric materials under stress.



Polymer electrolytesFundamentals and applicationsEdited by C A C Sequeira and D M F Santos, Instituto Superior Técnico, Portugal

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 16CONTENTSPart 1 Types and development of polymer electrolytes: Introduction to polymer electrolyte materials; Ceramic polymer electrolytes; Polymer electrolytes based on natural polymers; Composite polymer electrolytes for electrochemical devices; Lithium-doped hybrid polymer electrolytes; Hybrid inorganic-organic polymer electrolytes; Using nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy in polymer electrolyte research; Molecular simulation of Li-ion and H-conduction in polymer electrolytes; Characterisation and modelling of multivalent polymer electrolytes. Part 2 Applications: Polymer electrolytes for dye-sensitised solar cells; Solid polymer electrolytes for supercapacitors; Polymer electrolytes for electrochromic devices; Hyperbranched polymer electrolytes for high-temperature fuel cells; Polymer electrolytes as solid solvents and their applications; Hybrid polymer electrolytes for electrochemical devices.



Microjoining and nanojoiningEdited by Y N Zhou, University of Waterloo, Canada

CONTENTSPart 1 Basics of microjoining: Mechanisms of solid-state bonding; Mechanisms of soldering and brazing; Mechanisms of fusion microwelding; Modelling of solid-state bonding; Modelling of fusion microwelding; Sensing, monitoring and control; Assembly process automation and materials handling. Part 2 Microjoining and nanojoining processes: Microelectronics wire bonding; Solid-state diffusion bonding; Bonding using nanoparticles; Diffusion soldering and brazing; Laser soldering; Fluxless soldering; Laser microwelding; Electron beam microwelding; Resistance microwelding; Adhesive bonding; Introduction to nanojoining. Part 3 Microjoining of materials and applications of microjoining: Joining of high temperature superconductors; Joining of shape memory alloys; Wafer bonding; Plastics microwelding; Microjoining in medical components and devices; Hermetic sealing of solid oxide fuel cells; Joining of bulk nanostructured materials; Ceramic/metal bonding.




Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 12CONTENTSPart 1 High strain high performance piezo- and ferroelectric single crystals. Part 2 Field-induced effects and domain engineering. Part 3 Morphotropic phase boundary and related phenomena. Part 4 High power piezoelectric and microwave dielectric materials. Part 5 Nanoscale piezo- and ferroelectrics. Part 6 Piezo- and ferroelectric films. Part 7 Novel processing and new materials. Part 8 Novel properties of ferroelectrics and related materials.



Polymers in electronics 2007Munich, Germany, 30-31 January 2007CONTENTSTrends and growth; Conductive polymers; New developments in flame retarded polymers for electronics; Polymers in substrates, assembly and reliability; Polymer formulation and recycling for electronics applications; Polymers and printed electronics.

21 papers 298 x 210mm paperback 2007ISBN: 978 1 84735 009 1£100.00/US$170.00/€120.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350091 *Not available for distribution in the USA.



OPTICAL MATERIALS, PHOTONICS AND LASERS

Carbon nanotubes and graphene for photonic applicationsEdited by S Yamashita, University of Tokyo, Y Saito, Nagoya University, Japan and J H Choi, Purdue University, USA


The optical properties of carbon nanotubes and graphene make them potentially suitable for a variety of photonic applications. Carbon nanotubes can emit and detect light. This enables the development of carbon nanotube-based displays, sensors and imaging. The demonstration of optical gain in carbon nanotubes is the first step towards producing a carbon nanotube laser. Nonlinearity in graphene opens the door to photonics applications for this exciting material. Part one covers the properties and fabrication of carbon nanotubes and graphene for photonic applications. Part two discusses carbon nanotubes and graphene for laser applications. Part three explores carbon-based light emitters and detectors, including carbon nanotube solar cells, optical sensors and light-emitting diodes.

CONTENTSPart 1 Optical properties and fabrication of carbon nanotubes and graphene: Basic optical properties of carbon nanotubes and graphene; Fabrication of carbon nanotubes and graphene for photonic applications; Fiber waveguide-based carbon nanotube and graphene photonic devices; Polymer-based carbon nanotube and graphene photonic devices. Part 2 Carbon nanotubes and graphene for laser applications: Carbon nanotube and graphene-based fiber lasers; Carbon nanotube-based solid-state lasers; Optical gain and lasing in carbon nanotubes; Carbon nanotube-based nonlinear photonic devices; Nonlinearity in graphene; Application and commercialization of carbon nanotube-based lasers. Part 3 Carbon-based light emitters and detectors: Carbon nanotube-based solar cells; Optical sensors based on carbon nanotubes; Carbon nanotube-based light-emitting diodes (CNT-LED); Carbon nanotubes for biological imaging; Carbon-based transparent electrodes; Hybrid carbon nanotube-liquid-crystal nanophotonic devices; Carbon nanotube quantum photonics.



Subsea optics and imagingEdited by J Watson, University of Aberdeen, UK and O Zielinski, University of Bremerhaven, Germany


Studying and monitoring the oceans will help us manage our valuable natural resources effectively and sustainably. Optical and photonic techniques are increasingly being used to better understand the ocean environment. Part one of Subsea optics and imaging provides an introduction to subsea optics and imaging. Part two looks at biogeochemical optics in the environment, including hyperspectral underwater light fields and bioluminescence in the sea. Part three describes subsea imaging and vision, including holographic imaging, photographic, digital and video techniques. Part 4 covers subsea optical metrology and mensuration including optical techniques in studying suspended sediment, turbulence and mixing, raman spectroscopy, lidar systems and operational multiparameter subsea observation platforms.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Fundamentals of subsea optics; Subsea imaging and vision: An introduction; The history of subsea optics. Part 2 Bio-optics and biogeochemistry: Measurement of hyperspectral underwater light fields; The use of underwater hyperspectral imaging to create bio-geo-chemical object of interest maps of the seafloor; Colored dissolved organic matter; Optical assessment of nutrients in water; Bioluminescence in the sea; Optics and harmful algal bloom (HAB) detection. Part 3 Subsea imaging and vision: Underwater imaging: photographic, digital and video techniques; Underwater holography and submersible HoloCams; Laser scanning imaging systems; Plankton, particle and bubble imaging systems; Laser Doppler anemometry (LDA) and particle image velocimetry (PIV); 3D vision, ranging and range gating; Emerging technologies in underwater optics. Part 4 Subsea optical metrology and mensuration: Optical techniques in studying suspended sediment, turbulence and mixing; Subsea raman spectroscopy; Subsea lidar systems; Operational multiparameter subsea observation platforms.



Optical switchesMaterials and designEdited by S J Chua, National University of Singapore, Singapore and B Li, Sun Yat-Sen University, China

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 18CONTENTSElectro-optical switches; Thermo-optical switches; Magneto-optical switches; MEMs-based optical switches; SOA-based optical switches; Switching based on optical nonlinear effects; Liquid crystal optical switches; Photonic crystal all-optical switches; Other optical switches; Closing remarks.



Chalcogenide glassesPreparation, properties and applicationsEdited by J-L Adam and X Zhang, University of Rennes 1, France


Chalcogenide glasses are promising materials for photonic applications due to their unique properties and functionalities. Chalcogenide glasses are transparent from the visible to the near infrared region and they can be moulded into lenses or drawn into fibres. One of the most commercially successful applications has been lenses for infrared cameras. Chalcogenide glass fibres and optical components such as waveguides have been developed for use with lasers, for optical switching, chemical and temperature sensing and phase change memories. Part one covers preparation methods and properties of chalcogenide glasses and part two explores the photonic applications of chalcogenide glasses.

CONTENTSPart 1 Preparation and properties of chalcogenide glasses: Preparation of high-purity chalcogenide glasses; Thermal properties of chalcogenide glasses; Optical transmission of chalcogenide glasses and fibers; Structure of chalcogenide glasses characterized by nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR), Raman spectroscopy and high-resolution X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS); Preparation and characterization of chalcogenide glass thin films; Ionic conductivity of chalcogenide glasses; Structure and properties of ionic chalcogenide glasses; Transparent chalcogenide glass ceramics; Fragility, relaxation and mean coordination in chalcogenide network glasses; Photo-induced phenomena in chalcogenide glasses; Physical ageing of chalcogenide glasses. Part 2 Applications of chalcogenide glasses: Chalcogenide glass resists for lithography; Rare-earth-doped chalcogenide glass for lasers and amplifiers; Chalcogenide for phase change memories (optical and electrical); Chalcogenide glass lenses for thermal imaging; Chalcogenide waveguides for infrared sensing; Chalcogenide photonic crystal fibers for infrared applications; Chalcogenide glass waveguide devices for high speed all-optical signal processing; Controlling light on the nanoscale: Chalcogenide glass metamaterial optical switches; Chalcogenide glass for optical limiting and frequency doubling; Chalcogenide glasses as electrolytes for batteries.




NEW NEW

NEW


Laser spectroscopy for sensingFundamentals, techniques and applicationsEdited by M Baudelet, University of Central Florida, USA


Laser spectroscopy has become a wide and diverse field, with applications in numerous areas of physics, chemistry, and biology. Developments in ultrafast laser technology have led to improvements in the sensitivity of laser spectroscopy techniques. Laser spectroscopy can be used to sense solids, liquids and gases for medical diagnostics, environmental monitoring and forensic investigations, and it is critical to the understanding of many industrial and biological processes. Part one covers fundamentals and techniques of laser spectroscopy, while part two describes data analysis and applications of laser spectroscopy such as the sensing of chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, and explosive (CBRNE) threats.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals and techniques of laser spectroscopy: Fundamentals of optical spectroscopy; Lasers used for spectroscopy; Photo-acoustic spectroscopy in gases; Laser-induced phosphorescence spectroscopy; LIDAR (light detection and ranging); Raman spectroscopy; Photothermal spectroscopy. Part 2 Data analysis and applications of laser spectroscopy: Using databases for data analysis in laser spectroscopy; Multivariate analysis in laser spectroscopy; Laser spectroscopy for detecting chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, and explosive (CBRNE) threats; Medical applications of laser spectroscopy; Forensic applications of laser spectroscopy; Applications of laser induced plasma spectroscopy to secondary industrial materials; Applications of laser spectroscopy in the nuclear industry.



NanolithographyThe art of fabricating nanoelectronics, nanophotonics and nanobiology devices and systemsEdited by M Feldman, Louisiana State University, USA


Lithography is the process of patterning and etching to create integrated circuits and other devices on semiconductor wafers. Photolithography cannot be scaled down much further so in order to cope with the future reduction in size of semiconductor chips to nanoscale dimensions, scientists have turned to alternative nanolithography technologies. In addition to scaling issues, the increasing integration of multiple functions within a single device poses further challenges which drive innovations in nanolithography and nanofabrication. Part one covers lithographic techniques, including optical projection, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), electron beam and ion beam lithography, while part two covers applications of nanolithography in nanoelectronics, nanophotonics and nanobiology.

CONTENTSPart 1 Nanolithography techniques: Optical projection lithography; Extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography; Electron beam lithography; Focused ion beams for nano-machining and imaging; Masks for micro- and nanolithography; Maskless photolithography; Resists for nanolithography; Directed assembly nanolithography; Nanoimprint lithography. Part 2 Applications of nanolithography and nanofabrication techniques in nanoelectronics, nanophotonics and nanobiology: Nanolithography for data storage applications; Nanostructures: Fabrication, characterization, properties, and applications; Passive and active metal-dielectric-metal nanophotonic devices: Switches, waveguides and the effect of fabrication-related disorders; Nanodevices: Fabrication, prospects for low dimensional devices and applications; Microfluidics: Fabrication technologies, interconnect approaches and applications; Nanobiology devices: Fabrication and applications; Modeling of nanolithography processes; Frequency-domain position metrology for nanolithography processes; Sidewall roughness in nanolithography: Origins, metrology and device effects; New applications and emerging technologies in nanolithography.



Handbook of laser welding technologiesEdited by S Katayama, Osaka University, Japan


This book reviews state-of-the-art laser welding technologies and their various applications. Laser welding is a rapidly developing technology, which has found increasing applications in manufacturing due to its versatility. It allows the precision welding of small areas, and is particularly suitable for operation under computer or robotic control. The book covers five main aspects of laser welding technologies. Part one is concerned with developments in established laser welding technologies. Part two covers a range of emerging laser welding technologies. The industrial and materials applications of laser welding are discussed in parts three and four, respectively. Finally, part five addresses performance and quality control in laser welding.

CONTENTSPart 1 Developments in established laser welding technologies: Developments in CO2 laser welding; Developments in Nd: YAG laser welding; Developments in diode laser welding and brazing; Developments in disc laser welding; Developments in modelling and simulation of laser and hybrid laser welding. Part 2 Developments in emerging laser welding technologies: Developments in pulsed and continuous wave laser welding technologies; Developments in laser micro welding technology; Developments in beam scanning (remote) and smart beam processing technologies; Developments in multiple (twin-beam) laser welding technology; Developments in multi-pass laser welding technology with filler wire; Developments in hybrid laser-arc welding technology; Developments in hybridisation and combined laser beam welding technologies; Applications of robotics in laser welding. Part 3 Industrial applications: Applications of laser welding in the automotive industry; Applications of laser welding in the shipbuilding industry; Applications of laser welding in the railway industry. Part 4 Materials applications: Laser fusion welding of glass; Laser welding and brazing of various steels; Laser welding of light metal alloys; Laser welding of non-metals. Part 5 Performance and quality control: Residual stress and distortion in laser welding; Defect formation mechanisms and their prevention in laser welding; In-process monitoring, adaptive control and repair to improve in laser weld quality.




NEW NEW NEW


Handbook of organic materials for optical and optoelectronic devicesProperties and applicationsEdited by O Ostroverkhova, Oregon State University, USA


Small molecules and conjugated polymers are the two main types of organic materials used for optoelectronic devices. Organic materials are attractive due to their low cost, the ability to tailor their properties and the ability to integrate them with inorganic semiconductors. Handbook of organic materials for optical and optoelectronic devices looks at the properties of organic materials, such as charge transport and nonlinear optical properties, taking into account theoretical considerations and experimental characterisation techniques, including spectroscopy. The book then goes on to explore the applications of organic materials in optical and optoelectronic devices, including organic light-emitting diodes, photovoltaics, memory and sensors.

CONTENTSPart 1 Organic materials, properties and processing: Small molecular weight materials for optoelectronic applications: Overview; Molecular crystals and crystalline thin films for photonics; Third-order nonlinear optical properties of conjugated polymers constituted of thiophene units and molecular assembly of the polymers; Nonlinear optical properties of organic materials; Charge generation and transport in organic materials. Part 2 Characterization of organic materials: Ultrafast time-resolved terahertz spectroscopy of organic materials; Ultrafast intrachain exciton dynamics in conjugated polymers; Conductivity measurements of organic materials using field-effect transistors (FET) and space-charge-limited current (SCLC) techniques; Charge transport features in disordered organic materials measured by time-of-flight (TOF), xerographic discharge (XTOF) and charge extraction by linearly increasing voltage (CELIV) techniques; Short-pulse induced photocurrent and photoluminescence in organic materials; Second harmonic generation as a characterization technique and phenomological probe; Small molecule supramolecular assemblies for third order nonlinear optics; Surface-enhanced Raman scattering (SERS) characterization of metal-organic interactions; Influence of film morphology on electronic properties of organic materials in devices; Doping effects on charge transport in organic materials; Doping effects on nonlinear optics in organic materials. Part 3 Applications of organic materials in devices: Organic field effect transistors; Organic electronic memory devices; Organic solar cells; Organic light-emitting diodes; Organic lasers; Organic semiconductors for electronic chemical sensors; Organic spintronics; Unconventional molecular scale logic devices.



Lasers for medical applicationsDiagnostics, therapy and surgeryEdited by H Jelinkova, Czech Technical University, Czech Republic


The laser has become an indispensable medical tool and new techniques and treatments are being pioneered all the time. Lasers for medical applications begins by looking at the response of tissue to laser light. It then outlines the types of laser used in medicine, including solid-state, gas, dye and semiconductor lasers. Next the use of lasers for diagnostics is considered, including optical coherence tomography, laser spectroscopy in biomedicine and optical biopsy. A large number of chapters are dedicated to applications of lasers in therapy and surgery. Medical fields such as dermatology, urology, gynaecology, ophthalmology, dentistry and neurology are covered. The book ends with a look at medical laser safety.

CONTENTSIntroduction: The history of lasers in medicine. Part 1 Laser-tissue interaction: Laser characteristics; The response of tissue to laser light; Optical fibers for medical applications. Part 2 Types of laser used in medicine: Solid state lasers for medical applications; Gas lasers for medical applications; Liquid and solid-state tunable organic dye lasers for medical applications; Semiconductor lasers for medical applications. Part 3 Lasers in diagnostics: Optical sources for optical coherence tomography; Laser spectroscopy in medical diagnostics; Time-resolved fluorescence polarization spectroscopy and optical imaging of smart receptor-targeted contrast agents in tissues for cancer detection. Part 4 Laser therapy and surgery; Laser therapy in ophthalmology; Lasers in dermatology; Lasers in cardiology; Lasers in gynecology; Lasers in otorhinolaryngology (ORL) and head and neck surgery; Lasers in neurology; Lasers in dentistry; Laser in orthopaedic surgery; Photodynamic therapy (PDT) for cancer treatment; Cancer laser therapy using gold nanoparticles; Laser safety: Regulations, standards, and guidelines for practice.



Organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs)Materials, devices and applicationsEdited by A Buckley, University of Sheffield, UK


Organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs) are opening up exciting new applications in the area of white lighting and displays. OLEDs emit their own light which means they have low power consumption. They are made of flexible films, this gives them an advantage over LCDs and plasma screens because they can be used for curved displays. Today they are found in smartphones, digital cameras and PDAs. In the future they will be used for wearable displays and transparent displays. Part one covers materials for OLEDs, part two discusses the operation and engineering of OLED devices, and part three explores the applications of OLEDs in displays and solid-state lighting.

CONTENTSPart 1 Materials for organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs): Synthesis of electroluminescent conjugated polymers for OLEDs; Transparent conducting thin films for OLEDs; Iridium complexes for OLEDs; Chemical and photophysical properties of materials for OLEDs; White and blue phosphorescent OLEDs for solid-state lighting. Part 2 Operation and engineering of organic light-emitting diode (OLED) devices: Highly efficient pin-type OLEDs; Charge carrier mobility in amorphous organic semiconductors; Nanostructuring OLEDs to increase efficiency; Modelling of light extraction from OLEDs; Tuning the colour and efficiency of OLEDs; Optical characterisation of OLED emitters from radiation pattern analyses; Printing techniques for the fabrication of OLEDs; Fluorenone defects in fluorene-based conjugated polymers; Disruptive characteristics and life time issues of OLEDs; Drive electronics for OLED displays. Part 3 Applications of organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs) in displays and solid-state lighting: Active matrix, organic light-emitting diodes (Am-OLEDs) for displays; The technology and manufacturing of polymer OLED on CMOS microdisplays; Transparent OLED displays; OLED based-biochemical sensors; Large-area OLED lighting panels and their potential applications; Lifetime determination procedure for OLED lighting panels and proposal for standardisation.




NEW NEW NEW


Handbook of solid-state lasersMaterials, systems and applicationsEdited by B Denker, A. M. Prokhorov General Physics Institute, Russia and E Shklovsky, Optech Incorporated, Canada


Solid-state lasers are widely used in medicine, industry, scientific research, military and remote sensing applications. They comprise a dominant part of the overall laser market. Solid-state lasers are fast replacing gas lasers for many applications. Solid-state lasers possess desirable characteristics such as good reliability and robustness, a high level of safety, user-friendliness, compact size and a low cost to performance ratio. They can be maintenance-free, suitable for high-volume production and they are becoming available in a wide range of wavelengths. Part one covers solid-state laser materials, part two discusses solid-state laser systems and part three looks at solid-state laser applications.

CONTENTSPart 1 Solid-state laser materials: Oxide laser crystals doped by rare earth and transition elements ions; Fluoride laser crystals; Oxide laser ceramics; Fluoride ceramics doped by rare earth ions; Neodymium and Erbium laser glasses; Non-linear crystals for solid-state lasers. Part 2 Solid-state laser systems: Solid-state lasers principles; Powering solid-state lasers; Operation regimes of solid-state lasers; Nd: YAG and Nd: YVO4 lasers; System sizing issues with diode-pumped quasi-three level materials; Nd: YLF lasers; Er:glass lasers; Microchip lasers; Fiber lasers; Laser mid-infrared system with nonlinear-optical conversion; Raman lasers; Cryogenic lasers. Part 3 Solid-state laser applications: Laser induced breakdown spectroscopy; Medical applications of solid-state lasers; Environmental applications of solid-state lasers; Military and counter-terrorism applications of solid-state lasers; High-energy Nd:glass laser systems for research on inertial confinement fusion (ICF).



Semiconductor lasersFundamentals and applicationsEdited by A Baranov and E Tournie, University of Montpellier 2 – CNRS, France


Semiconductor laser diodes are the backbone of the optical telecommunications infrastructure that supports the Internet. Chapters cover diode lasers, quantum well and dot lasers, quantum cascade lasers, vertical cavity surface emitting lasers and recent advances such as photonic crystal lasers and lasers on silicon. The reader is taken through materials and the operation of these lasers and their applications.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of semiconductor lasers; Principles of semiconductor lasers; Photonic crystal lasers; High power diode lasers; Semiconductor laser beam combining; Ultrafast pulse generation by semiconductor lasers;. Part 2 Applications of visible and near-infrared emitting lasers: Nonpolar and semipolar (Al,In)GaN lasers; Advanced self-assembled InAs quantum dot lasers; Vertical cavity surface emitting lasers (VCSELs); Semiconductor disk lasers (VECSELs); Hybrid silicon lasers. Part 3 Applications of mid- and far-infrared emitting lasers: GaSb-based type-I quantum well diode lasers; Interband cascade lasers; Terahertz (THz) quantum cascade lasers; Whispering gallery mode lasers; Tunable mid-infrared laser absorption spectroscopy.



Optical thin films and coatingsFrom materials to applicationsEdited by A Piegari, ENEA – Italian National Agency for New Technologies Energy and Sustainable Economic Development, Italy and F Flory, IM2NP–Institute of Materials, Microelectronics and Nanosciences of Provence, France


Part one introduces the design and manufacturing of optical thin film coatings. Part two covers characterization and modelling of optical thin film coatings. Part three looks at novel materials for optical thin film coatings. Part 4 provides extensive coverage of applications of optical thin film coatings.

CONTENTSOptical thin film coatings improve the performance of optical systems and most modern optical systems could not function without them. Examples of optical thin film coatings are mirrors, anti-reflection coatings, beamsplitters, and filters. These are used in a diverse range of applications including telecommunications, displays and lighting, architectural glass and automotive glass. Part one introduces the design and manufacturing of optical thin film coatings. Part two covers characterization and modelling of optical thin film coatings. Part three looks at novel materials for optical thin film coatings. Part 4 provides extensive coverage of applications of optical thin film coatings.



Handbook of terahertz technology for imaging, sensing, and communicationsEdited by D Saeedkia, University of Waterloo, Canada


The recent development of easy-to-use sources and detectors of terahertz radiation has enabled a growth in applications of terahertz (Thz) imaging and sensing. Terahertz radiation does not damage tissues and DNA, unlike X-rays, so it is a good candidate for medical imaging. Many materials of interest have unique spectral “fingerprints” in the terahertz range and this makes terahertz technology attractive for scientific research, sensing and imaging. There are many possible uses of terahertz sensing and imaging in manufacturing, quality control, and process monitoring. Terahertz communications are still at an early stage of development but they have potential for satellite-to-satellite communications and indoor wireless communications.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of terahertz technology for imaging, sensing and communications: Optoelectronic techniques for the generation and detection of terahertz waves; Transmission and propagation of terahertz waves in plastic waveguides; Fundamental aspects of surface plasmon polaritons at terahertz frequencies; Fundamental aspects of terahertz near-field imaging and sensing; Room temperature terahertz detectors; Terahertz wireless communications. Part 2 Recent progress and novel techniques in terahertz technology: Terahertz bio-sensing techniques; Terahertz array imagers: Towards the implementation of terahertz cameras with plasma-wave-based silicon MOSFET detectors; Resonant field enhancement of terahertz waves in subwavelength plasmonic structures; Fiber-coupled terahertz time-domain spectroscopy systems (THz-TDS); State-of-the-art in terahertz continuous wave photomixer systems; Novel techniques in terahertz near-field imaging and sensing; Terahertz nano-devices and nano-systems; Terahertz integrated devices and systems; Terahertz frequency metrology based on frequency comb techniques; Semiconductor material development for terahertz applications. Part 3 Applications of terahertz technology: Terahertz applications in tomographic imaging and material spectroscopy: A review; Terahertz applications in aerospace industry; Terahertz applications in the wood products industry; Terahertz applications in the pharmaceutical industry and science; Terahertz applications in art conservation; Applications of terahertz technology in the semiconductor industry.




NEW NEW NEW

NEW


Optical biomimeticsMaterials and applicationsEdited by M Large, University of Sydney, Australia


Optical biomimetics, the study of natural systems to inspire novel solutions to problems in optical technologies, has attracted growing interest. Optical biomimetics provides a review of key research in this area, focusing on the techniques and approaches used to characterise and mimic naturally occurring optical effects. The book discusses optical applications of biomolecules, such as retinylidene and bacteriorhodopsin, polarisation effects in natural photonic structures and their applications, and biomimetic nanostructures for anti-reflection (AR) devices. Control of iridescence in natural photonic structures is explored through the case of butterfly scales, alongside a consideration of nanostructure fabrication using natural synthesis. The investigation into silk optical materials is followed by a final discussion of the control of florescence in natural photonic structures.

CONTENTSNatural photonic structures: An overview; Optical applications of biomolecules; Polarisation effects in natural photonic structures and their applications; Biomimetic nanostructures for anti-reflection (AR) devices; Control of iridescence in natural photonic structures: The case of butterfly scales; Fabrication of nanostructures using natural synthesis: Optical materials using silk; Control of florescence in natural photonic structures.



Nanolithography and patterning techniques in microelectronicsEdited by D Bucknall, Georgia Institute of Technology USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 10CONTENTSCopolymer ordering; Templated synthesis for controlled 3D structural control; Surface-induced structure formation of polymer blends; Rapid prototyping of functional microfabricated devices by soft lithography; Control of polymer topography; AFM based patterning; Patterning of confined polymer thin films; Ion beam patterning; Nanoprinting techniques; Photolithography beyond the diffraction limit; Standard printing techniques for unconventional methods; Microfluidics; Manipulation of biomolecules and reactions; Fabrication of organic display devices; Printing techniques for plastic electronics.



Quantum optics with semiconductor nanostructuresEdited by F Jahnke, University of Bremen, Germany


Quantum optics with semiconductor nanostructures is a key guide to the theory, application and potential of semiconductor nanostructures in the exploration of quantum optics. Part one begins with an overview of resonance fluorescence emission. Quantum optics with single quantum dots in photonic crystal and micro cavities are explored in detail, before part two goes on to review nanolasers with quantum dot emitters. Light-matter interaction in semiconductor nanostructures, including photon statistics and photoluminescence, is the focus of part three, whilst part four explores all-solid-state quantum optics, crystal nanobeam cavities and quantum-dot microcavity systems. Finally, part five investigates ultrafast phenomena, including femtosecond quantum optics and coherent optoelectronics with quantum dots.

CONTENTSPart 1 Single quantum dot systems: Resonance fluorescence emission from single semiconductor quantum dots coupled to high-quality microcavities; Quantum optics with single quantum dots in photonic crystal cavities; Modelling single quantum dots in microcavities. Part 2 Nanolasers with quantum dot emitters; Highly efficient quantum dot micropillar lasers; Photon correlations in semiconductor nanostructures; Emission properties of photonic crystal nanolasers; Deformed wavelength-scale microdisk lasers with quantum dot emitters. Part 3 Light-matter interaction in semiconductor nanostructures: Photon statistics and entanglement in phonon-assisted quantum light emission from semiconductor quantum dots; Luminescence spectra of quantum dots in microcavities; Photoluminescence from a quantum-dot-cavity system; Quantum optics with quantum dot and quantum well systems. Part 4 Semiconductor cavity quantum electrodynamics (QED): All-solid-state quantum optics employing quantum dots in photonic crystals; One-dimensional photonic crystal nanobeam cavities; Growth of II-VI and group-III quantum-dot microcavity systems. Part 5 Ultrafast phenomena: Femtosecond quantum optics with semiconductor nanostructures; Coherent optoelectronics with quantum dots.



Laser growth and processing of photonic devicesEdited by N A Vainos, University of Patras, Greece


Laser growth and processing of photonic devices is the first book to review this increasingly important field. Part one investigates laser-induced growth of materials and surface structures, with pulsed laser deposition techniques, the formation of nanocones and the fabrication of periodic photonic microstructures explored in detail. Laser-induced three-dimensional micro- and nano-structuring are the focus of part two. Exploration of multiphoton lithography, processing and fabrication is followed by consideration of laser-based micro- and nano-fabrication, laser-induced soft matter organisation and microstructuring, and laser-assisted polymer joining methods. The book concludes in part three with an investigation into laser fabrication and manipulation of photonic structures and devices. Laser seeding and thermal processing of glass with nanoscale resolution, laser-induced refractive index manipulation, and the thermal writing of photonic devices in glass and polymers are all considered.

CONTENTSLaser growth and processing of photonic structures: An overview of fundamentals, interaction phenomena and operations. Part 1 Laser-induced growth of materials and surface structures: Emerging pulsed laser deposition techniques; The formation of nanocones on the surface of semiconductors by laser-induced self-assembly; Fabrication of periodic photonic microstructures by the interference of ultrashort pulse laser beams. Part 2 Laser-induced three-dimensional micro- and nano-structuring: Multiphoton lithography, processing and fabrication of photonic structures; Laser-based micro- and nano-fabrication of photonic structures; Laser-induced soft matter organization and microstructuring of photonic materials; Laser-assisted polymer joining methods for photonic devices. Part 3 Laser fabrication and manipulation of photonic structures and devices: Laser seeding and thermal processing of glass with nanoscale resolution; Laser-induced refractive index manipulation of photonic devices; Thermal writing of photonic devices in glass and polymers by femtosecond lasers; Photosensitivity and index engineering in photonic devices.




NEW NEW NEW


In situ characterization of thin film growthEdited by G Koster and G Rijnders, University of Twente, Netherlands


Recent advances in techniques to characterize thin films in situ during deposition could lead to an improved understanding of deposition processes and to better, faster, diagnosis of issues with the deposition process. In situ characterization of thin film growth provides a comprehensive review of this increasingly important topic. Part one reviews electron diffraction techniques, including the methodology for taking observations and measurements. Part two covers photoemission techniques; the principles and instrumentation. Part three contains alternative in situ characterization techniques and the trend for combining different techniques. It covers real-time characterization of the nucleation, growth, structural and electronic properties of thin films.

CONTENTSPart 1 Electron diffraction techniques for studying thin film growth in situ: Reflection high-energy electron diffraction (RHEED) for in situ characterisation of thin film growth; Inelastic scattering techniques for in situ characterisation of thin film growth: Backscatter Kikuchi diffraction. Part 2 Photoemission techniques for studying thin film growth in situ: Ultraviolet photoemission spectroscopy (UPS) for in situ characterisation of thin film growth; X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) for in situ characterisation of thin film growth; In situ spectroscopic ellipsometry (SP) for characterization of thin film growth. Part 3 Alternative in situ characterization techniques: In situ ion beam surface characterization of thin multicomponent films; Spectroscopies combined with (RHEED) for real time in situ surface monitoring of thin film growth; In situ deposition vapor monitoring; Real-time studies of epitaxial film growth using surface x-ray diffraction (SXRD).



Laser cooling of solidsS V Petrushkin and V V Samartsev, Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 15CONTENTSThermodynamic fundamentals of fluorescent cooling; Theory of laser cooling; Experimental investigations and fundamental restrictions; Self-cooling of active elements of solid-state lasers; Laser cooling of solid-state information media of optical echo-processors; Problems of cooling solid-state quantum processors.

Published in association with Cambridge International Science Publishing



SENSORS AND MEMS AND FUNCTIONAL MATERIALS

Handbook of MEMS for wireless and mobile applicationsEdited by D Uttamchandani, University of Strathclyde, UK


Wireless sensing and communication is showing an explosive growth of emerging consumer and military applications of radio frequency (RF) circuits and systems. The demand for mobile systems necessitates the use of highly integrated technology featuring small size, low weight, high performance and low cost: MEMS can meet this need. Part one covers RF MEMS as an enabling technology for wireless applications and includes chapters on passive components, phase shifters and antennas. Part two discusses wireless techniques and applications of wireless MEMS, including biomedical applications, such as implantable MEMS and wireless drug delivery, optical displays in portable electronics, and MEMS for monitoring structures and the environment.

CONTENTSPart 1 Radio frequency (RF) MEMS as an enabling technology for wireless applications: Overview of RF MEMS technology and applications; RF passive components for wireless applications; RF MEMS fabrication technology; RF MEMS phase shifters for wireless applications; RF MEMS antennas for wireless applications; Wafer-level packaging technology for RF MEMS; Reliability of RF MEMS. Part 2 Wireless techniques and applications of wireless MEMS: Overview of wireless techniques; RF MEMS-based wireless architectures and front-ends; Integration of MEMS in wireless sensor networks; Microwave MEMS technology for next-generation wireless communications; MEMS energy harvesters for powering wireless systems; Optical MEMS for displays in portable systems; MEMS wireless implantable systems; Drug delivery using wireless MEMS; Civil infrastructure monitoring using wireless MEMS; Telecommunications reliability monitoring using wireless MEMS; Monitoring road infrastructures using wireless MEMS.



Semiconductor gas sensorsEdited by R Jaaniso, University of Tartu, Estonia and O K Tan, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore


Semiconductor gas sensors are increasingly used as gas detectors for applications such as gas-leak alarm, process control and pollution control. Researchers have attempted to meet the demand for higher sensitivity and selectivity of devices by modifying the properties of the semiconductor gas sensors. This has mainly been achieved by development of fabrication methods such as thin and thick film techniques, the addition of transition metals onto sensors and more recently, nanostructuring materials. Part one covers the fundamentals, whilst part two looks as thin and thick film gas sensors. Part three discusses nanostructures for gas sensing and part four describes applications of semiconductor gas sensors.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Fundamentals of semiconductor gas sensors; Conduction mechanisms in semiconducting metal oxide sensing films: Impact on transduction; Electrode materials for semiconductor gas sensors. Part 2 Thin and thick film gas sensors: Recent trends in SiC and graphene based gas sensors; Recent advances in wide bandgap semiconductor based gas sensors; Ultraviolet enhanced gas sensing; Micromachined semiconductor gas sensors; Semiconducting direct thermoelectric sensors. Part 3 Nanostructures for gas sensing: One- and two dimensional metal oxide nanostructures for chemical sensing; Semiconductor quantum dots for photoluminescence based gas sensing; Coated and functionalised single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWCNTs) as gas sensors; Carbon nanotube and metal oxide hybrid materials for gas sensing; Porous silicon gas sensors. Part 4 Applications of semiconductor gas sensors: Metal oxide semiconductor gas sensors in environmental monitoring; Semiconductor gas sensors for the detection of chemical warfare agents; Integrated CMOS-based sensors for gas and odour detection; Solid state sensors for carbon dioxide detection.




NEW

NEW


MEMS for automotive and aerospace applicationsEdited by M Kraft and N M White, Southampton University, UK


Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems (MEMS) are miniature devices or machines which integrate elements such as actuators, sensors and a processor to form microsystems. The automotive sector is currently the biggest consumer of MEMS and this market is expected to grow, driven by safety legislation. Emerging applications in the aerospace field will face unique challenges related to harsh environmental conditions and reliability requirements. Part one covers MEMS in automotive applications, including safety systems, stability control and engine management. Part two describes MEMS in aircraft including navigation systems, devices for health monitoring and drag reduction. MEMS thrusters for nano and pico satellites are also covered.

CONTENTSPart 1 MEMS for automotive applications: MEMS for passenger safety in automotive vehicles; MEMS for automotive vehicle stability control applications; MEMS for automotive tyre pressure monitoring systems; MEMS pressure and flow sensors for automotive engine management and aerospace applications; Radio frequency (RF) MEMS for automotive radar sensors; MEMS for passenger comfort in vehicles. Part 2 MEMS for aerospace applications: MEMS for active drag reduction in aerospace applications; MEMS inertial navigation systems for aircrafts; MEMS for structural health monitoring in aircrafts; MEMS for harsh environment sensors in aerospace applications; MEMS thrusters for nano and pico satellites; MEMS enabling space exploration and exploitation.



Microjoining and nanojoiningEdited by Y N Zhou, University of Waterloo, Canada

CONTENTSPart 1 Basics of microjoining: Mechanisms of solid-state bonding; Mechanisms of soldering and brazing; Mechanisms of fusion microwelding; Modelling of solid-state bonding; Modelling of fusion microwelding; Sensing, monitoring and control; Assembly process automation and materials handling. Part 2 Microjoining and nanojoining processes: Microelectronics wire bonding; Solid-state diffusion bonding; Bonding using nanoparticles; Diffusion soldering and brazing; Laser soldering; Fluxless soldering; Laser microwelding; Electron beam microwelding; Resistance microwelding; Adhesive bonding; Introduction to nanojoining. Part 3 Microjoining of materials and applications of microjoining: Joining of high temperature superconductors; Joining of shape memory alloys; Wafer bonding; Plastics microwelding; Microjoining in medical components and devices; Hermetic sealing of solid oxide fuel cells; Joining of bulk nanostructured materials; Ceramic/metal bonding.










Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 12CONTENTSPart 1 High strain high performance piezo- and ferroelectric single crystals. Part 2 Field-induced effects and domain engineering. Part 3 Morphotropic phase boundary and related phenomena. Part 4 High power piezoelectric and microwave dielectric materials. Part 5 Nanoscale piezo- and ferroelectrics. Part 6 Piezo- and ferroelectric films. Part 7 Novel processing and new materials. Part 8 Novel properties of ferroelectrics and related materials.



Handbook of terahertz technology for imaging, sensing, and communicationsEdited by D Saeedkia, University of Waterloo, Canada


The recent development of easy-to-use sources and detectors of terahertz radiation has enabled a growth in applications of terahertz (Thz) imaging and sensing. Terahertz radiation does not damage tissues and DNA, unlike X-rays, so it is a good candidate for medical imaging. Many materials of interest have unique spectral “fingerprints” in the terahertz range and this makes terahertz technology attractive for scientific research, sensing and imaging. There are many possible uses of terahertz sensing and imaging in manufacturing, quality control, and process monitoring. Terahertz communications are still at an early stage of development but they have potential for satellite-to-satellite communications and indoor wireless communications.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of terahertz technology for imaging and sensing: Optoelectronic techniques for generation and detection of terahertz waves; Transmission and propagation of terahertz waves; Fundamental aspects of surface plasmon polaritons at terahertz frequencies; Fundamental aspects of terahertz near-field imaging and sensing. Part 2 Recent progress and novel techniques in terahertz technology: Terahertz bio-sensing techniques; Room temperature terahertz detectors; Novel techniques using surface plasmon polaritons at terahertz frequencies; Terahertz array imagers: Towards implementation of terahertz cameras; Recent progress in terahertz time-domain systems; State-of-the-art in terahertz continuous wave photomixer systems; Novel techniques in terahertz near-field imaging and sensing; Terahertz nano-devices and nano-systems; Terahertz integrated devices and systems; Terahertz communications; Terahertz frequency metrology based on frequency comb techniques; Semiconductor material development for terahertz applications. Part 3 Applications of terahertz technology: Terahertz applications in industry: A review; Terahertz applications in the aerospace industry; Terahertz applications in the wood industry; Terahertz applications in the pharmaceutical industry and science; Terahertz applications in medical imaging and health science; Terahertz applications in art conservation; Applications of terahertz technology in the semiconductor industry.




NEW NEW NEW


Applications of ATILA FEM software to smart materialsCase studies in designing devicesEdited by K Uchino, The Pennsylvania State University, USA and J-C Debus, ISEN (Institut Supérieur de l’Electronique et du Numérique), France


ATILA Finite Element Method (FEM) software facilitates the modelling and analysis of piezoelectric, magnetostrictor and shape memory material based applications. It allows entire designs to be constructed, refined, and optimized before production begins. Through a range of instructive case studies, Applications of ATILA FEM software to smart materials provides an indispensable guide to the use of this vital software in the design and modelling of efficient products. Part one provides an introduction to the ATILA FEM software, before part two goes on to present case studies of finite element modelling using ATILA. Topics include the use of ATILA in finite element analysis, piezoelectric polarization, time domain analysis, design of ultrasonic motors, piezo-composite and photonic crystal applications. The study of piezoelectric single crystals is also discussed, before a final reflection on the use of ATILA in modelling the damping of piezoelectric structures.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to the ATILA finite element method (FEM) software: Overview of the ATILA finite element modelling software code; The capability of the new version of ATILA; Loss integration in ATILA software. Part 2 Case studies of finite element modeling (FEM) using ATILA: Finite element analysis of flexural vibration of orthogonally stiffened cylindrical shells with ATILA; Utilization of piezoelectric polarization in ATILA: usual to original; Time domain analysis of piezoelectric devices with the transient module in ATILA; Designing ultrasonic motors with ATILA; Piezo-composite applications of ATILA; Photonic crystal applications of ATILA; Studying the behaviour of piezoelectric single crystals for sonar using ATILA; Thermal analysis in piezoelectric and magnetostrictive materials using ATILA; Modelling the damping of piezoelectric structures with ATILA; Modelling the behaviour of single crystal devices with ATILA: The effect of the temperature and the stress on a single crystal bar, tonpilz and sphere submitted to a harmonic analysis.



Polymers in electronics 2007Munich, Germany, 30-31 January 2007CONTENTSTrends and growth; Conductive polymers; New developments in flame retarded polymers for electronics; Polymers in substrates, assembly and reliability; Polymer formulation and recycling for electronics applications; Polymers and printed electronics.

21 papers 298 x 210mm paperback 2007ISBN: 978 1 84735 009 1£100.00/US$170.00/€120.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350091 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Ultrasonic transducersMaterials and design for sensors, actuators and medical applicationsEdited by K Nakamura, Tokyo Institute of Technology, Japan


Ultrasonic transducers are key components in sensors for distance, flow and level measurement as well as power and other applications of ultrasound. Ultrasonic transducers reviews recent research in the design and application of this important technology. Part one provides an overview of materials and design of ultrasonic transducers. Part two goes on to investigate modelling and characterisation. Part three reviews applications, beginning with a review of surface acoustic wave devices and air-borne ultrasound transducers, and going on to consider ultrasonic high temperature and flaw detection systems, power, biomedical and micro scale ultrasonics, therapeutic ultrasound devices, piezoelectric and fibre optic hydrophones, and ultrasonic motors.

CONTENTSPart 1 Materials and design of ultrasonic transducers: Piezoelectricity and basic configurations for piezoelectric ultrasonic transducers; Electromagnetic acoustic transducers (EMATs); Piezoelectric ceramics for ultrasonic transducers; Thin film ultrasonic transducers based on lead zirconate titanate (PZT); Piezoelectric single crystals in ultrasonic transducers. Part 2 Modelling and characterisation of ultrasonic transducers: Modelling ultrasonic transducer performance: One-dimensional models; Modelling the performance of micro-acoustic devices using the boundary element method; Electrical evaluation of piezoelectric transducers; Laser Doppler vibrometry for measuring vibration of ultrasonic transducers; Optical visualization of acoustic fields: The schlieren technique, the Fresnel method and the photoelastic method applied to ultrasonic transducers. Part 3 Applications of ultrasonic transducers: Surface acoustic wave (SAW) devices; Air-borne ultrasound transducers; Ultrasonic transducers for non-destructive evaluation at high temperatures; Analysis and synthesis of frequency-diverse ultrasonic flaw detection systems using Order Statistics and Neural Network Processors; Power ultrasonics: New technologies and applications for fluid processing; Nonlinear acoustics and selected applications in biomedical ultrasonics; Therapeutic ultrasound with an emphasis on applications to the brain; Micro scale ultrasonic sensors and actuators; Piezoelectric and fiber optic hydrophones; Ultrasonic motors.



Functional materials for sustainable energy applicationsEdited by J Kilner, S Skinner, Imperial College, S Irvine, Glyndwr University and P Edwards, University of Oxford, UK


Global demand for low cost, efficient and sustainable energy production is ever increasing. Driven by recent discoveries and innovation in the science and technology of materials, applications based on functional materials are becoming increasingly important. Functional materials for sustainable energy applications provides an essential guide to the development and application of these materials in sustainable energy production. Part one reviews functional materials for solar power. Part two focuses on functional materials for hydrogen production and storage. Functional materials for fuel cells are the explored in part three. Part four considers functional materials for demand reduction and energy storage, before the book concludes in part five with an investigation into computer simulation studies of functional materials.

CONTENTSPart 1 Functional materials for solar power: Silicon-based photovoltaic solar cells; Photovoltaic (PV) thin films for solar cells; Rapid, low temperature processing of dye sensitized solar cells; Thermophotovoltaic (TPV) devices: Introduction and modellings; Photoelectrochemical cells for hydrogen generation. Part 2 Functional materials for hydrogen production and storage: Reversible solid oxide electrolytic cells for large scale energy storage: Challenges and opportunities; Membranes, adsorbent materials and solvent-based materials for syngas and hydrogen production; Functional materials for hydrogen storage. Part 3 Functional materials for fuel cells: The role of the fuel in the operation, performance and degradation of fuel cells; Membrane electrode assemblies for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Developments in membranes, catalysts and membrane electrode assemblies for direct methanol fuel cells (DMFC); Electrolytes and ion conductors for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC); Novel cathodes for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC); Novel anode materials for solid oxide fuel cells; Thin-film solid oxide fuel cell (SOFC) materials; Proton conductors for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC). Part 4 Functional materials for demand reduction and energy storage: Materials and techniques for energy harvesting; Lithium batteries: Current technologies and future trends. Part 5 Appendix.




NEW NEW NEW


Printed filmsMaterials science and applications in sensors, electronics and photonicsEdited by M Prudenziati, University of Modena, Italy and J Hormadaly, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel


Printed films provides comprehensive coverage of the most significant recent developments in printed films and their applications. Materials and properties of printed films are the focus of part one. Printed films as electrical components and silicon metallization for solar cells are discussed, as are conduction mechanisms in printed film resistors, and thick films in packaging and microelectronics. Part two goes on to review the varied applications of printed films in devices. Printed resistive sensors are considered, as is the role of printed films in capacitive, piezoelectric and pyroelectric sensors, mechanical micro-systems and gas sensors. The applications of printed films in biosensors, actuators, heater elements, varistors and polymer solar cells are then explored, followed by a review of screen printing for the fabrication of solid oxide fuel cells, and laser printed micro- and meso-scale power generating devices.

CONTENTSPart 1 Materials and properties of printed films: Technologies for printed films; Materials for printed films; Materials science concepts for printed films; Properties of printed films as electrical components on ceramic substrates; Conduction mechanisms in printed thick film resistors; Multilayer low-temperature cofired ceramic systems incorporating a thick-film printing process. Part 2 Applications of printed films in devices: Printed resistive sensors for physical quantities; Printed thick film capacitive sensors; Printed thick film piezoelectric and pyroelectric sensors; Printed thick film mechanical micro-systems (MEMS); Printed semiconducting gas sensors; Printed gas sensors based on electrolytes; Printed thick film biosensors; Printed actuators; Printed heater elements; Screen printing for the fabrication of solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC); Printed varistors; Laser printed micro- and meso-scale power generating devices; Printed polymer solar cells.



High-temperature superconductorsEdited by X G Qiu, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China


High-temperature superconductors reviews growth techniques, properties and applications of key high-temperature superconducting films. The first part of the book provides an overview of high-temperature superconductor properties such as optical conductivity and transport properties. Part two reviews the growth and properties of particular types of superconducing film and part three describes how they can be applied in practice in various areas of electronics.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of high temperature superconductors: Deposition technologies, growth and properties of high TC films; Transport properties of high TC cuprate films as superconductive materials; The optical conductivity of high temperature superconductors. Part 2 Growth techniques and properties of particular high temperature superconductors: Sputter deposition of large-area double-sided YBCO superconducting films; BSCCO high TC superconducting films; Electron-doped cuprates as high temperature superconductors; Liquid phase epitaxy (LPE) growth of HTSC high TC superconducting films. Part 3 Applications of high temperature superconductors: High-TC Josephson junctions; d-wave YBCO dc-superconductive quantum interference devices (dc-SQUIDs); Microwave filters using high temperature superconductors.



Advanced piezoelectric materialsScience and technologyEdited by K Uchino, Pennsylvania State University, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 17CONTENTSThe development of piezoelectric materials and the new perspective. Part 1 Piezoelectric materials: Lead zirconate titanate-based piezo-ceramics; Relaxor ferroelectric-based ceramics; Lead-free piezo-ceramics; Quartz-based piezoelectric materials; Lithium niobate and lithium tantalate-based piezoelectric materials; Single Crystal PZN-PT, PMN-PT, PSN-PT and PIN-PT-based piezoelectric materials; Electroactive polymers as actuators; Piezoelectric composite materials. Part 2 Preparation methods and applications: Manufacturing methods for piezoelectric ceramic materials; Multilayer technologies for piezo-ceramic materials; Single crystal preparation techniques for manufacturing piezoelectric materials; Thin film technologies for manufacturing piezoelectric materials; Aerosol techniques for manufacturing piezoelectric materials; Manufacturing technologies for piezoelectric transducers. Part 3 Application oriented materials development: High-power piezoelectric materials; Photostrictive actuators using piezoelectric materials; The performance of piezoelectric materials under stress.



High temperature superconductors (HTS) for energy applicationsEdited by Z Melhem, Oxford Instruments Nanoscience, UK


High temperature superconductors (HTS) offer many advantages through their application in electrical systems, including high efficiency performance and high throughput with low electrical losses. While cryogenic cooling and precision materials manufacture is required to achieve this goal, cost reductions without significant performance loss are being achieved through advanced design, development and manufacture of HTS equipment. This book explores the fundamental science and engineering of HTS components, such as wires and tapes, cables, coils and magnets, and reviews the energy applications these materials are used in, from power systems and rotating machinery to fusion and accelerator technologies.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamental science and engineering of high temperature superconductor (HTS) materials and components: Fundamental issues in high temperature superconductor (HTS) materials science and engineering; HTS wires and tapes; HTS cables; Bulk HTS materials; HTS magnets; Cryogenics for HTS systems; Electromagnetic modelling of HTS materials and applications. Part 2 Application of HTS materials and components in energy systems; Superconducting fault current limiters and power cables; Superconducting magnetic energy storage systems (SMES); Application of HTS technology in rotating machinery; HTS in fusion technologies; HTS in accelerator systems.



Polymer electrolytesFundamentals and applicationsEdited by C A C Sequeira and D M F Santos, Instituto Superior Técnico, Portugal

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 16CONTENTSPart 1 Types and development of polymer electrolytes: Introduction to polymer electrolyte materials; Ceramic polymer electrolytes; Polymer electrolytes based on natural polymers; Composite polymer electrolytes for electrochemical devices; Lithium-doped hybrid polymer electrolytes; Hybrid inorganic-organic polymer electrolytes; Using nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy in polymer electrolyte research; Molecular simulation of Li-ion and H-conduction in polymer electrolytes; Characterisation and modelling of multivalent polymer electrolytes. Part 2 Applications: Polymer electrolytes for dye-sensitised solar cells; Solid polymer electrolytes for supercapacitors; Polymer electrolytes for electrochromic devices; Hyperbranched polymer electrolytes for high-temperature fuel cells; Polymer electrolytes as solid solvents and their applications; Hybrid polymer electrolytes for electrochemical devices.




NEW


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Electricity transmission, distribution and storage systemsEdited by Z Melhem, Oxford Instruments NanoScience, UK


Advanced electricity transmission and distribution (T&D) network technologies are required to reduce losses, sustain higher network efficiency, and maintain power quality and security. Research in this field must also consider the increasing role and penetration of renewable and distributed generation, for which advanced electricity storage systems are required. The first section of this book presents chapters on key aspects of the materials, architecture and performance of electricity T&D networks. The second section addresses the applications and integration of electricity storage systems.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals and materials for electricity transmission and distribution (T&D): Introduction to T&D networks; Integration of distributed energy resources to the grid; Modern flexible AC transmission system controllers; Development of switchgear materials for T&D networks; Nanodielectrics and their role in power transmission applications. Part 2 Developments in electricity storage technologies: Redox flow batteries; Materials and chemistry for nickel-based batteries; Supercapacitors; Processes and technology for recycling advanced Li-ion and NiMH batteries; Techno-economic analysis for electricity storage systems.



Designing a structured cabling system to ISO 11801Cross-referenced to European CENELEC and American StandardsSecond editionB J Elliott, Brand-Rex Ltd, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 6336 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2002ISBN: 978 1 85573 612 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 867 6

£115.00/US$195.00/€140.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736122 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Cable engineering for local area networksB J Elliott, Brand-Rex Ltd, UK



COMPUTING AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Applications of ATILA FEM software to smart materialsCase studies in designing devicesEdited by K Uchino, The Pennsylvania State University, USA and J-C Debus, ISEN (Institut Supérieur de l’Electronique et du Numérique), France


ATILA Finite Element Method (FEM) software facilitates the modelling and analysis of piezoelectric, magnetostrictor and shape memory material based applications. It allows entire designs to be constructed, refined, and optimized before production begins. Through a range of instructive case studies, Applications of ATILA FEM software to smart materials provides an indispensable guide to the use of this vital software in the design and modelling of efficient products. Part one provides an introduction to the ATILA FEM software, before part two goes on to present case studies of finite element modelling using ATILA. Topics include the use of ATILA in finite element analysis, piezoelectric polarization, time domain analysis, design of ultrasonic motors, piezo-composite and photonic crystal applications. The study of piezoelectric single crystals is also discussed, before a final reflection on the use of ATILA in modelling the damping of piezoelectric structures.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to the ATILA finite element method (FEM) software: Overview of the ATILA finite element modelling software code; The capability of the new version of ATILA; Loss integration in ATILA software. Part 2 Case studies of finite element modeling (FEM) using ATILA: Finite element analysis of flexural vibration of orthogonally stiffened cylindrical shells with ATILA; Utilization of piezoelectric polarization in ATILA: usual to original; Time domain analysis of piezoelectric devices with the transient module in ATILA; Designing ultrasonic motors with ATILA; Piezo-composite applications of ATILA; Photonic crystal applications of ATILA; Studying the behaviour of piezoelectric single crystals for sonar using ATILA; Thermal analysis in piezoelectric and magnetostrictive materials using ATILA; Modelling the damping of piezoelectric structures with ATILA; Modelling the behaviour of single crystal devices with ATILA: the effect of the temperature and the stress on a single crystal bar, tonpilz and sphere submitted to a harmonic analysis.



Practical scientific computingA Muhammad, Yanbu University College, Saudi Arabia and V Zalizniak, Siberian Federal University, Russia

Scientific computing is about developing mathematical models, numerical methods and computer implementations to study and solve real problems in science, engineering, business and even social sciences. This essential guide provides the reader with sufficient foundations in these areas to venture into more advanced texts. The book presents the open source tool for numerical computing numEclipse and studies the classical methods of numerical analysis. Numerical algorithms and their implementations are presented using numEclipse.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Expressions; Statements; Programming; Architecture; Plotting. Part 2 Solving non-linear equations: Solving systems of linear equations; Computational eigenvalue problems; Introduction to finite difference schemes for ordinary differential equations; Interpolation and approximation.



Essentials of scientific computingNumerical methods for science and engineeringV Zalizniak, Siberian Federal University, Russia

‘Zalizniak brings an unparalleled and novel treatment to this field and is to be commended for the sufficient level of detail provided in each chapter. The strength of the work lies in its conciseness, mathematical rigor and clear explanations of the underlying principles …Recommended’

Choice

‘…invaluable to research students as a handbook on numerical techniques’

Mathematical Reviews

CONTENTSErrors in computer arithmetic operations; Solving equations of the form f(x)=0; Solving systems of linear equations; Computational eigenvalue problems; Solving systems of non-linear equations; Numerical integration; Introduction to finite difference schemes for ordinary differential equations; Interpolation and approximation; Programming in MATLAB; Integration formulae of gaussian type; Transformations of integration domains; Stability regions for Runge-Kutta and Adams Schemes; A brief survey of available software.



Electronic and optical materials / Computing and electrical engineering

NEW NEW


Computational functional analysisSecond editionR E Moore, Ohio State University and M J Cloud, Lawrence Technological University, USA

‘A very readable introduction, excellent.’The Mathematical Gazette



Machine learning and data miningI Kononenko and M Kukar, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia

‘Readers are treated to a comprehensive look at the principles. …a fine overview of machine learning methods. …Recommended.’

Choice Magazine480 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007ISBN: 978 1 904275 21 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 944 0


Digital signal processingMathematical and computational methods, software development and applicationsSecond editionJ M Blackledge, Loughborough University, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 11840 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006ISBN: 978 1 904275 26 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 945 7


Digital image processingMathematical and computational methodsJ M Blackledge, Loughborough University, UK



Object-oriented technology and computing systems re-engineeringH S M Zedan and A Cau, De Montfort University, UK208 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1999ISBN: 978 1 898563 56 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 061 3


Digital filters and signal processing in electronic engineeringTheory, applications, architecture, codeS M Bozic and R J Chance, University of Birmingham, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 4256 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1998ISBN: 978 1 898563 58 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 974 7


Pattern recognition and image processingD Luo, Glasgow University, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 3CONTENTSIntroduction; Object detection; Shape analysis; Analysis of roundness/sharpness; Orientation analysis; Arrangement analysis; Conclusions; Computer programs and index.



Missile guidance and pursuitKinematics, dynamics and controlN A Shneydor, Israel Armament Development Authority and Technion Institute of Technology, Israel266 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1998ISBN: 978 1 904275 37 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 059 0


Circuit analysisJ E Whitehouse, University of Reading, UK



Signal processing in electronic communicationsFor engineers and mathematiciansM J Chapman, D P Goodall and N C Steele, University of Coventry, UK



METALLURGY







The SGTE casebookThermodynamics at workSecond editionEdited by K Hack, GTT- Technologies, Germany

‘Thanks to the good introduction and the great number of examples this book is an indispensable help for everyone who wants or has to start working with thermochemical databases.’

DGG Journal

CONTENTSPart 1 Theoretical background. Part 2 Applications in material science and processes. Part 3 Process modelling-theoretical background. Part 4 Process modelling - application cases.



Metallurgy

NEW


Fundamentals of metallurgyEdited by S Seetharaman, Royal Institute of Technology (KTH), Sweden576 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85573 927 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 094 6


The Hatfield memorial lecturesVolume 3Edited by P R Beeley, formerly University of Leeds, UK264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005ISBN: 978 1 84569 101 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 114 1


Recommended values of thermophysical properties for selected commercial alloysK C Mills, National Physical Laboratory, UK234 pages 246 x 189mm (7 1/2 x 10) hardback 2002ISBN: 978 1 85573 569 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 014 4


Secondary metallurgyFundamentals, processes, applicationsG Stolte216 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2002ISBN: 978 3 514 00648 5£60.00/US$100.00/€70.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514006485 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Metallurgy of weldingSixth editionJ F Lancaster, Consultant in Materials and Welding, UK464 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1999ISBN: 978 1 85573 428 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 486 9


Metallurgy of basic weld metalG M Evans and N Bailey448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997ISBN: 978 1 85573 243 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 885 0


Fundamentals of welding metallurgyH Granjon240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991ISBN: 978 1 85573 019 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 880 5


METALS MINING AND PROCESSING

Advances in powder metallurgyProperties, processing and applicationsEdited by I Chang, University of Birmingham and Y Zhao, University of Liverpool, UK

Powder metallurgy is a popular metal forming technology used to produce dense and precision components. Different powder and component forming routes can be used to create an end product with specific properties for a particular application or industry. Advances in powder metallurgy reviews advances in powdered metal properties, processing and applications. Part one contains chapters on the formation of metal powders. The next groups of chapters cover materials used and their properties, and manufacturing techniques. A further group of chapters covers the characterisation and testing and applications of metal powders.

CONTENTSPart 1 Forming metal powders: Advances in atomisation techniques; Electrolysis; Mechanochemical processing. Part 2 Materials and properties: Advanced powdered steel alloys; Titanium alloys; Metal-based composite powders; Porous metallic foams. Part 3 Manufacturing techniques: Warm compaction; Microwave sintering; Metal injection moulding; Joining techniques. Part 4 Characterisation and testing: Evolution of microstructure in ferrous and non-ferrous metals; Mathematical modelling of manufacturing processes. Part 5 Applications: Automotive; Biomaterials; Cutting tools.



Fundamentals of magnesium alloy metallurgyEdited by M Pekguleryuz, McGill University, Canada, K Kainer, GKSS, Germany and A Kaya, Mugla University, Turkey

Given such properties as strength and low weight, magnesium is finding a wide range of applications. As a result, there has been a wealth of research on understanding its properties and how they can be controlled during processing. Edited by leading experts in the field, this book reviews key properties and how they affect alloy design and processing.

CONTENTSPrimary production of magnesium; Physical metallurgy of magnesium; Thermodynamic properties of magnesium alloys; Understanding precipitation processes in magnesium alloys; Alloying behaviour of magnesium and alloy design; Forming of magnesium and its alloys; Corrosion and surface finishing of magnesium and its alloys; Applications: automotive and other structural applications; Applications: Magnesium-based metal matrix composites; Applications: Medical implants.



Microstructure evolution in metal forming processesEdited by J Lin, D Balint, Imperial College London, UK and M Pietrzyk, AGH University of Science and Technology Krakow, Poland

Microstructure evolution in metal forming processes summarises the wealth of recent research on the mechanisms, modelling and control of microstructure evolution during metal forming processes. Part one reviews the general principles involved in understanding and controlling microstructure evolution in metal forming. Techniques for modelling microstructure and optimising processes are explored, along with recrystallisation, grain growth, and severe plastic deformation. Microstructure evolution in the processing of steel is the focus of part two, which reviews the modelling of phase transformations in steel, unified constitutive equations and work hardening in microalloyed steels. Part three examines microstructure evolution in the processing of other metals, including ageing behaviour in the processing of aluminium and microstructure control in processing nickel, titanium and other special alloys.

CONTENTSPart 1 General principles: Understanding and controlling microstructural evolution in metal forming: An overview; Techniques for modelling microstructure in metal forming processes; Modelling techniques for optimising metal forming processes; Recrystallisation and grain growth in hot working of steels; Severe plastic deformation for grain refinement and enhancement of properties. Part 2 Microstructure evolution in the processing of steel: Modelling phase transformations in steel; Determining unified constitutive equations for modelling hot forming of steel; Modelling phase transformations in hot stamping and cold die quenching of steels; Modelling microstructure evolution and work hardening in conventional and ultrafine-grained microalloyed steels. Part 3 Microstructure evolution in the processing of other metals: Microstructure control in creep-age forming of aluminium panels; Microstructure control in processing nickel, titanium and other special alloys.



Duplex stainless steelsMicrostructure, properties and applicationsEdited by R Gunn, TWI Ltd, UK

CONTENTSDevelopments, grades and specifications; Alloy design; Microstructure; Forming and machining; Physical and mechanical properties; Corrosion; Stress corrosion cracking; Welding metallurgy; Welding processes; Weld properties; Non-destructive testing of welds; Applications; Service experience.




NEW

NEW

NEW


Handbook of metal injection moldingEdited by D Heaney, Penn State University, USA

Metal injection molding combines the most useful characteristics of powder metallurgy and plastic injection molding to facilitate the production of small, complex-shaped metal components with outstanding mechanical properties. The Handbook of metal injection molding provides an authoritative guide to this important technology and its applications. Part one discusses the fundamentals of the metal injection molding process. Part two provides a detailed review of quality issues. Special metal injection molding processes are the focus of part three. Finally, part four explores metal injection molding of particular materials, including stainless steels, titanium and titanium alloys, thermal management alloys, high speed tool steels, heavy alloys, refractory metals, hard metals and soft magnetic alloys.

CONTENTSMetal powder injection molding (MIM): key trends and markets. Part 1 Processing: Designing for metal injection molding (MIM); Powders for metal injection molding (MIM); Powder binder formulation and compound manufacture in metal injection molding (MIM); Tooling for metal injection molding (MIM); Molding of components in metal injection molding (MIM); Debinding and sintering of metal injection molding (MIM) components. Part 2 Quality issues: Characterisation of feedstock in metal injection molding (MIM); Modeling and simulation of metal injection molding (MIM); Common defects in metal injection molding (MIM); Qualification of metal injection molding (MIM); Control of carbon content in metal injection molding (MIM). Part 3 Special metal injection molding processes: Micro metal injection molding (MicroMIM); Two-material/two-colour powder metal injection molding (2C-PIM); Powder space holder metal injection molding (PSH-MIM) of micro-porous metals. Part 4 Metal injection molding of specific materials: Metal injection molding (MIM) of stainless steels; Metal injection molding (MIM) of titanium and titanium alloys; Metal injection molding (MIM) of thermal management materials in microelectronics; Metal injection molding (MIM) of soft magnetic materials; Metal injection molding (MIM) of high speed tool steels; Metal injection molding of heavy alloys, refractory metals, and hard metals.



Advances in wrought magnesium alloysProperties, processing and applicationsEdited by C Bettles, Monash University and M Barnett, Deakin University, Australia

This important book summarises the wealth of recent research on our understanding of process-property relationships in wrought magnesium alloys and the way this understanding can be used to develop a new generation of alloys for high-performance applications. After an introductory overview of current developments in wrought magnesium alloys, part one reviews fundamental aspects of deformation behaviour. These chapters are the building blocks for the optimisation of processing steps considered in part two which discusses casting, extrusion, rolling and forging technologies. The concluding chapters cover applications of wrought magnesium alloys in automotive and biomedical engineering.

CONTENTSPart 1 Types and properties of magnesium alloys: Current developments in wrought magnesium alloys; Deformation mechanisms of magnesium alloys; Twinning and its role in wrought magnesium alloys; Superplasticity in magnesium alloys by severe plastic deformation; Dynamic recrystallisation in magnesium alloys. Part 2 Processing of magnesium alloys: Direct chill casting of magnesium extrusion billet and rolling slab; Twin roll casting of magnesium; Enhancing the extrudability of magnesium alloys; Hydrostatic extrusion of magnesium alloys; Rolling of magnesium alloys; Forging technology for magnesium alloys. Part 3 Applications of magnesium alloys: Applications of magnesium alloys in automotive engineering; Biomedical applications of magnesium alloys.



Welding and joining of magnesium alloysEdited by L Liu, Dalian University of Technology, China

CONTENTSPart 1 General: Introduction to the welding and joining of magnesium; Welding metallurgy of magnesium alloys; Preparation for welding of magnesium alloys; Welding materials for magnesium alloys; Welding and joining of magnesium alloys to aluminium alloys; The joining of magnesium alloys to steel; Corrosion and protection of magnesium alloy welds. Part 2 Particular welding and joining techniques: Brazing and soldering of magnesium alloys; Mechanical joining of magnesium alloys; Adhesive bonding of magnesium alloys; Gas-tungsten arc welding (GTAW) of magnesium alloys; Metal inert gas welding (MIG) of magnesium alloys; Variable polarity plasma arc welding of magnesium alloys; Hybrid laser-arc welding of magnesium alloys; Activating flux tungsten inert gas (A-TIG) of magnesium alloys; Friction stir welding of magnesium alloys; Laser welding of magnesium alloys; Resistance spot welding of magnesium alloys; Electro-magnetic welding of Mg alloys.



Metalworking fluids (MWFs) for cutting and grindingFundamentals and recent advancesEdited by V P Astakhov, General Motors, USA and S Joksch, Oemeta Chemische Werke GmbH, Germany

This book reviews the issues surrounding the use of fluids for cutting and grinding throughout the metal working process, from selection and testing to disposal. The opening chapters cover the mechanism and action, selection and delivery of MWFs to the machining zone. A second group of chapters cover issues surrounding MWFs during machining such as supply, circulation and monitoring. The final group of chapters discuss the maintenance, replacement and disposal of MWFs.

CONTENTSMechanisms of action of metalworking fluids in metal cutting; Selection and testing of metalworking fluids; Delivery of metalworking fluids in the machining zone; Environmentally friendly near-dry machining of metals; High-pressure supply of metalworking fluids; Circulation systems for metal-cutting fluids; Monitoring metal-cutting fluids; Maintenance of metalworking fluids; Replacement of metalworking fluids; Disposal of metalworking fluids.



Fundamentals of evaluation and diagnostics of welded structuresA Nedoseka, E.O. Paton Electric Welding Institute (PEWI) of the National Academy of Sciences, Ukraine.

Chapter one discusses design issues, key equations and calculations, and the effects of varied heat sources in relation to the temperature field in welding. Chapter two goes on to explore welding stresses and strains. Fracture mechanics and the load-carrying capacity of welded structures are the focus of chapter three. Chapter four considers diagnostics and prediction of the residual life of welded structures, whilst acoustic emission techniques for the analysis of welded structures are reviewed in Chapter five. Finally, chapter six supplies supplementary information on numerical techniques and other tests for welded structures.

CONTENTSThe temperature field in welding; Welding stresses and strains; Load-carrying capacity of welded structures; Diagnostics and prediction of the residual life of welded structures; Acoustic emission techniques for the analysis of welded structures; Supplementary sections. Numerical techniques and tests for welded structures.





NEW NEW NEW

NEW


Tailor welded blanks for advanced manufacturingEdited by B Kinsey, University of New Hampshire and X Wu, Wayne State University, USA

Tailor welded blanks are sheets made from different strengths and thicknesses of steel pre-welded together being pressed and shaped into the final component. They produce high-quality components with the right grade and thickness of steel where they are most needed, providing significant savings in weight and processing costs in such industries as automotive engineering. Part one of this book reviews processing issues in product design, production methods, weld integrity and deformation. Part two discusses applications in such areas as automotive and aerospace engineering.

CONTENTSPart 1 Processing and modeling: Weld integrity of tailor welded blanks; Deformation of tailor welded blanks during forming; Mechanics based modelling of tailor welded blank forming; Numerical simulation modelling of tailor welded blank forming. Part 2 Applications: Light weight metal alloy tailor welded blanks; Advanced high-strength steel, tailor-welded blanks (AHSS-TWBs); Tailor-welded blanks for the automotive industry; Tailor-made blanks for the aerospace industry.



Fundamentals of aluminium metallurgyProduction, processing and applicationsEdited by R Lumley, CSIRO Light Metal Flagship, Australia

CONTENTSIntroduction to aluminium metallurgy. Part 1 Production and casting of aluminium and its alloys: Production of alumina; Production of primary aluminium; Production of secondary aluminium; Ingot casting and casthouse metallurgy of aluminium and its alloys; Casting of aluminium alloys; Quality issues in aluminium castings; Case studies in aluminium casting alloys; High pressure diecasting of aluminium and its alloys; Progress on the heat treatment of high pressure diecastings. Part 2 Metallurgical properties of aluminium and its alloys: Work hardening of aluminium alloys; Precipitation and solute clustering in aluminium: Advanced characterisation techniques; Solute partitioning to enhance mechanical properties of aged aluminium alloys; Vacancies in aluminium and solute-vacancy interactions in aluminium alloys; Modeling the kinetics of precipitation processes in aluminium alloys; Ultrafine grained aluminium alloys: Processes, structural features and properties; Design for fatigue crack growth resistance in aluminium alloys; Fracture resistance in aluminium; Corrosion and corrosion protection of aluminium. Part 3 Processing and applications of aluminium and its alloys: Joining of aluminium and its alloys; Aluminium powder metallurgy; Laser sintering and rapid prototyping of aluminium; Aluminium sheet fabrication and processing; Application of modern aluminium alloys to aircraft; Materials selection and substitution using aluminium alloys.



Superplastic forming of advanced metallic materialsMethods and applicationsEdited by G Giuliano, University of Cassino, Italy

This comprehensive book reviews the various methods of superplastic forming of metals, ways of modelling the process and applications in such areas as aerospace, dental and medical engineering.

CONTENTSPart 1 Superplastic forming methods: Metals for superplastic forming; Standards for superplastic forming of metals; Processes and equipment for superplastic forming of metals; High-temperature lubricants for superplastic forming of metals; The use of laser surface modification in combined superplastic forming and diffusion bonding of metals. Part 2 Modelling of superplastic forming: Mathematical modelling of superplastic metal sheet forming processes; Finite element modelling of thin metal sheet forming; Constitutive equations for modelling superplastic forming of metals; Predicting instability in superplastic forming of metals. Part 3 Applications of superplastic forming: Superplastic forming and diffusion bonding of titanium alloys; Superplastic forming of aluminium alloys; Quick plastic forming of aluminium alloys; Superplastic forming of magnesium alloys; Superplastic microtubes fabricated by dieless drawing processes.



Superplasticity and grain boundaries in ultrafine-grained materialsA L Zhilyaev, CSIC, Spain and A I Pshenichnyuk, Institute for Superplasticity of Metals, Russia

Superplasticity and grain boundaries in ultrafine-grained materials discusses a number of problems associated with grain boundaries in polycrystals. The authors explore the formation and evolution of the microstructure, texture and ensembles of grain boundaries in materials produced by severe plastic deformation. The book is highly beneficial to metallurgists and researchers concerned with the problems of nanomaterials and nanotechnology.

CONTENTSStructural superplasticity of polycrystalline materials; Characteristics of grain boundary enesembles; Orientation-distributed parameters of the polycrystalline structure; Experimental investigation of the ensembles of grain boundaries in polycrystals; Grain boundary sliding in metallic bi- and tri-crystals; Percolation mechanism of deformation processes in ultrafine-grained polycrystals; Percolation processes in a network of grain boundaries in ultrafine-grained materials; Microstructure and grain boundary ensembles in ultrafine-grained materials; Grain boundary processes in ultrafine-grained nickel and nanonickel; Duration of the stage of stable flow in superplastic deformation; Dervivation of constitutive equations in multicomponent loading conditions.




Shape memory and superelastic alloysApplications and technologiesEdited by K Yamauchi, Tohoku University, I Ohkata, Piolax Medical Devices, K Tsuchiya, NIMS and S Miyazaki, University of Tsukuba, Japan

This book reviews the wealth of research into shape memory and superelastic alloys that has resulted in a wide range of new industrial applications. The first part of the book discusses the processing of TiNi, Cu and Fe-based shape memory alloys. The second part of the book summarises the diverse applications of these flexible materials in sectors such as electronics, construction, automotive, aerospace and medical engineering as well as sports and leisure.

CONTENTSPart 1 Properties and processing: Mechanisms and properties of the shape memory effect and superelasticity in alloys and other materials: A practical guide; Basic characteristics of Ti-Ni based and Ti-Nb based alloys; Development and commercialisation of TiNi and Cu-based shape memory alloys; Industrial processing of TiNi shape memory alloys to achieve key properties; Design of shape memory alloy (SMA) coil springs for actuator applications; Overview of the development of shape memory and superelastic alloy applications. Part 2 Application technologies for shape memory alloys: Applications of shape memory alloys in electrical appliances; Applications of shape memory alloys in hot-water supply; The use of shape memory alloys in construction and housing; The use of shape memory alloys (SMAs) in automobiles and trains; The use of shape memory alloys in aerospace engineering; Ferrous (Fe-based) shape memory alloys: Properties, processing and applications. Part 3 Application technologies for superelastic alloys: Applications of superelastic alloys in the telecommunications, industry; Applications of superelastic alloys in the clothing, sports and leisure industries; Medical applications of superelastic Ni-Ti alloys.



Sintering of advanced materialsEdited by Z Z Fang, University of Utah, USA

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of sintering: Thermodynamics of sintering; Kinetics and mechanisms of densification; Path and kinetics of microstructural change in simple sintering; Computer modelling of sintering: Theory and examples; Liquid phase sintering; Master sintering curve and its application in sintering of ceramics. Part 2 Advanced sintering processes: Atmospheric sintering; Vacuum sintering; Microwave sintering of ceramics, composites and metal powders; Fundamentals and applications of field/current assisted sintering; Photonic sintering – an example: Photonic curing of silver nanoparticles. Part 3 Sintering of advanced materials: Sintering of aluminium and its alloys; Sintering of titanium and its alloys; Sintering of refractory metals; Sintering of ultrahard materials; Constrained sintering of ceramics, films and coatings; Sintering of ultrafine and nanosized particles.





Nanostructured metals and alloysProcessing, microstructure, mechanical properties and applicationsEdited by S H Whang, Polytechnic Institute of NYU, USA

Nanostructured metals and alloys have enhanced tensile strength, fatigue strength and ductility and are suitable for use in applications where strength or strength-to-weight ratios are important. Part one of this important book reviews processing techniques for bulk nanostructured metals and alloys. Parts two and three discuss microstructure and mechanical properties, whilst part four outlines applications of this new class of material.

CONTENTSPart 1 Processing of bulk nanostructured metals and alloys: Production of bulk nanostructured metals and alloys by severe plastic deformation (SPD); Bulk nanostructured metals and alloys produced by accumulative roll-bonding; Nanocrystalline metals and alloys prepared by mechanical attrition; Processing of nanostructured steels by solid reaction; Processing of bulk nanocrystalline metals and alloys by electrodeposition; Bulk nanocrystalline and nanocomposite alloys produced from amorphous phase; Severe plastic deformation and production of nanostructured alloys by machining. Part 2 Microstructure: Deformation structures including twins in nanograined pure metals; Microstructure and mechanical properties of nanostructured ferrous alloys by equal-channel angular pressing; Characteristic structures and properties of nanostructured metals prepared by plastic deformation. Part 3 Mechanical properties: Strengthening mechanisms in nanocrystalline metals; Elastic and plastic deformation in nanocrystalline metals; Mechanical properties of multi-scale metallic materials; Enhanced ductility and its mechanisms in nanocrystalline metallic materials; Mechanical behavior of nanostructured metals based on molecular dynamics computer simulations; Surface deformation and mechanical behaviour of nanostructured alloys; Fatigue behaviour in nanostructured metals; Superplastic deformation in nanocrystalline metals and alloys; Creep and high temperature deformation in nanostructured metals and alloys. Part 4 Applications: Processing of nanostructured metal and metal-matrix coatings by thermal and cold spraying; Nanocoatings for commercial and industrial applications; Application of nanostructured steel sheets to automotive body structures; Production processes for nanostructured wires, bars and strips; Nanostructured plain carbon-manganese (C-Mn) steel sheets by ultra-fast cooling and short interval multi-pass hot rolling.



Direct strip casting of metals and alloysM Ferry, University of New South Wales, Australia

CONTENTSMetallurgy of alloys suitable for direct strip casting; Overview of solidification processing; Continuous casting processes and the emergence of DSC; DSC process variables and cast strip quality; As-cast microstructure, texture and properties; Secondary processing and fabrication.



Titanium alloysModelling of microstructure, properties and applicationsW Sha and S Malinov, Queen’s University of Belfast, UK

CONTENTSIntroduction to titanium alloys. Part 1 Experimental techniques: Microscopy; Synchrotron radiation X-ray diffraction; Differential scanning calorimetry and property measurements. Part 2 Physical models: Thermodynamic modelling; The Johnson-Mehl-Avrami method: Isothermal transformation kinetics; The Johnson-Mehl-Avrami method adapted to continuous cooling; Finite element method: morphology of ß to a phase transformation; Phase-field method: Lamellar structure formation in -TiAl; Cellular automata method for microstructural evolution modelling; Crystallographic and fracture behaviour of titanium aluminide; Atomistic simulations of interfaces and dislocations relevant to TiAl. Part 3 Neural network models: Neural network method; Neural network models and applications in phase transformation studies; Neural network models and applications in property studies. Part 4 Surface engineering products: Surface gas nitriding: Phase composition and microstructure; Surface gas nitriding: Mechanical properties, morphology, corrosion; Nitriding: Modelling of hardness profiles and the kinetics; Aluminising: Fabrication of Al and Ti-Al coatings by mechanical alloying.



Managing wastes from aluminium smelter plantsB Mazumder, IMMT research laboratory and B K Mishra, Institute of Minerals and Materials Technology, India

CONTENTSIntroduction; Wastes generated by aluminum smelter plants; Treatment of the wastes and quality of byproducts; Utilisation of wastes (byproducts); Techno-economic feasibility of some selected processes.




Maraging steelsModelling of microstructure, properties and applicationsW Sha, Queen’s University Belfast and Z Guo, Sente Software, UK

CONTENTSIntroduction to maraging steels; Microstructure of maraging steels; Mechanical properties of maraging steels; Thermodynamic calculations for quantifying the phase fraction and element partition in maraging systems and precipitation hardening steels; Quantification of phase transformation kinetics in maraging steels; Quantification of age hardening in maraging steels; Maraging steels and overageing; Precipitation hardening stainless steel; Applications of artificial neural network on modelling maraging steel properties.



HydrometallurgyPrinciples and applicationsT Havlik, Technical University Košice, Slovak Republic

CONTENTSCurrent state of copper production; Ore minerals; Phase equilibrium of copper and iron sulphides; Equilibrium in aqueous solutions; Thermodynamics of heterogeneous systems in aqueous media; Programs and databases for thermodynamic calculations; Kinetics of heterogeneous reactions of leaching processes; Leaching in chlorides; Extraction of metals from solutions; Effect of electronic structure on leaching of sulphide semiconductors; Experimental methods of investigating hydrometallurgical processes; Leaching of copper sulphides; Morphology and behaviour of sulphur in leaching of sulphides; Examination of the fine structure; Mechanism of leaching of copper sulphides in acid medium; Current state and prospects of hydrometallurgical processes.




Mineral woolProduction and propertiesB Sirok, B Blagojevic, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia and P Bullen, University of Hertfordshire, UK

CONTENTSMelting the raw materials; Multiple regression; Physical characteristics of mineral wool melts; Dimensional analysis; Fiberisation process; Visualisation method in real production processes; Applying the visualisation method to measuring the thickness of mineral wool fibres; The influence of melt film temperature on the fibre diameter distribution in mineral wool produced by a double-wheel spinning machine; Formation of the primary layer; Numerical analysis of flow properties in the collection chamber; Quality of the primary layer and its influence on the final product; Curing chamber.




Belt conveying of mineralsE D Yardley, Consultant and L R Stace, Nottingham University, UK

‘…practical overview of relevant standards, belt test methods and issues surrounding standardization.’

Quarry Management

CONTENTSIntroduction; History and economics of conveyor applications; Design of belt conveyors 1 – Power requirements and belt tensions; Design of belt conveyors 2 – Hardware (Idlers, structure, pulleys, drives, tensioning devices, transfer points and belt cleaning); Belt constructions; Joining conveyor belts; Standards, test methods and their standardisation; Safety considerations – Fire and electrical resistance properties of the belt conveyor; Safety considerations 2– Nip points, stored tension, man-riding and materials transportation on belts; Maintenance and monitoring; Case histories.





Handbook of gold exploration and evaluationE Macdonald, Consultant, Australia664 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007ISBN: 978 1 84569 175 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 254 4


Surface defects on electrolytically coated steel sheet108 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000ISBN: 978 3 514 00640 9£35.00/US$60.00/€40.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514006409 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Surface defects on hot-dip metal coated steel sheetQuadrilingual: German-English-French-Spanish118 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1998ISBN: 978 3 514 00620 1£35.00/US$60.00/€40.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514006201 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Surface defects in hot rolled flat steel productsTrilingual: German-English-FrenchSecond edition70 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1997ISBN: 978 3 514 00590 7£35.00/US$60.00/€40.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514005907 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Slag atlasSecond edition640 pages 1,537 figures and 122 tables 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) hardback 1995ISBN: 978 3 514 00457 3£160.00/US$270.00/€190.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514004573 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Faults in hot dip galvanisingTrilingual: German-English-FrenchSecond editionD Horstmann80 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1983ISBN: 978 3 514 00298 2£35.00/US$60.00/€40.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514002982 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Wire rod defectsTrilingual: German-English-French48 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1973ISBN: 978 3 514 00134 3£30.00/US$50.00/€35.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514001343 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

STEEL

Phase transformations in steelsVolume 1: Fundamentals and diffusion-controlled transformationsEdited by E Pereloma, University of Wollongong, Australia and D V Edmonds, University of Leeds, UK

‘A new and comprehensive book on phase transformations is both timely and welcome…

The various chapters bring nicely up-to-date the vast knowledge of steel transformations in the literature.’

Professor Ted Massalski, Carnegie Mellon University, USA (from the Foreword)

The processing-microstructure-property relationships in steels continue to present challenges to researchers because of the complexity of phase transformation reactions and the wide spectrum of microstructures and properties achievable. This major two-volume work summarises the current state of research on phase transformations in steels and its implications for the emergence of new steels with enhanced engineering properties. Volume 1 reviews fundamentals and diffusion-controlled phase transformations.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of phase transformations: The historical development of phase transformations understanding in ferrous alloys; Thermodynamics of phase transformations in steels; Fundamentals of diffusion in phase transformations in steels; Kinetics of phase transformations in steels; Structure, energy and migration of phase boundaries in steels. Part 2 Diffusion-controlled transformations: Fundamentals of ferrite formation in steels; Proeutectoid ferrite and cementite transformations in steels; The formation of pearlite in steels; Nature and kinetics of the massive austenite-ferrite phase transformations in steels. Part 3 Bainite and diffusional-displacive transformations: Mechanisms of bainite transformation in steels; Carbide-containing bainite transformation in steels; Carbide-free bainite transformation in steels; Kinetics of bainite transformation in steels. Part 4 Additional driving forces for transformations: Nucleation and growth during the austenite-to-ferrite phase transformation in steels after plastic deformation; Dynamic strain-induced ferrite transformation (DIST) in steels; The effect of a magnetic field on phase transformations in steels; The effect of heating rate on phase transformations in steels and Fe-Ni-Based alloys.



Phase transformations in steelsVolume 2: Diffusionless transformations, high strength steels, modelling and advanced analytical techniquesEdited by E Pereloma, University of Wollongong, Australia and D V Edmonds, University of Leeds, UK

Volume 2 reviews current research on diffusionless transformations and phase transformations in high strength steels, as well as advances in modelling and analytical techniques which underpin this research.

CONTENTSPart 1 Diffusionless transformations: Crystallography of martensite transformations in steels; Morphology and substructure of martensite in steels; Kinetics of martensite transformations in steels; Shape memory in ferrous alloys; Tempering of martensite in carbon steels. Part 2 Phase transformations in high strength steels: Phase transformations in high strength low alloy (HSLA) steels; Phase transformations in transformation induced plasticity (TRIP)-assisted multiphase steels; Phase transformations in quenched and partitioned steels; Phase transformations in advanced bainitic steels; Phase transformations in high manganese twinning induced plasticity (TWIP) steels; Phase transformations in maraging steels. Part 3 Modelling phase transformations: First principles in modelling phase transformations in steels; Phase field modelling of phase transformations in steels; Molecular dynamics modelling of martensitic transformations in steels; Neural networks modelling of phase transformations in steels. Part 4 Advanced analytical techniques for studying phase transformations in steels: Application of modern transmission electron microscopy (TEM) techniques to the study of phase transformations in steel; Atom probe tomography for studying phase transformations in steels; Electron backscatter diffraction (EBSD) techniques for studying phase transformations in steels; Application of synchrotron and neutron scattering techniques for tracking phase transformations in steels.



Maraging steelsModelling of microstructure, properties and applicationsW Sha, Queen’s University Belfast and Z Guo, Sente Software, UK

CONTENTSIntroduction to maraging steels; Microstructure of maraging steels; Mechanical properties of maraging steels; Thermodynamic calculations for quantifying the phase fraction and element partition in maraging systems and precipitation hardening steels; Quantification of phase transformation kinetics in maraging steels; Quantification of age hardening in maraging steels; Maraging steels and overageing; Precipitation hardening stainless steel; Applications of artificial neural network on modelling maraging steel properties.



Steel

NEW

NEW


Microstructure evolution in metal forming processesEdited by J Lin, D Balint, Imperial College London, UK and M Pietrzyk, AGH University of Science and Technology Krakow, Poland

Microstructure evolution in metal forming processes summarises the wealth of recent research on the mechanisms, modelling and control of microstructure evolution during metal forming processes. Part one reviews the general principles involved in understanding and controlling microstructure evolution in metal forming. Techniques for modelling microstructure and optimising processes are explored, along with recrystallisation, grain growth, and severe plastic deformation. Microstructure evolution in the processing of steel is the focus of part two, which reviews the modelling of phase transformations in steel, unified constitutive equations and work hardening in microalloyed steels. Part three examines microstructure evolution in the processing of other metals, including ageing behaviour in the processing of aluminium and microstructure control in processing nickel, titanium and other special alloys.

CONTENTSPart 1 General principles: Understanding and controlling microstructural evolution in metal forming: An overview; Techniques for modelling microstructure in metal forming processes; Modelling techniques for optimising metal forming processes; Recrystallisation and grain growth in hot working of steels; Severe plastic deformation for grain refinement and enhancement of properties. Part 2 Microstructure evolution in the processing of steel: Modelling phase transformations in steel; Determining unified constitutive equations for modelling hot forming of steel; Modelling phase transformations in hot stamping and cold die quenching of steels; Modelling microstructure evolution and work hardening in conventional and ultrafine-grained microalloyed steels. Part 3 Microstructure evolution in the processing of other metals: Microstructure control in creep-age forming of aluminium panels; Microstructure control in processing nickel, titanium and other special alloys.



The alloy treeA guide to low-alloy steels, stainless steels and nickel-base alloysC Farrar, Consultant

CONTENTSIntroduction: The alloy tree; Group A: Creep resisting low alloy steels; Group B: Cryogenic, nickel low alloy steels; Group C: Martensitic and ferritic stainless steels; Group D: Duplex and superduplex stainless steels; Group E: Standard austenitic stainless steels; Group F: Austenitic and superaustenitic stainless steels; Group G: Corrosion resistant nickel alloys; Group F: Heat resistant stainless steels; Group I: Heat resistant nickel alloys; Group J: Nickel-copper and nickel-molybdenum alloys.



Creep-resistant steelsEdited by F Abe, National Institute for Materials Science (NIMS), Japan, T-U Kern, Siemens, Germany and R Viswanathan, EPRI, USA

‘…a reference book of particular value to the power generation, petrochemical and other major industries.’

Metal Bulletin Monthly

CONTENTSPart 1 General: Introduction; The development of creep-resistant steels; Specifications for creep-resistant steels: Europe; Specifications for creep-resistant steels; Production of creep-resistant steels for turbines. Part 2 Behaviour of creep-resistant steels: Physical and elastic behaviour of creep-resistant steels; Diffusion behaviour of creep-resistant steels; Fundamental aspects of creep deformation and deformation mechanism map; Strengthening mechanisms in steel for creep and creep rupture; Precipitation during heat treatment and service – Characterisation, simulation and strength contribution; Grain boundaries in creep resistant steels; Fracture mechanism map and fundamental aspects of creep fracture; Mechanisms of creep deformation in steel; Constitutive equations for creep curves and predicting service life; Creep strain analysis in steel; Creep crack growth behaviour and creep-fatigue behaviour of steels; Creep strength of welded joints of ferritic steels; Fracture mechanics: understanding in microdimensions; Mechanisms of oxidation and corrosion and the influence of steam oxidation on service life of steam power plant components. Part 3 Applications: Alloy design philosophy of creep-resistant steels; Using creep-resistant steels in turbines; Using creep-resistant steels in nuclear reactors; Creep damage - Industry needs and future R&D.



Steel manualThird edition186 pages 240 x 200mm paperback 2008ISBN: 978 3 514 00745 1£25.00/US$40.00/€30.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514007451 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

High nitrogen steels and stainless steelsManufacturing, properties and applicationsEdited by B Raj, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, India

CONTENTSHistorical evolution of HNS alloys; Production of high-nitrogen bearing steels and stainless steels; Microstructural aspects and thermodynamics stability of nitrogen bearing stainless steels; Corrosion properties of nitrogen bearing stainless steels; Mechanical behaviour of nitrogen-bearing stainless steels; Welding metallurgy studies; Applications and services, Future developments and applications of nitrogen-bearing steels and stainless steels.

224 pages 250 x 160mm (6 1/2 x 10) hardback 2004ISBN: 978 1 84265 129 2£60.00/US$100.00/€70.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781842651292 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Buyer’s guide to sourcing castings from IndiaKPL International Limited, India

CONTENTSPreface; Executive summary; About KPL; How to use the buyer’s guide; Section A: India an overview. Section B: Why source castings from India? Overview of castings industry in India; Technology status in Indian foundries; Indicative prices of castings; Logistics; Guidelines for sourcing castings from India. Section C: Location and contacts; Organizational details; Key performance indicators; Installed and spare capacities; Commercial aspects. Section D: Doing business in India. Section E: Detailed profiles.

738 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2003ISBN: 978 1 85573 719 8£1050.00/US$1785.00/€1260.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737198

Melting and mixing of alloying agents in steel meltsL Zhang and F Oeters114 pages 210 x 148mm (6 x 8) paperback 1999ISBN: 978 3 514 00637 9£25.00/US$40.00/€30.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514006379 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Duplex stainless steelsMicrostructure, properties and applicationsEdited by R Gunn, TWI Ltd, UK216 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997ISBN: 978 1 85573 318 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 877 5


Toughness requirements for steelsAn international compendiumR Phaal and C S Wiesner176 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1993ISBN: 978 1 85573 132 5£145.00/US$245.00/€175.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855731325

Steel – a handbook for materials research and engineeringVolume 1: Fundamentals752 pages 250 x 160mm (6 x 9) hardback 1992ISBN: 978 3 514 00377 4£135.00/US$230.00/€160.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514003774 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Volume 2: Applications864 pages 250 x 160mm (6 x 9) hardback 1993ISBN: 978 3 514 00378 1£135.00/US$230.00/€160.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514003781 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Steel

NEW


CONVENTIONAL POWER GENERATION

Coal utilization in industryTowards cleaner productionEdited by D Osborne, Xstrata Coal Queensland, Australia


Coal utilization in industry presents a systematic and comprehensive review of coal utilization in industrial applications, from power plants to steel and iron making. The first part reviews worldwide coal resources and analyses the environmental and economic issues concerning the use of these resources. Following chapters review the basic science of coal, and importantly review the myriad of coal preparation and upgrading options that allow for cleaner production of coal for industrial applications. The final part reviews coal utilization and applications. Topics addressed include combustion, carbonisation and methods to optimize coal utilization in industry.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Coal resources, environmental issues and economic analysis: Environmental issues; Techno-economic analysis of coal markets and operational planning; Brazil as an emerging market for coal; China as an emerging market for coal; India as an emerging market for coal; Russia as an emerging market for coal. Part 2 Coal characterisation, chemistry and utilization parameters: Coal properties and chemistry; Coal petrography, characterization and classification. Part 3 Advances in mining, upgrading and handling towards cleaner production: Mining extraction and technology; Coal cleaning and preparation technology; Run-of-mine handling and transportation; Coal pre-treatment; Coarse and small coal cleaning; Surface chemistry in coal treatment; Solid-liquid separation; Post-treatment of coal; Tailings treatment and water clarification; Waste handling, pollution and slurries. Part 4 Coal utilization and applications: Coal combustion; Coal carbonization; Optimising coal utilization in industry.



Ultra-supercritical coal power plantMaterials, technologies and optimisationEdited by D Zhang, University of Western Australia, Australia


The need for more efficient, cleaner and higher output coal power plants means that new materials and designs must be developed for plants that will operate at much higher temperatures, i.e. both supercritical and ultra-supercritical plants, especially in countries where coal will remain one of the major energy resources in the future. Ultra-supercritical coal power plant provides a comprehensive reference on the developments, materials, design and operation of ultra-supercritical power plants. The opening section addresses operating environments, materials and engineering of ultra-supercritical coal power plants. The chapters that follow then review key methods to improve ultra-supercritical coal power plant performance and optimise operations.

CONTENTSPart 1 Operating environments, materials and engineering of ultra-supercritical coal power plant: Superheated gas and ultra-supercritical steam environments; Fuel preparation and combustion and burner design; Materials for boilers operating under supercritical steam conditions; Heat transfer and boiler design. Part 2 Improving ultra-supercritical coal power plant performance: Ash fouling, deposition and slagging; Emissions control and environmental impact; CO2 capture-ready plants; Plant life estimation, management and extension; An economic and engineering analysis of a 700°C advanced ultra-supercritical pulverized coal power plant.



Generating power at high efficiencyCombined cycle technology for sustainable energy productionE Jeffs


Generating power at high efficiency thoroughly charts the development and implementation of this technology in power plants and looks to the future of the technology, noting the advantages of the most important technical features – including gas turbines, steam generator, combined heat and power and integrated gasification combined cycle (IGCC) – with their latest applications.

CONTENTSIntroduction; Brief history of development; Some early schemes; Gas turbine developments; Steam generator concepts; The single shaft block; Repowering steam turbines; Combined heat and power; Gas turbines and coal; What does the future hold?



Structural alloys for power plantsOperational challenges and high-temperature materialsEdited by A Shirzadi, The Open University and University Cambridge and S Jackson, University of Cambridge, UK


This book presents a comprehensive review of structural materials in conventional and nuclear energy applications. Opening chapters address operational challenges and structural alloy requirements in different types of power plants. The following sections review power plant structural alloys and methods to mitigate critical materials degradation in power plants.

CONTENTSPart 1 Operational challenges and structural alloy requirements: Gas turbines and plant; Steam turbines and plant; Materials for nuclear power generation. Part 2 Structural alloys and their development; Austenitic steels and alloys; Martensitic steels and alloys; Structural Materials containing nanofeatures for advanced energy plants. Part 3 Mitigating critical materials degradation in power plants: Creep in power plants; Fracture, fatigue and structural integrity issues in electrical power generation; Radiation damage in nuclear power plants; Weld problems in power plants; Modelling creep of nickel alloys in high temperature power plant.



Industrial gas turbinesPerformance and operabilityA M Y Razak, Gas Path Analysis Ltd, UK

CONTENTSPart 1 Principles of gas turbine performance: Introduction; The gas turbine; Thermodynamics of gas turbine cycles; Complex gas turbine cycle; Compressors; Axial turbines; Gas turbine combustion; Off-design performance prediction; Behaviour of gas turbines during off-design operation; Gas turbine performance deterioration; Principles of engine control systems and transient performance. Part 2 Simulating the performance of a two-shaft gas turbine: Simulating the effects of ambient temperature on engine performance, emissions and turbine life usage - Two-shaft gas turbine operating with a free power turbine; Simulating the effect of change in ambient pressure on engine performance; Simulating the effects of engine deterioration on engine performance; Power augmentation; Simulation of engine control system performance. Part 3 Simulating the performance of a single-shaft gas turbine: Simulating the effects of ambient temperature on engine performance, emissions and turbine life usage - Single shaft gas turbine; Simulating the effect of change in ambient pressure on engine performance; Simulating the effect of performance deterioration on engine performance (single shaft gas turbine); Power augmentation; Simulation of system control system performance; Simulation exercises using the single shaft gas turbine simulator.

624 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback + Free CD-ROM 2007ISBN: 978 1 84569 205 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 340 4


High temperature materials and power generation

NEW NEW

NEW


Modern gas turbine systemsHigh efficiency, low emission, fuel flexible power generationEdited by P Jansohn, Paul Scherrer Institute, Switzerland


Modern gas turbine systems provides a comprehensive review of gas turbine science and engineering. Coverage includes large-scale power generation as well as industrial and small-scale gas turbine applications. This coverage is extended with an examination of operational and maintenance issues, including performance monitoring and control, modelling and optimisation techniques. Finally, advanced operating conditions and concepts are reviewed, including the pursuit of near-zero emissions power plants incorporating carbon dioxide capture technology.

CONTENTSPart 1 Overview: Why gas turbines; Gas turbine types; Gas turbine cycles. Part 2 Modern gas turbine systems and components: Compressors; Combustors; Turbines; Heat exchangers and heat recovery processes; Turbogenerators; Materials and coatings developments. Part 3 Operation and maintenance: Gas turbine operation and combustion performance; Performance modelling and analysis; Asset and performance management; Maintenance planning and inspection; Condition monitoring and assessment; Repair and quality control; Fuel flexibility in gas turbine systems; Ultra-low Nox combustion; Carbon dioxide (CO2) capture and storage.



The air engineStirling cycle power for a sustainable futureAllan J Organ, mRT - Regenerative Thermal Machines, UK

CONTENTSPart 1 A long overdue re-appraisal: The famous engine that never was; What Carnot efficiency? The counter-flow spiral heat exchanger – Spirex; A high-recovery-ratio combustion chamber. Part 2 Living with incompressible flow data: The regenerator problem brought down to size; The regenerative annulus and shuttle heat transfer; The rotating-displacer air engine; The strange case of the self-regulating air engine; Some light on the inner workings of the thermal lag engine. Part 3 Working with the reality of compressible flow: New correlations for old; Regenerator thermal analysis – un-finished business; Flow passage geometry; Beyond the performance envelope; For the sceptics. Part 4 Some design considerations: Scaling - and the neglected art of back-of-the-envelope calculation. ‘How to make a business out of Stirling Engines today’.



Fluidized-bed technologies for near-zero emission combustion and gasificationEdited by F Scala, Istituto di Ricerche sulla Combustione - CNR, Italy


Fluidized bed combustion (FBC) is an advanced technique for fuel flexible, high efficiency and low emission power generation. In these systems fuels are combusted as a fluidized bed suspended by jets of air with sorbents that remove harmful emissions such as NOx and SOx. CO2 capture can also be incorporated. This book provides an overview of this important area. Opening chapters provide an introduction to fluidization science and technology. Following sections review the fundamentals of fluidized bed combustion and gasification and advances in these areas. The final part focuses on emerging CO2 capture technologies.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to fluidization science and technology: Heat and mass transfer; Stationary fluidized beds; Circulating fluidized beds; Attrition and elutriation. Part 2 Fundamentals of fluidized bed combustion and gasification: Solid fuels and sorbent conversion; Liquid and gaseous fuels conversion; Pollutant emissions and control; Reactor design and scale up; Modelling. Part 3 Advances in fluidized bed combustion and gasification: Atmospheric fluidized bed combustion; Pressurized fluidized bed combustion; Circulating fluidized bed combustion; Fluidized bed gasification; Measurement, monitoring and control technologies and techniques. Part 4 Emerging CO2 capture technologies: Oxy-fired FBC Technology, Prospects and New Developments; Chemical looping combustion; Calcium looping; Sorption enhanced gasification.



Coal science and engineeringB Mazumder, IMMT Research Laboratory, India

Coal science and engineering will be helpful as a unified source of information on coal for both students specializing in coal and entrepreneurs working on coal. Chapters cover coal deposits, mining and beneficiation; coal structure and coal classification; coal analysis; coal cleaning processes; and coal conversion processes, as well as coal derived industrial carbons; utilization of coal wastes; and pollution generated by coal and its abatement.

CONTENTSCoal deposits, mining and beneficiation; Coal structure and coal classification; Coal analysis; Coal cleaning processes; Coal conversion processes; Coal derived industrial carbons; Utilization of coal wastes; Pollution generated by coal and its abatement.




Combined cycle systems for near-zero emission power generationEdited by A Rao, University of California, USA


Combined cycle power plants are one of the most promising and flexible approaches to conventional, fossil-fuel and biomass-fired energy production. The combination of a gas turbine and a steam turbine working in tandem to produce power makes this type of plant highly efficient, and it can also be fuel-flexible when combined with gasification technology. This book provides a comprehensive and systematic review of the design, engineering and operational issues of a range of advanced combined cycle power plants.

CONTENTSCombined cycle power plants; Advanced industrial gas turbines for power generation; Natural gas-fired combined cycle (NGCC) systems; Integrated gasification combined cycle systems; Novel cycles: Humid air cycle systems; Novel cycles: oxy-combustion turbine cycle systems; Pressurized fluidized bed combustion (PFBC) combined cycle systems; Externally fired combined cycle systems; Hybrid fuel cell gas turbine combined cycle systems; Integrated solar combined cycle systems; Techno-economic analysis of combined cycle systems.



Advanced power plant materials, design and technologyEdited by D Roddy, Sir Joseph Swan Institute, Newcastle University, UK


‘...should fill a long-vacant gap in this most interesting of technological opportunities in chemical engineering.’Review of chapter 13, Ian Burdon, Technical

Director (Energy), Parsons Brinckerhoff.

CONTENTSPart 1 Advanced power plant materials and designs: Gas turbine technology; Gas-fired combined-cycle technology; Integrated gasification combined cycle (IGCC) technology; Improving thermal cycle efficiency in advanced power plants. Part 2 Gas separation membranes, emissions handling, and instrumentation and control: Hydrogen (H2) gas separation; Carbon dioxide (CO2) gas separation; Flue gas cleaning for SOx, NOx and mercury emissions control; Flue gas dedusting systems for ash and particulate emissions control; Sensors for combustion monitoring; Monitoring and process control technology. Part 3 Improving the fuel flexibility, environmental impact and generation performance of advanced power plants: Low-rank coal utilisation; Biomass utilisation; Underground coal gasification (UCG); CO2 storage; Syngas and H2 production from fossil-fuel feedstocks.




NEW NEW NEW


Power plant life management and performance improvementEdited by J E Oakey, Cranfield University, UK


‘At a time when power generators seek to increase conversion efficiency as one of the ways of reducing emissions, this book provides a comprehensive review of the assessment of power plant performance, component lifetimes and future trends within the power industry. A valuable and timely publication.’

Professor Jim Williamson, Imperial College London, UK

Coal- and gas-based power plants currently supply the largest proportion of the world’s power generation capacity. This book critically reviews the fundamental degradation mechanisms that affect conventional power plant systems and components, noting mitigation routes alongside monitoring and assessment methods. Maintenance and replacement routes are further extended through chapters on the management and refurbishment of advanced systems and components.

CONTENTSPart 1 Power plant fuel flexibility, condition monitoring and performance assessment: Solid fuel composition and power plant fuel-flexibility; Condition monitoring and assessment of power plant components; Availability analysis of integrated gasification combined cycle (IGCC) power plants. Part 2 Coal boiler plant: Materials degradation, plant life management and performance improvement: Environmental degradation of boiler components; Creep in boiler materials: Mechanisms, measurement and modelling; Microstructural degradation in boiler steels: Materials developments, properties and assessment; Boiler steels, damage mechanisms, inspection and life assessment. Part 3 Gas turbine plant: Materials degradation, plant life management and performance improvement: Creep, fatigue and microstructural degradation in gas turbine superalloys; Gas turbine materials selection, life management and performance improvement; Gas turbine maintenance, refurbishment and repair. Part 4 Steam boiler and turbine plant: Materials degradation, plant life management and performance improvement: Steam oxidation in steam boiler and turbine environments; Steam boiler component loading, monitoring and life assessment; Steam turbine materials selection, life management and performance improvement; Steam turbine upgrades for power plant life management and performance improvement. Part 5 Heat exchangers and power plant welds: Materials management and performance improvement: High-temperature heat exchangers in indirectly fired combined cycle (IFCC) systems: Materials management and performance improvement; Heat recovery steam generators: Performance management and improvement; Power plant welds and joints: Materials management and performance improvement.



Advances in clean hydrocarbon fuel processingScience and technologyEdited by M R Khan, Saudi Aramco & King Abdullah University of Science and Technology, Saudi Arabia


Conventional coal, oil and gas resources used worldwide for power production and transportation are limited and unsustainable. Research and development continue apace into the conversion of mainstream and alternative hydrocarbon fuels (fossil fuels), with the goal of improving conversion efficiency for maximum fuel output with minimum environmental impact. This book provides a comprehensive and systematic reference on the conversion processes and technology applicable to the production of clean liquid fuels for both power generation and transport industries.

CONTENTSPart 1 Overview and assessment of hydrocarbon fuel conversion processes: Characterisation and preparation of biomass, oil shale and coal-based feedstocks; Production, properties and environmental impact of hydrocarbon fuel conversion; Life cycle assessment (LCA) of alternative hydrocarbon fuel conversion. Part 2 Solid hydrocarbon fuel processing and technology: Direct liquefaction (DCL) processes and technology for coal and biomass conversion; Gasification processes and technology; Pyrolysis processes and technology for the conversion of hydrocarbons and biomass; Biomass catalysis in conventional refineries. Part 3 Liquid hydrocarbon fuel processing and technology: Sulfur removal from heavy and light petroleum hydrocarbon by selective oxidation; Partial oxidation (POX) processes and technology for clean fuel and chemical production; Hydroconversion processes and technology for clean fuel and chemical production. Part 4 Gaseous hydrocarbon fuel processing and technology: Middle distillate fuel production from synthesis gas via the Fischer-Tropsch process; Methanol and dimethyl ether (DME) production from synthesis gas; Advances in water-gas shift technology: Modern catalysts and improved reactor concepts; Natural gas hydrate conversion processes. Part 5 Operational issues and process improvement in hydrocarbon fuel processing plant: Environmental degradation in hydrocarbon fuel processing plant: Issues and mitigation; Automation technology in hydrocarbon fuel processing plant; Advanced process control for clean fuel production: Smart plant of the future; Process modelling for hydrocarbon fuel conversion.



Advanced membrane science and technology for sustainable energy and environmental applicationsEdited by A Basile, ITM-CNR, Italy and S Nunes, King Abdullah University of Science and Technology (KAUST), Saudi Arabia


Progress in membrane materials, selective membrane design, and computer modelling and simulation have contributed greatly to the application of advanced membranes in conventional and alternative power sectors, as well as to clean industry applications. Research and development of membrane systems continues apace towards the goal of simple, efficient, and easily integrated systems that offer low-cost, reliable processing and operation. Advanced membrane science and technology for sustainable energy and environmental applications presents a comprehensive review of membrane science and technology, focusing on developments and applications in the areas of sustainable energy and clean-industry.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to membrane science and engineering: Fundamental membrane processes, science and engineering; Fundamental science of gas and vapour separation in polymeric membranes; Characterisation of membranes for energy and environmental applications; Economic analysis of membrane use in industrial applications. Part 2 Membranes for coal and gas power plants: Carbon dioxide (CO2) capture, synthesis gas processing and oxygen (O2) transport: Membrane technology for CO2 capture in power plants; Polymeric membranes for post-combustion CO2 capture; Inorganic membranes for pre-combustion CO2 capture; Inorganic membranes for synthesis gas processing; O2 transport membranes: Dense ceramic membranes for power plant applications. Part 3 Membranes for the petrochemical industry: hydrocarbon fuel and natural gas processing, and advanced biofuels production: Membranes for hydrocarbon fuel processing and separation; Polymeric membranes for natural gas processing; Membranes for advanced biofuels production. Part 4 Membranes for alternative energy applications: Batteries, fuel cells and hydrogen (H2) production: Ion exchange membranes for vanadium redox flow batteries; Membranes for lithium batteries; Proton exchange membranes for fuel cells; Functional ceramic hollow fibre membranes for catalytic membrane reactors and solid oxide fuel cells; Proton conducting ceramic membranes for solid oxide fuel cells and H2 processing; Membrane electrolysers for H2 production; Biomimetic membrane reactors for H2 production. Part 5 Membranes for industrial, environmental and nuclear applications: Membranes for industrial microfiltration and ultrafiltration; Membranes for forward osmosis in industrial applications; Degradation of polymeric membranes in water and wastewater treatment; Membranes for photocatalysis in water and wastewater treatment; Membranes for nuclear power applications.





Small and micro combined heat and power (CHP) systemsAdvanced design, performance, materials and applicationsEdited by R Beith, Beith & Associates Ltd, UK


This book provides a systematic and comprehensive reference on small and micro CHP (combined heat and power) systems suitable for buildings, commercial and industrial facilities, and local heat networks and microgrids. Benefits of using this type of cogeneration plant include a vastly improved energy efficiency achieving 80-90% energy output from the same amount of fuel, compared to 40-50% for conventional systems and reduced carbon dioxide and waste heat emissions helping to reduce any negative environmental impacts. The book also reviews the design and development of small and micro CHP systems and critically reviews applications of this important technology.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to small and micro combined heat and power (CHP) systems: Overview of small and micro CHP systems; Techno-economic assessment of small and micro CHP systems; Thermodynamics, performance analysis and computational modelling of small and micro CHP systems; Integration of small and micro CHP systems into distributed energy systems; Biomass fuels for small and micro CHP systems: Resources, conversion and applications. Part 2 Development of small and micro CHP systems and technology: Internal combustion and reciprocating engine systems for small and micro CHP applications; Gas turbine and microturbine systems for small CHP applications; Stirling engine systems for small and micro CHP applications; Organic Rankine cycle (ORC) based waste heat / waste fuel recovery systems for small CHP applications; Fuel cell systems for small and micro CHP applications; Heat-activated cooling technologies for small and micro CHP applications; Energy storage for small and micro CHP applications. Part 3 Application of small and micro CHP systems: Micro CHP systems for residential and small commercial buildings; District and community heating aspects of CHP systems; Small CHP systems for commercial buildings and institutions; Small and micro CHP systems for the food and beverage processing industries; Biomass-based small and micro CHP systems: Application and status in the United Kingdom; Thermal-engine-based small and micro CHP systems for domestic applications: Modelling micro CHP deployment.



Oxy-fuel combustion for power generation and carbon dioxide (CO2) captureEdited by L Zheng, CanmetENERGY Ottawa Research Centre, Natural Resources Canada, Canada


Oxy-fuel combustion is currently considered to be one of the major technologies for carbon dioxide (CO2) capture in power plants. The advantages of using oxygen (O2) instead of air for combustion include a CO2-enriched flue gas that is ready for sequestration following purification and low NOx emissions. This simple and elegant technology has attracted considerable attention since the late 1990s, rapidly developing from pilot-scale testing to industrial demonstration. Challenges remain, as O2 supply and CO2 capture create significant energy penalties that must be reduced through overall system optimisation and the development of new processes. This book critically reviews the fundamental principles, processes and technology of oxy-fuel combustion, including advanced concepts for its implementation.

CONTENTSOverview of oxy-fuel combustion technology for carbon dioxide (CO2) capture. Part 1 Introduction to oxy-fuel combustion: Economic comparison of oxy-coal CO2 capture and storage (CCS) with pre- and post-combustion CCS; Oxy-fuel power plant operation; Industrial scale oxy-fuel technology demonstration; Oxy-fuel combustion on circulating fluidized bed (CFB). Part 2 Oxy-fuel combustion fundamentals: Ignition, flame stability, and char combustion in oxy-fuel combustion; Oxy-coal burner design for utility boilers; Pollutant formation and emissions from oxy-coal power plants; Oxy-fuel heat transfer characteristics and impacts on boiler design; Current and future oxygen (O2) supply technologies for oxy-fuel combustion; CO2 compression and purification technology for oxy-fuel combustion. Part 3 Advanced oxy-fuel combustion concepts and developments: Direct oxy-coal combustion with minimum or no flue gas recycle; High pressure oxy-fuel (HiPrOx) combustion systems; Chemical-looping combustion for power generation and CO2 capture; Oxy-fuel combustion of gaseous fuel.



Developments and innovation in carbon dioxide (CO2) capture and storage technologyVolume 1: Carbon dioxide (CO2) capture, transport and industrial applicationsEdited by M M Maroto-Valer, The Centre for Innovation in Carbon Capture and Storage (CICCS), University of Nottingham, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 8CONTENTSOverview of CCS technology. Part 1 CCS economics, regulation and planning: Techno-economic analysis and modeling; Regulatory and social analysis for CCS legitimation and market formation; Energy supply planning. Part 2 Post- and pre-combustion CO2 capture: Advanced absorption processes; Advanced adsorption processes; Advanced membrane separation processes; Gasification processes and synthesis gas treatment. Part 3 Advanced combustion processes for CO2 capture in power plants: Oxyfuel combustion; Advanced oxygen production for power plants with integrated CO2 capture; Chemical-looping combustion. Part 4 CO2 compression, transport and injection: Gas purification, compression and liquefaction for CO2 transport; Infrastructure and pipeline technology for CO2 transport; CO2 injection processes. Part 5 Industrial applications: CCS in the cement and concrete industry; CCS in the iron and steel industry.



Developments and innovation in carbon dioxide (CO2) capture and storage technologyVolume 2: Carbon dioxide (CO2) storage and utilisationEdited by M M Maroto-Valer, The Centre for Innovation in Carbon Capture and Storage (CICCS), University of Nottingham, UK


‘The development of CCS worldwide must go ahead at a pace unprecedented in large-scale technology investment and that needs unprecedented levels of knowledge transfer. This book makes a significant contribution.’

Dr Jeff Chapman, The Carbon Capture & Storage Association, UK

CONTENTSOverview of CCS technology. Part 1 Geological sequestration: Screening and selection criteria and characterisation technique; CO2 sequestration in deep saline aquifers and formations; CO2 sequestration in oil and gas reservoirs and enhanced oil recovery (EOR); CO2 sequestration in unmineable coal seams and enhanced coal-bed methane recovery (ECBM). Part 2 Maximising and verifying CO2 storage in underground reservoirs: CO2 injection design to maximise storage and EOR; Capillary seals for trapping CO2; Monitoring technologies for verification of CO2 storage; Modeling long-term safety of CO2 storage. Part 3 Terrestrial and ocean sequestration and environmental impacts: Terrestrial sequestration; Ocean sequestration; Risks and impacts of CO2 leakage in terrestrial ecosystems; Risks and impacts of CO2 leakage in marine ecosystems. Part 4 Advanced concepts: Industrial utilisation; Biofixation by micro-organisms; Mineralisation; Photocatalytic reduction.





HIGH TEMPERATURE

Ultra-supercritical coal power plantMaterials, technologies and optimisationEdited by D Zhang, University of Western Australia, Australia


The need for more efficient, cleaner and higher output coal power plants means that new materials and designs must be developed for plants that will operate at much higher temperatures, i.e. both supercritical and ultra-supercritical plants, especially in countries where coal will remain one of the major energy resources in the future. Ultra-supercritical coal power plant provides a comprehensive reference on the developments, materials, design and operation of ultra-supercritical power plants. The opening section addresses operating environments, materials and engineering of ultra-supercritical coal power plants. The chapters that follow then review key methods to improve ultra-supercritical coal power plant performance and optimise operations.

CONTENTSPart 1 Operating environments, materials and engineering of ultra-supercritical coal power plant: Superheated gas and ultra-supercritical steam environments; Fuel preparation and combustion and burner design; Materials for boilers operating under supercritical steam conditions; Heat transfer and boiler design. Part 2 Improving ultra-supercritical coal power plant performance: Ash fouling, deposition and slagging; Emissions control and environmental impact; CO2 capture-ready plants; Plant life estimation, management and extension; An economic and engineering analysis of a 700°C advanced ultra-supercritical pulverized coal power plant.



Coal utilization in industryTowards cleaner productionEdited by D Osborne, Xstrata Coal Queensland, Australia


Coal utilization in industry presents a systematic and comprehensive review of coal utilization in industrial applications, from power plants to steel and iron making. The first part reviews worldwide coal resources and analyses the environmental and economic issues concerning the use of these resources. Following chapters review the basic science of coal, and importantly review the myriad of coal preparation and upgrading options that allow for cleaner production of coal for industrial applications. The final part reviews coal utilization and applications. Topics addressed include combustion, carbonisation and methods to optimize coal utilization in industry.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: coal resources, environmental issues and economic analysis: Environmental issues; Techno-economic analysis of coal markets and operational planning; Brazil as an emerging market for coal; China as an emerging market for coal; India as an emerging market for coal; Russia as an emerging market for coal. Part 2 Coal characterisation, chemistry and utilization parameters: Coal properties and chemistry; Coal petrography, characterization and classification. Part 3 Advances in mining, upgrading and handling towards cleaner production: Mining extraction and technology; Coal cleaning and preparation technology; Run-of-mine handling and transportation; Coal pre-treatment; Coarse and small coal cleaning; Surface chemistry in coal treatment; Solid-liquid separation; Post-treatment of coal; Tailings treatment and water clarification; Waste handling, pollution and slurries. Part 4 Coal utilization and applications: Coal combustion; Coal carbonization; Optimising coal utilization in industry.



High temperature deformation and fracture of materialsJ-S Zhang, Dalian University of Technology, China

CONTENTSPart 1 High temperature deformation: Creep behaviour of materials; Evolution of dislocation substructures during creep; Dislocation motion at elevated temperatures; Recovery - creep theories of pure metals; Creep of solid solution alloys; Creep of second phase particles strengthened materials; Creep of particulates reinforced composite material; High temperature deformation of intermetallic compounds; Diffusional creep; Superplasticity; Mechanisms of grain boundary sliding; Multiaxial creep models. Part 2 High temperature fracture: Nucleation of creep cavity; Creep embrittlement by segregation of impurities; Diffusional growth of creep cavities; Cavity growth by coupled diffusion and creep; Constrained growth of creep cavities; Nucleation and growth of wedge - type microcracks; Creep crack growth; Creep damage mechanics; Creep damage physics; Prediction of creep rupture life; Creep - fatigue interaction; Prediction of creep - fatigue life; Environmental damage at high temperature.




Stress corrosion crackingTheory and practiceEdited by V S Raja, Indian Institute of Technology, India and T Shoji, Tohoku University, Japan

Stress corrosion cracking (SCC) causes sudden failure of metals and other materials subjected to stress in a corrosive environment, especially at elevated temperatures. The problem affects industries such as petrochemical and nuclear power production. This book is divided into four parts, looking at the mechanisms of stress corrosion cracking, how it affects particular metals and the ways it can be monitored and managed in particular industries.

CONTENTSPart 1 fundamental aspects of stress corrosion cracking (SCC) and hydrogen embrittlement: Mechanistic and fractographic aspects of stress-corrosion cracking; Hydrogen embrittlement phenomena and mechanisms. Part 2 Test methods for determining stress corrosion cracking susceptibilities: Testing and evaluation methods for stress corrosion cracking in metals. Part 3 Stress corrosion cracking in specific materials: Stress corrosion cracking in low and medium strength carbon steels; Stress corrosion cracking in stainless steels; Factors affecting stress corrosion cracking and fundamental mechanistic understanding of stainless steels; Stress corrosion cracking in nickel-based alloys; Stress corrosion cracking in aluminium alloys; Stress corrosion cracking in magnesium alloys; Stress corrosion cracking and hydrogen-assisted cracking in titanium alloys; Stress corrosion cracking in copper and copper-based alloys; Stress corrosion cracking of austenitic stainless and ferritic steel weldments; Stress corrosion cracking in polymer composites. Part 4 Environmentally-assisted cracking problems in various industries: Stress corrosion cracking in boilers and cooling water systems; Environmentally-assisted cracking in oil and gas production; Stress corrosion cracking in aerospace vehicles; Prediction of stress corrosion cracking in nuclear power systems; Failures of structures and components by metal-induced embrittlement; Stress corrosion cracking in pipelines.




NEW

NEW


Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of materials in energy technologiesVolume 1: The problem, its characterisation and effects on particular alloy classesEdited by R P Gangloff, University of Virginia and B P Somerday, Sandia National Laboratories, USA

This important two-volume book reviews the problem of degradation of metals and other materials exposed to hydrogen. The first part of volume one begins by discussing how the problem of gaseous hydrogen embrittlement affects such sectors as the petrochemicals, automotive, nuclear and other energy industries. Part two reviews ways of characterising and testing for hydrogen-assisted fatigue and fracture. A final group of chapters analyse the ways gaseous hydrogen embrittlement affects high-performance steels, superalloys, titanium and aluminium alloys.

CONTENTSPart 1 The hydrogen embrittlement problem: Hydrogen production and containment; Hydrogen-induced disbonding and embrittlement of steels used in petrochemical refining; Assessing hydrogen embrittlement in automotive hydrogen tanks; Gaseous hydrogen issues in nuclear waste disposal; Hydrogen embrittlement in nuclear power systems; Standards and codes to control hydrogen-induced cracking in pressure vessels and pipes for hydrogen gas storage and transport. Part 2 Characterisation and analysis of hydrogen embrittlement: Fracture and fatigue test methods in hydrogen gas; Mechanics of modern test methods and quantitive-accelerated testing for hydrogen embrittlement; Metallographic and Fractographic techniques for characterising and understanding hydrogen-assisted cracking of metals; Fatigue crack initiation and fatigue life of metals exposed to hydrogen; Effects of hydrogen on fatigue-crack propagation in steels. Part 3 The hydrogen embrittlement of alloy classes: Hydrogen embrittlement of high-strength steels; Hydrogen trapping phenomena in martensitic steels; Hydrogen embrittlement of carbon steels and their welds; Hydrogen embrittlement of high-strength low-alloy (HSLA) steels and their welds; Hydrogen embrittlement of austenitic stainless steels and their welds; Hydrogen embrittlement of nickel, cobalt and iron-based superalloys; Hydrogen effects in titanium alloys; Hydrogen embrittlement of aluminium and aluminium-based alloys; Hydrogen-induced degradation of rubber seals.



Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of materials in energy technologiesVolume 2: Mechanisms, modelling and future developmentsEdited by R P Gangloff, University of Virginia and B P Somerday, Sandia National Laboratories, USA

The first part of volume two reviews the mechanism of hydrogen embrittlement, including absorption, diffusion and trapping of hydrogen in metals. Part two discusses ways of modelling hydrogen-induced damage and assessing service life. The final section in the book assesses future trends in research.

CONTENTSPart 1 Mechanisms of hydrogen interactions with metals: Hydrogen adsorption on the surface of metals; Analysing hydrogen in metals: bulk thermal desorption spectroscopy (TDS) methods; Analysing hydrogen in metals: surface techniques; Hydrogen diffusion and trapping in metals; Control of hydrogen embrittlement of metals by chemical inhibitors and coatings; The role of grain boundaries in hydrogen induced cracking (HIC) of steels; Influence of hydrogen on the behavior of dislocations. Part 2 Modelling hydrogen embrittlement: Modelling hydrogen induced damage mechanisms in metals; Hydrogen effects on the plasticity of face-centred cubic (ffc) crystals; Continuum mechanics modelling of hydrogen embrittlement; Degradation models for hydrogen embrittlement; Effect of inelastic strain on hydrogen-assisted fracture of metals; Development of service life prognosis systems for hydrogen energy devices. Part 3 The future: Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of high-performance metals in energy systems: Future trends.



Developments in high temperature corrosion and protection of materialsEdited by W Gao, University of Auckland, New Zealand

CONTENTSPart 1 Developments in high temperature corrosion: Diffusion and solid state reactions; Transition between external and internal oxidation of alloys; Modern analytical techniques in high temperature oxidation and corrosion; Metal dusting corrosion of metals and alloys; Tribological degradation at elevated temperatures; Hot corrosion of alloys and coatings; Oxide scales on hot-rolled steel strips. Part 2 Developments in protective oxide scales and coatings: High-temperature corrosion mechanisms in layered ternary ceramics; Formation and growth of protective alumina scales; Oxidation of Ti-Al intermetallic compounds; Oxidation of metal matrix composites; Design strategies for new oxidation-resistant high temperature alloys; Oxidation behaviour of chemical vapour deposited silicon carbide; Oxidation resistant nanocrystalline coatings; Thermal barrier coatings. Part 3 Case studies: High temperature corrosion problems in the petrochemical industry; Oxidation processing of electronic materials; Corrosion in modern incinerators.



Thermal barrier coatingsEdited by H Xu, Beijing University of Aeronautics and Astronautics (BUAA) and H Guo, Beihang University, China

‘Provides a comprehensive review of this important subject.’

Materials World

Thermal barrier coatings are used to counteract the effects of high temperature corrosion and degradation of materials exposed to environments with high operating temperatures. Thermal barrier coatingscovers both ceramic and metallic thermal barrier coatings as well as the latest advances in physical vapour deposition and plasma spraying techniques. Advances in nanostructured thermal barrier coatings are also discussed. The book reviews potential failure mechanisms in thermal barrier coatings as well as ways of testing performance and predicting service life. A final chapter reviews emerging materials, processes and technologies in the field.

CONTENTSPart 1 Materials and structure: Thermal barrier coatings prepared by electron beam physical vapor deposition (EB-PVD); Ceramic thermal barrier coating materials; Metallic coatings for high-temperature oxidation resistance; Nanostructured thermal barrier coatings. Part 2 Processing and spraying techniques: Plasma spraying and its applications: Processes and applications; Processing, microstructures and properties of thermal barrier coatings EB-PVD; Processing, microstructures and properties of thermal barrier coatings by plasma spraying (PS); Plasma-sprayed thermal barrier coatings with segmentation cracks; Detonation gun sprayed thermal barrier coatings. Part 3 Performance of thermal barrier coatings: Oxidation and hot-corrosion of thermal barrier coatings (TBCs); Failure mechanism of thermal barrier coatings by EB-PVD under thermo-mechanical coupled loads; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of thermal barrier coatings; Substrate and bond coat related failure of thermal barrier coatings; Life prediction of thermal barrier coatings; New materials, technologies and processes in thermal barrier coatings.



A quick guide to pipeline engineeringD Alkazraji

CONTENTSPrinciples of pipeline design; Design approach; Pipeline construction and risk assessment techniques; Pressure testing and commissioning; Pipeline operation; Pipeline maintenance; Pipeline condition monitoring and repair methods; Pipeline decommissioning and industry developments.

Published in association with Matthews Engineering Training Limited

176 pages 170 x 112 mm (4 x 6 1/2) paperback 2008ISBN: 978 1 84569 490 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 491 3



NEW NEW


Understanding and mitigating ageing in nuclear power plantsMaterials and operational aspects of plant life management (PLiM)Edited by Ph G Tipping, formerly of Swiss Federal Nuclear Safety Inspectorate (ENSI), Switzerland


‘A very useful compilation of international information and perspectives on the long term operation of nuclear power plants. I plan to keep this book as a key reference for my on-going work in nuclear plant life management.’

Garry G. Young, IAEA Technical Working Group – Life Management of Nuclear Power

Plants, USA

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to PLiM: Nuclear energy, materials and operations; Key elements of PLiM for long-term operation; Safety regulations and license renewal; Probabilistic and deterministic safety assessment; Socio-economic impacts. Part 2 Ageing degradation of irradiated materials in systems, structures and components: Failure prevention and analysis; Operational loads and creep-, fatigue- and corrosion-interactions; Microstructure evolution of irradiated structural materials; Stress corrosion cracking in light-water reactors (LWR); Void swelling and irradiation creep in LWRs; Irradiation hardening and materials embrittlement in LWRs; Reactor pressure vessel (RPV) annealing and mitigation. Part 3 Analysis of materials and advanced SSC: Characterisation of irradiated and ageing materials; On-line and real-time corrosion monitoring; Multi-scale modelling of irradiation effects; Instrumentation and control; Nanostructured materials. Part 4 PLiM practices in nuclear power plants: PWR; WWER; BWR; PHWR; SFR; Magnox/AGR; Outlook.



Creep-resistant steelsEdited by F Abe, National Institute for Materials Science (NIMS), Japan, T-U Kern, Siemens, Germany and R Viswanathan, EPRI, USA

CONTENTSPart 1 General: Introduction; The development of creep-resistant steels; Specifications for creep-resistant steels: Europe; Specifications for creep-resistant steels; Production of creep-resistant steels for turbines. Part 2 Behaviour of creep-resistant steels: Physical and elastic behaviour of creep-resistant steels; Diffusion behaviour of creep-resistant steels; Fundamental aspects of creep deformation and deformation mechanism map; Strengthening mechanisms in steel for creep and creep rupture; Precipitation during heat treatment and service – Characterisation, simulation and strength contribution; Grain boundaries in creep resistant steels; Fracture mechanism map and fundamental aspects of creep fracture; Mechanisms of creep deformation in steel; Constitutive equations for creep curves and predicting service life; Creep strain analysis in steel; Creep crack growth behaviour and creep-fatigue behaviour of steels; Creep strength of welded joints of ferritic steels; Fracture mechanics: understanding in microdimensions; Mechanisms of oxidation and corrosion and the influence of steam oxidation on service life of steam power plant components. Part 3 Applications: Alloy design philosophy of creep-resistant steels; Using creep-resistant steels in turbines; Using creep-resistant steels in nuclear reactors; Creep damage - Industry needs and future R&D.



NUCLEAR POWER GENERATION

Radioactive waste management and contaminated site clean-upProcesses, technologies and international experienceEdited by B Lee, Imperial College London, M I Ojovan, University of Sheffield, UK and C Jantzen, Savannah River National Laboratory, USA


Radioactive waste management is critical to the use of nuclear power, the use of radioisotopes in research, medicine and industry, and to the clean-up of materials in nuclear weapon programmes. While many wastes can be well understood with appropriate treatment and conditioning technologies applied to them, others, and newer wastes, require additional R&D input to help control and contain them safely and securely. Different technologies are applied internationally due to the variation in the source of wastes, and to the current and potential policies that apply in those jurisdictions. This book provides a timely reference on radioactive waste management processes, technologies, and international experiences.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to radioactive waste management and contaminated site clean-up: Fundamentals of radioactive waste; Radiological safety issues and human and environmental protection; Radioactive waste categories, characterisation and processing selection routes; Safety-risk assessment of radioactive wastes and contaminated sites; Management of radioactive waste; Irradiated nuclear fuel management; Radioactive waste conditioning and immobilisation and encapsulation processes; Assessing and modeling nuclear waste form/package performance, behavior and lifetime; Management of waste from the cleanup of radioactively contaminated sites. Part 2: International experience in radioactive waste management and contaminated site clean-up: Russia; Ukraine; United States; England and Wales; Scotland; France; Germany; Canada; Japan; Republic of Korea; Eastern Europe; Nordic Countries; South Africa; China. Part 3 Non-power industry radioactive waste management and contaminated site clean-up: Nuclear weapons programmes; Modeling and strategy approaches for assessing radionuclide contamination from underground testing of nuclear weapons; Remote monitoring methods for former underground nuclear explosions sites.



Irradiation embrittlement of reactor pressure vessels in nuclear power plantsEdited by N Soneda, Central Research Institute of Electric Power Industry (CRIEPI), Japan


The main degradation mechanism affecting RPVs is irradiation embrittlement, where neutron bombardment from the nuclear reaction displaces atoms in the RPV steels. Inspection, testing, and appropriate maintenance are therefore required to ensure any damage is mitigated and thereby to allow the plant to continue generating power. Irradiation embrittlement of reactor pressure vessels in nuclear power plants discusses irradiation embrittlement as it affects RPV steels, along with mitigation routes to manage RPV lifetime.

CONTENTSProduction and properties of RPV components; RPV fabrication in the US; Fabrication of VVER reactor pressure vessels; Surveillance of Magnox RPV materials; Management of the embrittlement of RPV for power plant operation; Embrittlement of PWR reactor vessel materials; Test reactor, ion and electron irradiation experiments for the study of embrittlement mechanisms; Microstructural characterisation techniques for studies of radiation embrittlement.



Geological repository systems for safe disposal of spent nuclear fuels and radioactive wasteEdited by J Ahn, University of California, Berkeley and M J Apted, INTERA Inc., USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 9CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Multiple-barrier geological repository design and operation strategies; Spent nuclear fuel recycling practices and impacts; Near-surface, intermediate depth and borehole disposal; Underground research facilities and rock laboratories. Part 2 Geological repository systems: Crystalline systems; Clay systems; Assessing long-term stability; Far-field process analysis and radionuclide transport modelling. Part 3 Engineered barrier systems: Immobilisation of spent nuclear fuel and radioactive waste; Low-pH concretes; Smectitic buffer and backfill; Near-field processes, evolution and assessment; Nuclear waste canisters, corrosion and long-term performance; Post-containment performance. Part 4 Performance assessment: Safety assessment for deep geological disposal; Safety assessment for near-surface disposal; Treatment of uncertainty in the performance assessment; Assessment of expert judgments; Knowledge management systems. Part 5 Radiation protection, regulation and social engagement: Radiation protection principles and standards; Risk-informed, performance-based regulations; Environmental monitoring programs and public engagement; Methods for social dialogue.




NEW

NEW


Materials ageing and degradation in light water reactorsEdited by K L Murty, North Carolina State University, USA


Light water reactors (LWRs) are the predominant class of nuclear power reactors in operation today. These plants are run to demanding safety standards and given the high degree of engineering involved, also look to operate for the long-term, i.e. up to and beyond their original design life, subject to structural performance of plant and appropriate safety licensing. This book addresses key aspects of materials ageing and degradation mechanisms in light water reactor environments together with corresponding materials management approaches and mitigation routes.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamental issues and performance of specific components: Overview of ageing and degradation issues in light water reactors (LWRs); Creep deformation of materials; Properties of zirconium alloy components; Performance and inspection of zirconium alloy components; Electric cables and coatings. Part 2 Materials management strategies for LWRs: PWR materials management strategies; VVER materials management strategies; Industry needs with emphasis on materials degradation.



Understanding and mitigating ageing in nuclear power plantsMaterials and operational aspects of plant life management (PLiM)Edited by Ph G Tipping, formerly of Swiss Federal Nuclear Safety Inspectorate (ENSI), Switzerland

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 4CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to PLiM: Nuclear energy, materials and operations; Key elements of PLiM for long-term operation; Safety regulations and license renewal; Probabilistic and deterministic safety assessment; Socio-economic impacts. Part 2 Ageing degradation of irradiated materials in systems, structures and components: Failure prevention and analysis; Operational loads and creep-, fatigue- and corrosion-interactions; Microstructure evolution of irradiated structural materials; Stress corrosion cracking in light-water reactors (LWR); Void swelling and irradiation creep in LWRs; Irradiation hardening and materials embrittlement in LWRs; Reactor pressure vessel (RPV) annealing and mitigation. Part 3 Analysis of materials and advanced SSC: Characterisation of irradiated and ageing materials; On-line and real-time corrosion monitoring; Multi-scale modelling of irradiation effects; Instrumentation and control; Nanostructured materials. Part 4 PLiM practices in nuclear power plants: PWR; WWER; BWR; PHWR; SFR; Magnox/AGR; Outlook.



Probabilistic safety assessment for optimum nuclear power plant life management (PLiM)Theory and application of reliability analysis methods for major power plant componentsG V Arkadov, A F Getman, All-Russia Scientific Research Institute for Nuclear Power Plants Operation (VNIIAES), Russia and A N Rodionov, Institute for Radiological Protection and Nuclear Safety (IRSN), France


Probabilistic safety assessment methods are used to calculate nuclear power plant durability and resource lifetime. Successful calculation of the reliability and ageing of components is critical for forecasting safety and directing preventative maintenance, and Probabilistic safety assessment for optimum nuclear power plant life management provides a comprehensive review of the theory and application of these methods. Part one of this important book reviews probabilistic methods for predicting the reliability of equipment, whilst the practical applications of probabilistic methods for strength reliability are explored in part two.

CONTENTSPart 1 Probabilistic methods for predicting the reliability of equipment: Terminology, concepts and definitions; Formal-statistical methods; Physico-statistical approach and procedures using the defect-free model of structural material; Physico-statistical approach taking defects into account and using binomial distribution; Physico-statistical methods based on the residual defectiveness of structural materials. Part 2 Practical application of probabilistic methods for strength reliability: Probabilistic analysis of safety for improved reliability and safety of nuclear power plant components; Optimisation of non-destructive inspection; Optimisation of hydraulic tests, technical certification and planned-preventive repairs; Using probabilistic methods for solving the problem of ensuring leak tightness of heat exchanger pipes of nuclear power plant steam generators.




Nuclear fuel cycle science and engineeringEdited by I Crossland, Crossland Consulting, UK


The nuclear fuel cycle is characterised by the wide range of scientific disciplines and technologies it employs. Nuclear fuel cycle science and engineering describes both the key features of the complete nuclear fuel cycle and the wealth of recent research in this important field.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to the nuclear fuel cycle: Nuclear power: Origins and outlook; Radiological protection in the nuclear fuel cycle; Safeguards, security and safety in the nuclear fuel cycle: The 3S concept; Public acceptability of nuclear technology; The economics of nuclear power. Part 2 Uranium and thorium nuclear fuel cycle: Materials mining, enrichment and fuel element design and fabrication: Mining and milling of uranium; Uranium conversion and enrichment for nuclear power generation; Development of the thorium fuel cycle; Nuclear fuel assembly design and fabrication. Part 3 Impact of nuclear reactor design and operation on fuel element irradiation: Water cooled thermal reactor designs, operation and fuel cycle; CANDU nuclear reactor designs, operation and fuel cycle; Gas-cooled nuclear reactor designs, operation and fuel cycle; Generation IV nuclear reactor designs, operation and fuel cycle; Understanding and modelling fuel behaviour under irradiation. Part 4 Spent nuclear fuel and radioactive waste management: Management of spent nuclear fuel from power reactors; Reprocessing of spent oxide fuel from nuclear power reactors; Partitioning and transmutation of spent nuclear fuel and radioactive waste; Disposal of radioactive waste; Packaging and transport of radioactive material in the nuclear fuel cycle.




NEW NEW NEW


Radionuclide behaviour in the natural environmentScience, implications and lessons for the nuclear industryEdited by Ch Poinssot, CEA Marcoule, France and H Geckeis, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT), Germany


Understanding radionuclide behaviour in the natural environment is essential to the development of nuclear energy and key to enhancing public confidence in the industry. Scientific knowledge in this field has developed greatly over the last decade. Radionuclide behaviour in the natural environment provides a comprehensive overview of the key processes and parameters affecting radionuclide mobility and migration.

CONTENTSOverview of radionuclide behaviour in the natural environment. Part 1 Radionuclide chemistry in the natural environment: Fundamentals of aquatic chemistry relevant to radionuclide behaviour in the environment; Aquatic chemistry of the actinides: Aspects relevant to their environmental behaviour; Aquatic chemistry of long-lived mobile fission and activation products in the context of deep geological disposal; Impacts of humic substances on the geochemical behaviour of radionuclides; Impacts of microorganisms on radionuclides in contaminated environments and waste materials. Part 2 Radionuclide migration: Hydrogeological features relevant to radionuclide migration in the natural environment; Radionuclide retention at solid/liquid interfaces in the natural environment; Radionuclide migration: Coupling transport and chemistry; Impact of colloidal transport on radionuclide migration in the natural environment; Natural analogues of nuclear waste repositories: Studies and their implications for the development of radionuclide migration models; Studying radionuclide migration on different scales: The complimentary roles of laboratory and in situ experiments; Radionuclide transfer processes in the biosphere. Part 3 Environmental impact and remediation: Modelling radionuclide transport in the environment and calculating radiation doses; Quantitative assessment of radionuclide migration from near-surface radioactive waste burial sites: The waste dumps in the Chernobyl exclusion zone as an example; Remediation of sites contaminated by radionuclides; Safety assessment of nuclear waste repositories: A radionuclide migration perspective.



Nuclear corrosion science and engineeringEdited by D Feron, CEA Saclay, France


‘This book covers the range of nuclear reactors and provides comprehensive and systematic information on the relevant nuclear corrosion mechanisms, science and engineering.’

Professor Tetsuo Shoji, Long-term Materials Reliability Laboratory, Fracture and

Reliability Research Institute, Tohoku University, Japan

Nuclear corrosion science and engineering reviews the fundamentals of nuclear corrosion, looking at the different types of both aqueous and non-aqueous corrosion mechanisms and the nuclear materials susceptible to attack from them, along with applicable monitoring and control methodologies and modelling and lifetime prediction tools. The book also explores corrosion issues across the range of current and next-generation nuclear reactors, as well as nuclear fuel and radioactive waste facilities.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to corrosion in nuclear power applications: Overview of corrosion engineering, science and technology; Overview of nuclear materials and nuclear corrosion science and engineering; Understanding and mitigating corrosion in nuclear reactor systems. Part 2 Aqueous corrosion in nuclear power applications: Fundamental science, materials and mechanisms: General corrosion in nuclear reactor components and nuclear waste disposal systems; Environmentally assisted cracking (EAC) in nuclear reactor systems and components; Irradiation assisted corrosion and stress corrosion cracking (IAC/IASCC) in nuclear reactor systems and components; Flow assisted corrosion (FAC) in nuclear power plant components; Microbiologically influenced corrosion (MIC) in nuclear power plant systems and components. Part 3 Non-aqueous corrosion in nuclear power applications: Fundamental science, materials and mechanisms: High-temperature oxidation in nuclear reactor systems; Liquid metal corrosion in nuclear reactor and accelerator driven systems. Part 4 Corrosion monitoring and control in nuclear power applications: Electrochemical techniques for monitoring and controlling corrosion in water-cooled nuclear reactor systems; On line electrochemical monitoring in light water nuclear reactor (LWR) systems; Modelling corrosion in nuclear power plant systems; Lifetime prediction techniques for nuclear power plant systems. Part 5 Corrosion issues in current nuclear reactors and applications: Corrosion issues in pressurised water reactor (PWR) systems; Intergranular stress corrosion cracking (IGSCC) in boiling water reactors; Corrosion issues in pressurised heavy water reactor (PHWR/CANDU) systems; Corrosion issues in water-cooled water-moderated nuclear reactor (WWER) systems; Corrosion issues in nuclear fuel reprocessing plants. Part 6 Corrosion issues in next generation nuclear reactors and advanced applications: Corrosion issues in high temperature gas cooled reactor (HTR) systems; Corrosion issues in sodium-cooled fast reactor (SFR) systems; Corrosion issues in lead-cooled fast reactor (LFR) and accelerator driven systems (ADS); Corrosion issues in molten salt reactor (MSR) systems; Corrosion issues in super-critical water reactor (SCWR) systems; Corrosion issues in thermonuclear fusion reactors and facilities (ITER/IFMIF); Corrosion issues of radioactive waste packages in geological disposal systems.



Nuclear decommissioningPlanning, execution and international experienceEdited by M Laraia, formerly of International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), Austria


‘This excellent book describes the entire process of decommissioning, from planning to management to completion, in a clear and comprehensive manner.’

Shelly Mobbs, Eden Nuclear and Environment, UK

Over the course of their operational life, a variety of components in both nuclear power plants and other civilian nuclear facilities will become contaminated by irradiation from the radioactive sources present. Once these power plants or facilities have come to the end of their operational lifetime, the need to decommission and decontaminate them arises. Nuclear decommissioning critically reviews the decommissioning and decontamination processes and technologies available for rehabilitating sites used for nuclear power generation and civilian nuclear facilities, from fundamental issues and best practices, to procedures and technology, and onto decommissioning and decontamination case studies.

CONTENTSIntroduction to nuclear decommissioning: Definitions and history. Part 1 Planning: Fundamental issues in starting a nuclear decommissioning process: Overview of nuclear decommissioning principles and approaches; Nuclear decommissioning policy, infrastructure, strategies and project planning; Financing and economics of nuclear facility decommissioning; Characterisation of radioactive materials in redundant nuclear facilities: Key issues for the decommissioning plan; Managing the transition from operation to decommissioning of a nuclear facility; Nuclear decommissioning project organization, management and human resources; Public engagement and stakeholder consultation in nuclear decommissioning projects; Radiological protection in the decommissioning of nuclear facilities: Safety, regulations and licensing; Nuclear facility design and operation to facilitate decommissioning: Lessons learned. Part 2 Execution: Nuclear decommissioning processes and technologies, radioactive waste management, site rehabilitation and cleanup: Safe enclosure and entombment strategies in nuclear decommissioning projects; Dismantling and demolition processes and technologies in nuclear decommissioning projects; Decontamination processes and technologies in nuclear decommissioning projects; Remote operation and robotics technologies in nuclear decommissioning projects; Radioactive waste management in nuclear decommissioning projects; Environmental remediation and restoration technologies in nuclear decommissioning projects; Site clearance and licence termination in nuclear decommissioning projects; Reuse and redevelopment of decommissioned nuclear sites: Strategies and lessons learned. Part 3 International experience: Nuclear decommissioning applications and case studies: Decommissioning of Russian-type water-cooled water-moderated nuclear reactors (WWERs); Decommissioning of gas cooled nuclear reactors (GCRs); Decommissioning of nuclear fuel cycle facilities; Decommissioning of small nuclear facilities: Industrial, medical and research facilities; Decommissioning of legacy nuclear waste sites: Dounreay, UK; Decommissioning of legacy nuclear waste sites: Idaho National Laboratory, USA; Information management for nuclear decommissioning projects.




NEW NEW NEW


Infrastructure and methodologies for the justification of nuclear power programmesEdited by A Alonso, Madrid Polytechnic University, Spain


The potential development of any nuclear power programme requires a rigorous justification process built upon an objective infrastructure, reviewing the substantial regulatory, economic and technical information required to appropriately decide upon implementation of such a long-term commitment. Both new entrants and those countries wishing to renovate their nuclear fleets after a moratorium will need to develop and apply appropriate infrastructures to review the justification of the potential use of nuclear power. This book provides a comprehensive review of the infrastructure and methodologies required to justify the implementation of nuclear power programmes in any country choosing to review this path.

CONTENTSOverview of infrastructure and methodologies for the justification of nuclear power programmes. Part 1 Infrastructure of nuclear power programmes: The lifecycle of a nuclear power plant; The role of government in establishing the framework for nuclear power programmes; Regulatory requirements and practices in nuclear power programmes; Responsibilities of the nuclear operator in nuclear power programmes; The need for human resources in nuclear power programmes; National technical capability development in nuclear power programmes. Part 2 Justification of nuclear power programmes: Application of the justification principle to nuclear power development; Available and advanced nuclear technologies for nuclear power programmes; Nuclear safety in nuclear power programmes; Radiation protection in nuclear power programmes; Emergency planning in nuclear power programmes; Non-proliferation safeguards in nuclear power programmes; Spent fuel and radioactive waste management in nuclear power programmes; The economics of nuclear power: past, present and future aspects; Social impacts and public perception of nuclear power; Environmental impacts and assessment in nuclear power programmes. Part 3 Development of nuclear power programmes: Site selection and evaluation for nuclear power plants; Bid invitation in nuclear power plant procurement; Licensing for nuclear power plant siting, construction and operation; Quality assurance during design, construction and operation of nuclear power plants; Commissioning of nuclear power plants (NNPs); Operational safety of nuclear power plants; Decommissioning of nuclear power plants (NPPs).



Advanced separation techniques for nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatmentEdited by K L Nash, Washington State University and G J Lumetta, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, USA


Advanced separation technology is key to closing the nuclear fuel cycle and relieving future generations from the burden of radioactive waste produced by the nuclear power industry. Nuclear fuel reprocessing allows for reuse of useful fuel components for further power generation, while the separation of actinides, lanthanides and other fission products means that residual radioactive waste can be minimised. The future of the nuclear industry relies on the advancement of this technology to ensure environmental protection, criticality-safety and non-proliferation. Advanced separation techniques for nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment provides a thorough and timely reference on the fundamental issues of radioactive materials separations, with critical reviews of established and emerging techniques.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of radioactive materials separations processes: Chemistry, engineering and safeguards: Chemistry of radioactive materials in the nuclear fuel cycle; Physical and chemical properties of actinides in nuclear fuel reprocessing facilities; Chemical engineering for advanced aqueous radioactive material separations; Spectroscopic on-line monitoring for process control and safeguarding of radiochemical streams in nuclear fuel reprocessing; Safeguards technology for radioactive materials processing and nuclear fuel reprocessing facilities. Part 2 Separation and extraction processes for nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment: Standard and advanced separation: PUREX processes for nuclear fuel reprocessing; Alternative separation and extraction: UREX+ processes for actinide and targeted fission product recovery; Advanced reprocessing for fission product separation and extraction; Combined processes for high level radioactive waste separations: UNEX and other extraction processes. Part 3 Emerging and innovative techniques in nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment: Nuclear engineering for pyrochemical treatment of spent nuclear fuels; Development of highly selective compounds and processes for solvent extraction of long-lived radionuclides from spent nuclear fuels; Developments in the partitioning and transmutation of radioactive waste; Solid-phase extraction technology for actinide and lanthanide separations in nuclear fuel reprocessing; Emerging separation techniques: Supercritical fluid and ionic liquid extraction techniques for nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment; Development of biological treatment processes for the separation and recovery of radioactive wastes.



Handbook of advanced radioactive waste conditioning technologiesEdited by M I Ojovan, University of Sheffield, UK


‘A comprehensive and valuable reference book written by a team of outstanding experts, dealing with one of the most critical aspects of nuclear power generation: the safe and sound management of the radioactive waste.’

Dr Rudolf Burcl, European Commission, JRC - Institute for Energy, Petten, The

Netherlands

‘Woodhead Publishing has commissioned recognized world experts in reporting on the latest radioactive waste conditioning technologies for this valuable new book.’

Gary A. Benda, Deputy Managing Director and Chairman, Program Advisory Committee,

WM Symposia, USA

Radioactive wastes are generated from a wide range of sources presenting a variety of challenges in dealing with a diverse set of radionuclides of varying concentrations. Conditioning technologies are essential for the encapsulation and immobilisation of these radioactive wastes, forming the initial engineered barrier required for their transportation, storage and disposal. The need to ensure the long term performance of radioactive waste forms is a key driver in the development of advanced conditioning technologies. This book provides a comprehensive and systematic reference on the various options available as well as those under development for the treatment and immobilisation of radioactive wastes.

CONTENTSRadioactive waste characterisation. Part 1 Radioactive waste treatment processes and conditioning technologies: Compaction processes; Incineration and plasma processes; Application of inorganic cements; Calcination and vitrification processes; Historical development of glass and ceramic waste forms for high level radioactive wastes; Decommissioning of nuclear facilities and environmental remediation. Part 2 Advanced materials and technologies for the immobilisation of radioactive wastes: Geopolymers; Glass matrices; Ceramic matrices; Development of waste packages: French experience; Development and use of metal containers. Part 3 Long-term performance assessment and knowledge management techniques: Failure mechanisms of nuclear waste forms; Long-term performance models; Knowledge management techniques.




NEW


RENEWABLE POWER GENERATION

Membranes for clean and renewable power productionEdited by A Gugliuzza and A Basile, ITM-CNR, Italy


The development and deployment of membrane technologies continues to advance thanks to innovative materials and novel engineering approaches. Given a background of increasing research into clean and renewable power production, membranes are becoming increasingly adopted due to the process intensification and economic advantages they present. This comprehensive and methodical reference work charts the progress of membrane usage in clean and renewable power production, covering their utilisation in advanced biofuel processing and novel and scalable fuel cells, in addition to advanced solar, water and wind applications.

CONTENTSAn introduction to the production of clean and renewable power by using membrane technology: market and economics; Membranes and renewable energy: perspectives, benefits and limitations. Part 1 Membranes for advanced biofuels processing and clean-up: Advanced membranes for biofuels production; Membrane reactors for reliable biodiesel production; Membrane reactors for the production of biofuels from coal, biomass, waste and algae; Membrane technology for biogas clean-up; Steam reforming of biofuels for production of hydrogen-rich gas. Part 2 Membranes for advanced and scalable fuel cell applications: Direct bioethanol fuel cells; Ceramic electrolyte membranes for intermediate temperature SOFC; Microbial fuel cells for the transformation of wastes into clean energy. Part 3 Integrated membrane technology for solar, water and wind power applications: Membrane technology for solar-hydrogen production; Membrane technology for solar-desalination plants; Membrane technology for hydroelectric power; Membrane technology for wind and bioenergy.



Electricity transmission, distribution and storage systemsEdited by Z Melhem, Oxford Instruments NanoScience, UK


Advanced electricity transmission and distribution (T&D) network technologies are required to reduce losses, sustain higher network efficiency, and maintain power quality and security. Research in this field must also consider the increasing role and penetration of renewable and distributed generation, for which advanced electricity storage systems are required. The first section of this book presents chapters on key aspects of the materials, architecture and performance of electricity T&D networks. The second section addresses the applications and integration of electricity storage systems.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals and materials for electricity transmission and distribution (T&D): Introduction to T&D networks; Integration of distributed energy resources to the grid; Modern flexible AC transmission system controllers; Development of switchgear materials for T&D networks; Nanodielectrics and their role in power transmission applications. Part 2 Developments in electricity storage technologies: Redox flow batteries; Materials and chemistry for nickel-based batteries; Supercapacitors; Processes and technology for recycling advanced Li-ion and NiMH batteries; Techno-economic analysis for electricity storage systems.



Electrical drives for direct drive renewable energy systemsEdited by M Mueller, University of Edinburgh, UK and H Polinder, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands


Wind turbine gearboxes are one of the major reliability issues for wind energy operators, presenting expensive maintenance and repair jobs where problems occur, particularly in offshore wind farms. This book reviews the design and operation of direct drive wind energy systems. Applications to direct-drive marine renewable energy systems are also highlighted.

CONTENTSIntroduction to direct-drive wind energy systems; Introduction to direct drive wave energy conversion systems; Design of electrical generators for direct-drive renewable energy systems; Electrical, thermal and structural generator design and systems integration for direct-drive renewable energy systems; Power electronic conversion systems for direct-drive renewable energy systems; Case study of the permanent magnet direct drive generator in the Zephyros wind turbine; Case study of the Archimedes Wave Swing (AWS) direct drive wave energy pilot plant.



Wind turbine blade design and materialsEdited by P Brøndsted, Risø-DTU National Laboratory of Sustainable Energy, Denmark and R Nijssen, Wind Turbine Materials and Constructions (WMC), The Netherlands


The size of wind turbine blades continues to increase in pursuit of higher efficiency energy conversion. To increase the penetration and utilisation of sustainable wind power there are also trends towards the use of natural and bio-based materials. All of these issues present challenges in terms of the design, manufacture and operation of wind turbine blades. This book provides an authoritative overview of developments in wind turbine blade design and materials. The opening chapters focus on design challenges and developments. Chapters in the second section of the book review advanced materials and wind turbine blade manufacture.

CONTENTSPart 1 Wind turbine blade design challenges and developments: Overview; Loads on wind turbine blades; Aerodynamic design of wind turbine blades; Aerodynamic airfoil characteristics; Aeroelastic design of wind turbine blades; Probabilistic wind turbine blade design concepts. Part 2 Wind turbine blade materials and production: Composite materials; Natural and biobased composites, fibres and resins; Sandwich structures; Materials properties, degradation mechanisms and damage modes; Fatigue life prediction; Micromechanical modelling; Manufacturing technologies for small blades; Structural performance testing.



Wind energy systemsOptimising design and construction for safe and reliable operationEdited by J D Sørensen, Aalborg University and J N Sørensen, Technical University of Denmark, Denmark

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 10CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamental resources, design, safety and reliability: Meteorology and wind resource assessment; Site investigation, characterisation and assessment; Aeroelasticity and structural dynamics; Wind turbine wakes and wind farm aerodynamics; Fatigue loading. Part 2 Wind energy system materials and developments: Aerodynamic design of rotors; Drive train systems; Control systems; Tower design, erection and maintenance. Part 3 Operation and maintenance (O&M), performance assessment, and optimisation: Reliability and maintainability, and O&M strategies; Condition monitoring systems; Performance assessment and knowledge management; Optimising design for in low wind speed operation; Optimising design for cold climate operation. Part 4 Offshore design, construction, O&M: Offshore loads and wind turbine design; Support structures for offshore systems; Integrated wind farm planning and design; O&M of offshore systems.




NEW

NEW NEW

NEW


The biogas handbookScience, production and applicationsEdited by A Wellinger, Nova Energie, Switzerland, J Murphy, University College Cork, Ireland and D Baxter, Institute for Energy (IE), Joint Research Centre (JRC), The Netherlands


With increasing pressures to utilise wastes effectively and sustainably, biogas production represents one of the most important routes towards reaching renewable energy targets. This book provides a comprehensive and systematic reference on the development and deployment of biogas supply chains and technology. Initial chapters review the role of biogas in the energy mix and outline the range of biomass and waste resources for biogas production. The book goes on to provide detailed coverage of anaerobic digestion for the production of biogas. The book concludes with reviews of the utilisation of biogas for different applications.

CONTENTSBiogas as an energy option: An overview. Part 1 Biomass resources, feedstock treatment and biogas production: Biomass resources for biogas production; Analysis and characterisation of feedstocks; Storage and pre-treatment of substrates; Fundamental science and engineering of the anaerobic digestion process; Optimisation of yields from anaerobic digestion by feedstock type; Anaerobic digestion as a key technology for biomass valorisation. Part 2 Plant design, engineering, process optimisation and digestate utilization; Design and engineering of biogas plants; Analysis of energy flows; Process control; Methane emissions; Digestate quality and utilization; Land application of digestate Part 3 Biogas utilisation: International experience and best practice: Biogas cleaning; Up-grading to biomethane; Infrastructure, transport and storage; Generation of heat and power from biogas for stationery applications; Market developments and certification schemes for biogas and biomethane.



Stand-alone and hybrid wind energy systemsTechnology, energy storage and applicationsEdited by J K Kaldellis, TEI of Piraeus, Greece

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 6CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamental science and engineering: Overview of stand-alone and hybrid wind energy systems; Overview of energy storage technologies; Design and performance optimisation; Feasibility assessment. Part 2 Development of energy systems and energy storage technology: Stand-alone wind; Hybrid wind-diesel; Hybrid wind-photovoltaic; Hybrid wind-hydrogen; Hybrid wind-hydropower; Electro-chemical energy storage; Flywheel energy storage; Compressed air energy storage. Part 3 Applications: Integration into remote micro-grids; Integration into buildings; Desalination.



Biomass combustion science, technology and engineeringEdited by L Rosendahl, Aalborg University, Denmark


Biomass utilisation represents an increasingly important source of low or zero carbon power generation. Developments in the fuel-flexibility of conventional power plants allow for both direct biomass combustion as well as biomass co-firing with fossil-fuels. Advanced conversion technologies can also be integrated into existing power plants, or simply applied in new power plants, allowing a wide range of biomass feedstocks to be converted into more readily combustible fuel for use in either clean power generation or alternative fuel production. This book presents a comprehensive review of biomass combustion, conversion and utilisation science and technology.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamental issues and feedstocks: Biomass combustion for power generation: An introduction; Biomass supply chains; Categorisation of biomass feedstocks and preparation for combustion and gasification. Part 2 Biomass combustion and co-firing: Direct combustion of biomass; Biomass co-firing; Biomass pyrolysis and combined pyrolysis and gasification; Fast pyrolysis of biomass for the production of liquids; Industrial-scale biomass combustion plants: Engineering issues and optimisation; Biomass conversion in biorefineries.



Solid-state hydrogen storageMaterials and chemistryEdited by G Walker, University of Nottingham, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 14CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Hydrogen storage technologies; Hydrogen futures: Emerging technologies for hydrogen storage and transport; Hydrogen containment materials; Solid-state hydrogen storage system design. Part 2 Analysing hydrogen interactions: Structural characterisation of hydride materials; Neutron scattering techniques for analysing solid-state hydrogen storage; Reliably measuring hydrogen uptake in storage materials; Modelling of carbon-based materials for hydrogen storage. Part 3 Physically bound hydrogen storage: Storage of hydrogen in zeolites; Carbon nanostructures for hydrogen storage; Metal-organic framework materials for hydrogen storage. Part 4 Chemically bound hydrogen storage: Intermetallics for hydrogen storage; Magnesium hydride for hydrogen storage; Alanates as hydrogen storage materials; Borohydrides as hydrogen storage materials; Imides and amides as hydrogen storage materials; Multicomponent hydrogen storage systems; Organic liquid carriers for hydrogen storage; Indirect hydrogen storage in metal ammines; Conclusion: Technological challenges in hydrogen storage.



Waste to energy (WTE) conversion technologyEdited by N B Klinghoffer and M J Castaldi, Columbia University, USA


Increasing global consumerism and population have led to an increase in the levels of waste produced. Energy recovery represents a useful, additional option in support of an improved and sustainable waste management hierarchy, for local energy supply and wider energy security. Advanced conversion technologies coupled with advanced pollution control systems can be employed to convert these calorific waste materials into clean energy, which can be integrated into buildings, distributed energy networks and national electricity grids. This book provides an integrated, thorough reference on waste to an energy (WTE) conversion technology.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to waste to energy (WTE) conversion: Role of WTE in the waste management hierarchy; Environmental and social impacts of waste-to-energy conversion plants; LCA and its application to sustainable waste management; Feedstocks for WTE systems: types, properties and analysis. Part 2 WTE systems, engineering and technology: Pre-processing and treatment of MSW prior to incineration; MSW combustion plants; Waste firing in large combustion plants; Energy recovery in waste-fired boilers; Waste gasification and pyrolysis plants; Anaerobic digestion and bioreactor waste conversion processes. Part 3 Pollution control systems for WTE technologies and future trends: Waste combustion facilities: transformation from major polluters to pollution sinks; Air quality equipment and systems for WTE conversion plants; Numerical modelling for optimising the environmental performance of WTE systems.



Solid oxide fuel cell technologyPrinciples, performance and operationsK Huang, Siemens Energy, Inc and J B Goodenough, University of Texas at Austin, USA


‘…undoubtedly an essential title to place on the shelves of materials departmental libraries.’

Materials World

CONTENTSIntroduction to solid oxide fuel cells (SOFCs); Thermodynamics of the SOFC; Electronic properties of solids for SOFCs; Transport of charged particles in a SOFC; Oxide-ion electrolytes in SOFCs; Current, gas flow, utilization, and energy balance in a SOFC; Voltage losses in a SOFC; Direct current (DC) electrical efficiency and power of a SOFC; Performance characterization techniques for a SOFC and its components; Steam methane reforming and carbon formation in SOFCs; Poisoning of SOFC electrodes; Materials for SOFCs.




NEW NEW NEW


Concentrating solar power technologyPrinciples, developments and applicationsEdited by K Lovegrove, IT Power Group, UK and W Stein, CSIRO Energy Centre, Australia


Concentrating solar power (CSP) technology is poised to take its place as one of the major contributors to the future clean energy mix. Using straightforward manufacturing processes CSP technology capitalises on conventional power generation cycles, whilst cost effectively matching supply and demand though the integration of thermal energy storage. Concentrating solar power technology provides a comprehensive review of this exciting technology, from the fundamental science to systems design, development and applications. Part one introduces fundamental principles and solar resources for concentrating solar power systems. Part two focuses on technology approaches and potential, before part three goes on to discuss optimisation, improvements and applications.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Introduction to concentrating solar power technology; Fundamental principles of concentrating solar power systems; Solar resources for concentrating solar power systems; Site selection and feasibility analysis for concentrating solar power systems; Socio-economic and environmental assessment of concentrating solar power systems. Part 2 Technology approaches and potential: Linear Fresnel reflector technology; Parabolic-trough concentrating solar power systems; Central tower concentrating solar power systems; Parabolic dish concentrating solar power systems; Concentrating photovoltaic systems and applications; Thermal energy storage systems for concentrating solar power plants; Hybridization of concentrating solar power with fossil fuel power plants; Integrating a Fresnel solar boiler into an existing coal-fired power plant: A case study; The long-term market potential of concentrating solar power systems. Part 3 Optimisation, improvements and applications: Absorber materials for solar thermal receivers in concentrating solar power systems; Optimisation of concentrating solar power plant designs through integrated techno-economic modeling; Heliostat size optimisation for central receiver solar power plants; Heat flux and temperature measurement technologies for concentrating solar power; Concentrating solar technologies for industrial process heat and cooling; Solar fuels and industrial solar chemistry.



Handbook of membrane reactorsVolume 1: Fundamental materials science, design and optimisationEdited by A Basile, ITM-CNR, Italy


Membrane reactors (MRs) increasingly replace conventional industrial separations, process and conversion technologies across a wide range of applications. By coupling a separation step with a reaction, MRs offer high thermodynamic efficiency, increasing throughput potential, which lowers operating costs and enables process intensification. The considerable interest in MRs continues to stimulate research and development in this important field. Volume 1 of the handbook reviews MR materials science, engineering and design. Initial sections review advanced and novel materials utilised in MRs. This volume concludes with a section detailing advanced modelling, simulation and optimisation techniques for MRs.

CONTENTSPart 1 Polymeric, dense metallic and composite membranes for membrane reactors: Polymeric membranes; Inorganic membrane reactors for hydrogen production; Palladium-based composite membranes for hydrogen separation; Alternatives to palladium; Nanocomposite membranes. Part 2 Zeolite, ceramic and carbon membranes and catalysts for membrane reactors: Zeolite membranes; Dense ceramic membranes; Porous ceramic membranes; Microporous silica membranes; Carbon-based membranes; Advances in catalysts. Part 3 Membrane reactor modelling, simulation and optimisation: Overview of strategies and applications to the modelling of a hydrogen-selective membrane reactor; CFD simulation of single- and multi-tube palladium membrane reactors for hydrogen recovery from cyclohexane; CFD simulation of a palladium-based membrane reactor in a fuel cell micro-cogenerator system; CFD analysis of membrane reactors: modelling of membrane bioreactors for municipal wastewater treatment; Models of membrane reactors based on artificial neural networks and hybrid approaches; Assessment of the key proprieties of materials used in membrane materials by quantum computational approaches; Non-equilibrium thermodynamics for the description of transport phenomena in membrane bioreactors: coupled transport of heat and mass in a zeolite membrane.



Handbook of membrane reactorsVolume 2: Reactor types and industrial applicationsEdited by A Basile, ITM-CNR, Italy


Membrane reactors (MRs) increasingly replace conventional industrial separations, process and conversion technologies across a wide range of applications. By coupling a separation step with a reaction, MRs offer high thermodynamic efficiency, increasing throughput potential, which lowers operating costs and enables process intensification. The considerable interest in MRs continues to stimulate research and development in this important field. Volume 2 of the handbook reviews reactor types and industrial applications. The opening section reviews selected types of membrane reactor and their integration in established industrial processes. The following sections then address applications in chemical and hydrogen production, transport, environmental engineering and biotechnology.

CONTENTSPart 1 Selected types of membrane reactor and integration with industrial processes: Engineering aspects of membrane bioreactors; Membrane contactors; Pervaporation membrane reactors; Multi-phase catalytic membrane reactors; Microreactors and membrane microreactors; Photocatalytic membrane reactors; Integrating different membrane operations and combining membranes with conventional separation techniques. Part 2 Membrane reactors in chemical production and large-scale hydrogen production from fossil fuels: Dense ceramic membrane reactors for chemical production; Chlor-alkali technology; Membranes in systems for electric energy and hydrogen production from fossil fuels; Palladium-based membranes for hydrogen separation; Membrane reactor for hydrogen production from natural gas at the Tokyo Gas Company; Steam reforming with membranes for hydrogen separation; Economic analysis of systems for electrical energy and hydrogen production. Part 3 Electrochemical devices and transport applications of membrane reactors: Fuel cells and electrolytic cells; Palladium-based hollow cathode electrolysers for hydrogen production; Fuel cell vehicles; Design and engineering of metallic membranes for on-board steam reforming of biofuels in transport applications. Part 4 Membrane reactors in environmental engineering, biotechnology and medicine: Membrane operations in wastewater treatment; Photocatalytic membrane reactors in water treatment and chemical production; Biocatalytic membrane reactors: principles, preparation and biotechnological, pharmaceutical and medical applications.




NEW NEW NEW


BiolubricantsScience and technologyJ C J Bart and S Cavallaro, University of Messina, Italy and E Gucciardi, ZSW, Germany


Lubricants are essential in engineering. However, more sustainable formulations are needed to avoid adverse effects on the ecosystem. Bio-based lubricant formulations present a promising solution. Biolubricants: Science and technology is a comprehensive, interdisciplinary and timely review of this important subject. The book starts by reviewing fossil and bio-based feedstock resources for biodegradable lubricants. Further chapters describe catalytic, (bio)chemical functionalisation processes for transformation of feed stocks into commercial products, product development, relevant legislation, life cycle assessment, major product groups and specific performance criteria in all major applications. Final chapters consider markets for biolubricants, issues to consider when selecting and using a lubricant, lubricant disposal and future trends.

CONTENTSRenewable lubricants; Principles of lubrication; Lubricants: properties and characteristics; The transition from reliance on fossil resources to biomass valorisation; Renewable feedstocks for lubricant production; Chemical transformations of renewable lubricant feedstocks; Formulating lubricating oils; Quality assurance of biolubricants; Legislation of relevance to lubricants; Biolubricant product development; Environmental life-cycle assessment (LCA) of lubricants; Biolubricant product groups and technological applications; Markets for biolubricants; Lubricant use and disposal; Advanced lubricant fluids; Epilogue: The outlook for biolubricant science and technology.



Materials for energy conversion devicesEdited by C C Sorrell, J Nowotny, University of New South Wales, Australia and S Sugihara, Shonan Institute of Technology, Japan

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 8CONTENTSMaterials for photoelectrochemical devices; Photosensitive materials; Materials for solar cells; Defect chemistry of ternary oxides; Introduction to thermoelectricity; The measurement of thermoelectricity; Interface mass transport in oxide materials; Surface properties of ionic conductors; Fast ionic conductors; Oxygen ionic conductor; Solid oxide fuel cells; Polymer electrolyte fuel cells; Immobilisation of high-level radioactive waste from nuclear reactor fuel; Solid-state electrochemical gas sensors for emission control.



Metropolitan sustainabilityUnderstanding and improving the urban environmentEdited by F Zeman, Royal Military College of Canada, Canada


Global populations have grown rapidly in recent decades, leading to ever-increasing demands for shelter, resources, energy and utilities. Coupled with the worldwide need to achieve lower impact buildings and conservation of resources, the need to achieve sustainability in urban environments has never been more acute. Metropolitan sustainability critically reviews the fundamental issues and applied science, engineering and technology that will enable all cities to achieve a greater level of metropolitan sustainability, and assist nations in meeting the needs of their growing urban populations.

CONTENTSPart 1 Metropolitan sustainability: An introduction: A living city: Using urban metabolism analysis to view cities as life forms; Benefit cost analysis for environmental decision making: Using discounting to compare benefits and costs that occur at different points in time; Quantifying sustainability: Industrial ecology, materials flow and life cycle analysis; Separation of mixtures: Fundamentals and technologies. Part 2 Earth: Urban land use and the environmental impact of the built environment: The urban heat island effect: Causes and potential solutions; Redevelopment of brownfield sites; Urban agriculture: Opportunities and constraints; Building-integrated agriculture: A new approach to food production. Part 3 Wind: Urban air pollution and emissions control: Metropolitan effects on atmospheric patterns: Important scales; The science of smog: a chemical understanding of ground level ozone and fine particulate matter; Air pollution in the urban atmosphere: Sources and consequences; Controlling emissions of pollutants in urban areas; Passive systems to improve air quality and reduce heat retention in the urban environment. Part 4 Water: Urban water resources, reuse and management: Integrated urban water management: Water use and reuse; Rainwater harvesting: using urban roof runoff for residential toilet flushing; Urban water supply: Modelling watersheds and treatment facilities; Water and wastewater treatment: Chemical processes; Water and wastewater treatment: Biological processes. Part 5 Fire: Urban energy supply and management: Solar energy in the built environment: Powering the sustainable city; Wind energy in the built environment; The role of waste-to-energy in the urban infrastructure; Smart energy for cities: Decentralized supply resources and their link to the modern grid; Bioenergy for the urban environment. Part 6 Sustainable urban development, transport and planning: Planning for more sustainable urban development; Sustainable urban transport planning; The psychological needs of city dwellers: Implications for sustainable urban planning; Possible futures for sustainable building design; Moving toward urban sustainability: Using lessons and legacies of the past; A vision of suburban sustainability: The Long Island Radically Rezoned project.



Functional materials for sustainable energy applicationsEdited by J Kilner, S Skinner, Imperial College, S Irvine, Glyndwr University and P Edwards, University of Oxford, UK


Global demand for low cost, efficient and sustainable energy production is ever increasing. Driven by recent discoveries and innovation in the science and technology of materials, applications based on functional materials are becoming increasingly important. Functional materials for sustainable energy applications provides an essential guide to the development and application of these materials in sustainable energy production. Part one reviews functional materials for solar power. Part two focuses on functional materials for hydrogen production and storage. Functional materials for fuel cells are the explored in part three. Part four considers functional materials for demand reduction and energy storage, before the book concludes in part five with an investigation into computer simulation studies of functional materials.

CONTENTSPart 1 Functional materials for solar power: Silicon-based photovoltaic solar cells; Photovoltaic (PV) thin films for solar cells; Rapid, low temperature processing of dye sensitized solar cells; Thermophotovoltaic (TPV) devices: Introduction and modellings; Photoelectrochemical cells for hydrogen generation. Part 2 Functional materials for hydrogen production and storage: Reversible solid oxide electrolytic cells for large scale energy storage: Challenges and opportunities; Membranes, adsorbent materials and solvent-based materials for syngas and hydrogen production; Functional materials for hydrogen storage. Part 3 Functional materials for fuel cells: The role of the fuel in the operation, performance and degradation of fuel cells; Membrane electrode assemblies for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Developments in membranes, catalysts and membrane electrode assemblies for direct methanol fuel cells (DMFC); Electrolytes and ion conductors for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC); Novel cathodes for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC); Novel anode materials for solid oxide fuel cells; Thin-film solid oxide fuel cell (SOFC) materials; Proton conductors for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC). Part 4 Functional materials for demand reduction and energy storage: Materials and techniques for energy harvesting; Lithium batteries: Current technologies and future trends. Part 5 Appendix.




NEW NEW NEW


Polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cell technologyVolume 1: Fundamentals and performance of low temperature fuel cellsEdited by C Hartnig, Chemetall GmbH and C Roth, Technische Universität Darmstadt, Germany


PEMFCs and DMFCs represent promising low-temperature electrochemical power generation technologies that operate on hydrogen and methanol respectively. These technologies have attracted intense worldwide commercialisation research and development efforts with a large element of these efforts directed at materials developments for fuel cell durability and long term operation. This two volume set presents a comprehensive and detailed review of the fundamentals, performance, and in situ characterisation of PEMFCs and DMFCs. Volume 1 covers the fundamental science and engineering of these types of fuel cell, and reviews routes to understand and improve upon fuel cell performance and operation.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cell technology: Fuels and fuel processing for low temperature fuel cells; Membrane materials and technology for low temperature fuel cells; Catalyst and membrane technology for low temperature fuel cells; Gas diffusion media, flowfields and system aspects in low temperature fuel cells; Recycling and life cycle assessment of fuel cell materials. Part 2 Performance issues in polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cells: Operation and durability of low temperature fuel cells; Catalyst ageing and degradation in polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Degradation and durability testing of low temperature fuel cell components; Microstructure reconstruction and transport simulation in polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Multi-scale modeling of two-phase transport in polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Modelling and analysis of degradation phenomena in polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Experimental monitoring techniques for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells.



Polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cell technologyVolume 2: In situ characterization techniques for low temperature fuel cellsEdited by C Hartnig, Chemetall GmbH and C Roth, Technische Universität Darmstadt, Germany


Volume 2 reviews advanced in situ spectroscopic methods for fuel cell characterisation, applicable to the investigation of reaction kinetics and processes, water and fuel management, and local performance.

CONTENTSPart 1 Advanced characterisation techniques for polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cells: Extended X-ray absorption structure (EXAFS) technique for low temperature fuel cell characterisation; Advanced microscopy techniques for the characterisation of polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell components; Differential electrochemical mass spectrometry (DEMS) technique for direct alcohol fuel cell characterisation; Small angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) techniques for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell characterisation; X-ray absorption near edge structure (?µ XANES) techniques for low temperature fuel cell characterisation. Part 2 Characterisation of water and fuel management in polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cells: Characterisation and modelling of interfaces in polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Neutron radiography for high-resolution studies in low temperature fuel cells; Neutron radiography for the investigation of reaction patterns in direct methanol fuel cells; Neutron tomography for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell characterisation; Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) techniques for polymer electrolyte membrane and direct alcohol fuel cell characterisation; Raman spectroscopy for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell characterisation. Part 3 Locally resolved methods for polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cell characterisation: Submillimeter resolved transient techniques for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell characterisation: Local in situ diagnostics for channel and land areas; Scanning electrochemical microscopy (SECM) in proton exchange membrane fuel cell research and development; Laser-optical methods for transport studies in low temperature fuel cells; Synchrotron radiography for high resolution transport and materials studies of low temperature fuel cells.



Advances in biodiesel productionProcesses and technologiesEdited by R Luque, Universidad de Córdoba and J A Melero, Universidad Rey Juan Carlos, Spain


Biodiesel is one of the main biofuels capable of substituting fossil fuel usage in compression ignition vehicles, and is used in a variety of fuel blends worldwide. Advances in biodiesel production, aimed at more sustainable and effective feedstock utilisation alongside improved processing routes for increased production efficiency and fuel quality, are critical to the future both of this industry and of the continued use of biodiesel fuels in transportation. This book provides a timely reference on the advances in the development of biodiesel fuels, production processes and technologies.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamental issues and assessment in advanced biodiesel production: Introduction to advanced biodiesel production; Life cycle sustainability assessment of second generation biodiesel; Socio-economic, environmental and policy perspectives of advanced biodiesel production; Feedstocks for advanced biodiesel production; Advances in biodiesel quality control, characterisation and standards development. Part 2 Advanced biodiesel production processes and technologies: Advances in biodiesel catalysts and processing technologies; Biodiesel from waste oils and fats; Biodiesel from microbial oil; Microalgae processing for biodiesel production; Valorisation of the glycerol by-product from biodiesel production; Appendix supply chains, techno-economic assessment and market development for second generation biodiesel.



Biodiesel science and technologyFrom soil to oilJ C J Bart, University of Messina, N Palmeri, ISAB and S Cavallaro, University of Messina, Italy


‘The book represents a comprehensive survey of an important field.’

Materials World

CONTENTSBiodiesel as a renewable energy source; Development of non-food agricultural industries for biofuel applications; Oleochemical sources: Basic science, processing and applications of oils; Vegetable oil formulations for utilisation as biofuels; Feedstocks for biodiesel production; Emerging new energy crops for biodiesel production; Transesterification processes for biodiesel production from oils and fats; Biodiesel catalysis; Processes for biodiesel production from unrefined oils and fats; Biocatalytic production of biodiesel; Industrial process technology for biodiesel production; Analytical methods and standards for quality assurance in biodiesel production; Valorisation of the glycerol by-product from biodiesel production; Sustainability and use of biodiesel; Evolution of biodiesel and alternative diesel fuels; Epilogue: Outlook for biodiesel science and technology.




NEW NEW NEW


High temperature superconductors (HTS) for energy applicationsEdited by Z Melhem, Oxford Instruments Nanoscience, UK


High temperature superconductors (HTS) offer many advantages through their application in electrical systems, including high efficiency performance and high throughput with low electrical losses. While cryogenic cooling and precision materials manufacture is required to achieve this goal, cost reductions without significant performance loss are being achieved through advanced design, development and manufacture of HTS equipment. This book explores the fundamental science and engineering of HTS components, such as wires and tapes, cables, coils and magnets, and reviews the energy applications these materials are used in, from power systems and rotating machinery to fusion and accelerator technologies.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamental science and engineering of high temperature superconductor (HTS) materials and components: Fundamental issues in high temperature superconductor (HTS) materials science and engineering; HTS wires and tapes; HTS cables; Bulk HTS materials; HTS magnets; Cryogenics for HTS systems; Electromagnetic modelling of HTS materials and applications. Part 2 Application of HTS materials and components in energy systems; Superconducting fault current limiters and power cables; Superconducting magnetic energy storage systems (SMES); Application of HTS technology in rotating machinery; HTS in fusion technologies; HTS in accelerator systems.



Bioalcohol productionBiochemical conversion of lignocellulosic biomassEdited by K W Waldron, Institute of Food Research, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 3CONTENTSPart 1 Pretreatment and fractionation: Hydrothermal pretreatment; Thermochemical pretreatment; Key features of pretreated biomass solids and impact on hydrolysis; Solvent fractionation. Part 2 Hydrolysis (saccharification): Acid hydrolysis; Enzymatic hydrolysis; Cellulases for enzymatic hydrolysis. Part 3 Fermentation and separation: Integrated hydrolysis, fermentation and co-fermentation; Co-fermentation challenges using baker’s yeast; Separation and purification. Part 4 Monitoring and modelling: Analytical monitoring of pretreatment and hydrolysis; On-line monitoring of fermentation; Modelling hydrolysis and fermentation. Part 5 Life-cycle assessment of and multiple products: Environmental life cycle assessment (LCA); Chemical production; Production of longer-chain alcohols.



Advanced membrane science and technology for sustainable energy and environmental applicationsEdited by A Basile, ITM-CNR, Italy and S Nunes, King Abdullah University of Science and Technology (KAUST), Saudi Arabia


Progress in membrane materials, selective membrane design, and computer modelling and simulation have contributed greatly to the application of advanced membranes in conventional and alternative power sectors, as well as to clean industry applications. Research and development of membrane systems continues apace towards the goal of simple, efficient, and easily integrated systems that offer low-cost, reliable processing and operation. Advanced membrane science and technology for sustainable energy and environmental applications presents a comprehensive review of membrane science and technology, focusing on developments and applications in the areas of sustainable energy and clean-industry.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to membrane science and engineering: Fundamental membrane processes, science and engineering; Fundamental science of gas and vapour separation in polymeric membranes; Characterisation of membranes for energy and environmental applications; Economic analysis of membrane use in industrial applications. Part 2 Membranes for coal and gas power plants: Carbon dioxide (CO2) capture, synthesis gas processing and oxygen (O2) transport: Membrane technology for CO2 capture in power plants; Polymeric membranes for post-combustion CO2 capture; Inorganic membranes for pre-combustion CO2 capture; Inorganic membranes for synthesis gas processing; O2 transport membranes: Dense ceramic membranes for power plant applications. Part 3 Membranes for the petrochemical industry: hydrocarbon fuel and natural gas processing, and advanced biofuels production: Membranes for hydrocarbon fuel processing and separation; Polymeric membranes for natural gas processing; Membranes for advanced biofuels production. Part 4 Membranes for alternative energy applications: Batteries, fuel cells and hydrogen (H2) production: Ion exchange membranes for vanadium redox flow batteries; Membranes for lithium batteries; Proton exchange membranes for fuel cells; Functional ceramic hollow fibre membranes for catalytic membrane reactors and solid oxide fuel cells; Proton conducting ceramic membranes for solid oxide fuel cells and H2 processing; Membrane electrolysers for H2 production; Biomimetic membrane reactors for H2 production. Part 5 Membranes for industrial, environmental and nuclear applications: Membranes for industrial microfiltration and ultrafiltration; Membranes for forward osmosis in industrial applications; Degradation of polymeric membranes in water and wastewater treatment; Membranes for photocatalysis in water and wastewater treatment; Membranes for nuclear power applications.



Small and micro combined heat and power (CHP) systemsAdvanced design, performance, materials and applicationsEdited by R Beith, Beith & Associates Ltd, UK


This book provides a systematic and comprehensive reference on small and micro-CHP (combined heat and power) systems suitable for buildings, commercial and industrial facilities, and local heat networks and microgrids. Benefits of using this type of cogeneration plant include a vastly improved energy efficiency achieving 80-90% energy output from the same amount of fuel, compared to 40-50% for conventional systems and reduced carbon dioxide and waste heat emissions helping to reduce any negative environmental impacts. The book also reviews the design and development of small and micro CHP systems and critically reviews applications of this important technology.

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to small and micro combined heat and power (CHP) systems: Overview of small and micro CHP systems; Techno-economic assessment of small and micro CHP systems; Thermodynamics, performance analysis and computational modelling of small and micro CHP systems; Integration of small and micro CHP systems into distributed energy systems; Biomass fuels for small and micro CHP systems: Resources, conversion and applications. Part 2 Development of small and micro CHP systems and technology: Internal combustion and reciprocating engine systems for small and micro CHP applications; Gas turbine and microturbine systems for small CHP applications; Stirling engine systems for small and micro CHP applications; Organic Rankine cycle (ORC) based waste heat / waste fuel recovery systems for small CHP applications; Fuel cell systems for small and micro CHP applications; Heat-activated cooling technologies for small and micro CHP applications; Energy storage for small and micro CHP applications. Part 3 Application of small and micro CHP systems: Micro CHP systems for residential and small commercial buildings; District and community heating aspects of CHP systems; Small CHP systems for commercial buildings and institutions; Small and micro CHP systems for the food and beverage processing industries; Biomass-based small and micro CHP systems: Application and status in the United Kingdom; Thermal-engine-based small and micro CHP systems for domestic applications: Modelling micro CHP deployment.





Handbook of biofuels productionProcesses and technologiesEdited by R Luque, J Campelo, University of Córdoba, Spain and J Clark, University of York, UK


‘Strongly recommended as a comprehensive mini-encyclopedia to all concerned with fossil fuel substitution, having a vision of energy sustainability.’

Materials World

The global increase in the use of biofuels as substitute transportation fuels has prompted research and development into advanced chemical, biochemical and thermochemical biofuels production. This research and development is aimed at improving the quality and environmental impact of biofuels production, as well as the overall efficiency and output of biofuels production plants. Handbook of biofuels production provides a thorough reference on the range of biomass conversion processes and technologies.

CONTENTSPart 1 Key issues of biofuels production: Introduction and overview; Multiple objectives policy: Life cycle sustainability assessment; Vegetable-based feedstocks. Part 2 Chemical and biochemical conversion: Chemical catalytic conversion; Biochemical catalytic production of biodiesel; Glycerol-free and alternative biodiesels; Biodiesel from microbial oil; Bioethanol production; Biobutanol production; Other bioalcohols; Biogas via anaerobic digestion; Hydrogen. Part 3 Thermal and thermo-chemical conversion: Bio-oils via catalytic pyrolysis; Fluid catalytic cracking; Bio-syngas and biohydrogen via gasification; Bioalcohols via gasification; Hydrothermal conversion; Fischer-Tropsch synthesis; Biomass reforming. Part 4 Integrated production and application of biofuels: Biorefineries; Valorisation of by-products; Utilisation in diesel engines.



Materials for fuel cellsEdited by M Gasik, Helsinki University of Technology, Finland


‘…directs the reader to the in-depth discussions and state-of-the-art technologies.’

Materials World

CONTENTSIntroduction: Materials challenges in fuel cells: Materials basics for fuel cells; Alkaline fuel cells; Polymer electrolyte fuel cells; Direct methanol fuel cells; Phosphoric acid fuel cells; Molten carbonate fuel cells; Solid oxide fuel cells; Regenerative fuel cells; Novel fuel cells and materials; Performance degradation and failure mechanisms of fuel cell materials; Recyclability and life cycle assessment of fuel cell materials.



RAIL

Wheel-rail interface handbookEdited by R Lewis, University of Sheffield, UK and U Olofsson, Royal Institute of Technology, Sweden

‘State-of-the-art is an overused term, but in this case it is well used’

‘The authors of the reviews are all experts in their areas with established records of research. The reviews are authoritative and miss little.’

Materials World

CONTENTSPart 1 State-of-the-art research: Introduction to wheel-rail interface research; Basic tribology of the wheel-rail contact; Wheel-rail contact mechanics; Friction and wear simulation of the wheel-rail interface; Rail materials; Railway wheel wear; Fatigue of railway wheels; Out-of-round railway wheels; Rail surface fatigue and wear; The evolution and failure of pearlitic microstructure in rail steel: Observations and modelling; Rail corrugation; Rail welds; Squats on railway rails; Effect of contaminants on wear, fatigue and traction; Effect of damage on railway vehicle dynamics; Noise and vibration from the wheel-rail interface; Adhesion and friction modification; Wheel-rail isolation; Airborne particles from the wheel-rail contact; Maintenance of the wheel-rail interface; Models for infrastructure costs related to the wheel-rail interface. Part 2 Industrial context – managing the wheel-rail interface; Managing the wheel-rail interface: Railway infrastructure maintenance in a severe environment; the Swedish experience; Managing the wheel-rail interface: Europe Metro (London Underground) experience on the London Underground Victoria line; Managing the wheel-rail interface: The Canadian experience; Managing the wheel-rail interface: The US experience; Managing the wheel-rail interface: The Japanese experience; Managing the wheel-rail interface: The Australian experience; Managing the wheel-rail interface: The Dutch experience.



Fatigue in railway infrastructureEdited by A M Robinson, Newcastle University, UK and A Kapoor, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia

‘The book almost exclusively tackles the subject of failures in railway infrastructure.’

‘The book has plenty of detail about embankments, cuttings and bridges.’

‘The text is particularly useful to up-and-coming railway civil engineers and designers aware of failure modes that are not taught in many university courses.’

Materials World

CONTENTSFatigue in railways: An overview; Fatigue in railway and tramway track; Fatigue in railway bridges; Safety and reliability issues affecting escalators and moving walks in railway stations; Design, safety and reliability of lifts in railway stations.



AUTOMOTIVE

Alternative fuels and advanced vehicle technologiesTowards zero carbon transportationEdited by R Folkson, Richard Folkson Automotive, UK


The automotive sector is a major energy user. Most vehicles also run on fossil fuels, which presents a major emissions problem. Reducing emissions levels requires both optimisation of core vehicle technologies and design and the development and implementation of breakthrough technologies for improved performance. This book provides comprehensive and systematic coverage of advanced fuels and vehicle technologies that will be instrumental in improving the energy efficiency and environmental impact of the automotive sector. Sections review the development of fuel types and infrastructures, advanced engines and powertrain, and consider hybrid and electric vehicle technologies.

CONTENTSKey issues in alternative fuels, transportation infrastructure and vehicle technology; Small scale low-carbon vehicle manufacture: Industry developments and drivers. Part 1 Advanced and alternative transportation fuels: Liquid transportation fuels and blends; Gaseous transportation fuels; Lubricants and engine lubrication; Electricity and hydrogen as energy vectors. Part 2 Internal combustion engines: Internal combustion engine cycles and concepts; Advanced spark ignition engines; Heavy-duty vehicles engines; Advanced internal combustion engine materials. Part 3 Powertrain, control technology and vehicle lightweighting: Advanced powertrain technology; Advanced transmissions; Lightweighting; Improving vehicle rolling resistance and aerodynamics. Part 4 Electric vehicle technologies: Electric/hybrid vehicle types; Battery technology for electric vehicles; Pure electric vehicles; Fuel-cell electric hybrid vehicles.



Transport materials and technologies

NEW








Tribology and dynamics of engine and powertrainFundamentals, applications and future trendsEdited by H Rahnejat, Loughborough University, UK

‘This fascinating and comprehensive book on current developments in the fields of tribology and multi-body dynamics related to vehicle problems will be of interest to both the industrial and academic communities.’

Duncan Dowson, Leeds University and Visiting Professor, Loughborough University,

UK

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to multi-physics and tribology within the multi-physics environment. Part 2 Engine and powertrain technologies and applications.



Advanced materials in automotive engineeringEdited by J Rowe

The automotive industry is under constant pressure to design vehicles capable of meeting increasingly demanding challenges such as improved fuel economy, enhanced safety and effective emission control. Beginning with a comprehensive introduction to advanced materials for vehicle lightweighting and automotive applications, Advanced materials in automotive engineering goes on to consider nanostructured steel for automotive body structures, aluminium sheet and high pressure die-cast aluminium alloys for automotive applications, magnesium alloys for lightweight powertrains and automotive bodies, and polymer and composite moulding technologies. The final chapters then consider a range of design and manufacturing issues that need to be addressed when working with advanced materials, including the design of advanced automotive body structures and closures, technologies for reducing noise, vibration and harshness, joining systems, and the recycling of automotive materials.

CONTENTSIntroduction: Advanced materials and vehicle lightweighting; Advanced materials for automotive applications: An overview; Advanced metal-forming technologies for automotive applications; Nanostructured steel for automotive body structures; Aluminium sheet for automotive applications; High-pressure die-cast (HPDC) aluminium alloys for automotive applications; Magnesium alloys for lightweight powertrains and automotive bodies; Polymer and composite moulding technologies for automotive applications; Advanced automotive body structures and closures; Advanced materials and technologies for reducing noise, vibration, and harshness (NVH) in automobiles; Recycling of materials in automotive engineering; Joining systems for automotive applications.



Internal Combustion EnginesImproving performance, fuel economy and emissionsInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

This book contains the papers of the Internal Combustion Engines: Performance fuel economy and emissions conference, in the IMechE bi-annual series, held on the 29th and 30th November 2011.

CONTENTSThe papers are arranged under the following headings: SI engines and downsizing; GDI particulates and other emissions; Diesel fuel injection; Engine design; Fuels and emissions; Emissions after-treatment.

288 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2011ISBN: 978 0 85709 205 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 506 0


Innovations in Fuel Economy and Sustainable Road TransportInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

This book presents the papers from the Innovations in Fuel Economy and Sustainable Road Transport conference, held in Pune, India, 8-9 November, 2011. Papers examine advances in powertrain, alternative fuels, lightweight vehicles, electric vehicles and hybrid vehicles. An international assembly of senior industry representatives provide insight into the latest research and technological advances in low carbon technology sustainability for road transport, helping towards achieving stringent emissions standards and continual improvements in fuel economy efficiency, all in an expanding Indian market. These technical papers from industry and academia discuss the latest developments and research of leading organisations.

CONTENTSThe papers are arranged under the following headings: Hybrid and electric vehicles; Fuels; Light weight vehicles; Advances in powertrain; Fuels and emissions.



Diesel engine system designQ Xin, Navistar Inc, USA

Diesel engine system design links everything diesel engineers need to know about engine performance and system design in order for them to master all the essential topics quickly and to solve practical design problems. Based on the author’s unique experience in the field, it enables engineers to come up with an appropriate specification at an early stage in the product development cycle.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamental concepts in diesel engine system design – analytical design process, durability, reliability, and optimization: The analytical design process and diesel engine system design; Durability and reliability in diesel engine system design; Optimization techniques in diesel engine system design. Part 2 Engine thermodynamic cycle and vehicle powertrain performance and emissions in diesel engine system design: Fundamentals of dynamic and static diesel engine system designs; Engine–vehicle matching analysis in diesel powertrain system design; Engine brake performance in diesel engine system design; Combustion, emissions, and calibration for diesel engine system design; Diesel after treatment integration and matching. Part 3 Dynamics, friction and noise, vibration and harshness (NVH) in diesel engine system design: Advanced diesel valvetrain system design; Friction and lubrication in diesel engine system design; NVH in diesel engine system design. Part 4 Heat rejection, air system, engine controls and system integration in diesel engine system design: Diesel engine heat rejection and cooling; Diesel engine air system design; Diesel engine system dynamics, transient performance, and electronic controls; Diesel engine system specification design and subsystem interaction; Concluding remarks and outlook for diesel engine system design.




NEW NEW


Tailor welded blanks for advanced manufacturingEdited by B Kinsey, University of New Hampshire and X Wu, Wayne State University, USA

Tailor welded blanks are sheets made from different strengths and thicknesses of steel pre-welded together being pressed and shaped into the final component. They produce high-quality components with the right grade and thickness of steel where they are most needed, providing significant savings in weight and processing costs in such industries as automotive engineering. Part one of this book reviews processing issues in product design, production methods, weld integrity and deformation. Part two discusses applications in such areas as automotive and aerospace engineering.

CONTENTSPart 1 Processing and modeling: Weld integrity of tailor welded blanks; Deformation of tailor welded blanks during forming; Mechanics based modelling of tailor welded blank forming; Numerical simulation modelling of tailor welded blank forming. Part 2 Applications: Light weight metal alloy tailor welded blanks; Advanced high-strength steel, tailor-welded blanks (AHSS-TWBs); Tailor-welded blanks for the automotive industry; Tailor-made blanks for the aerospace industry.



Vehicle noise and vibration refinementEdited by Xu Wang, RMIT University, Australia

‘Automotive engineers with a mathematical background would find this book useful.’

Materials World

CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction: Rationale and history of vehicle noise and vibration refinement; Target setting and benchmarking for vehicle noise and vibration refinement. Part 2 Measurement and modelling: Vehicle vibration measurement and analysis; Vehicle noise measurement and analysis; Random signal processing and spectrum analysis in vehicle noise and vibration refinement; Theory and application of modal analysis in vehicle noise and vibration refinement; Mid– and high-frequency problems in vehicle noise and vibration refinement – statistical energy analysis and wave approaches; Advanced simulation techniques in vehicle noise and vibration refinement; Advanced experimental techniques in vehicle noise and vibration refinement. Part 3 Noise and vibration refinement in vehicle systems: Aerodynamic noise and its refinement in vehicles; Active noise and vibration control in vehicles; Noise and vibration refinement of powertrain systems in vehicles; Vehicle interior noise refinement – cabin sound package design and development; Noise and vibration refinement of chassis and suspension; Body structure noise and vibration refinement; Vehicle noise and vibration strategy-based diagnostics.



Materials, design and manufacturing for lightweight vehiclesEdited by P K Mallick, University of Michigan-Dearborn, USA

‘The book offers a realistic and rational approach to the environmental problem of reducing vehicle weight, preserving safety, cost and performance. ...this book is well linked with a lot of data.’

Materials World

CONTENTSIntroduction. Part 1 Materials for lightweight automotive structures: Advanced steels for lightweight automotive structures; Aluminium alloys for lightweight automotive structures; Magnesium alloys for lightweight powertrains and automotive structures; Thermoplastics and thermoplastic-matrix composites for lightweight automotive structures; Thermoset-matrix composites for lightweight automotive structures. Part 2 Manufacturing and design of lightweight automotive structures: Manufacturing processes for light alloys; Joining for lightweight vehicles; Recycling and lifecycle issues for lightweight vehicles; Crashworthiness design issues for lightweight vehicles.



Internal Combustion EnginesPerformance, fuel economy and emissionsInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTSThe papers are arranged under the following headings: SI Engines - Technology for fuel economy; SI Engines - Downsizing, design and analysis; Diesel engines - Design analysis; Emissions control - NOx and particulates; Fuels and diesel engines; Low-temperature combustion; Fuels and SI engines.

282 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009ISBN: 978 1 84334 607 4£185.00/US$315.00/€220.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346074

Injection Systems for IC Engines ConferenceInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTSApplication; FIE hardware; Biofuels; Nozzle flow; Gasoline; Heavy-duty/large engines.

255 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009ISBN: 978 1 84334 561 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 442 1£315.00/US$535.00/€380.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345619

Low Carbon Vehicles 2009Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTSThe carbon challenge; Electricity; Hybrids; Fuels and lubes; Alternative energy storage media; IC engines.


Advanced direct injection combustion engine technologies and developmentVolume 1: Gasoline and gas enginesEdited by H Zhao, Brunel University, UK

Direct injection enables precise control of the fuel/air mixture so that engines can be tuned for improved power and fuel economy, but ongoing research challenges remain in improving the technology for commercial applications. As fuel prices escalate DI engines are expected to gain in popularity for automotive applications. This important book, in two volumes, reviews the science and technology of different types of DI combustion engines and their fuels. Volume 1 deals with direct injection gasoline and CNG engines, including history and essential principles, approaches to improved fuel economy, design, optimisation, optical techniques and their applications.

CONTENTSOverview of gasoline direct injection engines; Stratified charge combustion in direct injection gasoline engines; The turbocharged direct injection spark-ignition engine; The lean boost combustion system for improved fuel economy; Exhaust gas recirculation boosted direct injection gasoline engines; Direct injection gasoline engines with autoignition combustion; Design and optimization of gasoline direct injection engines using computational fluid dynamics; Direct injection natural gas engines; Bio fuels for spark-ignition engines; Optical diagnostics for direct injection gasoline engine research and development.



Advanced direct injection combustion engine technologies and developmentVolume 2: Diesel enginesEdited by H Zhao, Brunel University, UK

CONTENTSPart 1 Light-duty direct injection diesel engines: Overview of high-speed direct injection diesel engines; Fuel injection systems for high-speed direct injection diesel engines; Mixture formation, combustion and pollutant emissions in high-speed direct injection diesel engines; Multiple injection diesel combustion process in the high-speed direct injection diesel engine by optical diagnostics; Turbocharging and air-path management for light-duty diesel engines; Advanced concepts for future light-duty diesel engines; Advanced control and engine management for future light-duty diesel engines. Part 2 Heavy-duty direct injection diesel engines: Overview of heavy-duty diesel engines; Fuel injection systems for heavy-duty diesel engines; Turbocharging technologies for heavy-duty diesel engines; Alternative combustion system for heavy-duty diesel engines; Heavy-duty diesel engine system design. Part 3 Exhaust emission abatement, diesel combustion diagnostics and modelling: Fuel reforming for diesel engines; Exhaust gas after treatment for light-duty diesel engines; Overview of diesel emissions and control for heavy-duty diesel engines; Optical diagnostics in diesel combustion engines; In-cylinder spray, mixing, combustion, and pollutant-formation processes in conventional and low-temperature-combustion diesel engines; Advanced computational fluid dynamics modelling of direct injection engines.





Textile advances in the automotive industryEdited by R Shishoo, Shishoo Consulting AB, Sweden

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 79CONTENTSPart 1 General: Requirements for automotive textiles - A car producer’s view; Mapping the automotive textile supply chain; Woven and knitted fabrics used in automotive interiors; Nonwovens used in automobiles; Recycling of automotive textiles. Part 2 Automotive interiors: Design of automotive interior textiles; Three-dimensional textiles and nonwovens for polyurethane foam substitution in car seats; Physiologically optimized car seats; Smart textiles in automotive interiors; Reducing noise in automotive interiors; Leather and coated textiles in automotive interiors. Part 3 Safety applications of automotive textiles: Technical developments and market trends of automotive airbags; Key technology developments in textiles for use in automotive tires. Part 4 Use of textiles in automotive bodywork: Textile structures for load-bearing applications in automobiles; Textiles composites for automotive structural components.




HCCI and CAI engines for the automotive industryH Zhao, Brunel University, UK

CONTENTSPart 1 Overview: Motivation, definition, and history of HCCI/CAI engines. Part 2 Gasoline HCCI/CAI combustion engines: Overview of CAI/HCCI gasoline engines; Two-stroke CAI engines; Four-stroke gasoline HCCI engines with thermal management; Four-stroke CAI engines with residual gas trapping; Four-stroke CAI engines with internal exhaust gas recirculation (EGR); HCCI control; CAI control and CAI/SI switching; Fuel effects in CAI gasoline engines. Part 3 Diesel HCCI combustion engines: Overview of HCCI diesel engines; HCCI combustion with early and multiple injection in the heavy-duty diesel engine; Narrow angle direct injection (NADITM) concept for HCCI diesel combustion; Low-temperature and premixed combustion concept with late injection; HCCI fuel requirements. Part 4 HCCI/CAI combustion engines with alternative fuels: Natural gas HCCI engines; HCCI engines with other fuels. Part 5 Advances modeling and experimental techniques: Auto-ignition and chemical kinetic mechanisms of HCCI combustion; Overview of modeling techniques and their application to HCCI/CAI engines; Overview of advanced optical techniques and their applications to HCCI/CAI engines. Part 6 Future directions for CAI/HCCI engines: Outlook and future directions in HCCI/CAI engines.



Vehicle Thermal Management Systems (VTMS8)Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTSPapers cover the following areas: Heat and A/C; Heat Exchanger/Manufacture; Engines; Emissions/Fuel Economy; Alternative Powertrain; External & Internal Component Flows; Heat & A/C Vehicle Comfort; Under hood.


IPDS 2006 Integrated powertrain and driveline systems 2006IMechE, Automobile Division

CONTENTSSection 1 Transmissions: The investigation of automotive transmission error characteristics subject to operating conditions; Comparison of approximation methods applied to a complex non-linear analytical transmission model; Gear teeth impacts in hydrodynamic conjunctions: Idle rattle; The prediction of loaded static tooth behaviour for automotive parallel axis gears; Boundary lubrication film formation from belt type CVT fluids; Design consideration and potential of the Milner CVT. Section 2 Concept to market evolution: Optimum engine models for diesel automotive powertrain development processes; Hardware-in-the-loop simulation (HIL) for production engine development. Section 3 Powertrain integration: An integrated simulation approach: Ricardo transmission and driveline dynamic simulation library; A powertrain thermal simulation model; Novel techniques for holistic powertrain optimisation – a hybrid vehicle case study; Hybridization of a small SUV and its control; Concept and potential of ‘CVT-hybrid-driveline’; Power combining single regime transmissions for automotive vehicles. Section 4 Engine integration: Driveability validation using MAHLE Powertrain’s IDAA toolset; The effect of exhaust aftertreatment and engine temperature on IOLs for CVT powertrains; A turbocharged diesel engine with intake air accumulator to improve torque transients in a CVT powertrain.

208 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback + Free CD-ROM 2006ISBN: 978 1 84569 197 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 203 2


8th International Conference on Turbochargers and TurbochargingInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE), Combustion Engines & Fuels Group

CONTENTSCompressors and novel intake systems; Improved models for cycle simulation; Electro boost systems; Turbines; Mechanical aspects; Additional papers.

376 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback + Free CD-ROM 2006ISBN: 978 1 84569 174 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 709 9


The science and technology of materials in automotive enginesH Yamagata, Yamaha Motor Co Ltd, Japan

CONTENTSPreface; Engines; The piston; The piston ring; The cylinder; The camshaft; The valve and valve seat; The valve spring; The crankshaft; Connecting rod; The catalyst; Appendix 1; Appendix 2; Glossary of technical terms.



Flammability testing of materials used in construction, transport and miningV Apte, formerly Fire Science and Technology Laboratory, CSIRO, Australia

CONTENTSUnderstanding materials flammability; Fundamental measurement techniques. Part 1 Flammability tests for buildings and their contents: Flammability of wood products; Flammability tests for external cladding on buildings; Fire hazard assessment of wall and ceiling fire spread in rooms; Fire behaviour of sandwich panels; Flammability tests for upholstered furniture and mattresses; Flammability tests for cables; Flammability tests for electrical appliances. Part 2 Flammability tests for transportation and mining: Flammability tests for regulation of building and construction materials; Fire testing in road and railway tunnels; Flammability tests for aircraft; Flammability testing in the mining sector; Flammability tests for railway passenger cars; Ships and submarines; Tests for spontaneous ignition of solid materials.



The automotive industry and the environmentP Nieuwenhuis and P Wells, Cardiff University, UK272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2003ISBN: 978 1 85573 713 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 860 7£150.00/US$255.00/€180.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737136

Textiles in automotive engineeringW Fung, Collins and Aikman Automotive Fabrics and J M Hardcastle, Consultant, UK




The automotive industryCore research from TWI158 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85573 515 6£150.00/US$255.00/€180.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735156

Plastics in the automotive industryJ Maxwell192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994ISBN: 978 1 85573 039 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 864 5




AEROSPACE





368 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013ISBN: 978 0 85709 118 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 648 7Approx. £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00

www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091185

Leveraging information technology for optimal aircraft maintenance, repair and overhaul (MRO)A Sahay, IBM, Australia

Aimed at professionals in the aviation industry and students of aircraft maintenance, this book covers the use and management of technology in the aviation maintenance, repair, and overhaul (MRO) context. The book provides a backdrop of current trends in the industry where airlines are tending to retain their aircraft longer on the one hand, and yet are rapidly introducing a new genre of aircraft such as the A380 and B787 into service on the other. This book provides industry professionals and students of aviation MRO (at all levels) with the necessary principles, approaches and tools to respond effectively and efficiently to the constant development of new technologies - both in general and within the aviation MRO profession.

CONTENTSAn overview of aircraft maintenance; The business of maintaining aircraft; Aircraft maintenance paradigm; Aviation MRO’s Challenge to the IT industry; The IT industry responds; The current aviation MRO IT landscape; Leveraging IT and shaping the future.



Spacecraft thermal controlJ Meseguer, I Pérez-Grande and A Sanz-Andrés, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, Spain

Thermal control systems are an essential element of spacecraft design, ensuring that all parts of the spacecraft remain within acceptable temperature ranges at all times. Spacecraft thermal control describes the fundamentals of thermal control design and reviews current thermal control technologies. The book begins with an overview of space missions and a description of the space environment, followed by coverage of the heat transfer processes relevant to the field. In the third part of the book, current thermal control technologies are described, and in the final part, design, analysis and testing techniques are reviewed.

CONTENTSThe space mission; Space environment; Keplerian orbits; Conductive heat transfer; Thermal radiation heat transfer; Thermal control surfaces; Insulation systems; Radiators; Louvers; Mechanical interfaces; Heat pipes; Phase change capacitors; Heaters; Pumped fluid loops; Thermoelectric cooling; Cryogenic systems; Thermal protection systems; Thermal control design; Thermal mathematical models; Thermal control testing; Conclusion.



Innovation in aeronauticsEdited by T Young, University of Limerick, Ireland and M Hirst, Airport Planning and Development Ltd, UK

Innovation in aeronautics explores both a range of innovative ideas in this important industry and how the process of innovation itself can be effectively managed. Part one reviews developments including biologically-inspired technologies, morphing aerodynamic concepts, jet engine design drivers, and developments underpinned by digital technologies. The environment and human factors in innovation are also explored as are trends in supersonic passenger air travel. Part two goes on to examine change, and the processes and management involved in innovative technology development. Challenges faced in aeronautical production are the focus of part three which reviews topics such as intellectual property and patents, risk mitigation and the use of lean engineering. Finally, part four summarises key issues in what makes for successful innovation in this sector.

CONTENTSIntroduction to innovation in aeronautics. Part 1 Concepts: Biologically inspired technologies for aeronautics; Aircraft morphing technologies; Jet engine design drivers: Past, present and future; Innovation in avionic systems: Developments underpinned by digital technologies; The environment as the key design driver in aeronautics; The human factors that relate to technological developments in aviation; Innovation in supersonic passenger air travel. Part 2 Change: The process of innovation in aeronautics; Managing innovative technology development in aeronautics: Technology assessment (TA) techniques; Mining the ‘far side’ of technology to develop revolutionary aircraft prototypes: The Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) approach; Revolutionary ideas about the future of air transport. Part 3 Challenges: Intellectual property, patents and innovation in aeronautics; Cost, time and technical performance risk mitigation in large, complex and innovative aeronautics development projects; Innovation in aeronautics through lean engineering. Part 4 Conclusion: Conclusion: Innovations in aeronautics.




NEW NEW

NEW

NEW


Introduction to aerospace materialsA Mouritz, Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, Australia

The structural materials used in airframe and propulsion systems influence the cost, performance and safety of aircraft. This essential new book is intended for undergraduate students studying aerospace and aeronautical engineering, and is also a valuable resource for postgraduate students and practising aerospace engineers. The first three chapters of the book introduce the reader to aerospace materials. The next group of chapters go on to discuss the properties, production and metallurgy of materials for aerospace structures, followed by chapters on performance issues and recycling. The final chapter covers materials selection for aerospace structures and engines.

CONTENTSIntroduction to aerospace materials; Aerospace materials: Past, present and future; Materials and material requirements for aerospace structures and engines; Strengthening of metal alloys; Mechanical and durability testing of aerospace materials; Production and casting of aerospace metals; Processing and machining of aerospace metals; Aluminium alloys for aircraft structures; Titanium alloys for aerospace structures and engines; Magnesium alloys for aerospace structures; Steels for aircraft structures; Superalloys for gas turbine engines; Polymers for aerospace structures; Manufacturing of fibre-polymer composite materials; Fibre-polymer composites for aerospace structures and engines; Metal matrix, fibre-metal and ceramic matrix composites for aerospace applications; Wood in small aircraft construction; Fracture processes of aerospace materials; Fracture-toughness properties of aerospace materials; Fatigue of aerospace materials; Corrosion of aerospace metals; Creep of aerospace materials; Non-destructive inspection and structural health monitoring of aerospace materials; Disposal and recycling of aerospace materials; Materials selection for aerospace.



Aircraft system safetyMilitary and civil aeronautical applicationsD E Kritzinger

‘A must-have text for all serious practitioners of system safety. …lends itself to use by both the novice and the experienced system safety practitioner as well as being appropriate for use on both sides of the Atlantic.’

Terry J. Gooch CSP, FAA DER, Adjunct Professor, Embry Riddle Aeronautical

University

CONTENTSSafety within the legal framework; The safety concept; Standards and regulations; Risk based approach; Goal based approach; Hazards; The fail safe dimension; The safety assessment; The safety case; Numerical probabilistic approach; Minimum equipment lists; The safety management system; Concluding observations.



Welding and joining of aerospace materialsEdited by M C Chaturvedi, University of Manitoba, Canada

Welding and joining techniques play an essential role in both the manufacture and in-service repair of aerospace vehicles and components. This important book provides in-depth information on different techniques for joining metallic and non-metallic aerospace materials and their applications. Part one reviews different types of welding such as inertia friction, laser and hybrid laser-arc welding and issues relating to their use. The second part of the book focuses on other joining techniques such as riveting, bonding and brazing and methods of assessing their quality and effectiveness. Finally, an important appendix to this book covers linear friction welding in the aerospace industry.

CONTENTSPart 1 Welding techniques: New welding techniques for aerospace engineering; Inertia friction welding (IFW) for aerospace applications; Laser welding of metals for aerospace and other applications; Hybrid laser-arc welding of aerospace and other materials; Heat affected zone cracking in welded nickel superalloys. Part 2 Other joining techniques: Assessing the riveting process and the quality of riveted joints in aerospace and other applications; Quality control and non-destructive testing of self-piercing riveted joints in aerospace and other applications; Improvements in bonding metals for aerospace and other applications; Composite to metal bonding in aerospace and other applications; Diffusion bonding of metal alloys in aerospace and other applications; High-temperature brazing in aerospace engineering.



Aerodynamic measurementsFrom physical principles to turnkey instrumentationG P Russo, Italy

Aerodynamic measurements presents a comprehensive review of the theoretical bases on which experimental techniques used in aerodynamics are based. Limitations of each method in terms of accuracy, response time and complexity are addressed. This book serves as a guide to choosing the most pertinent technique for each type of flow field including: 1D, 2D, 3D, steady or unsteady, subsonic, supersonic or hypersonic.

CONTENTSPressure sensors; Velocity and mass flow by pressure measurements; Hot wire anemometer; Laser anemometry; Temperature measurements; Flow visualization; Measurements of aerodynamic forces.



Orbital mechanics and formation flyingA digital control perspectiveP A Capó-Lugo, George C. Marshall Space Flight Center (NASA) and P M Bainum, Howard University, USA

Aimed at students, faculty and professionals in the aerospace field, this book provides practical information on the development, analysis, and control of a single and/or multiple spacecraft in space. This book is divided into two major sections: single and multiple satellite motion. The first section analyses the orbital mechanics, orbital perturbations, and attitude dynamics of a single satellite around the Earth. Using the knowledge of a single satellite motion, the translation of a group of satellites called formation flying or constellation is explained. Formation flying has been one of the main research topics over the last few years and this book explains different control approaches to control the satellite attitude motion and/or to maintain the constellation together. The control schemes are explained in the discrete domain such that it can be easily implemented on the computer on board the satellite. The key objective of the book is to show the reader the practical and the implementation process in the discrete domain.

CONTENTSIntroduction; Two body orbital motion; Orbital perturbations in the two body motion; Frame rotations and quaternions; Rigid body motion; Environmental and actuator torques; Continuous and digital control systems; Example; Formation flying; Deployment procedure for a constellation; Reconfiguration procedure for a constellation.



The independent airport planning manualA L W Bradley, UK

This independent manual provides airport planners and architects with an essential planning guide and reference tool, based on the author’s extensive experience in the field and involvement in developing best practice airline and airport industry guidelines. Chapters cover topics such as demand forecasting, masterplan development, terminal pier and satellite infrastructure, baggage handling, apron design and airport security.

CONTENTSThe brief to airport planners; Outline airport planning principles; Airport terminal and pier/satellite planning; Airport baggage handling design; Airport apron, runway and taxiway design; Design for airport security; Case-studies in airport planning.




NEW


Corrosion control in the aerospace industryEdited by S Benavides, US Coast Guard, USA

‘...makes for a diverse, all embracing and near complete presentation of the subject. …numerous studies which are well-supported by photographic evidence, data tables and numerous graphs.’

The Aeronautical Journal (Royal Aeronautical Society)

CONTENTSCorrosion in the aerospace industry. Part 1 Corrosion fundamentals and cost of corrosion: Assessing the cost of corrosion to the aerospace industry; Corrosion and the threat to aircraft structural integrity; Effect of corrosion on the mechanical behaviour of aircraft aluminum alloys. Part 2 Corrosion monitoring, evaluation and prediction: Nondestructive evaluation of corrosion in the aerospace industry; Corrosion prediction in the aerospace industry; Integrated health and corrosion monitoring systems in the aerospace industry; Corrosion and fatigue modelling of aircraft structures. Part 3 Corrosion protection and prevention: Corrosion control in space launch vehicles; Coating removal techniques in the aerospace industry; Novel corrosion schemes for the aerospace industry; Greases and their role in corrosion control in the aerospace industry; Business strategies for corrosion control in fleet maintenance.



The air transport systemM Hirst, Airport Planning and Development Ltd, UK

‘…an excellent and well-written book. ...with a contents that is accurately represented by this title. Anyone involved in air transport as a specialist professional could be interested in reading it.’

The Aerospace Professional

CONTENTSPart 1 System objectives and environments: More than one answer? The natural environment; The regulatory environment; Operational environment. Part 2 System elements; Aircraft; Airlines; Airports; Airspace management. Part 3 Coping with the future: Coping with change – in the environments; Coping with change – the manufacturer’s challenge; Coping with change – the airline’s challenge; Coping with change – the airport’s challenge; Coping with change – the airspace challenge; Systemic processes – the way ahead. Bibliography.



MARINE ENGINEERING AND UNDERWATER WELDING

Pressure vesselsExternal pressure technologySecond editionC T F Ross, University of Portsmouth, UK

This book provides theoretical and experimental investigations on vessels under external pressure together with design hints. Highly beneficial to naval architects, ocean engineers, pressure vessel designers and aeronautical engineers and post graduates, it is illustrated with 180 diagrams and 120 references.

CONTENTSAn overview of pressure vessels under external pressure; Axisymmetric deformation of pressure vessels; Shell instability of pressure vessels; General instability of pressure vessels; Vibration of pressure vessel shells; Vibrations of pressure vessel shells in water; Novel pressure hull designs; Vibration and collapse of novel pressure hulls; Design of submarine pressure hulls to withstand buckling under external hydrostatic pressure; Non-linear analyses of model submarine pressure hulls, using ANSYS; Star Wars underwater: Deep-diving underwater pressure vessels for missile defence systems; Vibration of a thin-walled shell under external water pressure, using ANSYS. Appendices of computer programs.



Condition assessment of aged structuresEdited by J K Paik, Pusan National University, Korea and R E Melchers, University of Newcastle, Australia

‘…cohesion between the 17 detailed chapters is excellent.’

‘…invaluable to owners and operators of ships, oil rigs, bridges and other large assets such as fixed and mobile mining equipment.’

Materials World

CONTENTSPart 1 Current practices: Current practices in condition assessment of aged ships and floating offshore structures; Current practices in condition assessment of aged fixed-type offshore structures; Definition and assessment of deficiencies in building construction. Part 2 Mechanisms, mathematical models and preventive measures for age-related deterioration: Corrosion wastage in aged structures; Fatigue cracking in aged structures; Local denting and other deterioration in aged structures. Part 3 Residual strength of aged structures: Corroded structures and residual strength; Cracked structures and residual strength; Dented structures and residual strength. Part 4 Reliability of aged structures: Reliability of aged ship structures; Reliability of aged offshore structures; Reliability of aged land-based structures. Part 5 Inspection and maintenance: Inspection of aged ships and offshore structures; Inspection of aged land-based structures; Maintenance of aged ships and offshore structures; Maintenance of aged land-based structures; Risk-based inspection and maintenance of aged structures.



Advances in marine antifouling coatings and technologiesEdited by C Hellio, University of Portsmouth, UK and D M Yebra, Pinturas Hempel S.A., Spain

‘This book provides a comprehensive summary of the current state-of-the-art and should be essential reading for anyone concerned with sustainable operation of equipment in the marine environment.’

Materials World

CONTENTSPart 1 Marine fouling organisms and their impact: The battle against marine biofouling: A historical review; Surface colonisation by marine organisms and its impact on antifouling research; Algae as marine fouling organisms: adhesion damage and prevention; Bacterial adhesion and marine fouling; Understanding the biofouling of off-shore and deep-sea structures; The effects of marine biofouling on the performance of ocean-going vessels; The impact and control of biofouling in marine finfish aquaculture; Expected effect of climate change on fouling communities and its impact on antifouling research; Legislation affecting antifouling products. Part 2 Testing and development of antifouling coatings: Developing new marine antifouling substances: Learning from the pharmaceutical industry; Laboratory bioassays for screening marine antifouling compounds; Key issues in the formulation of marine antifouling paints; Modelling the design and optimization of chemically active marine antifouling coatings; High throughput methods for the design of fouling control coatings; Ageing tests and long-term performance of marine antifouling coatings; Testing the impact of biofilms on the performance of marine antifouling coatings. Part 3 Chemically active marine antifouling technologies: Tin-free self-polishing marine antifouling coatings; The use of copper as a biocide in marine antifouling paints; The use of broad-spectrum organic biocides in marine antifouling paints; Organic alternatives to copper in the control of marine biofouling; Natural marine products with antifouling activities; Enzyme-based solutions for marine antifouling coatings. Part 4 Surface approaches to the control of marine biofouling: Advanced nanostructured surfaces for the control of marine biofouling: the AMBIO project; Surface modification approaches to control marine biofouling; Fouling control coatings using low surface energy, foul release technology; Non-silicon biocide-free antifouling solutions; Trends in marine biofouling research.



Underwater repair technologyJ Nixon, Cranfield University, UK

CONTENTSOffshore structures, materials and standards; Joining of underwater structures without the use of underwater welding; Underwater engineering processes for fabrication operations; Underwater welding technology; Manual hyperbaric welding techniques; Alternatives to saturation diving for deep water applications; Deep water arc welding processes; Alternatives to arc welding for deep water joining operations; Conclusions. Appendices: Oceanography; Diving technology; Hyperbaric welding research techniques.



Marine engineering and underwater welding


Non-destructive examination of underwater welded structuresV S Davey, formerly HSE, UK, O Forli, Det Norske Veritas, Norway, G A Raine, Technical Software Consultants Ltd and R Whillock, formerly BOMEL, UK

CONTENTSComponents of examination; Personnel, qualifications and QA; Procedures; Pre-inspection activities; Inspection for flaws; Inspection for corrosion; Passive NDT methods; Post-inspection activities; Introduction of new equipment; Remote operated vehicle deployment; Appendices: Background text; Summary of underwater NDT qualification schemes.



Developments in marine corrosionEdited by S A Campbell, University of Portsmouth, UK, N Campbell and F C Walsh

CONTENTSBiocorrosion and microbiological influenced corrosion; Metal corrosion; Established and novel methodologies for corrosion monitoring; Corrosion inhibitors and protective coatings.



Underwater wet welding and cuttingCONTENTSPWI activities in the field of underwater welding and cutting technologies; Study of physico-metallurgical peculiarities of wet arc welding of structural steels; Development of MMA electrodes for manual underwater welding in all spatial positions of steels; Special equipment of PWI design for underwater welding and cutting; Wet underwater welding trials with commercial MMA electrodes; Technological peculiarities of wet semi-automatic welding with flux-cored wire; The experience of practical application of the underwater semi-automatic welding with flux-cored wire; Study of peculiarities of underwater flux-cored wire arc cutting without additional supply of oxygen; Technology and experience of application of underwater flux-cored wire arc semi-automatic cutting; Underwater FCA wet welding.



Professional diver’s manual on wet-weldingD Keats, Consultant, UK80 pages 210 x 148mm (6 x 8) paperback 1990ISBN: 978 1 85573 006 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 889 8


MECHANICAL ENGINEERING AND GENERAL MATERIALS

Handbook of friction-vibration interactionsG S Chen, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, USA

Friction-vibration interactions are common but important phenomena in science and engineering. Handbook of friction-vibration interactions introduces the principles and provides the resources to understand and work with them. A unified theoretical framework includes some of the most important engineering applications. The first three chapters in the book introduce basic concepts and analytical methods of friction and vibration. The fourth chapter presents the general principles on friction-vibration interactions, and also touches on various engineering applications. In the fifth chapter the concepts and methods are extended to some of the most critical engineering applications in high-tech industry, presenting the friction-vibration interaction principle and applications in data storage systems.

CONTENTSLinear system vibrations; Nonlinear vibrations; Random vibrations; Contact mechanics; Multiple scale contact; Adhesion; Friction; Friction-vibration interaction of single-degree-of-freedom system; Multiple-degree-of-freedom system; Continuous system; Effect of friction with negative slope; Stick-slip; Sprang-slip; Follower forces; Mode coupling; Effect of higher frequency excitation and ultrasonic excitation; Friction-vibration interactions in slider-disk interface in computer hard disk drive; Identification of friction-vibration interactions; Acoustic emission due to friction-vibration interactions and applications.



Biomaterials and medical tribologyResearch and developmentEdited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal

Medical tribology can be defined as the science of tribological phenomena in the human body, both those that naturally occur in the tissues or organs and those that arise after implantation of an artificial device, while biomaterials are inert substances designed to be incorporated into living systems. Biomaterials and medical tribology brings together a collection of high quality articles and case studies focussing on new research and developments in these two important fields. The book provides details of the different types of biomaterial available, including metals, polymers and composites, while chapters in the latter half offer an analysis of friction, wear, lubrication and other related issues in specific applications.

CONTENTSMetals and alloys; Polymers Ceramics; Composites; Tribology of natural synovial joints and artificial replacements; Wear of screws and plates in bone fracture repair; Wear of denture and restorative materials; Wear replacement heart valves; Lubrication of the pump in total artificial hearts; Tribology of contact lenses and ocular tribology.



Anti-abrasive nanocoatingsCurrent and future applicationsM Aliofkhazraei, Tarbiat Modares University, Iran

This book provides an overview of the fabrication methods for anti-abrasive nanocoatings. The connections among fabrication parameters, the characteristics of nanocoatings and the resulting properties (i.e. nanohardness, toughness, wear rate, load-bearing ability, friction coefficient, and scratch resistance) are discussed. Size-affected mechanical properties of nanocoatings are examined, including their uses. Anti-abrasive nanocoatings including metallic-, ceramic-, and polymeric-based layers as well as different kinds of these nanostructures, such as multi-layered nanocomposites and thin films, are reviewed.

CONTENTSSynthesis and processing of modern nanocoatings; Introduction to new methods for wear protection; Characterization of nanocoatings; Classification of modern methods in surface engineering; Comparison of new methods for anti abrasive nanocoatings; Application of nanocoatings.




NEW

NEW

NEW


Engineering systems acquisition and supportJ P T Mo, RMIT University and A Sinha, Defence Material Organization, Australia

Engineering systems such as an aircraft or frigate are highly complex and specifically designed to meet the customer’s requirements. This important book provides the information necessary to acquire and support complex engineering systems expected to last for a long time. Chapters in the first half of the book examine the life cycles of these systems, their design, testing and certification, and the principles behind their acquisition. The latter half of the book reviews topics including operations support and logistics, systems maintenance, reliability and upgrades, and performance and risk analysis, ending with a discussion of the need for continuous improvements in these systems.

CONTENTSLife cycles of complex engineering systems; Systems acquisition principles; Systems design, Management of engineering design changes; Systems testing and certification; Operations support and logistics; Systems maintenance and reliability; Mid-life upgrade; Architecture for designing support systems; Performance and risks analysis; Continuous improvement.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013ISBN: 978 0 85709 212 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 215 1Approx. £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00


The risk management of safety and dependabilityW Wong, Consultant, UK

In an easy-to-read and accessible way, The risk management of safety and dependability presents the key factors involved in successful risk management, so that even non-experts in small and medium-sized organisations, as well as engineers and managers, can apply sound safety and dependability principles.

CONTENTSEver-present danger: Introduction to the principles of risk management; Ignorance is no defence: Legislation and the corporate role in managing risk; How to recognise hazards: Learning about generic industrial hazards; Human factors in risk management: Understanding why humans fail and are unreliable; Exposing hazards: Techniques to find possible risks of unacceptable failures in procedures, machines and systems; Safe enough? Methods and procedures for evaluating and reducing risk in the design of processes, plant and machinery; Inherently unsafe: Safety issues in planning a new facility; Product risk: Managing risk in the design and development process; Asset integrity: Learning about the cause and symptoms of age and decay and the need for maintenance to avoid catastrophic failures; Coping with risk: How to ensure the health and safety of people at work; Management disasters: The lessons to be learnt from two major disasters.

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010ISBN: 978 1 84569 712 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 938 3£135.00/US$230.00/€160.00


Ultraprecision bearingsF Wardle, UPM Ltd., UK

Ultra precision bearings provides a detailed review of the different types of bearing and their properties, as well as an analysis of the factors that influence motion error, stiffness and damping. Following an introduction to basic principles of motion error, each chapter of the book is then devoted to the basic principles and properties of a specific type of bearing: ball, hydrodynamic, aerodynamic, hydrostatic and aerostatic. The book concludes with a comparison of these types of bearing and their applications.

CONTENTSIntroduction: Definition of ultra precision bearings; Motion error; Static stiffness; Damping; Thermal characteristics; Bearing – Shaft systems; Closure; Ball bearings: Scope; Ball bearing types; Bearing arrangements; Bearing tolerances; Ring fits and mounting parameters; Bearing geometry; Kinematic relationships; Ball – raceway contact mechanics; Bearing loads and deflections; Static stiffness characteristics; Motion error; Damping; Thermal characteristics; Closure; Hydrostatic bearings; Background; Bearing types and arrangements; Design principles; Static stiffness; Motion error; Damping; Torque and power consumption; Aerostatic bearings: Background; Bearing types and arrangements; Principle of operation; Internal pressure distribution; Static stiffness; Motion error; Damping; Thermal characteristics; Closure; Herringbone and spiral groove hydrodynamic bearings: Historical development; Principle of operation; Bearing types; Pressure distribution; Load capacity and static stiffness; Motion error; Damping; Torque and power consumption; Closure; Herringbone and spiral groove aerodynamic bearings: Background; Bearing types; Pressure distribution; Load capacity and static stiffness; Motion error; Damping; Torque and power consumption; Closure; Comparison of bearing types; Appendix: Vibration forces generated by waviness of ball bearing surfaces.



Hydroforming for advanced manufacturingEdited by M Koç, Virginia Commonwealth University, USA

CONTENTSIntroduction and state-of-the-art of hydroforming. Part 1 Principles of hydroforming: Hydroforming systems, equipment, controls and tooling; Deformation mechanism and fundamentals of hydroforming; Materials and their characterization for hydroforming; Formability analysis for tubular hydroformed parts; Design and modeling of parts, process and tooling in tube hydroforming; Tribological aspects in hydroforming. Part 2 Hydroforming techniques and their applications: Pre-forming: Tube rotary draw bending and pre-flattening/crushing in hydroforming; Hydroforming: hydropiercing, end-cutting, and welding; Hydroforming sheet metal forming components; Bending and hydroforming of aluminum and magnesium alloy tubes; Low pressure tube hydroforming; Comparative analysis of hydroforming techniques; Fluid cell pressing in the aerospace industry; Hydroforming and its role in lightweighting automobiles; Warm hydroforming.



Controller design for industrial robots and machine toolsApplications to manufacturing processesF Nagata, Tokyo University of Science and K Watanabe, Okayama University, Japan

Controller design for industrial robots and machine tools presents results where industrial robots have been successfully applied to such surfaces, presenting up to date information on these advanced manufacturing systems, including key technologies. Chapters cover topics such as velocity-based discrete-time control system for industrial robots; preliminary simulation of intelligent force control; CAM system for an articulated industrial robot; a robot sander for artistic furniture; a machining system for wooden paint rollers; a polishing robot for PET bottle blow moulds; and a desktop orthogonal-type robot for finishing process of LED lens cavity; and concludes with a summary.

CONTENTSVelocity-based discrete-time control system with intelligent control concepts for open architecture industrial robots; Preliminary simulation on intelligent force control; CAM system for articulated-type industrial robot; 3D robot sander for artistic designed furniture; 3D machining system for artistic wooden paint rollers; Polishing robot for PET bottle blow moulds; Desktop orthogonal-type robot for finishing process of LED lens cavity; Summary.



Sustainable vehicle technologiesDriving the green agendaInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

This book contains the papers from the IMechE’s Sustainable vehicle technologies 2012 conference. An innovative technical conference organised by the Automobile Division of the IMechE, it follows on from the 2009 Low Carbon Vehicle conference, which established a high standard with presentations primarily focussed on powertrain technology. The conference examines the latest advances in technology with a view towards understanding the consequences of carbon dioxide reduction over the entire vehicle lifecycle. Papers cover all aspects of the finite resources available for vehicle production, operation and recycling.

CONTENTSWeight reduction technology using lightweight or high strength materials; Alternative propulsion systems including hybrids, electric and mechanical systems; Hydrogen and fuel cells; Engine downsizing and power-pack design; Rolling resistance and aerodynamic improvements; Lifetime CO2 analysis; Low CO2 processes for product development.




NEW NEW NEW

NEW


Mechatronics and manufacturing engineeringResearch and developmentEdited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal

Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series No. 1

This book, the first in the Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series, is a collection of high quality articles (full research articles, review articles and cases studies) with a special emphasis on research and development in mechatronics and manufacturing engineering. Mechatronics is the blending of mechanical, electronic, and computer engineering into an integrated design. Today, mechatronics has a significant and increasing impact on engineering with emphasis on the design, development and operation of manufacturing engineering systems. The main objective of this interdisciplinary engineering field is the study of automata from an engineering perspective, thinking on the design of products and manufacturing processes and systems. Mechatronics and manufacturing systems are well established and executed within a great number of industries including aircraft, automotive and aerospace industries; machine tools, moulds and dies product manufacturing, computers, electronics, semiconductor and communications, and biomedical.

CONTENTSImplementation of light-scattering instrumentation: Innovation, design and development; Planar micromanipulation on microconveyor platforms: Recent developments; Single-axis arm designed with an ultrasonic motor: Basic active/passive joint torque control; Signal processing for tool condition monitoring: From wavelet analysis to sparse decomposition; ANN modelling of fractal dimension in machining; Predicting forces and damage in drilling of polymer composites: Soft computing techniques; Minimising burr size in drilling: Integrating response surface methodology with particle swarm optimisation; Single point incremental forming of polymers.



Materials and surface engineeringResearch and developmentEdited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal


This book, the second in the Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series, is a collection of high quality articles (full research articles, review articles, and cases studies) with a special emphasis on research and development materials and surface engineering and its applications. Surface engineering techniques are being used in the automotive, aircraft, aerospace, missile, electronic, biomedical, textile, petrochemical, chemical, moulds and dies, machine tools, and construction industries. Materials science is an interdisciplinary field involving the micro and nano-structure, processing, properties of materials and its applications to various areas of engineering, technology and industry. All types of materials are addressed including metals and alloys, polymers, ceramics and glasses, composites, nano-materials, biomaterials, etc. The relationship between micro and nano-structure, processing, properties of materials is discussed. Surface engineering is a truly interdisciplinary topic in materials science that deals with the surface of solid matter.

CONTENTSScratch resistance of modified polymethylmethacrylate nanocomposites; Nanomechanical properties and nanoscale deformation of engineering metals and alloys; Analysis of large-strain microindentation of crystalline polymers; Nanocomposite coatings: A review; Thermal sprayed WC-Co coatings for tribological application; Tribological performance of electroless Ni-P coatings; Tribological response of materials during sliding against various surface textures; Laser straight cutting of Ti-6Al-4V alloy: Temperature and stress fields.



Materials for engineeringThird editionJ Martin, formerly University of Oxford, UK

‘Voted - Outstanding academic title 2003’

‘This outstanding title has been selected for its excellence in scholarship and presentation, the significance of its contribution to the field, and its value regarding important treatment of its subject.’

Choice Magazine (Review of second edition)

CONTENTSPart 1 Characterisation of engineering materials: The structure of engineering materials; The determination of mechanical properties. Part 2 Structure / property relationships: Metals and alloys; Glasses and ceramics; Organic polymeric materials; Composite materials.



Machining and machine-toolsResearch and developmentEdited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal


The third book in the Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series publishing high quality articles (full research articles, review articles and cases studies) with a special emphasis on research and development in machining and machine-tools. Machining and machine tools is an important subject with application in several industries. Parts manufactured by other processes often require further operations before the product is ready for application. Traditional machining is the broad term used to describe removal of material from a work piece, and covers chip formation operations including: turning, milling, drilling and grinding. Recently the industrial utilization of non-traditional machining processes such as EDM (electrical discharge machining), LBM (laser-beam machining), AWJM (abrasive water jet machining) and USM (ultrasonic machining) has increased. The performance characteristics of machine tools and the significant development of existing and new processes, and machines, are considered. Nowadays, in Europe, USA, Japan and countries of emergent economies machine tools is a sector with great technological evolution.

CONTENTSAnalysis of acoustic emission signal evolutions for monitoring diamond-coated tool delamination wear in machining; High performance machining of austenitic stainless steels; Forces monitoring in shape grinding process of complex parts; Optimization of minimum quantity lubrication in grinding with CBN wheels; Electrical discharge machining: Study on machining characteristics; Conventional and un-conventional hole making in metal matrix composites (MMCs; A laboratory machine for micro electrochemical machining; Cam-driven electromagnetic mechanical testing machine.




NEW NEW NEW


10th International conference on vibrations in rotating machinery11-13 September 2012, IMechE London, UKInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

This book presents the papers from the 10th International conference on vibrations in rotating machinery. This conference, first held in 1976, has defined and redefined the state-of-the-art in the many aspects of vibration encountered in rotating machinery. Distinguished by an excellent mix of industrial and academic participation achieved, these papers present the latest methods of theoretical, experimental and computational rotordynamics, alongside the current issues of concern in the further development of rotating machines. Topics are aimed at propelling forward the standards of excellence in the design and operation of rotating machines.

CONTENTSPapers cover the following areas: Electrical machines; Micro machines; Smart machines; ‘Green’ machines for sustainability and environmental applications; Machinery vibration and noise; Marine applications.



The design and manufacture of medical devicesEdited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal

The design and manufacture of medical devices brings together a range of articles and case studies dealing with medical device R&D. Chapters in the book cover materials used in medical implants, such as Titanium Oxide, polyurethane, and advanced polymers; devices for specific applications such as spinal and craniofacial implants, and other issues related to medical devices, such as precision machining and integrated telemedicine systems.

CONTENTSCharacteristics and applications of Titanium Oxide as a biomaterial for medical; Precision machining of medical devices; Polyurethane for biomedical applications: A review of recent developments; Application of the finite element method in spinal implant design and manufacture; Design and manufacture of a novel dynamic spinal implant; Customized craniofacial implants: Design and manufacture; Technology advances for polymers in active implantable medical devices; Integrated telemedicine systems: Patient monitoring, in-time prognostics, and diagnostics and domicile.



Dynamics of tethered satellite systemsV S Aslanov and A S Ledkov, Samara State Aerospace University, Russia

Aimed at engineering students and professionals working in the field of mechanics of space flight, this book examines space tether systems – one of the most forward thinking directions of modern astronautics. The main advantage of this technology is the simplicity, profitability and ecological compatibility: space tethers allow the execution of various manoeuvers in orbit without costs of jet fuel due to the use of gravitational and electromagnetic fields of the Earth. This book will acquaint the reader with the modern state of the space tether’s dynamics, with specific attention to the research projects of the nearest decades. The book presents the most effective mathematical models and the methods used for the analysis and prediction of space tether systems’ motion; attention is also given on the influence of the tether on spacecraft’s motion, to emergencies and chaotic modes.

CONTENTSSpace tether systems in astronautics; Mathematical models of space tether systems; Motion of a satellite with an attached tether system; Delivery of payload from orbit by the instrumentality of a space tether system; Space tether systems directed along a local vertical; Chaotic motion of an elastic space tether system.



Leveraging information technology for optimal aircraft maintenance, repair and overhaul (MRO)A Sahay, IBM, Australia

The book provides a backdrop of current trends in the industry where airlines are tending to retain their aircraft longer on the one hand, and yet are rapidly introducing a new genre of aircraft such as the A380 and B787 into service on the other. This book provides industry professionals and students of aviation MRO (at all levels) with the necessary principles, approaches and tools to respond effectively and efficiently to the constant development of new technologies - both in general and within the aviation MRO profession.

CONTENTSAn overview of aircraft maintenance; The business of maintaining aircraft; Aircraft maintenance paradigm; Aviation MRO’s Challenge to the IT industry; The IT industry responds; The current aviation MRO IT landscape; Leveraging IT and shaping the future.



Spacecraft thermal controlJ Meseguer, I Pérez-Grande and A Sanz-Andrés, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, Spain

Thermal control systems are an essential element of spacecraft design, ensuring that all parts of the spacecraft remain within acceptable temperature ranges at all times. Spacecraft thermal control describes the fundamentals of thermal control design and reviews current thermal control technologies. The book begins with an overview of space missions and a description of the space environment, followed by coverage of the heat transfer processes relevant to the field. In the third part of the book, current thermal control technologies are described, and in the final part, design, analysis and testing techniques are reviewed.

CONTENTSThe space mission; Space environment; Keplerian orbits; Conductive heat transfer; Thermal radiation heat transfer; Thermal control surfaces; Insulation systems; Radiators; Louvers; Mechanical interfaces; Heat pipes; Phase change capacitors; Heaters; Pumped fluid loops; Thermoelectric cooling; Cryogenic systems; Thermal protection systems; Thermal control design; Thermal mathematical models; Thermal control testing; Conclusion.



10th International conference on turbochargers and turbochargingInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

This book presents the papers from the latest international conference, following on from the highly successful previous conferences in this series held regularly since 1978. Papers cover all current and novel aspects of turbocharging systems design for boosting solutions for engine downsizing. The focus of the papers is on the application of turbocharger and other pressure charging devices to spark ignition (SI) and compression ignition (CI) engines in the passenger car and commercial vehicles. Novel boosting solutions for diesel engines operating in the industrial and marine market sectors are also included.

CONTENTSPapers cover the following areas: Novel applications; High-boost and two-stage systems; Turbine fatigue and structural; Compressor aero-design optimisation (CFD); Rotordynamics and vibrations; Advancing simulation and validation; Turbine development trends; Systems and transient response; Compressor development trends; Novel pressure charging and high efficiency systems; Turbine unsteady flow; Additional papers not presented at the conference.




NEW NEW NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW


Advances in science and technology of Mn+1AXn phasesEdited by I M Low, Curtin University of Technology, Australia

Advances in science and technology of Mn+1AXn phases presents a comprehensive review of synthesis, microstructures, properties, ab-initio calculations and applications of Mn+1AXn phases and targets the continuing research of advanced materials and ceramics. An overview of the current status, future directions, challenges and opportunities of Mn+1AXn phases that exhibit some of the best attributes of metals and ceramics is included. Students of materials science and engineering at postgraduate level will value this book as a reference source at an international level for both teaching and research in materials science and engineering. In addition to students the principal audiences of this book are ceramic researchers, materials scientists and engineers, materials physicists and chemists. The book is also an invaluable reference for the professional materials and ceramics societies.

CONTENTSMethods of MAX-Phase synthesis and densification I; Methods od MAX Phase synthesis and densification II; Consolidation/synthesis of MAX phases by Spark Plasma Sintering (SPS): A review; Microstructural examination during the formation of Ti3AIC2 from Ti/AI/C and Ti/AI/TiC mixtures; Fabrication of in-situ Ti2AlN/TiAl composites and characterization of mechanical, friction and wear properties; Use of MAX phase particles to improve the toughness of brittle ceramics; Electrical properties of MAX phases; Theoretical study of physical properties and oxygen incorporation effect in nanolaminated ternary carbide 211 MAX phases; Computational modelilng and Ab-initio calculations in MAX phases I; Computational modeling and Ab-initio calculations in MAX phases II; Self healing of MAX phase ceramics for high temperature applications: Evidences in Ti3AlC2; Oxidation Characteristics of Ti3AlC2, Ti3SiC2 and Ti2AlC; Hydrothermal oxidation of Ti3SiC2; Stability of Ti3SiC2 under Charged Particle Irradiations; Diffraction studies on the kinetics of thermal decomposition in the Ti-Si-C system.



Internal combustion enginesImproving performance, fuel economy and emissionsInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

This book contains the papers of the Internal combustion engines: Performance fuel economy and emissions conference, in the IMechE bi-annual series, held on the 29th and 30th November 2011.

CONTENTSThe papers are arranged under the following headings: SI engines and downsizing; GDI particulates and other emissions; Diesel fuel injection; Engine design; Fuels and emissions; Emissions after-treatment.



Defect structure in nanomaterialsJ Gubicza, Eötvös Lorand University, Hungary

Nanomaterials exhibit unique mechanical and physical properties compared to their coarse-grained counterparts, and are consequently a major focus of current scientific research. Defect structure in nanomaterials provides a detailed overview of the processing methods, defect structure and defect-related mechanical and physical properties of a wide range of nanomaterials. The book begins with a review of the production methods of nanomaterials, including severe plastic deformation, powder metallurgy and electrodeposition. The lattice defect structures formed during the synthesis of nanomaterials are characterised in detail. Special attention is paid to the lattice defects in low stacking fault energy nanomaterials and metal – carbon nanotube composites. Topics covered in the second part of the book include a discussion of the thermal stability of defect structure in nanomaterials and a study of the influence of lattice defects on mechanical and hydrogen storage properties.

CONTENTSProcessing methods for nanomaterials; Defect structure in bulk nanomaterials processed by severe plastic deformation; Defect structure in low stacking fault energy nanomaterials; Defects in nanomaterials processed by powder metallurgy; Correlation between defect structure and mechanical properties of nanocrystalline materials; Defect structure and mechanical properties of metal matrix–carbon nanotube composites; Thermal stability of defect structures in nanomaterials; Relationship between microstructure and hydrogen storage properties of nanomaterials.



Advanced engineering designAn integrated approachE M Benavides, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, Spain

This book provides engineers and students with a general framework focusing on the processes of designing new engineering products. The procedures covered by the framework lead the reader to the best trade-offs to ensure maximum satisfaction of the customer’s needs, meeting the lowest cost expectations, ensuring the lowest environmental impact and maximising profits and best positioning in the marketplace. This book describes the engineering tools that are compatible with these goals and sustainable activity.

CONTENTSThe design process; Information, entropy, and its relationship to design; Axiomatic design; Metric design; Reliability-based design; Entropy-based design.



Rubber-pad forming processesTechnology and applicationsM Ramezani, University of New South Wales, Australia and Z M Ripin, Universiti Sains Malaysia, Malaysia

This book describes different types of rubber-pad forming processes currently being studied for their experimental and numerical advantages and disadvantages. Rubber forming adopts a rubber pad contained in a rigid box in which one of the tools (die or punch) is replaced by the rubber pad. Up to 60% of all sheet metal parts in aircraft industry such as frames, seat parts, ribs, windows and doors are fabricated using rubber-pad forming processes. Key process parameters such as rubber material, stamping velocity, rubber-pad hardness and thickness and friction conditions are investigated.

CONTENTSIntroduction to sheet metal forming processes; Principles of rubber pad forming; Characteristics of elastomer materials; Forming of shallow parts using rubber tools; Piercing of sheet metals using rubber punch; Deep drawing of sheet metals using friction-actuated blank-holding technique; Deep drawing using Verson hydroforming process; Deep drawing of sheet metals by Marform technique; Deep drawing of sheet metals by Maslennikov’s technique; Tube bulging using rubber rods.



Fuel systems for IC enginesInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

This book presents the papers from the latest conference in this successful series on fuel injection systems for internal combustion engines. It is vital for the automotive industry to continue to meet the demands of the modern environmental agenda. In order to excel, manufacturers must research and develop fuel systems that guarantee the best engine performance, ensuring minimal emissions and maximum profit. The papers from this unique conference focus on the latest technology for state-of-the-art system design, characterisation, measurement, and modelling, addressing all technological aspects of diesel and gasoline fuel injection systems. Topics range from fundamental fuel spray theory, component design, to effects on engine performance, fuel economy and emissions.

CONTENTSPapers cover the following areas: Systems architecture; Gasoline DI systems; Medium/heavy-duty diesel; Light-duty diesel; Gasoline DI spray generation; Diesel spray; Development and methodology.




NEW NEW NEW

NEW


Modelling and simulation of integrated systems in engineeringIssues of methodology, quality, testing and applicationD J Murray-Smith, University of Glasgow, UK

This book places particular emphasis on issues of model quality and ideas of model testing and validation. Mathematical and computer-based models provide a foundation for explaining complex behaviour, decision-making, engineering design and for real-time simulators for research and training. Many engineering design techniques depend on suitable models, assessment of the adequacy of a given model for an intended application is therefore critically important. Generic model structures and dependable libraries of sub-models that can be applied repeatedly are increasingly important. Applications are drawn from the fields of mechanical, aeronautical and control engineering, and involve non-linear lumped-parameter models described by ordinary differential equations.

CONTENTSThe principles of system modelling; Integrated systems and their significance for system modelling; Problem organisation; Inverse simulation for system modelling and design; Methods and applications of parameter sensitivity analysis; Experimental modelling: system identification, parameter estimation and model optimisation techniques; Issues of model quality and the validation of dynamic models; Real-time simulation, virtual prototyping and partial-system testing; Model management; Further discussion.



A quick guide to API 510 certified pressure vessel inspector syllabusExample questions and worked answersC Matthews, Matthews Engineering Training Limited, UK

CONTENTSInterpreting ASME and API Codes; An Introduction to API 510 (Sections 1–4); API 510 Inspection Practices (Section 5); API 510 Frequency and Data Evaluation (Sections 6 and 7); API 510 Repair, Alteration, Re-rating (Section 8); API 572 Inspection of Pressure Vessels; API 571 Damage Mechanisms; API 576 Inspection of Pressure-Relieving Devices; ASME VIII Pressure Design; ASME VIII Welding and NDE; ASME VIII and API 510 Heat Treatment; Impact Testing; Introduction to Welding/API 577; Welding Qualifications and ASME IX; The NDE Requirements of API 510 and API 577; The NDE Requirements of API 510 and API 577; Thirty Open-Book Sample Questions; Answers; The Final Word on Exam Questions.



A quick guide to API 653 certified storage tank inspector syllabusExample questions and worked answersC Matthews, Matthews Engineering Training Limited, UK

The API Individual Certification Programs (ICP) are well established in the oil/gas/petroleum industries. This guide reviews one of API’s three main ICPs: API 653: Certified storage tank inspector. It discusses key definitions and scope, inspection regimes and testing techniques relating to tank design, linings, welds, protection systems, repair and alteration.

CONTENTSInterpreting API and ASME Codes; An introduction to API 653: 2009 and its related codes; An introduction to API RP 575; Reasons for inspections: Damage mechanisms; Inspection practices and frequency; Evaluation of corroded tanks; API 650: Tank design; Tank non-destructive examination; Tank repairs and alteration; Tank reconstruction; Tank hydrotesting and brittle fracture; Tank linings: API RP 652; Introduction to welding/API RP 577; Welding qualifications and ASME IX; Cathodic protection: API RP 651; The NDE requirements of ASME V; Thirty open-book sample questions; Answers.

352 pages 170 x112mm (4 x 6 1/2) paperback 2011ISBN: 978 1 84569 756 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 527 5


Innovations in fuel economy and sustainable road transportInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

This book presents the papers from the Innovations in Fuel economy and sustainable road transport conference, held in Pune, India, 8-9 November, 2011. Papers examine advances in powertrain, alternative fuels, lightweight vehicles, electric vehicles and hybrid vehicles. An international assembly of senior industry representatives provide insight into the latest research and technological advances in low carbon technology sustainability for road transport, helping towards achieving stringent emissions standards and continual improvements in fuel economy efficiency, all in an expanding Indian market. These technical papers from industry and academia discuss the latest developments and research of leading organisations.

CONTENTSThe papers are arranged under the following headings: Hybrid and electric vehicles; Fuels; Light weight vehicles; Advances in powertrain; Fuels and emissions.



Modern machining technologyA practical guideEdited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal

This forward-thinking, practical book provides essential information on modern machining technology for industry with emphasis on the processes used regularly across several major industries. Machining technology presents great interest for many important industries including automotive, aeronautics, aerospace, renewable energy, moulds and dies, biomedical, and many others. Machining processes are manufacturing processes in which parts are shaped by the removal of unwanted material; these processes cover several stages and are usually divided into the following categories: cutting (involving single point or multipoint cutting tools); abrasive processes (including grinding and advanced machining processes, such as EDM (electrical discharge machining), LBM (laser-beam machining), AWJM (abrasive water jet machining) and USM (ultrasonic machining).

CONTENTSTurning; Drilling; Milling; Grinding and finishing processes; Thermal advanced machining processes.



Tribology for engineersA practical guideEdited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal

‘As a whole the book contains interesting, practically useful material perfectly tallied by the editor.’International Journal of Surface Science and

Engineering

Tribology for engineers discusses recent research and applications of principles of friction, wear and lubrication, and provides the fundamentals and advances in tribology for modern industry. The book examines tribology with special emphasis on surface topography, wear of materials and lubrication, and includes dedicated coverage on the fundamentals of micro and nanotribology. The book serves as a valuable reference for academics, tribology and materials researchers, mechanical, physics and materials engineers and professional in related industries with tribology.

CONTENTSSurface topography; Friction and wear; Lubrication and roughness; Micro/nano tribology; Tribology in manufacturing; Bio and medical tribology.




NEW


Aerodynamic measurementsFrom physical principles to turnkey instrumentationG P Russo, Italy

Aerodynamic measurements presents a comprehensive review of the theoretical bases on which experimental techniques used in aerodynamics are based. Limitations of each method in terms of accuracy, response time and complexity are addressed. This book serves as a guide to choosing the most pertinent technique for each type of flow field including: 1D, 2D, 3D, steady or unsteady, subsonic, supersonic or hypersonic.

CONTENTSPressure sensors; Velocity and mass flow by pressure measurements; Hot wire anemometer; Laser anemometry; Temperature measurements; Flow visualization; Measurements of aerodynamic forces.



Orbital mechanics and formation flyingA digital control perspectiveP A Capó-Lugo, George C. Marshall Space Flight Center (NASA) and P M Bainum, Howard University, USA

Aimed at students, faculty and professionals in the aerospace field, this book provides practical information on the development, analysis, and control of a single and/or multiple spacecraft in space. This book is divided into two major sections: single and multiple satellite motion. The first section analyses the orbital mechanics, orbital perturbations, and attitude dynamics of a single satellite around the Earth. Using the knowledge of a single satellite motion, the translation of a group of satellites called formation flying or constellation is explained. Formation flying has been one of the main research topics over the last few years and this book explains different control approaches to control the satellite attitude motion and/or to maintain the constellation together. The control schemes are explained in the discrete domain such that it can be easily implemented on the computer on board the satellite. The key objective of the book is to show the reader the practical and the implementation process in the discrete domain.

CONTENTSIntroduction; Two body orbital motion; Orbital perturbations in the two body motion; Frame rotations and quaternions; Rigid body motion; Environmental and actuator torques; Continuous and digital control systems; Example; Formation flying; Deployment procedure for a constellation; Reconfiguration procedure for a constellation.



Electrical motor productsInternational energy-efficiency standards and testing methodsJ Yu, Jiangsu Inspection and Quarantine Mechanical and Electrical Products Testing Centre, T Zhang, Wuxi Entry-Exit Inspection and Quarantine Bureau and J Qian, Jiangsu Inspection and Quarantine Mechanical and Electrical Products Testing Centre, China

Electrical motor products reviews the energy efficiency management laws for electrical motor products in United States, European Union (EU) and China. The energy efficiency certification requirements for the electrical motor products vary from country to country and are summarised here. International standards, testing methods and certification requirements for specific electrical motor products are discussed, including electric motors, pumps and fans. Finally, methods for improving energy efficiency are examined.

CONTENTSIntroduction: The importance of energy-efficiency for electrical motor products; Classification: Electric motors, pumps, fans; Energy-efficiency technical measures system for electrical motor products; Energy-efficiency standards of electrical motor products; Measurement errors and uncertainties; Testing methods for electric motors; Efficiency testing methods for centrifugal pumps; Efficiency testing methods for centrifugal fans; How to improve the energy-efficiency of electrical motor products; Modern control methods for the induction motor.



7th International conference on compressors and their systems 2011City University London in conjunction with the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

This book contains the papers presented at the 7th International conference on compressors and their systems at City University London in conjunction with the IMECHE. This conference is the ultimate global forum for reviewing the latest developments and novel approaches in compressor research. It features contributions from equipment manufacturers, suppliers, users and research organisations; these papers present developments in air, gas and refrigeration compressors; vacuum pumps; expanders; and related systems and components.

CONTENTSIntroductory papers; Turbo compressors; Heat pump and refrigeration; Reciprocating compressors (valves); Refrigeration; Reciprocating and variable speed compressors; Manufacturing; Screw compressors; Scroll and turbo compressors; Rotary compressors.



Collaborative product assembly design and assembly planningMethodologies and applicationsC Lu, University of Electronic Science and Technology of China, China, J Y H Fuh and Y S Wong, National University of Singapore (NUS), Singapore

Collaborative product assembly design and assembly planning presents several newly-developed methodologies and applications for collaborative assembly design and assembly planning, two important steps during the product development life cycle. These benefits include effective and rapid assembly design and assembly planning, thereby reducing the development cost and helping manufacturers enhance profit. With increased development in computer technologies and the Internet, the traditional assembly design and assembly planning have evolved around collaborative assembly design and assembly planning to speed up the product development process. Research in this area has attracted much attention in the past decade. Based on research work in the past few years, this book will present several newly-developed methodologies and applications for collaborative assembly design and assembly planning to improve the efficiency of product development in a collaborative design environment.

CONTENTSIntroduction; Literature survey; Collaborative assembly design; Evaluation of product assemblability in different assembly sequences; Advanced assembly planning approach using a multi-objective genetic algorithm; Evaluation of assembly design from assembly planning and redesign; Collaborative assembly planning; Conclusions and recommendations.



A quick guide to API 570 certified pipework inspector syllabusExample questions and worked answersC Matthews, Matthews Engineering Training Limited, UK

CONTENTSHow to use this book; Introduction – the API ICPs; Interpreting API codes; An introduction to API 570; More advanced API 570; API 574; API 578; API 571; Introduction to welding/API 577; General welding rules of ASME B31.3 and API 570; ASME IX welding qualifications; General NDE requirements – API 577, B31.3, API 570; NDE requirements of ASME V; B31.3 Pressure design; B16.5 Flange design; API 570 design aspects; Closed book mock examinations; Open book mock examinations.

Published in association with Matthews Engineering Training Limited and the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

232 pages 170 x 112mm (4 x 6 1/2) paperback 2009ISBN: 978 1 84569 569 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 684 9




Vehicle thermal management systems conference and exhibition (VTMS10)Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE), SAE International

This book contains the papers presented at the IMechE and SAE International, Vehicle thermal management systems conference (VTMS10), held at the Heritage Motor Centre, Gaydon, Warwickshire, 15-19th May 2011. VTMS10 is an International Conference organised by the Automobile Division and the Combustion Engines and Fuels Group of the IMechE and SAE International. The event is aimed at anyone involved with vehicle heat transfer, members of the OEM, tier one suppliers, component and software suppliers, consultants, and academics interested in all areas of thermal energy management in vehicles. This vibrant conference, the tenth VTMS, addresses the latest analytical and development tools and techniques, with sessions on: Alternative Powertrain, Emissions, Engines, Heat Exchange/Manufacture, Heating, A/C, Comfort, Underhood, and External/Internal Component Flows. It covers the latest in research and technological advances in the field of heat transfer, energy management, comfort and the efficient management of all thermal systems within the vehicle.

CONTENTSPapers cover the following areas: Heat and A/C; Heat exchange/manufacture; Engines; Alternative powertrain; Engines/emissions; External and internal component flows; Underhood; Heat & A/C vehicle comfort.



Using robots in hazardous environmentsLandmine detection, de-mining and other applicationsEdited by Y Baudoin, Polytechnical Faculty Royal Military Academy, Belgium and M K Habib, American University in Cairo, Egypt

There have been major recent advances in robotic systems that can replace humans in undertaking hazardous activities in demanding or dangerous environments. Published in association with the CLAWAR (Climbing and Walking Robots and Associated Technologies Association) (www.clawar.org), this important book reviews the development of robotic systems for de-mining and other risky activities such as fire-fighting.

CONTENTSPart 1 Humanitarian demining. Part 2 Sensors for mine detection and robotics. Part 3 Autonomous and teleoperated robots for humanitarian demining. Part 4 Robot autonomous navigation and sensors. Part 5 Multi robotics systems.



Eleventh European fluid machinery congressInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTSGas compression: New reciprocating compressor solution for offshore applications: Product development, realisation and its first installation; Low temperature damage of a cryogenic centrifugal ethylene Compressor; Centrifugal compressor modification mitigating the effects of increased thrust due to fouling and leakages; Validation of a surge model by full scale testing. Pump design: Design study of a novel regenerative pump using experimental and numerical techniques; Positive displacement fuel pumping for aero-engines. Enhanced recovery and capture: Dynamic plunger seal for offshore injection pumps with pressures above 700 bar. Centrifugal compressors and pumps for CO2 applications: Reliability: Numerical and practical investigations of mechanical seal interface films; Thermal spray coatings and fluid machinery; How to improve critical machine ‘up time’ and save energy!; Integral measuring ring for tilting pad thrust bearings; Latest perfluoroelastomer sealing development in rapid gas decompression (Norsok M710 rev. 2) applications. Fluid machinery vibration: Root cause analysis of vibrations and pulsations in a naphtha pipe system with centrifugal pumps; The mechanics of vane passing frequency vibration; Synchronous rotor vibrations due to bearing journal differential heating. Gas turbines: Modelling and simulation of transient thermal loading in a gas turbine; Use of compressor water wash to optimise gas turbine performance; Offshore spinning reserve study and emission testing for IPPC permits.

272 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2010ISBN: 978 0 85709 091 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 440 7£185.00/US$315.00/€220.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090911

Tenth European fluid machinery congressAdvances in the optimisation, design and maintenance of process machineryInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTSPapers cover the following areas: Equipment and systems design; Operations and maintenance; Compliance with legislation; Processing; Equipment and drives.

362 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2008ISBN: 978 1 84334 492 6£315.00/US$535.00/€380.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344926

Ninth European fluid machinery congressApplying the latest technology to new and existing process equipmentInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)432 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2006ISBN: 978 1 84334 242 7£105.00/US$180.00/€125.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342427

Low carbon vehicles 2009Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)238 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009ISBN: 978 1 84334 560 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 441 4£315.00/US$535.00/€380.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345602

Internal combustion enginesPerformance, fuel economy and emissionsInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTSThe papers are arranged under the following headings: SI Engines - Technology for fuel economy; SI Engines - Downsizing, design and analysis; Diesel engines - Design analysis; Emissions control - NOx and particulates; Fuels and diesel engines; Low-temperature combustion; Fuels and SI engines.


Internal combustion enginesPerformance, fuel economy and emissionsInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTSPapers cover the following areas: Combustion diagnostics; Diesel; Gasoline; Emissions; Fuels and lubricants; Calibration.


Injection systems for IC engines conferenceInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTSApplication; FIE hardware; Biofuels; Nozzle flow; Gasoline; Heavy-duty/large engines.


Braking 2009Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTSMaterials; Braking systems design; Design and thermal effects; NVH.


Ninth international conference on vibrations in rotating machineryInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTSPapers cover the following areas: Volume 1: Keynote address; Smart machines; Blades; Analytical methods; Experimental methods; Instabilities; Electrical machines. Volume 2: Case studies; Faults; Cracks; Turbochargers; Diagnostics; Damping; Misalignment; Fluid-film; Balancing.

2 volumes (vol 1: 500 pages, vol 2: 458 pages) 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2008ISBN: 978 1 84334 458 2£315.00/US$535.00/€380.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344582



A quick guide to welding and weld inspectionEdited by S E Hughes

CONTENTSTerminology, abbreviations and symbols; Duties of a welding inspector; Analysis of a fusion weld; Materials and weldability; Welding processes; Non-destructive testing and mechanical testing; Welding defects and acceptance; Fracture modes; Codes, standards and documentation; Health and safety.

Published in association with Matthews Engineering Training Ltd



A quick guide to health and safetyR Gilbert

‘This book is highly recommended to all levels of health and safety professionals in any environment, but would be particularly useful to middle managers and supervisors who do not wish to dig too deeply for the essence of the matter. For the same reason, it should also appeal to those who run SMEs.’

Health and Safety at Work

CONTENTSIntroduction – how to use this book; Your 10 minute a–z guide to health and safety; Health and safety legislation – how much is there? Enforcement and the legal situation; Health and safety – so what business are you in? HSAW act 1974 and what it means; Risks and risk assessments – what are they? Health, safety and welfare requirements in the workplace; Machinery and other work equipment; Pressure plant and equipment; Lifting and handling; Noise; Hazardous substances; Electricity; Working at height; VDUs; What to do about protecting employees; Other health and safety matters; Will you be prosecuted? References, further reading, and other sources of information.




A quick guide to pipeline engineeringD Alkazraji

CONTENTSPrinciples of pipeline design; Design approach; Pipeline construction and risk assessment techniques; Pressure testing and commissioning; Pipeline operation; Pipeline maintenance; Pipeline condition monitoring and repair methods; Pipeline decommissioning and industry developments.



£40.00/US$70.00/€50.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694906*Not available for distribution in the USA.

Nanostructure control of materialsEdited by R H J Hannink and A J Hill, CSIRO Manufacturing and Infrastructure Technology, Australia

CONTENTSIntroduction: Special properties resulting from nanodimensionality; Nanoparticle technologies and applications; Nanometric architectures: Emergence of efficient non-; Nanostructure characterisation using electron-beam techniques; Organic / inorganic nanocomposite membranes for molecular separation processes; Developing fast ion conductors from nanostructured polymers; Designing nanostructures using biological materials; Magnetic resonance to study nanoprecipitation in light metal alloys; Nanocrystalline light metal hydrides for hydrogen storage; Nanoengineering of metallic materials; Mechanical behaviour of metallic nanolaminates; Preparation of monolithic nanocrystalline ceramics; Nanofabrication.



International conference on compressors and their systems 2009Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTSPapers cover the following areas: Scroll compressors; Screw compressors; Valves; Centrifugal compressors; Ocillating and vane compressors; Dynamic compressors; Reciprocating compressors; Modelling; Noise and vibration.


International conference on compressors and their systemsInstitution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTSPapers in the following areas: Refrigeration compressors; Performance and assessment; Screw compressors; Reciprocating compressors; General interest; Turbo machinery; Monitoring and maintenance; Scroll compressors.


Vehicle thermal management systems (VTMS8)Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTSPapers cover the following areas: Heat and A/C; Heat Exchanger/Manufacture; Engines; Emissions/Fuel Economy; Alternative Powertrain; External & Internal Component Flows; Heat & A/C Vehicle Comfort; Under hood.


Solving tribology problems in rotating machinesH Prashad, Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited (BHEL), India

CONTENTSReliability analysis of rolling-element bearings; Functional performance of rolling-element bearings for acceptance in routine applications; Cage and roller slip of rolling-element bearings; Diagnosis and cause analysis of rolling-elements bearings failure in electric power equipments; Localized electrical current in rolling-element bearings; Response and performance of a rolling – element bearing under the influence of electric current; The effect of oil grades and clearance ratios on reliability of cylindrical hydrodynamic bearings; Spherical seating of hydrodynamic journal bearings; Life estimation of turbine oils - a methodology and criterion for their acceptance / rejection; Axial force on motor bearings – a tool for performance evaluation; An analysis of the progressive increase in vibration of a large synchronous electric motor; A study of the causes of failure of rolling element bearings in alternators; The diagnosis of the cause of bearing problem in a synchronous condenser; The cause of noise at the top bearings of vertical pump – motor sets; Modifications to the design and bearings of horizontal – axis windmills used for pumping water, to achieve trouble free reliable operation; Magnetic suspension bearings for A.C. energy meters; A new–generation of rolling element bearing with an outline of its performance advantages.



Structural shear jointsAnalysis, properties and design for repeated loadingG T Hahn, C A Rubin, Vanderbilt University and K A Iyer, US Army Research Centre, USA

CONTENTSPart 1 Mechanical behaviour of shear joints and design considerations: Basic features; Shear joints in the bearing mode; Clamping, interference, micro-slip and self-piercing rivets; Fatigue of shear joints; Design considerations for repeated loading. Part 2 Compilation of finite element results: Load transfer in single rivet-row lap joints (conventional and countersunk); Compilation of results for open hole panels and butt joints; Compilation of results for lap joints; Single rivet-row lap joints under biaxial loading; Compilation of results for lap joints with sealants and adhesives; Compilation of results for rivets; Data tabulations. Part 3 Calculational models and validation: Finite element models; Thin adhesive layer analysis (TALA) for modeling sealants and adhesives installed in joints; Material models for finite element analysis and TALA; Validation for finite element models and TALA; Analysis for multiple – row joints and validation; Analysis of fastener tension and clamping strain.





CHEMISTRY AND GENERAL SCIENCE

Group theory for chemistsFundamental theory and applicationsSecond editionK C Molloy, University of Bath, UK

‘...this book provides a structured approach with regular problem-solving to assess understanding along the way. Developed from a highly successful lecture course, the text contains some interesting examples and tricks to help students cut through the mathematical barriers to understanding.’

Education in Chemistry

This undergraduate text deals with the basics of group theory and its application to the analysis of vibrational spectra, and a molecular orbital description of bonding. It also links the topics to ligand field theory, properties of transition metal complexes and other themes within inorganic chemistry. The author has interspersed self-assessment questions at key stages in the text and further problem exercises for self-assessment have been set at the end of most chapters, with solutions and tutorial hints included. Concise, mathematically friendly and with a pictorial approach, the book is based on the author’s long experience of teaching a successful lecture course.

CONTENTSPart 1 Symmetry and groups: Symmetry; Groups and representations. Part 2 Application of group theory to vibrational spectroscopy: Reducible representations; Techniques of vibrational spectroscopy; The vibrational spectrum of Xe(O)F4. Part 3 Application of group theory to structure and bonding: Fundamentals of molecular orbital theory; H2O – Linear or angular? NH3 – Planar or pyramidal? Octahedral complexes; Ferrocene. Part 4 Application of group theory to electronic spectroscopy: Symmetry and selection rules; Terms and configurations; d-d Spectra.



Watchers of the starsThe story of a revolutionThird editionSir Patrick Moore, CBE, DSc, FRAS

‘Heartily recommended for its clear and concise narration of events... And for highlighting a classic confrontation between reality and religious belief.’

The Observatory Magazine

CONTENTSThe earth in space; The questioners; Copernicus – the doubter; The wandering scholar; De revolutionibus…; The master of heaven; Circles or ellipses? Galileo – the experimenter; Telescopes and the sky; The storm gathers; The Dialogue; Confrontation!; Truth will out; Index.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009ISBN: 978 1 904275 44 2£20.00/US$35.00/€25.00

hardbackISBN: 978 1 904275 36 7£40.00/US$70.00/€50.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275442

State estimation in chemometricsThe Kalman filter and beyondP C Thijssen, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands

CONTENTSIntroduction; Classical estimation; State estimation; Statistics; Non-linear estimation; The multi-component system; The calibration system; The titration system; Multiple modelling; Principal components; Appendix: Matrix fundamentals; Bibliography and index.



Exploding a mythConventional wisdom or scientific truth?J Dunning-Davies, University of Hull, UK

‘Are all scientists really candid about their researches, or are they sometimes swayed by considerations which are definitely not in the true spirit of science? It may well be so, and in this book Professor Dunning-Davies, a distinguished academic, asks some questions that certainly need answering.’

Sir Patrick Moore, CBE, FRS

CONTENTSEinstein’s biggest blunder? Einstein’s theories of relativity; Big bang theory – controversial or not? The Schwartzchild solution and black holes; Hadronic mechanics; Conventional wisdom - some modern case studies: Black hole entropy; The Tsallis entropy; The inflationary scenario; String theory; Some final thoughts; Epilogue.

256 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007ISBN: 978 1 904275 30 5£40.00/US$70.00/€50.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275305

Practical sonochemistryPower ultrasound uses and applicationsSecond editionT J Mason, University of Coventry, UK and D Peters, University of Rostock, Germany

‘A useful introduction to ultrasound and its applications to practical chemistry and commercially available apparatus.’

Angewandte Chemie166 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2002ISBN: 978 1 898563 83 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 062 0


Concise chemistry of the elementsS C Siekierski, Institute of Chemistry and Nuclear Technology, Poland and J Burgess, University of Leicester, UK

‘Covers theory and chemistry for upper division undergraduate and postgraduate students.’

Choice: American Library Association208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2002ISBN: 978 1 898563 71 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 045 3


Topology in chemistryDiscrete mathematics of moleculesD H Rouvray and R B King, University of Georgia, USA

CONTENTSLife and times of Harry Wiener; The rich legacy of half a century of the Wiener index; Mathematical and chemical analysis of Wiener’s polarity number; The wiener number: Some applications and new developments; A comparison between various topological indices; Manifold applications of topological indices; Mixed higher-order connectivity-pseudo-connectivity terms; The structural interpretation of topological indices; Graph geometry via metrics; Molecular informatics and topology in chemistry; The generation of formulas for isomers; The role of numbers in topological chemistry; 3-dimensional analogues of kekule structures for deltahedral boranes.



Instrumental methods in electrochemistryD Pletcher, R Greff, R Peat, L M Peter and J Robinson, Southampton Electrochemistry Group

‘Written in a clear and authoritative style with enough information to follow the plot, yet without long derivations.’

Chemistry and Industry442 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2001ISBN: 978 1 898563 80 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 054 5


Reaction mechanisms of metal complexesR W Hay, University of St. Andrews, UK

‘A must for course study and library.’Dr Margaret Wright, St. Andrews University,

UK176 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) paperback 2000ISBN: 978 1 898563 41 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 063 7


Experimental inorganic/physical chemistryAn investigative, integrated approach to practical project workM A Malati, Mid-Kent College of Higher and Further Education, UK

‘Clear and concise on laboratory safety with a good overview of the techniques. Covers experiments, each with an introduction to the chemistry of its element. A-Level teachers could use relevantsections and some experiments. Very good value for money, recommended as a rich source of ideas for practical work.’

Education in Chemistry376 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1999ISBN: 978 1 898563 47 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 050 7


Chemistry and general science


Ions in solutionBasic principles of chemical interactionsJ Burgess, University of Leicester, UK

‘John Burgess, a well respected chemist, covers principles and chemical interactions of inorganic solution chemistry in a student-friendly style. So much of core inorganic chemistry in the book provides lecturers with a student development basis and brain-storming tutorial sessions. It is recommended as the backbone for a module in an undergraduate honors degree chemistry course.’

Education in Chemistry232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1999ISBN: 978 1 898563 50 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 056 9


Crystal structuresLattices and solids in stereoviewM Ladd, University of Surrey, UK

‘This unique book approaches traditional crystallography, descriptive solid state chemistry and physical chemistry and is suited for upper level solid state chemistry courses.’

Journal of Chemical Education192 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 1999ISBN: 978 1 898563 63 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 046 0


Fundamental chemical kineticsAn explanatory introduction to the conceptsM R Wright, University of St Andrews, UK

‘As I read the book I got the feeling that the author was looking over my shoulder making certain that I understood the concepts. In an excellent job, theories are clearly explained and chapters end with discussion on strengths and weaknesses of each topic in a natural flow of ideas. Results of each theory are compared to experimental data, & straightforward mathematical derivations.’

Chemical Education Today310 pages 247 x 174mm (7 x 10) hardback 1999ISBN: 978 1 898563 60 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 052 1


Symmetry and group theory in chemistryM Ladd, University of Surrey, UK

‘A comprehensive airing on space groups. Commendable, with a good selection of problems, many with full model answers.’

Chemistry in Britain432 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) paperback 1998ISBN: 978 1 898563 39 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 977 8


Fundamentals of inorganic chemistryAn introductory text for degree studiesJ Barrett, Imperial College and M A Malati, Mid-Kent College of Higher/Further Education, UK

‘This valuable addition to the ranks of introductory inorganic chemistry texts is recommended. The approach to electronic and bonding theory is a strong point. Chapters on electronic configuration diatomic molecules, polyatomics and metals and finally, ionic compounds, add up to a thorough grounding. That it should be recommended to all who teach at this level and to all departmental libraries is, however, indisputable.’

Chemistry in Britain

‘Very clear, and one of the few books at this level to introduce group theory and use it throughout the remainder of the book.’

Professor J.K. Nagle, Bowdoin University, USA



Progress in ion exchangeAdvances and applicationsEdited by A Dyer, University of Salford, M J Hudson, University of Reading and P A Williams, North East Wales Institute, UK510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997ISBN: 978 1 85573 828 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 865 2


Mossbauer spectroscopyPrinciples and applicationsA G Maddock, University of Cambridge and Fellow of St. Catherine’s College, UK

‘With theory in an unusual and refreshing style, this book presents sources, cryostats and texture, and thickness effects. Thorough and up-to-date, with the inclusion of mineralogical and biological systems.’

Chemistry in Britain272 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 1997ISBN: 978 1 898563 16 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 060 6


Practical astronomyA user-friendly handbook for skywatchersH R Mills, The British Council, UK

‘Excellent basic material for assembling practical and experimental projects easily conducted at home. Many of the ideas are original and well presented with simple instructions and perfectly clear illustrations.’

Spaceflight Magazine240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1994ISBN: 978 1 898563 00 6£30.00/US$50.00/€35.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563006

CORROSION

Corrosion prevention of magnesium alloysEdited by G-L Song, General Motors R&D Center, USA and University of Queensland, Australia

Magnesium is an attractive lightweight metal for many applications. There has therefore been significant research into tackling its major drawback: magnesium’s susceptibility to corrosion. This important book summarises key aspects of this research. Part one reviews alloying and inhibition techniques to improve corrosion resistance. The second part of the book discusses surface treatment and conversion techniques. Part three assesses coatings whilst the final part of the book includes case studies from automotive and medical engineering.

CONTENTSPart 1 Alloying and inhibition: Corrosion behaviour and prevention strategies for magnesium alloys; Corrosion performance of magnesium alloys containing rare-earth elements; Corrosion inhibition of magnesium alloys. Part 2 Surface treatment and conversion: Surface cleaning and pre-conditioning; Surface processing and alloying; Laser treatment; Micro-arc oxidation (MAO); Anodization of magnesium alloys; Anodization mechanisms; Corrosion-resistant coatings; Conversion and electrophoretic coatings. Part 3 Coatings: Corrosion-resistant electrochemical plating; Plating techniques; Electroless nickel-boron plating; Electrodeposition of aluminium on magnesium alloys; Cold spray coatings; Electroless electrophoresis coatings; Sole-gel coatings. Part 4 Case studies: Magnesium corrosion protection techniques in the automotive industry; Control of biodegradation of magnesium alloys for medical applications.



Corrosion under insulation (CUI) guidelinesEdited by S Winnik, ExxonMobil, UK

European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 55CONTENTSIntroduction. Economic consideration; Ownership and responsibility; The risk-based inspection (RBI) methodology for CUI; Inspection activities/strategy; NDE/NDT screening techniques for CUI; Recommended Best Practice to Mitigate CUI; Design for the prevention of CUI.



Corrosion and surface engineering

NEW


Tribocorrosion of passive metals and coatingsEdited by D Landolt and S Mischler, EPFL, Switzerland

Metals can become less reactive to corrosion processes (i.e. they become passive) because of protection by a self-healing surface film. This passivation process is an important weapon against corrosion in metals. However, the corrosion resistance of passive metals can be substantially reduced by friction and wear. This important book reviews current research on tribocorrosion of passive metals and coatings.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of tribocorrosion: Corrosion and passivity of metals and coatings; Adsorption layers and passive oxide films on metals; Friction and wear of passive metals and coatings; Environmental effects in fretting; Tribocorrosion mechanisms in sliding contacts; Models and mechanisms of erosion corrosion in metals. Part 2 Methods for measurement and prevention of tribocorrosion: Electrochemical methods in tribocorrosion; Tribocorrosion test protocols for sliding contacts; Methods for studying erosion-corrosion; Metallic materials for tribocorrosion systems; Coatings for tribocorrosion protection. Part 3 Tribocorrosion in engineering and medicine: Biotribocorrosion: Surface interactions in total joint replacement (TJR); Tribocorrosion in artificial joints: In vitro testing and clinical implications; Fretting corrosion in biomedical implants; Tribocorrosion issues in nuclear power generation; Tribocorrosion in marine environments; Erosion-accelerated corrosion in flow systems: The behaviour of aluminium alloys in automotive cooling systems; Chemical-mechanical polishing (CMP): a controlled tribocorrosion process; Tribocorrosion at elevated-temperatures in the metal working industry.



Developments in high temperature corrosion and protection of materialsEdited by W Gao, University of Auckland, New Zealand

CONTENTSPart 1 Developments in high temperature corrosion: Diffusion and solid state reactions; Transition between external and internal oxidation of alloys; Modern analytical techniques in high temperature oxidation and corrosion; Metal dusting corrosion of metals and alloys; Tribological degradation at elevated temperatures; Hot corrosion of alloys and coatings; Oxide scales on hot-rolled steel strips. Part 2 Developments in protective oxide scales and coatings: High-temperature corrosion mechanisms in layered ternary ceramics; Formation and growth of protective alumina scales; Oxidation of Ti-Al intermetallic compounds; Oxidation of metal matrix composites; Design strategies for new oxidation-resistant high temperature alloys; Oxidation behaviour of chemical vapour deposited silicon carbide; Oxidation resistant nanocrystalline coatings; Thermal barrier coatings. Part 3 Case studies: High temperature corrosion problems in the petrochemical industry; Oxidation processing of electronic materials; Corrosion in modern incinerators.



Corrosion of magnesium alloysEdited by G L Song, GM R&D Center, USA and University of Brisbane, Australia

The use of magnesium alloys is increasing in a range of applications wherever lightweight materials are needed. As a result, there has been significant new research to understand the corrosion processes affecting these vital alloys. This important reference covers the differing metallurgical and environmental factors affecting the corrosion of magnesium and its alloys as well as ways of protecting them.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals: Corrosion electrochemistry of magnesium (Mg) and its alloys; Activity and passivity of magnesium (Mg) and its alloys. Part 2 Metallurgical effects: Corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys and metallurgical influence; Role of structure and earth-rare elements on the corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Corrosion behaviour of magnesium (Mg) based bulk metallic glasses; Corrosion of innovative magnesium (Mg) alloys. Part 3 Environmental influences: Atmospheric corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Stress corrosion cracking (SCC) of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Corrosion creep and fatigue behaviour of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Magnesium (Mg) corrosion: a challenging concept for degradable implants; Corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys in engine coolants; Numerical modelling of galvanic corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Non-aqueous electrochemistry of magnesium. Part 4 Corrosion protection: Electrodeposition of aluminium (Al) on magnesium (Mg) alloys in ionic liquids; Corrosion protection of magnesium (Mg) alloys using conversion and electrophoretic coatings; Anodisation and corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys.



Corrosion control in the aerospace industryEdited by S Benavides, US Coast Guard, USA

‘...makes for a diverse, all embracing and near complete presentation of the subject. …numerous studies which are well-supported by photographic evidence, data tables and numerous graphs.’

‘...undoubtedly a book written by professionals for professionals, which should find a place in our technical libraries.’

The Aeronautical Journal (Royal Aeronautical Society)

CONTENTSCorrosion in the aerospace industry. Part 1 Corrosion fundamentals and cost of corrosion: Assessing the cost of corrosion to the aerospace industry; Corrosion and the threat to aircraft structural integrity; Effect of corrosion on the mechanical behaviour of aircraft aluminum alloys. Part 2 Corrosion monitoring, evaluation and prediction: Nondestructive evaluation of corrosion in the aerospace industry; Corrosion prediction in the aerospace industry; Integrated health and corrosion monitoring systems in the aerospace industry; Corrosion and fatigue modelling of aircraft structures. Part 3 Corrosion protection and prevention: Corrosion control in space launch vehicles; Coating removal techniques in the aerospace industry; Novel corrosion schemes for the aerospace industry; Greases and their role in corrosion control in the aerospace industry; Business strategies for corrosion control in fleet maintenance.



Novel approaches to improving high temperature corrosion resistanceEdited by M Schütze and W Quadakkers

European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 47CONTENTSPart 1 Alloy modification: Designing oxidation-resistant alloys; Performance of gas turbine seal materials in high temperature conditions; The influence of alloying elements on corrosion of ferritic steels in combustion atmospheres; Improving the metal dusting resistance of alloys. Part 2 Surface treatment: Effect of gas composition on lifetime of surface treated alloys; Novel diffusion coatings for ferritic-martensitic steels; Steam oxidation and the creep strength of power station materials; The errosion-corrosion resistance of aluminised and uncoated chromium ferritic steels; New oxidation-resistant coatings for steam power plants. Part 3 Test methods and surface conditions: Reliable assessment of high temperature oxidation resistance; Cyclic oxidation test practice; Analysing thermo-mechanical fatigue; High-temperature corrosion life evaluation; Hot erosion wear and carburisation; Corrosion behaviour of boiler and waste incineration steels. Part 4 Modelling: Modelling the in-service behaviour of boiler steels; Modelling corrosion in heat exchangers; Modelling oxidation of alloys at high temperatures.



Techniques for corrosion monitoringEdited by L Yang, Southwest Research Institute (SwRI), USA

CONTENTSCorrosion fundamentals and evaluation techniques. Part 1 Electrochemical techniques for corrosion monitoring: Electrochemical polarization technique: Electrochemical noise methods and harmonic analysis; Zero resistance ammetry and galvanic sensors; The differential flow through cell technique; Potentiometric methods for measuring localised corrosion; Multielectrode systems. Part 2 Other physical or chemical methods for corrosion monitoring: Gravimetric techniques; Radioactivity methods; Electrical resistance techniques; Nondestructive evaluation methods for corrosion monitoring; Hydrogen permeation methods; Rotating cage and jet impingement techniques. Part 3 Corrosion monitoring in particular environments and other issues: Corrosion monitoring in microbial environments; Corrosion monitoring in concrete; Corrosion monitoring in soil; Corrosion monitoring under coatings; Corrosion monitoring under cathodic protection conditions; Remote monitoring and computer applications; Models for predicting corrosion rates. Part 4 Applications and case studies: Corrosion monitoring in engine exhaust systems; Corrosion monitoring in cooling water systems using differential flow through cell techniques; Corrosion monitoring in the pulp and paper industry; Corrosion monitoring in chemical plant using electrochemical noise methods; Corrosion monitoring under cathodic protection conditions using coupled multielectrode probe techniques; Measuring corrosion beneath organic coatings using wire beam electrodes; Corrosion monitoring in pipelines using the field signature method.





Standardisation of thermal cycling exposure testingEdited by M Schütze and M Malessa, DECHEMA, Germany

European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 53CONTENTSPart 1 Methods and procedures in thermal cycling oxidation testing prior to COTEST: Survey of existing test procedures and experimental facilities; Compilation of cyclic oxidation data; Statistical analysis of cyclic oxidation data. Part 2 Experimental investigations on the influence of test parameter variation on thermal cycling oxidation behaviour: Standardised test procedures, definitions and statistical design of experiments for investigation of test parameter variation on thermal cycling oxidation testing; The effect of heating on the total oxidation time; Investigation of the influence of parameter variation in long dwell thermal cycling oxidation; Investigation of the influence of parameter variation in short dwell thermal cycling oxidation; Investigation of the influence of parameter variation in ultra short dwell thermal cycling oxidation; Burner rig thermal cycling oxidation testing; Thermal cycling oxidation testing in sulphidising atmospheres; Thermal cycling oxidation testing under deposits. Part 3 Code of practice: Validation testing of the code of practice and statistical analysis of experimental results; Final code of practice; Final remarks.



Corrosion issues in light water reactorsStress corrosion crackingEdited by D Féron, CEA-Saclay and J-M Olive, HYDROGENIUS-AIST-Kyushu University, Japan

European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 51

Stress corrosion cracking is a major problem in light water nuclear reactors, whether pressurised water reactors (PWRs) or boiling water reactors (BWRs). The nuclear industry needs to be able to predict the service life of these power plants and develop appropriate maintenance and repair practices to ensure safe long term operation. This important book summarises up key research on corrosion in light water reactors and its practical applications.

CONTENTSPart 1 Overview. Part 2 Stress corrosion cracking: Susceptibility and initiation. Part 3 Stress corrosion cracking. Part 4 Practical experience.



Corrosion behaviour and protection of copper and aluminium alloys in seawaterD Féron, CEA-Saclay, France

European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 50CONTENTSPart 1 Overview on copper and aluminium alloys: Corrosion behaviour of non-ferrous alloys in sea water in Polish marine industry; Erosion-corrosion interactions of copper and aluminium based alloys. Part 2 Copper alloys: Copper and copper-nickel-alloys - an overview; Experience with the use of copper alloys in seawater systems on the Norwegian Continental Shelf; CuNi 90/10: How to avoid typical failures of seawater tubing systems and marine biofouling on structures; 70/30 Copper-nickel seawater piping systems use of descaling agents and their effects on corrosion properties. Part 3 Aluminium bronzes: Long-term and accelerated corrosion testing methods for cast nickel aluminium bronzes in seawater; Galvanic corrosion of nickel-aluminium bronze coupled to titanium or Cu-15Ni alloy in brackish seawater. Part 4 Aluminium alloys: Corrosion and protection of aluminium alloys in seawater. Part 5 Aluminium based anode material: Electrochemical of the performance of new aluminium alloys as sacrificial anodes; Low voltage aluminium anodes optimization of the insert-anode bond; Improvement of the performance of al-zn-in anode in seawater by control of casting parameters and alloying elements.



Electrochemistry in light water reactorsReference electrodes, measurement, corrosion and tribocorrosion issuesR-W Bosch, Belgian Nuclear Research Centre (SCK-CEN), Belgium, D Féron, CEA-Saclay, France and J-P Celis, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium

European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 49CONTENTSPart 1 Measurements and reference electrodes: Current state-of-the-art in reference electrode technology for use in high subcritical and super critical aqueous systems; LIRES: A European sponsored research project to develop light water reactor reference electrodes; In-plant corrosion potential measurements in light water reactor environments; High temperature reference electrodes: A comparative analysis. Part 2 Electrochemistry and corrosion issues: The influence of corrosion potential on SCC of stainless steels in PWR primary coolant environment; High temperature electrochemical impedance spectroscopy of metals related to light water reactor corrosion; High temperature corrosion of zircaloy-4 followed by in-situ impedance spectroscopy and chronoamperometry. Effect of an polarization; Electrochemical Corrosion Study of Magnox Al80 and Natural Uranium. Part 3 Electrochemistry and tribocorrosion issues: Analysis of mechanisms induced by sliding and corrosion: Dedicated apparatus for PWR environments; Tribocorrosion in PWR environment: Room temperature results and finite element modeling; Tribocorrosion of stellite 6 alloy: Mechanism of electrochemical reactions.



Corrosion in refineriesJ Harston


CONTENTSCarburisation and metal dusting of steels and high temperature alloys by hydrocarbons; Integrity and life assessment of catalytic reformer units; The use of spot hydrogen flux measurements in assessing corrosion and crack risk in refinery applications; Degradation of carbon steel under the influence of sulphur in a refinery furnace remaining life prediction; Troubleshooting corrosion problems in HF alkylation units; Corrosion in the overhead system of a sour water stripper; Corrosion of above ground storage tanks for petroleum products and choice of coating systems for their protection from corrosion; The use of coatings to prevent corrosion in process vessels operating at elevated temperatures and pressures; Methods of monitoring; Disbonding test methodology: Definition of representative test conditions - results of an industry joint research programme.



Corrosion by carbon and nitrogenMetal dusting, carburisation and nitridationH Grabke and M Schütze


‘…well written and provides initial knowledge of metal dusting.’

Materials World

CONTENTSMetal dusting; The metal dusting corrosion of steels with varying concentrations of chromium; Microprocesses of metal dusting on iron-nickel alloys and their dependence on the alloy composition; Metal dusting behaviour of welded ni-base alloys with different surface finish; Effect of H2S on metal dusting of iron; Occurrence of metal dusting – referring to failure cases; Protective behaviour of newly developed coatings against metal dusting; Metal dusting resistance of high chromium alloys; Study of the metal dusting behaviour of high-temperature alloys; Metal dusting of ferritic Fe-Al-M-C (M = Ti, V, Nb, Ta) alloys in CO-H2-H2O gas mixtures at 650 °C; a-Fe layer formation during metal dusting of iron in CO-H2-H2O gas mixtures; Coke formation during metal dusting of iron in CO-H2-H2O gas with high CO content; Morphologies and mechanisms of metal dusting on high alloy steels; Filamentous carbon formation caused by catalytic metal particles from iron oxide; Typical failures in pyrolysis coils for ethylene cracking; Thermodynamic characteristics and numerical modelling of internal nitridation of nickel base alloys; Nitridation in NH3-H2O-mixtures.





Amine unit corrosion in refineriesJ Harston and F Ropital


CONTENTSTechnical background; Experience from 10 plants using methyl diethanolamine (MDEA); Experience from 21 plants using diethanolamine (DEA); Experience from 4 plants using monoethanolamine (MEA); Experience from 1 plant using di-isopropanolamine (DIPA).



Corrosion of metallic heritage artefactsInvestigation, conservation and prediction of long term behaviourP Dillmann, CNRS, G Beranger, Université de Compiène, France, P Piccardo, Università di Genova, Italy and H Matthiessen, National Museum of Denmark, Denmark


With its distinguished editors and contributors,Corrosion of metallic heritage artefacts improves our understanding of long term corrosion and its effects. It provides a valuable reference for those involved in archaeology and conservation, as well as those dealing with the long term storage of nuclear and other waste.416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007ISBN: 978 1 84569 239 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 301 5


Local probe techniques for corrosion researchEdited by R Oltra, Université de Bourgogne, V Maurice, Ecole Nationale Supérieure de Chimie de Paris, France, R Akid, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and P Marcus, ENSCP-CNRS, France


The effective investigation of corrosion requires the use of methods that can probe material surfaces at the atomic or molecular level and can be used in situ. This collection reviews the range of techniques available and how they can be used to analyse different types of corrosion.208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007ISBN: 978 1 84569 236 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 259 9


The use of electrochemical scanning tunnel microscopy (EC-STM) in corrosion analysisReference material and procedural guidelinesR Lindstrom, V Maurice, L Klein and P Marcus

European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 44CONTENTSBackground to the copper system; Surface preparation; Experiment preparation; Setting the microscope; Running the microscope; Moire pattern formation on Cu (111); Problems with imaging.



Engineering materials scienceProperties, uses, degradation, remediationH McArthur, Corrosion Consultant to automotive and steel industries and D Spalding, De Montfort University, UK

CONTENTSStructure of materials; States of matter and physical constants; Mechanical properties and testing; Water; Moisture effects in buildings; Moisture effects in materials; Masonry materials; Concrete; Glass and fibre composites; Metals and alloys; Corrosion; Timber and timber products; Plastics and adhesives; Fire and fire resistance.



Corrosion of austenitic stainless steelMechanism, mitigation and monitoringEdited by H S Khatak and B Raj, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, India

This comprehensive study covers all types of corrosion of austenitic stainless steel. It also covers methods for detecting corrosion and investigating corrosion-related failure, together with guidelines for improving corrosion protection of steels.400 pages 250 x 160mm (6 1/2 x 10) hardback 2002ISBN: 978 1 85573 613 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 401 8


Microbiologically influenced corrosion handbookS Borenstein304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994ISBN: 978 1 85573 127 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 862 1


SURFACE ENGINEERING

Rare earth-based corrosion inhibitorsEdited by M Forsyth, Deakin University and B Hinton, Monash University, Australia

There has been significant research into the development of environmentally-friendly corrosion inhibitors to replace more traditional chemicals such as chromates. A major area of such research is rare earth metals such as cerium and lanthanum which can be used in coatings to protect metals. This book reviews current research into how they work and the range of coatings using rare-earth corrosion inhibitors.

CONTENTSThe chemistry of rare earth metals and inhibitor compounds; Testing and analysis; Corrosion inhibition in aqueous solutions; Multifunctional rare earth organic corrosion inhibitors; Anodised anti-corrosion coatings; Corrosion-resistant polymer coatings; Novel and self-healing anti-corrosion coatings.



Thermochemical surface engineering of steelsImproving materials performanceEdited by M Somers, Technical University of Denmark, Denmark and E Mittemeijer, Max Planck Institute for Metals Research, Germany

Thermochemical surface engineering significantly improves the properties of steels. Edited by two of the world’s leading authorities, this important book summarises the range of techniques and their applications. It covers nitriding, nitrocarburizing and carburizing. There are also chapters on low temperature techniques as well as boriding, sheradizing, aluminizing, chromizing, thermo-reactive deposition and diffusion.

CONTENTSThermodynamic principles; Kinetic principles; Process technologies; Fatigue resistance; Tribology and wear; Corrosion behaviour; Nitriding and nitrocarburizing; Carburizing; Low temperature surface hardening; Gaseous surface hardening; Plasma-assisted surface hardening; Boriding; Sheradizing; Chromizing; Thermoreactive deposition and diffusion.




NEW

NEW


Laser surface modification of alloys for erosion and corrosion resistanceEdited by C T Kwok, University of Macau, China

Corrosion and erosion processes often occur synergistically to cause serious damage to metal alloys. Laser surface modification techniques such as laser surface melting or alloying are being increasingly used to treat surfaces to prevent corrosion or repair corroded or damaged components. Laser surface modification of alloys for corrosion and erosion resistance reviews the wealth of recent research on these important techniques and their applications. After an introductory overview, part one reviews the use of laser surface melting and other techniques to improve the corrosion resistance of stainless and other steels as well as nickel-titanium and a range of other alloys. Part two covers the use of laser surface modification to prevent different types of erosion, including liquid impingement, slurry (solid particle) and electrical erosion as well as laser remanufacturing of damaged components.

CONTENTSPart 1 Improving corrosion and cracking resistance: Laser surface modification of steel and cast iron for corrosion resistance; Laser surface melting (LSM) to repair stress corrosion cracking (SCC) in weld metal; Laser surface melting (LSM) of stainless steels for mitigating intergranular corrosion (IGC); Pulsed laser surface treatment of multilayer gold–nickel–copper (Au/Ni/Cu) coatings to improve the corrosion resistance of components in electronics; Laser surface modification of nickel–titanium (NiTi) alloy biomaterials to improve biocompatibility and corrosion resistance. Part 2 Improving erosion–corrosion resistance: Laser surface modification of metals for liquid impingement erosion resistance; Laser surface modification of steel for slurry erosion resistance in power plants; Laser surface alloying (LSA) of copper for electrical erosion resistance; Laser remanufacturing to improve the erosion and corrosion resistance of metal components; Laser surface remelting to improve the erosion–corrosion resistance of nickel–chromium–aluminium–yttrium (NiCrAlY) plasma spray coatings.



Surface coatings for protection against wearEdited by B G Mellor, University of Southampton, UK

‘…aimed at undergraduates who require a sound understanding of surface engineering methods, and practicing engineers, to aid them in the selection of appropriate coatings and processes.’



Corrosion protection and control using nanomaterialsEdited by V S Saji, Korea University, South Korea and R Cook, TDA Research Inc., USA

This book covers the use of nanomaterials to prevent corrosion. The first section deals with the fundamentals of corrosion prevention using nanomaterials. Part two includes a series of case studies and applications of nanomaterials for corrosion control.

CONTENTSPart 1 Corrosion behaviour and manufacture of nanocrystalline materials: The impact of nanotechnology in reducing corrosion cost; Corrosion and nanomaterials: Thermodynamic and kinetic factors; Understanding the corrosion resistance of nanocrystalline materials: The influence of grain size; Understanding the corrosion resistance of nanocrystalline materials: Electrochemical influences; Electrodeposition: The versatile technique for nanomaterials. Part 2 The use of nanomaterials in corrosion control: Moderate temperature oxidation protection using nanocrystalline structures; High temperature oxidation protection using nanocrystalline coatings; Nanocoatings to improve the tribocorrosion performance of materials; Self-healing nanocoatings for corrosion control; The use of nanoreservoirs in corrosion protection coatings; Nanoparticle-based corrosion inhibitors and self-assembled monolayers; Sol-gel nanocoatings for corrosion protection; Polymer nanocomposites in corrosion control; Nanocoatings for corrosion protection of aerospace alloys; Nanoscience and biomaterial corrosion control.



Surface engineering of light alloysAluminium, magnesium and titanium alloysEdited by H Dong, University of Birmingham, UK

‘A standard reference for engineers and scientists looking for a comprehensive source of information on surface engineering of aluminium, magnesium and titanium alloys.’

Materials World

CONTENTSPart 1 Surface degradation of light alloys: Corrosion behaviour of magnesium alloys and protection techniques; Wear properties of aluminium-based alloys; Tribological properties of titanium alloys. Part 2 Surface engineering technologies for light alloys: Anodising of light alloys; Plasma electrolytic oxidation treatment of aluminium and titanium alloys; Plasma electrolytic oxidation treatments of magnesium alloys; Thermal spraying of light alloys; Cold spraying of light alloys; Physical vapour deposition of magnesium alloys; Plasma assisted surface treatment of aluminium alloys to combat wear; Plasma immersion ion implantation (PIII) of light alloys; Laser surface modification of titanium alloys; Laser surface modification of aluminium and magnesium alloys; Ceramic conversion treatment of titanium-based materials; Duplex surface treatments of light alloys. Part 3 Applications for surface engineered light alloys: Surface engineered light alloys for sports equipment; Surface engineered titanium alloys for biomedical devices; Plasma electrolytic oxidation and anodised aluminium alloys for spacecraft applications.



Materials and surface engineeringResearch and developmentEdited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal


This book, the second in the Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series, is a collection of high quality articles (full research articles, review articles, and cases studies) with a special emphasis on research and development materials and surface engineering and its applications. Surface engineering techniques are being used in the automotive, aircraft, aerospace, missile, electronic, biomedical, textile, petrochemical, chemical, moulds and dies, machine tools, and construction industries. Materials science is an interdisciplinary field involving the micro and nano-structure, processing, properties of materials and its applications to various areas of engineering, technology and industry. All types of materials are addressed including metals and alloys, polymers, ceramics and glasses, composites, nano-materials, biomaterials, etc. The relationship between micro and nano-structure, processing, properties of materials is discussed. Surface engineering is a truly interdisciplinary topic in materials science that deals with the surface of solid matter.

CONTENTSScratch resistance of modified polymethylmethacrylate nanocomposites; Nanomechanical properties and nanoscale deformation of engineering metals and alloys; Analysis of large-strain microindentation of crystalline polymers; Nanocomposite coatings: A review; Thermal sprayed WC-Co coatings for tribological application; Tribological performance of electroless Ni-P coatings; Tribological response of materials during sliding against various surface textures; Laser straight cutting of Ti-6Al-4V alloy: Temperature and stress fields.



Advances in marine antifouling coatings and technologiesEdited by C Hellio, University of Portsmouth, UK and D M Yebra, Pinturas Hempel S.A., Spain

‘This book provides a comprehensive summary of the current state-of-the-art and should be essential reading for anyone concerned with sustainable operation of equipment in the marine environment.’

Materials World

CONTENTSPart 1 Marine fouling organisms and their impact. Part 2 Testing and development of antifouling coatings. Part 3 Chemically active marine antifouling technologies. Part 4 Surface approaches to the control of marine biofouling.




NEW NEW NEW


Nanocoatings and ultra-thin filmsTechnologies and applicationsEdited by A S H Makhlouf, Max Planck Institute of Colloids and Interfaces, Germany and I Tiginyanu, Academy of Scientific Research, Moldova

Nanocoatings and ultra-thin films gives a comprehensive account of state-of-the-art nanocoatings and ultra-thin films. The book is divided into two sections, with the first section covering the fundamentals, processes of deposition and characterisation of nanocoatings and the second section covering the applications. The applications are as diverse as anti-fogging coatings for glass through to corrosion control. The book is aimed at the glass and glazing, automotive, electronics, aerospace, construction and biomedical industries in particular. It will also be of benefit to any industries where ultra-thin coatings are used.

CONTENTSPart 1 Technologies: Current and advanced coating technologies for industrial applications; Nanostructured thin films from amphiphilic molecules; Chemical and physical vapor deposition methods for nanocoatings; Surface-initiated polymerisation for nanocoatings; Methods for analysing nanocoatings and ultra-thin films. Part 2 Applications: Conventional and advanced coatings for industrial applications: an overview; Nanocoatings for architectural glass; Nanocoatings and ultra-thin films for packaging applications; Advanced protective coatings for aeronautical applications; Nanoimprint lithographic (NIL) techniques for electronics applications; Ultra-thin membranes for sensor applications; Nanocoatings for tribological applications; Self-cleaning smart nanocoatings.



High-performance organic coatingsEdited by A S Khanna, Indian Institute of Technology Bombay, India

CONTENTSPart 1 General issues: Key issues in applying organic paint coatings; Surface preparation for organic paint coatings; Techniques for applying organic paint coatings; Characterisation, evaluation and testing of organic paint coatings; Selecting an appropriate organic paint coating; Causes and assessment of failures in organic paint coatings; Mechanical degradation of organic paint coatings. Part 2 Types of organic coating: High performance epoxies and solvent-less epoxies for corrosion protection; Polyester coatings for corrosion protection; Glassflake coatings for corrosion protection; Fluoropolymer coatings for corrosion protection in highly aggressive environments; Polysiloxane coatings for corrosion protection; Waterborne coatings for corrosion protection. Part 3 Applications of high performance organic coatings: Organic coatings for concrete and rebars in reinforced concrete structures; Organic coatings for underground pipelines; Organic coatings for marine and shipping applications; Organic coil coating of metal; High performance organic coatings for wastewater treatment plants; Anticorrosion organic coatings for the automotive industry; Using organic coatings for repainting and maintenance of steel components and structures.



Nanostructured metals and alloysProcessing, microstructure, mechanical properties and applicationsEdited by S H Whang, Polytechnic Institute of NYU, USA

Nanostructured metals and alloys have enhanced tensile strength, fatigue strength and ductility and are suitable for use in applications where strength or strength-to-weight ratios are important. Part one of this important book reviews processing techniques for bulk nanostructured metals and alloys. Parts two and three discuss microstructure and mechanical properties, whilst part four outlines applications of this new class of material.

CONTENTSPart 1 Processing of bulk nanostructured metals and alloys: Production of bulk nanostructured metals and alloys by severe plastic deformation (SPD); Bulk nanostructured metals and alloys produced by accumulative roll-bonding; Nanocrystalline metals and alloys prepared by mechanical attrition; Processing of nanostructured steels by solid reaction; Processing of bulk nanocrystalline metals and alloys by electrodeposition; Bulk nanocrystalline and nanocomposite alloys produced from amorphous phase; Severe plastic deformation and production of nanostructured alloys by machining. Part 2 Microstructure: Deformation structures including twins in nanograined pure metals; Microstructure and mechanical properties of nanostructured ferrous alloys by equal-channel angular pressing; Characteristic structures and properties of nanostructured metals prepared by plastic deformation. Part 3 Mechanical properties: Strengthening mechanisms in nanocrystalline metals; Elastic and plastic deformation in nanocrystalline metals; Mechanical properties of multi-scale metallic materials; Enhanced ductility and its mechanisms in nanocrystalline metallic materials; Mechanical behavior of nanostructured metals based on molecular dynamics computer simulations; Surface deformation and mechanical behaviour of nanostructured alloys; Fatigue behaviour in nanostructured metals; Superplastic deformation in nanocrystalline metals and alloys; Creep and high temperature deformation in nanostructured metals and alloys. Part 4 Applications: Processing of nanostructured metal and metal-matrix coatings by thermal and cold spraying; Nanocoatings for commercial and industrial applications; Application of nanostructured steel sheets to automotive body structures; Production processes for nanostructured wires, bars and strips; Nanostructured plain carbon-manganese (C-Mn) steel sheets by ultra-fast cooling and short interval multi-pass hot rolling.



Laser shock peeningPerformance and process simulationK Ding and L Ye, University of Sydney, Australia

‘This is the first book to consolidate disparate knowledge on the subject into one comprehensive publication.’

World of Metallurgy - ERZMETALL

CONTENTSGeneral introduction; Physical and mechanical mechanisms of LSP; Simulation methodology; 2-D simulation of single and multiple LSP; 3-D Simulation of single and multiple LSP; 2-D Simulation of two-sided LSP on thin sections; Simulation of LSP on curved surface.



Thermal barrier coatingsEdited by H Xu, Beijing University of Aeronautics and Astronautics (BUAA) and H Guo, Beihang University, China

‘...a comprehensive review of this important subject’Materials World

Thermal barrier coatings are used to counteract the effects of high temperature corrosion and degradation of materials exposed to environments with high operating temperatures. The book covers both ceramic and metallic thermal barrier coatings as well as the latest advances in physical vapour deposition and plasma spraying techniques. Advances in nanostructured thermal barrier coatings are also discussed. Thermal barrier coatings reviews potential failure mechanisms in thermal barrier coatings as well as ways of testing performance and predicting service life. A final chapter reviews emerging materials, processes and technologies in the field.

CONTENTSPart 1 Materials and structure: Thermal barrier coatings prepared by electron beam physical vapor deposition (EB-PVD); Ceramic thermal barrier coating materials; Metallic coatings for high-temperature oxidation resistance; Nanostructured thermal barrier coatings. Part 2 Processing and spraying techniques: Plasma spraying and its applications: Processes and applications; Processing, microstructures and properties of thermal barrier coatings EB-PVD; Processing, microstructures and properties of thermal barrier coatings by plasma spraying (PS); Plasma-sprayed thermal barrier coatings with segmentation cracks; Detonation gun sprayed thermal barrier coatings. Part 3 Performance of thermal barrier coatings: Oxidation and hot-corrosion of thermal barrier coatings (TBCs); Failure mechanism of thermal barrier coatings by EB-PVD under thermo-mechanical coupled loads; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of thermal barrier coatings; Substrate and bond coat related failure of thermal barrier coatings; Life prediction of thermal barrier coatings; New materials, technologies and processes in thermal barrier coatings.



Advances in laser materials processingTechnology, research and applicationEdited by J Lawrence, Loughborough University, UK, J Pou, University of Vigo, Spain, D K Y Low, Rolls-Royce Singapore Pte. Ltd., Singapore and E Toyserkani, University of Waterloo, USA

CONTENTSPart 1 Overview and challenges for the future. Part 2 Laser cutting and machining. Part 3 Laser welding. Part 4 Laser annealing and hardening. Part 5 Surface treatment, coating and materials deposition using lasers. Part 6 Laser rapid manufacturing and net-shape engineering. Part 7 Laser micro- and nano-fabrication. Part 8 Mathematical modelling and control of laser processes.





Electroless copper and nickel-phosphorus platingProcessing, characterisation and modellingW Sha, Queen’s University Belfast, UK, X Wu, Materials Innovation Institute, The Netherlands and K G Keong, formerly Queen’s University Belfast, UK

Compared with electroplating, electroless plating allows uniform deposits over different surfaces. Electroless copper and nickel-phosphorus deposits provide protective and functional coatings in industries as diverse as electronics, automotive, aerospace and chemical engineering. Written by leading experts in the field, this important book reviews the deposition process and the key properties of electroless copper and nickel-phosphorus deposits as well as their practical applications.

CONTENTSIntroduction to electroless copper and nickel-phosphorus (Ni-P) depositions. Part 1 Electroless copper depositions: Surface morphology evolution of electroless copper deposits; Cross-section of electroless copper deposits and the void fraction; Crystal structure and surface residual stress of electroless copper deposits; The atomic model of the diamond pyramid structure in electroless copper deposits; Molecular dynamics (MD) simulation of the diamond pyramid structure in electroless copper deposits; Adhesion strength of electroless copper deposit to epoxy board; Electrical resistivity of electroless copper deposit; Applications of electroless copper deposits. Part 2 Electroless nickel-phosphorus (Ni-P) depositions: Crystallisation of nickel-phosphorus (Ni-P) deposits with high phosphorus content; Crystallisation of nickel-phosphorus (Ni-P) deposits with medium and low phosphorus content; Modelling the thermodynamics and kinetics of crystallisation of nickel-phosphorus deposits; Artificial neural network (ANN) modelling of crystallisation temperatures of nickel-phosphorus deposits; Hardness evolution of nickel-phosphorus (Ni-P) deposits with thermal processing; Applications of electroless nickel-phosphorus (Ni-P) plating.



Paint and surface coatingsTheory and practiceSecond editionEdited by R Lambourne, formerly ICI Paints Division and Industrial Colloid Advisory Group, Bristol University and T A Strivens, formerly ICI Paints Division, UK

‘A comprehensive reference source for all those in the paint industry.’

European Coatings800 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1999ISBN: 978 1 85573 348 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 700 6


Tribocorrosion of passive metals and coatingsEdited by D Landolt and S Mischler, EPFL, Switzerland

Metals can become less reactive to corrosion processes (i.e. they become passive) because of protection by a self-healing surface film. This passivation process is an important weapon against corrosion in metals. However, the corrosion resistance of passive metals can be substantially reduced by friction and wear. This important book reviews current research on tribocorrosion of passive metals and coatings.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals of tribocorrosion: Corrosion and passivity of metals and coatings; Adsorption layers and passive oxide films on metals; Friction and wear of passive metals and coatings; Environmental effects in fretting; Tribocorrosion mechanisms in sliding contacts; Models and mechanisms of erosion corrosion in metals. Part 2 Methods for measurement and prevention of tribocorrosion: Electrochemical methods in tribocorrosion; Tribocorrosion test protocols for sliding contacts; Methods for studying erosion-corrosion; Metallic materials for tribocorrosion systems; Coatings for tribocorrosion protection. Part 3 Tribocorrosion in engineering and medicine: Biotribocorrosion: Surface interactions in total joint replacement (TJR); Tribocorrosion in artificial joints: In vitro testing and clinical implications; Fretting corrosion in biomedical implants; Tribocorrosion issues in nuclear power generation; Tribocorrosion in marine environments; Erosion-accelerated corrosion in flow systems: The behaviour of aluminium alloys in automotive cooling systems; Chemical-mechanical polishing (CMP): a controlled tribocorrosion process; Tribocorrosion at elevated-temperatures in the metal working industry.



The cold spray materials deposition processFundamentals and applicationsV K Champagne, US Army Research Laboratory, USA

CONTENTSPart 1 General issues: The development of the cold spray process; Comparing cold spray with thermal spray coating technologies; The advantages and disadvantages of the cold spray coating process; The economics of the cold spray process. Part 2 Cold spray process parameters: Cold spray process parameters: Powders; The influence of nozzle design in the cold spray process; The role of particle temperature and velocity in cold spray coating formation; Particle/substrate interaction in the cold spray bonding process; Supersonic jet/substrate interaction in the cold spray bonding process; Portable, low pressure cold spray systems for industrial applications; Stationary cold spray systems for industrial applications. Part 3 Applications of cold spray coatings: Mechanical, thermal and electrical properties of cold sprayed coatings; Cold spray particle deposition for improved wear; The use of cold spray coating for corrosion protection; Electromagnetic interference shielding by cold spray particle deposition; Repair of magnesium components by cold spray techniques.



Innovative pre-treatment techniques to prevent corrosion of metallic surfacesEdited by L Fedrizzi, University of Udine, Italy, H Terryn, Vrije Universiteit Brussels, Belgium and A Simoes, Technical University of Lisbon, Portugal

European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 54248 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007ISBN: 978 1 84569 365 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 368 8


SurfacingCore research from TWI166 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85573 517 0£150.00/US$255.00/€180.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735170

Fundamental and applied aspects of chemically modified surfacesEdited by J P Blitz, Eastern Illinois University, and C B Little, Supelco Inc, USA

CONTENTSMaterial substrates: Polymers, composites and inorganic surfaces; Established and novel surface modification techniques; Characterisation of surface properties; Application of novel modified surfaces.



Engineering coatingsDesign and applicationSecond editionS Grainger and J Blunt336 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1998ISBN: 978 1 85573 369 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 857 7


Surface engineering casebookSolutions to corrosion and wear-related failuresEdited by J S Burnell-Gray and P K Datta, University of Northumbria at Newcastle, UK352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1996ISBN: 978 1 85573 260 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 296 0


Nickel and chromium platingThird editionJ K Dennis and T E Such464 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1993ISBN: 978 1 85573 081 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 863 8




PREVENTING FATIGUE AND FAILURE

Minimization of welding distortion and bucklingModelling and implementationEdited by P Michaleris, Penn State University, USA

Weld distortion and buckling is caused by expansion and contraction of the weld and base metal during the heating and cooling cycle of the welding process. This book reviews ways of understanding and modelling welding residual stress and distortion. It also discusses a range of techniques for minimising bowing, buckling and angular distortion.

CONTENTSPart 1 Understanding welding residual stress and distortion: Introduction to welding residual stress and distortion; Understanding welding stress and distortion using computational welding mechanics; Modelling the effects of phase transformations on welding stress and distortion; Modelling welding stress and distortion in large structures; Using computationally-efficient, reduced-solution methods to understand welding distortion. Part 2 Minimising welding distortion: Minimization of bowing distortion in welded stiffeners using differential heating; Dynamic thermal tensioning for controlling welding induced distortion; Minimizing buckling distortion in welding by weld cooling; Minimizing buckling distortion in welding by hybrid laser arc welding; Minimizing angular distortion in welding by reverse-side heating.



Fatigue in railway infrastructureEdited by A M Robinson, Newcastle University, UK and A Kapoor, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia

‘The book almost exclusively tackles the subject of failures in railway infrastructure.’

‘The book has plenty of detail about embankments, cuttings and bridges.’

‘The text is particularly useful to up-and-coming railway civil engineers and designers aware of failure modes that are not taught in many university courses.’

Materials World

CONTENTSFatigue in railways: An overview; Fatigue in railway and tramway track; Fatigue in railway bridges; Safety and reliability issues affecting escalators and moving walks in railway stations; Design, safety and reliability of lifts in railway stations.



Fatal accidentsHow prosperity and safety are linkedJ F Lancaster, Consultant in Materials and Welding, UK

‘…written in a very direct style and authoritative manner with a propensity to take every day assumptions and stand them on their head.’

The RoSPA Occupational Safety & Health Journal

CONTENTSHow fatal accidents happen; Fatality and loss rates in transport and industry; Mortality from all causes; Economic growth; Analysing historical data: Characteristics and methods; Some outstanding questions.



Fatigue assessment of welded joints by local approachesSecond editionD Radaj, Braunschweig Technical University, C M Sonsino, Darmstadt and Saarland Universities and W Fricke, Hamburg University of Technology, Germany

‘...a standard reference for designers, structural analysts and testing engineers.’

Welding and Cutting

CONTENTSIntroduction; Nominal stress approach for welded joints; Structural stress or strain approach for seam-welded joints; Notch stress approach for seam-welded joints; Notch strain approach for seam-welded joints; Crack propagation approach for seam-welded joints; Notch stress intensity approach for seam-welded joints; Local approaches applied to a seam-welded tubular joint; Structural stress or strain approach for spot-welded and similar lap joints; Stress intensity approach for spot-welded and similar lap joints; Notch stress, notch strain and crack propagation approach for spot-welded and similar lap joints; Significance, limitations and potential of local approaches.



Engineering catastrophesCauses and effects of major accidentsThird editionJ F Lancaster, Consultant in Materials and Welding, UK

CONTENTSAnalysing casualty records; Accident and all-cause mortality: Economic growth; Supercatastrophes; The technical background; How technological change affects safety; Natural catastrophes; Appendix: Mathematical models and statistical methods for accident data.



Structural shear jointsAnalysis, properties and design for repeated loadingG T Hahn, C A Rubin, Vanderbilt University and K A Iyer, US Army Research Centre, USA280 pages 247 x 174mm (7 x 10) hardback 2005ISBN: 978 1 84569 119 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 868 3


Fatigue design procedure for welded hollow section jointsRecommendations of IIW subcommission XV-EEdited by X-L Zhao and J A Packer96 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85573 522 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 312 7


Fatigue design of welded joints and componentsRecommendations of IIW Joint Working Group XIII - XVEdited by A Hobbacher

CONTENTSGeneral; Fatigue actions (loading); Fatigue resistance; Fatigue assessment; Safety considerations; Appendices; References.



Crack arrest concepts for failure prevention and life extension328 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1996ISBN: 978 1 85573 264 3£150.00/US$255.00/€180.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732643

Fatigue strength of welded structuresSecond editionS J Maddox, TWI Ltd, UK208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991ISBN: 978 1 85573 013 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 879 9£145.00/US$245.00/€175.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730137

Design and analysis of fatigue resistant welded structuresD Radaj378 pages 247 x 174mm (7 x 10) hardback 1990ISBN: 978 1 85573 004 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 875 1


Fatigue, fracture and failure


UNDERSTANDING FATIGUE AND FAILURE

IIW recommendations for the fatigue assessment of welded structures by notch stress analysisIIW-2006-09W Fricke, Hamburg University of Technology, Germany

The notch stress approach for fatigue assessment of welded joints is based on the highest elastic stress at the weld toe or root. In order to avoid arbitrary or infinite stress results, a rounded shape with a reference radius instead of the actual sharp toe or root is usually assumed. The present guideline reviews different proposals for reference radii together with associated S-N curves. Detailed recommendations are given for the numerical analysis of notch stress by the finite or boundary element method. Several aspects are discussed, such as the structural weakening by keyhole-shaped notches and the consideration of multiaxial stress states. Appropriate S-N curves are presented for the assessment of the fatigue strength of different materials. Finally, four examples illustrate the application of the approach as well as the variety of structures which can be analysed and the range of results which can be obtained from different models.

CONTENTSBackground to the approach; Numerical analysis of notch stresses; Fatigue strength; Demonstration examples.

Published in Association with the International Institute of Welding (IIW)



Multiaxial notch fatigueL Susmel, University of Ferrara, Italy

The book provides all the engineering information required for calculating the stress/strain quantities commonly used in multiaxial fatigue problems in metals and composites.

CONTENTSUseful stress quantities used in fatigue problems; Fundamentals of fatigue assessment; The modified Wöhler curve method in fatigue assessment; Fatigue assessment of notched components according to the modified Wöhler curve method; Multiaxial fatigue assessment of welded structures; The modified Wöhler curve method and metallic materials cracking behaviour under fatigue loading; The modified Manson-Coffin curve method in fatigue assessment; Multiaxial fatigue of composite materials.



Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of materials in energy technologiesVolume 1: The problem, its characterisation and effects on particular alloy classesEdited by R P Gangloff, University of Virginia and B P Somerday, Sandia National Laboratories, USA

This important two-volume book reviews the problem of degradation of metals and other materials exposed to hydrogen. The first part of volume one begins by discussing how the problem of gaseous hydrogen embrittlement affects such sectors as the petrochemicals, automotive, nuclear and other energy industries. Part two reviews ways of characterising and testing for hydrogen-assisted fatigue and fracture. A final group of chapters analyse the ways gaseous hydrogen embrittlement affects high-performance steels, superalloys, titanium and aluminium alloys.

CONTENTSPart 1 The hydrogen embrittlement problem: Hydrogen production and containment; Hydrogen-induced disbonding and embrittlement of steels used in petrochemical refining; Assessing hydrogen embrittlement in automotive hydrogen tanks; Gaseous hydrogen issues in nuclear waste disposal; Hydrogen embrittlement in nuclear power systems; Standards and codes to control hydrogen-induced cracking in pressure vessels and pipes for hydrogen gas storage and transport. Part 2 Characterisation and analysis of hydrogen embrittlement: Fracture and fatigue test methods in hydrogen gas; Mechanics of modern test methods and quantitive-accelerated testing for hydrogen embrittlement; Metallographic and Fractographic techniques for characterising and understanding hydrogen-assisted cracking of metals; Fatigue crack initiation and fatigue life of metals exposed to hydrogen; Effects of hydrogen on fatigue-crack propagation in steels. Part 3 The hydrogen embrittlement of alloy classes: Hydrogen embrittlement of high-strength steels; Hydrogen trapping phenomena in martensitic steels; Hydrogen embrittlement of carbon steels and their welds; Hydrogen embrittlement of high-strength low-alloy (HSLA) steels and their welds; Hydrogen embrittlement of austenitic stainless steels and their welds; Hydrogen embrittlement of nickel, cobalt and iron-based superalloys; Hydrogen effects in titanium alloys; Hydrogen embrittlement of aluminium and aluminium-based alloys; Hydrogen-induced degradation of rubber seals.



Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of materials in energy technologiesVolume 2: Mechanisms, modelling and future developmentsEdited by R P Gangloff, University of Virginia and B P Somerday, Sandia National Laboratories, USA

The first part of volume two reviews the mechanism of hydrogen embrittlement, including absorption, diffusion and trapping of hydrogen in metals. Part two discusses ways of modelling hydrogen-induced damage and assessing service life. The final section in the book assesses future trends in research.

CONTENTSPart 1 Mechanisms of hydrogen interactions with metals: Hydrogen adsorption on the surface of metals; Analysing hydrogen in metals: bulk thermal desorption spectroscopy (TDS) methods; Analysing hydrogen in metals: surface techniques; Hydrogen diffusion and trapping in metals; Control of hydrogen embrittlement of metals by chemical inhibitors and coatings; The role of grain boundaries in hydrogen induced cracking (HIC) of steels; Influence of hydrogen on the behavior of dislocations. Part 2 Modelling hydrogen embrittlement: Modelling hydrogen induced damage mechanisms in metals; Hydrogen effects on the plasticity of face-centred cubic (ffc) crystals; Continuum mechanics modelling of hydrogen embrittlement; Degradation models for hydrogen embrittlement; Effect of inelastic strain on hydrogen-assisted fracture of metals; Development of service life prognosis systems for hydrogen energy devices. Part 3 The future: Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of high-performance metals in energy systems: Future trends.



Failure mechanisms of advanced welding processesEdited by X Sun, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, USA

‘Both thorough and concise, this book will be a great help to researchers and engineers who specialise in the processing of metallic materials or in microelectronics.’

SOUDAGE

CONTENTSMechanics modeling of spot welds under general loading conditions and applications to fatigue life predictions; Resistance spot weld failure mode and weld performance for aluminium alloys; Resistance spot weld performance and weld failure modes for dual phase and TRIP steels; Fatigue behavior of spot welded joints in steel sheets; Non-destructive evaluation of spot weld quality; Solid state joining - fundamentals of friction stir welding; Failure mechanisms in friction stir welds; Microstructure characteristics and mechanical properties of the magnesium and aluminium alloy laser weld bonded joint; Fatigue in laser welds; Weld metal ductility and its influence on formability of tailor welded blanks; Joining of lightweight materials using reactive nanofoils.




NEW NEW

NEW


Fundamentals of evaluation and diagnostics of welded structuresA Nedoseka, E.O. Paton Electric Welding Institute (PEWI) of the National Academy of Sciences, Ukraine.

Chapter one discusses design issues, key equations and calculations, and the effects of varied heat sources in relation to the temperature field in welding. Chapter two goes on to explore welding stresses and strains. Fracture mechanics and the load-carrying capacity of welded structures are the focus of chapter three. Chapter four considers diagnostics and prediction of the residual life of welded structures, whilst acoustic emission techniques for the analysis of welded structures are reviewed in Chapter five. Finally, chapter six supplies supplementary information on numerical techniques and other tests for welded structures.

CONTENTSThe temperature field in welding; Welding stresses and strains; Load-carrying capacity of welded structures; Diagnostics and prediction of the residual life of welded structures; Acoustic emission techniques for the analysis of welded structures; Supplementary sections. Numerical techniques and tests for welded structures.




Stress corrosion crackingTheory and practiceEdited by V S Raja, Indian Institute of Technology, India and T Shoji, Tohoku University, Japan

CONTENTSPart 1 fundamental aspects of stress corrosion cracking (SCC) and hydrogen embrittlement: Mechanistic and fractographic aspects of stress-corrosion cracking; Hydrogen embrittlement phenomena and mechanisms. Part 2 Test methods for determining stress corrosion cracking susceptibilities: Testing and evaluation methods for stress corrosion cracking in metals. Part 3 Stress corrosion cracking in specific materials: Stress corrosion cracking in low and medium strength carbon steels; Stress corrosion cracking in stainless steels; Factors affecting stress corrosion cracking and fundamental mechanistic understanding of stainless steels; Stress corrosion cracking in nickel-based alloys; Stress corrosion cracking in aluminium alloys; Stress corrosion cracking in magnesium alloys; Stress corrosion cracking and hydrogen-assisted cracking in titanium alloys; Stress corrosion cracking in copper and copper-based alloys; Stress corrosion cracking of austenitic stainless and ferritic steel weldments; Stress corrosion cracking in polymer composites. Part 4 Environmentally-assisted cracking problems in various industries: Stress corrosion cracking in boilers and cooling water systems; Environmentally-assisted cracking in oil and gas production; Stress corrosion cracking in aerospace vehicles; Prediction of stress corrosion cracking in nuclear power systems; Failures of structures and components by metal-induced embrittlement; Stress corrosion cracking in pipelines.



Fracture and fatigue of welded joints and structuresEdited by K Macdonald, UiS, Norway

‘This book is a timely addition to the body of literature on the subject and will be of undoubted value to both researchers and practitioners as a reference of current thinking.’

Materials World

CONTENTSPart 1 Analysing fracture of welded joints and structures: Constraint-based fracture mechanics in predicting the failure of welded joints; Constraint fracture mechanics: Test methods; Fracture assessment methods for welded structures. Part 2 Analysing fatigue of welded joints and structures: Fatigue strength assessment of local stresses in welded joints; Improving weld class systems in assessing the fatigue life of different welded joint designs; Fatigue design rules for welded structures; Fatigue assessment methods for variable amplitude loading of welded structures; Reliability aspects in fatigue design of welded structure using selected local approaches: The example of k-nodes for offshore costructions; Assessing residual stresses in predicting the service life of welded structures; Fatigue strength improvement methods.



Fatigue analysis of welded componentsDesigner’s guide to the structural hot-spot stress approachE Niemi, Lappeenranta University of Technology, Finland, W Fricke, Hamburg University of Technology, Germany and S J Maddox, TWI, UK

CONTENTSIntroduction; The structural hot-spot approach to fatigue analysis; Experimental determination of the structural hot-spot stress; Structural stress determination using finite element analysis; Parametric formulae; Structural hot-spot S-N curves; Case study 1: Box beam of a railway wagon; Case study 2: Hatch corner design for container ships; References.



Cumulative damage of welded jointsT R Gurney, formerly TWI, UK

CONTENTSThe constant amplitude database; Residual stresses; Variable amplitude loading and testing; Tests under two and three level loading; The influence of spectrum shape and block length; The influence of narrow and wide band loading; The influence of cycles of small stress range; Design for variable amplitude loading; More on the fracture mechanics approach – the effect of stress interaction.



Weld cracking in ferrous alloysEdited by R Singh, Monash University, Australia

‘…a valuable source of reference for all those concerned with improving the quality of welding and welded components.’

Welding and Cutting

CONTENTSPart 1 Welding technology and design to prevent weld cracking: Selection of weld-crack resistant stainless steels; Robust welding technologies for ferrous alloys; Design against cracking in ferrous weldments; A discussion of the current procedures for design of welds against fatigue. Part 2 Weld crack behaviour, evaluation and repair: Mechanical behaviour of stainless steel, ferritic steels welds and weld joints; Fracture toughness in the design and operation of ferrous weldments; Testing and evaluation of weld cracking in ferrous alloys; Lessons learnt from failures in ferrous weldments; Cracking in high-performance superduplex stainless steel welds; Weld metal cracking in cellulosic girth welds of pipelines; Repair of weld cracks; Measurement of residual stresses in weld repairs in steels. Part 3 Environment-assisted weld cracking: Corrosion issues in ferrous weldments; Advances in techniques for determination of susceptibility of welds to stress corrosion cracking (KISCC); Less explored types of environment-assisted cracking of welds: Industrial issues and research opportunities.



Processes and mechanisms of welding residual stress and distortionEdited by Z Feng, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, USA

‘…authored by leading experts in the field.’Welding and Cutting



FatigueCore research from TWI210 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85573 520 0£150.00/US$255.00/€180.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735200

FractureCore research from TWI208 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85573 521 7£150.00/US$255.00/€180.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735217

Predictive formulae for weld distortionA critical reviewG Verhaeghe, TWI Ltd, UK102 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1999ISBN: 978 1 85573 444 9£150.00/US$255.00/€180.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734449


NEW


Local strain and temperature measurementEdited by J Ziebs342 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1999ISBN: 978 1 85573 424 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 314 1£175.00/US$300.00/€210.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734241

Fatigue of thin walled joints under complex loadingT R Gurney222 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1997ISBN: 978 1 85573 338 1£175.00/US$300.00/€210.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733381

The ‘local approach’ to cleavage fractureConcepts and applicationsC S Wiesner70 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1995ISBN: 978 1 85573 261 2£130.00/US$220.00/€155.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732612

Stress determination for fatigue analysis of welded componentsEdited by E Niemi, Lappeenranta University of Technology, Finland80 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1995ISBN: 978 1 85573 213 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 320 2£130.00/US$220.00/€155.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732131

Shallow crack fracture mechanics toughness tests and applicationsFirst International Conference304 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1992ISBN: 978 1 85573 122 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 322 6£55.00/US$95.00/€65.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855731226

The fatigue strength of transverse fillet welded jointsA study of the influence of joint geometryT R Gurney112 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1991ISBN: 978 1 85573 066 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 325 7


WELDING TECHNOLOGIES

Handbook of laser welding technologiesEdited by S Katayama, Osaka University, Japan


This book reviews the current state-of-the-art in laser welding technologies and their various applications. Laser welding is a rapidly developing technology, which has found increasing applications in manufacturing due to its versatility. It allows the precision welding of small areas, and is particularly suitable for operation under computer or robotic control. The book covers five main aspects of laser welding technologies. Part one is concerned with developments in established laser welding technologies. Part two covers a range of emerging laser welding technologies. The industrial and materials applications of laser welding are discussed in parts three and four, respectively. Finally, part five addresses performance and quality control in laser welding.

CONTENTSPart 1 Developments in established laser welding technologies: Developments in CO2 laser welding; Developments in Nd: YAG laser welding; Developments in diode laser welding and brazing; Developments in disc laser welding; Developments in modelling and simulation of laser and hybrid laser welding. Part 2 Developments in emerging laser welding technologies: Developments in pulsed and continuous wave laser welding technologies; Developments in laser micro welding technology; Developments in beam scanning (remote) and smart beam processing technologies; Developments in multiple (twin-beam) laser welding technology; Developments in multi-pass laser welding technology with filler wire; Developments in hybrid laser-arc welding technology; Developments in hybridisation and combined laser beam welding technologies; Applications of robotics in laser welding. Part 3 Industrial applications: Applications of laser welding in the automotive industry; Applications of laser welding in the shipbuilding industry; Applications of laser welding in the railway industry. Part 4 Materials applications: Laser fusion welding of glass; Laser welding and brazing of various steels; Laser welding of light metal alloys; Laser welding of non-metals. Part 5 Performance and quality control: Residual stress and distortion in laser welding; Defect formation mechanisms and their prevention in laser welding; In-process monitoring, adaptive control and repair to improve in laser weld quality.



Self-piercing rivetingProperties, processes and applicationsEdited by A Chrysanthou, University of Hertfordshire, UK and X Sun, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, USA

Self-piercing riveting is a high-speed mechanical fastening technique for the joining of sheet material components. The process is being taken up by many industries due to its speed, low energy requirements and the fact that it does not require a pre-drilled hole. The book covers topics such as the self-piercing riveting process, self-piercing riveting equipment, dynamic strength evaluation of self-piercing riveted joints, modelling of strength of self-piercing riveted joints, corrosion behaviour of self-piercing riveted joints, quality control and non-destructive testing.

CONTENTSPart 1 Properties: Mechanical strength; Fatigue behaviour; Corrosion behaviour; Dynamic strength evaluation/crashworthiness; Modelling strength. Part 2 Processing and applications: Suitability of materials for self-piercing riveting; The self-piercing riveting process; Quality control and non-destructive testing; Optimising strength; Self-piercing riveting in the automotive industry.



Advances in brazingScience, technology and applicationsEdited by D P Sekulic, University of Kentucky, USA

Brazing is a fast growing joining technology. Advances in brazing reviews current research in the area summarized by some of the world’s leading experts in the subject. Part one explains the fundamentals of brazing. Part two then moves on to discuss the materials that use brazing techniques. The book concludes with part three which covers the main applications, including solid-state electrochemical devices, electrical, packaging and structural applications.

CONTENTSPart 1 Fundamentals: Wetting in brazing; Reliability of brazed joints; Modelling of brazing processes. Part 2 Materials: Brazing of alloys; Brazing of cutting materials; High temperature brazing; Brazing of diamonds; Brazing of oxides; Brazing of nickel; Aluminium and steel brazing; Controlled atmosphere brazing of aluminium; Metal brazing of ceramic composites; Coating by brazing; Brazing of ceramic metal joints. Part 3 Applications: Design and materials; Brazing for electrical, packaging and structural applications; Glass as brazing materials for high temperature applications; Nickel-based filler metals for pipes and other components in contact with drinking water; Fluxless brazing of aluminium.




NEW

NEW

NEW


Advances in friction-stir welding and processingM-K Besharati-Givi and P Asadi, University of Tehran, Iran

Advances in friction-stir welding and processing deals with the processes involved in different metals and polymers, including their microstructural and mechanical properties, wear and corrosion behaviour, heat flow, and simulation. The book is structured into ten chapters, covering applications of the technology; tool and welding design; material and heat flow; microstructural evolution; mechanical properties; corrosion behaviour and wear properties. Later chapters cover mechanical alloying and FSP as a welding and casting repair technique; optimization and simulation of artificial neural networks; and FSW and FSP of polymers.

CONTENTSApplications; Material and heat flow; Microstructural evolution; Mechanical properties; Corrosion behaviour, wear properties; Mechanical alloying by FSP, FSP as a welding and casting repair technique, welding forces; Artificial neural network, optimization and simulation; FSW and FSP of polymers.


Approx. £115.00/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094544

Welding and joining of aerospace materialsEdited by M C Chaturvedi, University of Manitoba, Canada

This important book provides in-depth information on different techniques for joining metallic and non-metallic aerospace materials and their applications. Part one reviews different types of welding such as inertia friction, laser and hybrid laser-arc welding and issues relating to their use. The second part of the book focuses on other joining techniques such as riveting, bonding and brazing and methods of assessing their quality and effectiveness. Finally, an important appendix to this book covers linear friction welding in the aerospace industry.

CONTENTSPart 1 Welding techniques: New welding techniques for aerospace engineering; Inertia friction welding (IFW) for aerospace applications; Laser welding of metals for aerospace and other applications; Hybrid laser-arc welding of aerospace and other materials; Heat affected zone cracking in welded nickel superalloys. Part 2 Other joining techniques: Assessing the riveting process and the quality of riveted joints in aerospace and other applications; Quality control and non-destructive testing of self-piercing riveted joints in aerospace and other applications; Improvements in bonding metals for aerospace and other applications; Composite to metal bonding in aerospace and other applications; Diffusion bonding of metal alloys in aerospace and other applications; High-temperature brazing in aerospace engineering.



Welding processes handbookSecond editionK Weman, ESAB, Sweden

Written by a leading expert in the field, the first edition established itself as a standard introduction to the range of available welding technologies. Significantly expanded and substantially rewritten, the new edition consolidates the book’s reputation as a practical and authoritative guide. Chapters on individual techniques cover principles, equipment, consumables and key quality issues. There is new material on such topics as the basics of electricity in welding, arc physics, welding residual stress and distortion, and the weldability of particular metals.

CONTENTSIntroduction to welding; Gas welding; Basics of electricity in welding; Arc welding: An overview; Power sources for arc welding; TIG welding; Plasma welding; MIG/MAG welding; Manual metal arc (MMA) welding with coated electrodes; Submerged arc welding; Pressure welding methods; Other methods of welding; Cutting method; Surface cladding and hardfacing methods; Mechanisation and robot welding; Soldering and brazing; The welding environment and welding safety; Welding residual stress and distortion; The weldability of steel; Welding of aluminium; Design of welded components; Quality assurance and quality management; Welding costs.



Advances in laser materials processingTechnology, research and applicationEdited by J Lawrence, Loughborough University, UK, J Pou, University of Vigo, Spain, D K Y Low, Rolls-Royce Singapore Pte. Ltd., Singapore and E Toyserkani, University of Waterloo, USA

This comprehensively relays the state-of-the-art in laser materials processing technology and applications. Starting with laser cutting and machining, the book discusses laser welding, annealing and hardening. It then considers surface treatment, coating and materials deposition as well as other engineering techniques such as peening and net-shape engineering, before discussing laser micro and nano-fabrication techniques. The book concludes by examining modelling and process control.

CONTENTSPart 1 Overview and challenges for the future: ‘Light’ industry. Part 2 Laser cutting and machining. Part 3 Laser welding. Part 4 Laser annealing and hardening. Part 5 Surface treatment, coating and materials deposition using lasers. Part 6 Laser rapid manufacturing and net-shape engineering. Part 7 Laser micro- and nano-fabrication. Part 8 Mathematical modelling and control of laser processes.







Friction stir weldingFrom basics to applicationsEdited by D Lohwasser, AIRBUS, Germany and Z Chen, Aukland University of Technology, New Zealand

CONTENTSIntroduction. Part 1 General issues: The friction stir welding process: An overview; Material deformation and joint formation in friction stir welding; Friction stir welding equipment; Industrial applications of friction stir welding; The future of friction stir welding; Inspection and quality control in friction stir welding. Part 2 Variables in friction stir welding: Residual stresses in friction stir welding; Effects and defects of friction stir welds; Modeling thermal properties in friction stir welding; Metallurgy and weld performance in friction stir welding.



Hybrid laser-arc weldingEdited by F O Olsen, Technical University of Denmark, Denmark

‘…a valuable source of reference for all those using this important welding technology.’

Welding and Cutting

CONTENTSPart 1 Characteristics of hybrid laser-arc welding: Advantages and disadvantages of arc and laser welding; Fundamentals of hybrid laser-arc welding; Heat sources of hybrid laser-arc welding processes; Effect of shielding gas on hybrid laser-arc welding; Properties of joints produced by hybrid laser-arc welding; Quality control and assessing weld quality in hybrid laser-arc welding. Part 2 Applications of hybrid laser-arc welding: Hybrid welding of magnesium alloys; Shipbuilding applications of hybrid laser-arc welding; Industrial robotic application of laser-GMAW and laser-Tandem hybrid welding; Hybrid laser-arc welding of aluminium; Hybrid laser-arc welding of dissimilar metals. Part 3 Hybrid laser-arc welding of steel: Hybrid laser-arc welding of steel.




NEW


Microjoining and nanojoiningEdited by Y N Zhou, University of Waterloo, Canada832 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008ISBN: 978 1 84569 179 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 404 3


Computational welding mechanicsL-E Lindgren, Luleå University of Technology, Sweden

‘Some of the numerical methods described in the book are illustrated using software available from the author which allows readers to explore CWM in more depth.’

Welding and Cutting248 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007ISBN: 978 1 84569 221 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 355 8


Advanced welding processesJ Norrish, University of Wollongong, Australia304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006ISBN: 978 1 84569 130 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 170 7


MIG welding guideEdited by K Weman, WEMAB AB and G Lindén, Air Liquide, Sweden320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006ISBN: 978 1 85573 947 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 147 9


New developments in advanced weldingEdited by N Ahmed, CSIRO, Australia308 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85573 970 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 089 2


Arc welding controlP Jiluan, Nanchang University, China624 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2003ISBN: 978 1 85573 687 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 855 3


Welding residual stresses and distortionCalculation and measurementD Radaj416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2003ISBN: 978 3 87155 791 0£125.00/US$210.00/€150.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783871557910 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

The welding of aluminium and its alloysG Mathers, TWI Ltd. UK

‘…provides a very clear background text’Work Boat World



Welding and cuttingA guide to fusion welding and associated cutting processesP T Houldcroft and R John240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2001ISBN: 978 1 85573 578 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 894 2


Aluminium weldingN R Mandal, Indian Institute of Technology, India160 pages 250 x 160mm (6 1/2 x 10) hardback 2001ISBN: 978 1 85573 597 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 873 7£115.00/US$195.00/€140.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735972

Laser weldingCore research from TWI108 pages 297 x 210mm(8 x 12) paperback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85573 518 7


Exploiting advances in arc welding technology238 pages 297 x 210mm(8 x 12) paperback 1999ISBN: 978 1 85573 416 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 315 8£175.00/US$300.00/€210.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734166

Tubular wire weldingD Widgery160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994ISBN: 978 1 85573 088 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 892 8


Electron beam weldingH Schultz240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994ISBN: 978 1 85573 050 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 878 2


Laser weldingA practical guideC T Dawes272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1992ISBN: 978 1 85573 034 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 884 3


Self-shielded arc weldingT Boniszewski240 pages 297 x 210mm(8 x 12) paperback 1992ISBN: 978 1 85573 063 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 324 0


A practical guide to TIG (GTA) weldingP W Muncaster144 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991ISBN: 978 1 85573 020 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 872 0


TIG and plasma weldingProcess techniques, recommended practices and applicationsW Lucas112 pages 210 x 148mm (6 x 8) paperback 1990ISBN: 978 1 85573 005 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 326 4


Pulsed arc weldingAn introductionJ A Street

An Abington Publishing Special Report



Which process?A guide to the selection of welding and related processesP T Houldcroft96 pages 246 x 189mm (7 1/2 x 10) hardback 1990ISBN: 978 1 85573 008 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 895 9


Submerged-arc weldingEdited by P T Houldcroft112 pages 210 x 148mm (6 x 8) paperback 1990ISBN: 978 1 85573 002 1£80.00/US$135.00/€95.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730021



WELDING PRACTICE (INCLUDING HEALTH AND SAFETY)





Health and safety in welding and allied processesFifth editionJ Blunt and N C Balchin

CONTENTSPart 1 Risks and their control: Setting up the workplace; First aid and accident reporting; Fire; Compressed and liquefied gases; Fume, dust, vapour and gases; Control of exposure to fume, dust, vapour, gases; Radiation; Noise and vibration; Mechanical hazards. Part 2 Processes: Gas welding, cutting and preheating; Arc welding and cutting; Plasma arc processes; Electroslag welding; Resistance welding; Thermit welding; Electron beam welding; Friction welding; Laser welding and cutting; Brazing and braze welding; Soft soldering; Thermal spraying; Welding and flame spraying plastics; Inspection and testing; Welding in more hazardous environments. Part 3 Legislation and appendices.



Welding processes and thermal cuttingR Killing

CONTENTSClassification of welding processes; Gas welding; Fundamentals of arc welding; Metal-arc welding (Process no. 101); Gas-shielded welding with non-consumable electrode (Process no. 14); Gas-shielded metal-arc welding (Process no. 13); Covered-arc welding; Beam welding; Resistance pressure welding; Special processes; Thermal cutting; Literature.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2001ISBN: 978 3 87155 790 3£95.00/US$160.00/€115.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783871557903 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

The welding workplaceTechnology change and work management for a global welding industryR Boekholt, ICWET, Sweden224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85573 445 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 885 0


The automotive industryCore research from TWI158 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85573 515 6£150.00/US$255.00/€180.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735156

Welding of plasticsCore research from TWI160 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85573 519 4£150.00/US$255.00/€180.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735194

Handbook of mould, tool and die repair weldingS Thompson224 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1999ISBN: 978 1 85573 429 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 832 4


Thermal welding of polymersR J Wise104 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1999ISBN: 978 1 85573 495 1£150.00/US$255.00/€180.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734951

Project management: getting it rightPlanning and cost manager’s guideA Reid, Tripatra Engineers, Indonesia176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1999ISBN: 978 1 85573 420 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 890 4£30.00/US$50.00/€35.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734203

Handbook of structural weldingProcesses, materials and methods used in the welding of major structures, pipelines and process plantJ F Lancaster, Consultant in Materials and Welding, UK448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1997ISBN: 978 1 85573 343 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 032 8£60.00/US$100.00/€70.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733435

hardback ISBN: 978 1 85573 029 8£55.00/US$95.00/€65.00

Computer technology in weldingEighth international conference332 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1998ISBN: 978 1 85573 415 9£210.00/US$355.00/€250.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734159

Heat treatment of welded steel structuresD Croft128 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1996ISBN: 978 1 85573 016 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 881 2


Welding mechanisation and automation in shipbuilding worldwideProduction methods and trends based on yard capacityR Boekholt, ICWET, Sweden352 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1996ISBN: 978 1 85573 219 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 319 6


Weldability of ferritic steelsN Bailey304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994ISBN: 978 1 85573 092 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 893 5


Welding steels without hydrogen crackingSecond editionN Bailey, F R Coe, T G Gooch, P H M Hart, N Jenkins and R J Pargeter160 pages 246 x 189mm (7 1/2 x 10) hardback 1993ISBN: 978 1 85573 014 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 309 7


Process pipe and tube weldingA guide to welding process options, techniques, equipment, NDT and codes of practiceEdited by W Lucas160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991ISBN: 978 1 85573 012 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 888 1


Welding practice (including health and safety)


WELD DESIGN

Welding symbols on drawingsE N Gregory and A A Armstrong, formerly BSI, UK72 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005ISBN: 978 1 85573 589 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 041 0


Welded designTheory and practiceJ Hicks160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85573 537 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 762 4


Joints in aluminium – INALCO ’98Seventh international conferenceEdited by M H Ogle, P L Threadgill and S J Maddox, TWI Ltd, UK516 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1999ISBN: 978 1 85573 417 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 883 6£215.00/US$365.00/€260.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734173

Welded joint designThird editionJ Hicks160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1999ISBN: 978 1 85573 386 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 898 0


Creative techniques in product and engineering designA practical workbookD J Walker, B K J Dagger and R Roy176 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1991ISBN: 978 1 85573 025 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 874 4


Total quality management for engineersM Zairi192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991ISBN: 978 1 85573 024 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 891 1


A guide to designing weldsJ Hicks64 pages 210 x 148mm (6 x 8) paperback 1990ISBN: 978 1 85573 003 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 871 3£60.00/US$100.00/€70.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730038

INSPECTION AND TESTING

A quick guide to welding and weld inspectionEdited by S E Hughes

A concise and accessible guide to the knowledge required to fulfil the role of a welding inspector. In covering both European and US-based codes, the book gives those wishing to gain certification in welding inspection a basic all-round understanding of the main subject matter.

CONTENTSTerminology, abbreviations and symbols; Duties of a welding inspector; Analysis of a fusion weld; Materials and weldability; Welding processes; Non-destructive testing and mechanical testing; Welding defects and acceptance; Fracture modes; Codes, standards and documentation; Health and safety.

Published in association with Matthews Engineering Training Ltd



Real-time weld process monitoringEdited by Y M Zhang, University of Kentucky, USA

CONTENTSAn analysis of welding process monitoring and control. Part 1 Monitoring technologies: Arc sensors in weld monitoring; Optical sensors in welding; Infrared sensors in welding; Ultrasonic sensors in welding. Part 2 Monitoring of welding processes; Weld seam monitoring; Weld profile monitoring; Weld penetration monitoring; Weld pool surface monitoring; Monitoring resistance welding; Monitoring laser welding.



Energy absorption of structures and materialsG Lu, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia and T X Yu, Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, Hong Kong

‘…a good introduction and overview.’IMECHE Proceedings Part D



Power generationCore research from TWI124 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000ISBN: 978 1 85573 516 3£150.00/US$255.00/€180.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735163

Microscopy techniques for materials scienceA Clarke and C Eberhardt, University of Leeds, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 7456 pages 420 illus. 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2002ISBN: 978 1 85573 587 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 750 1


Non-destructive testing of weldsB Raj, C V Subramanian and T Jayakumar, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, India260 pages 250 x 160mm (6 1/2 x 10) hardback 2000ISBN: 978 1 84265 005 9£50.00/US$85.00/€60.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781842650059 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

NDE in relation to structural integrity for nuclear and pressurised componentsProceedings of the first international conference(2 volume set)1000 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1999ISBN: 978 1 85573 430 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 886 7£160.00/US$270.00/€190.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734302

Introduction to the non-destructive testing of welded jointsSecond editionR Halmshaw128 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997ISBN: 978 1 85573 314 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 882 9


Handbook of crack opening dataT G F Gray, University of Strathclyde, UK96 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1992ISBN: 978 1 85573 097 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 323 3


NDE handbookNon-destructive examination methods for condition monitoringEdited by K Bøving432 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1989ISBN: 978 1 85573 566 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 328 8£160.00/US$270.00/€190.00www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735668

Weld design / Inspection and testing


DVD

Manufacturing process DVDsThis series of thirteen training DVDs have been produced in conjunction with Monash University, Australia, government agencies and industrial manufacturers. Each one focuses on a particular core industrial process and provides an invaluable aid to any organisation with training responsibilities in a wide range of industrial processes including: metal machining, casting, composite materials production, plastics forming, welding and non-destructive testing. They are ideal for university engineering courses and technical colleges, trade and technician courses and on the job training in industry.

Each video DVD is presented as two discs.

Disc 1: DVD format. Compatible with most DVD players and PC/MAC systems.

Disc 2: Containing additional features - an Mpeg video presentation, a full transcript of the video in pdf format, and charts and graphs in Powerpoint (Powerpoint viewer included). An excellent format for training purposes.Special Price for full set of 13 VCD-ROM£1450.00+VAT/US$2465.00/€1740.00+VAT*Not available for distribution in the USA.

DVDFor each DVD£135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VAT*Not available for distribution in the USA.

Special Price for full set of 13 DVD£1450.00+VAT/US$2465.00/€1740.00+VAT*Not available for distribution in the USA.

VideoOnly available in Pal formatFor each video£85.00+VAT/US$145.00/€100.00+VAT*Not available for distribution in the USA.

Special price for full set of 12 videos£750.00+VAT/US$1275.00/€900.00+VAT*Not available for distribution in the USA.

DVD 1: MachiningRemoving material31 Min 1994 WCD540£135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD540

DVD 2: MachiningCutting material28 min 1996 WCD541£135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD541

DVD 3: Metal castingSand moulds28 min 1996 WCD542£135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD542

DVD 4: Metal castingDie casting28 min 1996 WCD543£135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD543

DVD 5: Composite materials: Part A28 min 1998 WCD544£135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD544

DVD 6: Composite materials: Part B28 min 1998 WCD545£135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD545

DVD 7: Forming of plastics: Part A29 min 1999 WCD546£135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD546

DVD 8: Forming of plastics: Part B29 min 1999 WCD547£135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD547

DVD 9: Welding: Metallic materials: Part A29 min 2001 WCD548£135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD548

DVD 10: Welding: Metallic materials: Part B29 min 2001 WCD549£135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD549

DVD 11: Non destructive testing29 min 2001 WCD550£135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD550

DVD 12: Timber: Production and processing: Part A29 min 2004 WCD551£135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD551

DVD 13: Timber: Production and processing: Part B30 min 2004 WCD552£135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD552

REFERENCE RADIOGRAPH

Reference radiographs for assessment of weld imperfections according to ISO 5817Interpretation of arc-welded butt joints in steelSecond EditionThe International Standard ISO 5817: 2003 ‘Welding; Fusion-welded joints in steel, nickel, titanium and their alloys (beam welding excluded); Quality levels for imperfections’ lists the quality requirements for production of arc welded steel joints. This international standard is a fundamental technical standard and specifies the basic standardized requirements for the evaluation of welded joints in the various fields of application of welding, such as pressure vessels, metal construction, piping, rolling stock etc. Furthermore, this standard shall be used as the basis for the evaluation of testpieces for the approval testing of welders and welding procedure qualification tests according to ISO-Standard. The reference catalogue is useful for persons with low experience of transposing individual cases to the limits specified in the standard. Using the reference cards, they will learn to interpret correctly various imperfections and their specific representation and to classify them by size to quality levels of the standard. The catalogue may also be used by manufacturers, operators and test bodies as a tool for aid and decision about the evaluation of individual items.60 reference cards 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) ring binder 2005ISBN: WIN001£1950.00+VAT/US$3315.00/€2340.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN001 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Training and inspection aids - DVD / Reference radiograph


WELD GAUGES

Woodhead Welding GaugePractical, professional and portable the Woodhead Welding Gauge is an essential tool for the inspection of welded fabrication. Welding engineers, inspectors and testers will enjoy the benefits of reduced material wastage and risk of product failure as well as obtaining a correct weld profile.

Stainless steel and calibrated in both metric and imperial units, the new gauge is available from Woodhead Publishing Limited.

www.woodheadgauge.co.uk

The multi-purpose gauge accurately measures six important criteria:

- Excess weld metal - Angle of preparation- Fillet weld throat- Fillet weld leg length- Undercut- Misalignment

The scale of 0° to 60°in 5° intervals enables fast and accurate measurement for daily use.

A newly added feature allows the opportunity to personalise the gauge with a company name or logo.

Protective case and instruction leaflet provided with every purchase.

Manufactured in the UKScales graduated in imperial and metric units. Supplied in a protective case. Instruction leaflet.ISBN: WIN003£70.00+VAT/US$120.00/€85.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN003 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Adjustable fillet gaugeMeasures fillet welds from 3-25 mm (1/8-1”) with ±0.8 mm (1/32”) accuracy. It uses an offset arm which slides at a 45° angle to make fillet weld length measurements. This gauge also measures weld throat thickness’ to 1.5 mm (1/16”).

ISBN: WIN015£140.00+VAT/US$240.00/€170.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN015 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

AWS GaugeThe Automatic Weld Size (AWS) gauge measures the permissible tolerance of convexity and concavity which have automatically been predetermined on the instrument. It also measures fillet welds and checks the permissible tolerance of reinforcements.


Fillet weld gaugeMeasures weld sizes of 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1” and their metric equivalents to determine weld sizes.


HI-LO Welding gaugeThe HI-LO Weldng Gauge measures: Fit-up gap; Internal misalignment; Weld crown height; Scribe line, socket welds; Fillet weld size; Pipe wall thickness; Angle of bevel on end preperation to an accuracy of 0.8 mm (1/32”).


Single purpose HI-LO gaugeMeasures internal alignment and rootweld spacing to eliminate rejects and improve productivity.


V-WAC GaugeEasily and quickly checks the four essential measurements for visual weld acceptance. The V-WAC Gauge measures: Undercut depth; Amount of porosity per linear inch; Porosity comparison; Crown height.


WTPS GaugeThe WTPS welding gauge measures undercuts 0.25mm (0.01”) deep. The gauge comes with a precision ground calibration block. Each block has been surface ground to 0.0005” tolerance for exceptional accuracy.


FLAW LOCATION SLIDE

Ultrasonic flaw location slide Mark IIThis Mark II version of the Flaw Location Slide provides a low cost aid for plotting flaw location and size during ultrasonic testing of welded joints. Readings for flaw range and associated probe stand-off distance made during testing are rapidly transferred to the slide which then provides an accurate plot of flaw location and size within the weld cross section. The speed and accuracy of this inspection aid, coupled with its economical price, make the Mark II slide an essential part of the working kit of every ultrasonics tester.Flaw location slide complete with beam plotting card. Protective plastic wallet.ISBN: WIN506£55.00+VAT/US$95.00/€65.00+VATwww.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN506 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Additional beam plotting cards can be supplied at£30.00+VAT/US$50.00/€35.00+VAT*Not available for distribution in the USA.

Training and inspection aids - Weld gauges / Flaw location slide


10th International conference on turbochargers and turbocharging, 8810th International conference on vibrations in rotating machinery, 883-D textile reinforcements in composite materials, 197th International conference on compressors and their systems 2011, 918th International conference on turbochargers and turbocharging, 81

Adhesion to fluoropolymers, 24Adhesive bonding, 24Adhesives in marine engineering, 24Advanced adhesives in electronics, 43Advanced civil infrastructure materials, 12Advanced direct injection combustion engine technologies and development, 80Advanced engineering design, 89Advanced fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites in civil engineering, 5, 9Advanced fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites for structural applications, 9Advanced materials in automotive engineering, 79Advanced membrane science and technology for sustainable energy and environmental applications, 64, 77Advanced piezoelectric materials, 44, 53Advanced polymer composites for structural applications in construction, 12Advanced power plant materials, design and technology, 63Advanced separation techniques for nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment, 71Advanced textiles for wound care, 33Advanced welding processes, 107Advanced wound repair therapies, 27Advances in biodiesel production, 76Advances in brazing, 105Advances in ceramic matrix composites, 4, 40Advances in clean hydrocarbon fuel processing, 64Advances in fire retardant materials, 39Advances in friction-stir welding and processing, 106Advances in laser materials processing, 100, 106Advances in marine antifouling coatings and technologies, 84, 99Advances in polymer nanocomposites, 17Advances in polymer processing, 21Advances in powder metallurgy, 56Advances in science and technology of Mn+1AXn phases, 89Advances in shape memory polymers, 19Advances in structural adhesive bonding, 25Advances in wrought magnesium alloys, 57Aerodynamic measurements, 83, 91Ageing of composites, 3Air engine, The, 63Air transport system, The, 84Aircraft system safety, 83Alloy tree, The, 61Alternative fuels and advanced vehicle technologies, 78Aluminium welding, 107

Amine unit corrosion in refineries, 98Analysis and design of plated structures, 16Analysis of engineering structures, 16Anti-abrasive nanocoatings, 85Applications of ATILA FEM software to smart materials, 52, 54Applied elasticity, 16Arc welding control, 107Architectural glass to resist seismic and extreme climatic events, 11Artificial cells, cell engineering and therapy, 39Automotive industry and the environment, The, 81Automotive industry, The, 81, 108

Belt conveying of minerals, 59Biaxial stretching of film, 21Bioactive glasses, 31Bioactive materials in medicine, 32Bioalcohol production, 77Bioceramics and their clinical applications, 31Biocides in plastics, 24Biocompatibility and performance of medical devices, 37Biodegradable polymers for industrial applications, 22Biodegradable polymers, 22Biodiesel science and technology, 76Biogas handbook, The, 73Biointegration of medical implant materials, 37Biolubricants, 75Biomass combustion science, technology and engineering, 73Biomaterials and devices for the circulatory system, 28Biomaterials and medical tribology, 85Biomaterials and regenerative medicine in ophthalmology, 27Biomaterials and tissue engineering in urology, 28Biomaterials for artificial organs, 26Biomaterials for spinal surgery, 27Biomaterials for treating skin loss, 26Biomaterials in plastic surgery, 26Biomaterials, artificial organs and tissue engineering, 38Biomedical composites, 30Biomedical hydrogels, 32Biomedical imaging, 34Biomedical polymers, 32Biomimetic biomaterials, 30Biosensors for medical applications, 36Biotextiles as medical implants, 33Bio-tribocorrosion in biomaterials and medical implants, 34Blast protection of civil infrastructures and vehicles using composites, 5, 11Bonding elastomers, 25Bone repair biomaterials, 28Braking 2009, 92Brittle matrix composites 10, 8Brittle matrix composites 7, 8Brittle matrix composites 9, 8Building decorative materials, 10Building materials in civil engineering, 10

Buyer’s guide to sourcing castings from India, 61

Cable engineering for local area networks, 54Carbon nanotubes and graphene for photonic applications, 45Cellular response to biomaterials, 35Cellulose and cellulose derivatives, 22Cellulosic pulps, fibres and materials, 22Ceramic nanocomposites, 4, 40Ceramic-matrix composites, 41Chalcogenide glasses, 45Characterization of biomaterials, 30Chemistry and processing of wood and plant fibrous material, The, 22Chemistry of wood preservation, The, 22Circuit analysis, 55Clay-containing polymeric nanocomposites, 19Coal science and engineering, 63Coal utilization in industry, 62, 66Coatings for biomedical applications, 31Cold spray materials deposition process, The,101Collaborative product assembly design and assembly planning, 91Combined cycle systems for near-zero emission power generation, 63Composite joints and connections, 6Composite materials, 4Composite reinforcements for optimum performance, 6Composite technologies for 2020, 8Composites forming technologies, 6Compression techniques for polymer sciences, 19Computational functional analysis, 55Computational welding mechanics, 107Computer technology in welding, 108Concentrating solar power technology, 74Concise chemistry of the elements, 94Condition assessment of aged structures, 15, 84 Controller design for industrial robots and machine tools, 86Corrosion behaviour and protection of copper and aluminium alloys in seawater, 97Corrosion by carbon and nitrogen, 97Corrosion control in the aerospace industry, 84, 96Corrosion in refineries, 97Corrosion in reinforced concrete structures, 13Corrosion issues in light water reactors, 97Corrosion of austenitic stainless steel, 98Corrosion of magnesium alloys, 96Corrosion of metallic heritage artefacts, 98Corrosion of reinforcement in concrete, 13Corrosion prevention of magnesium alloys, 95Corrosion protection and control using nanomaterials, 99Corrosion under insulation (CUI) guidelines, 95Crack arrest concepts for failure prevention and life extension, 102Creative techniques in product and engineering design, 109Creep and fatigue in polymer matrix composites, 2, 18Creep-resistant steels, 61, 68

Title index


Crystal structures, 95Cumulative damage of welded joints, 104

Decontamination in hospitals and healthcare, 29Defect structure in nanomaterials, 89Deformation and processing of structural materials, The, 16Degradation and stabilisation of polyamides, 21Degradation rate of bioresorbable materials, 38Delamination behaviour of composites, 3Dental biomaterials, 28Design and analysis of fatigue resistant welded structures, 102Design and manufacture of composite structures, 6Design and manufacture of medical devices, The, 88Design and manufacture of textile composites, 18Design and optimization of metal structures, 15Design, fabrication and economy of welded structures, 16Designing a structured cabling system to ISO 11801, 54Determination of additives in polymers and rubbers, 21Development of packaging and products for use in microwave ovens, 20Developments and innovation in carbon dioxide (CO2) capture and storage technology, 65Developments in high temperature corrosion and protection of materials, 67, 96Developments in marine corrosion, 85Developments in the formulation and reinforcement of concrete, 13Developments in tissue engineered and regenerative medicine products, 38Diamond based materials for biomedical applications, 30Diesel engine system design, 79Digital filters and signal processing in electronic engineering, 55Digital image processing, 55Direct strip casting of metals and alloys, 59Drug-device combination products, 26Duplex stainless steels, 56, 61Durability and reliability of medical polymers, 37Durability of composites for civil structural applications, 11Durability of concrete and cement composites, 12Durability of engineering structures, 16Dynamics of tethered satellite systems, 88

ECCM 7, 8Eco-efficient concrete, 13Elastic beams and frames, 16Elastomers and components, 23Electrical drives for direct drive renewable energy systems, 72Electrical motor products, 91

Electricity transmission, distribution and storage systems, 54, 72Electrochemistry and characteristics of embeddable reference electrodes for concrete structural engineering, The, 12Electrochemistry in light water reactors, 97Electroless copper and nickel-phosphorus plating, 101Electromigration in thin films and electronic devices, 43Electron beam welding, 107Electrospinning for tissue regeneration, 38Eleventh European fluid machinery congress, 92Energy absorption of structures and materials, 109Engineering and structural adhesives, 25Engineering catastrophes, 102Engineering coatings, 101Engineering materials science, 98Engineering systems acquisition and support, 86Epoxy composites, 18Essentials of scientific computing, 54Experimental inorganic/physical chemistry, 94Exploding a myth, 94Exploiting advances in arc welding technology, 107

Failure analysis and fractography of polymer composites, 2, 18Failure mechanisms in polymer matrix composites, 2Failure mechanisms of advanced welding processes, 103Failure, distress and repair of concrete structures, 13Fatal accidents, 102Fatigue analysis of welded components, 104Fatigue assessment of welded joints by local approaches, 102Fatigue design of welded joints and components, 102Fatigue design procedure for welded hollow section joints, 102Fatigue in composites, 4Fatigue in railway infrastructure, 78, 102Fatigue life prediction of composites and composite structures, 3Fatigue of thin walled joints under complex loading, 105Fatigue strength of transverse fillet welded joints, The, 105Fatigue strength of welded structures, 102Fatigue, 104Faults in hot dip galvanising, 60Fibrous and composite materials for civil engineering applications, 10Finite element modelling of composite materials and structures, 4Finite element programs in structural engineering and continuum mechanics, 17Finite element techniques in structural mechanics, 17Fire retardancy of polymers, 40Fire retardant materials, 40Fire toxicity, 39Flame retardants for plastic, 24, 40

Flammability testing of materials used in construction, transport and mining, 39, 81Flow-induced alignment in composite materials, 4Fluidized-bed technologies for near-zero emission combustion and gasification, 63Forensic polymer engineering, 2, 21Fracture and fatigue of welded joints and structures, 104Fracture, 104FRC 2000 – Composites for the millennium, 8Friction stir welding, 106Fuel Systems for IC Engines, 89Functional materials for sustainable energy applications, 52, 75Functional nanofibers and their applications, 20Fundamental and applied aspects of chemically modified surfaces, 101Fundamental chemical kinetics, 95Fundamentals of aluminium metallurgy, 58Fundamentals of evaluation and diagnostics of welded structures, 57, 104Fundamentals of inorganic chemistry, 95Fundamentals of magnesium alloy metallurgy, 56Fundamentals of metallurgy, 56Fundamentals of welding metallurgy, 56

Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of materials in energy technologies, 67, 103Generating power at high efficiency, 62Geological repository systems for safe disposal of spent nuclear fuels and radioactive waste, 68Geopolymers, 11, 41Geosynthetics in civil engineering, 11Green composites, 18Group theory for chemists, 94Guide to designing welds, A, 109

Handbook of advanced dielectric, piezoelectric and ferroelectric materials, 41, 44, 51Handbook of advanced radioactive waste conditioning technologies, 71Handbook of biodegradable polymers, 22Handbook of biofuels production, 78Handbook of composite fabrication, 7Handbook of crack opening data, 109Handbook of fire resistant textiles, 39Handbook of friction-vibration interactions, 85Handbook of gold exploration and evaluation, 60Handbook of laser welding technologies, 46, 105Handbook of medical textiles, 33Handbook of membrane reactors, 74Handbook of MEMS for wireless and mobile applications, 50Handbook of metal injection molding, 57Handbook of mould, tool and die repair welding, 108Handbook of organic materials for optical and optoelectronic devices, 46Handbook of polymer composites for engineers, 19

Title index


Handbook of recycled concrete and demolition waste, 9, 12Handbook of seismic risk analysis and management of civil infrastructure systems, 14Handbook of solid-state lasers, 48Handbook of structural welding, 108Handbook of terahertz technology for imaging, sensing, and communications, 48, 51Hatfield memorial lectures, The, 56HCCI and CAI engines for the automotive industry, 81Health and safety in welding and allied processes, 108Heat treatment of welded steel structures, 108High nitrogen steels and stainless steels, 61High performance and speciality elastomers 2005, 24High temperature deformation and fracture of materials, 66High temperature superconductors (HTS) for energy applications, 53, 77High-energy ball milling, 8, 40High-performance organic coatings, 100High-temperature superconductors, 53Hip resurfacing handbook, The, 29Hot runners in injection moulds, 24Hyaluronan, 31Hybrid laser-arc welding, 106Hydroforming for advanced manufacturing, 86Hydrometallurgy, 59

IIW recommendations for the fatigue assessment of welded structures by notch stress analysis, 103Impact behaviour of fibre-reinforced composite materials and structures, 4Implantable sensor systems for medical applications, 36In situ characterization of thin film growth, 50Independent airport planning manual, The, 83Industrial applications of surfactants IV, 22Industrial gas turbines, 62Infrastructure and methodologies for the justification of nuclear power programmes, 71Inhaler devices, 26Injectable biomaterials, 32Injection Systems for IC Engines Conference, 80, 92Innovation in aeronautics, 82Innovations in Fuel Economy and Sustainable Road Transport, 79, 90Innovative pre-treatment techniques to prevent corrosion of metallic surfaces, 101Inspection and monitoring techniques for bridges and civil structures, 14Instrumental methods in electrochemistry, 94Integrated design and manufacture using fibre- reinforced polymeric composites, 19Interface engineering of natural fibre composites for maximum performance, 7Internal Combustion Engines, 79, 80, 89, 92International Conference on Compressors and their Systems 2009, 93International Conference on Compressors and their Systems, 91, 93

Introduction to aerospace materials, 83Introduction to plastic recycling, 23Introduction to structures, 16Introduction to the non-destructive testing of welded joints, 109Introduction to the physics of nanoelectronics, 43Ions in solution, 95IPDS 2006 Integrated powertrain and driveline systems 2006, 81Irradiation embrittlement of reactor pressure vessels in nuclear power plants, 68

Joining and assembly of medical materials and devices, 35Joining plastics 2006, 23Joint replacement technology, 28Joints in aluminium – INALCO ’98, 109

Laser cooling of solids, 50Laser growth and processing of photonic devices, 49Laser shock peening, 100Laser spectroscopy for sensing, 46Laser surface modification of alloys for erosion and corrosion resistance, 99Laser welding, 107Lasers for medical applications, 35, 47Leveraging information technology for optimal aircraft maintenance, repair and overhaul (MRO), 82, 88Lightweight ballistic composites, 18Liquid moulding technologies, 24Local approach to cleavage fracture, The, 105Local probe techniques for corrosion research, 98Local strain and temperature measurement, 105Low Carbon Vehicles 2009, 80, 92

Machine learning and data mining, 55Machining and machine-tools, 87Machining technology for composite materials, 6Macro-engineering and the earth, 17Macro-engineering, 17Management, recycling and reuse of waste composites, 8Managing wastes from aluminium smelter plants, 59Manufacturing techniques for polymer matrix composites (PMCs), 5Maraging steels, 59, 60Materials ageing and degradation in light water reactors, 69Materials and surface engineering, 87, 99Materials for energy conversion devices, 41, 75Materials for energy efficiency and thermal comfort in buildings, 10Materials for engineering, 87Materials for fuel cells, 41, 78Materials in sports equipment, 23Materials science for dentistry, 28Materials, design and manufacturing for lightweight vehicles, 5, 80Mechanical evaluation strategies for plastics, 24

Mechanical testing of advanced fibre composites, 4Mechanics of solids, 16Mechatronics and manufacturing engineering, 87Medical and healthcare textiles, 33Medical modelling, 34Medical polymers 2006, 23Medical robotics, 35Medical textiles and biomaterials for healthcare, 33Melting and mixing of alloying agents in steel melts, 61Membranes for clean and renewable power production, 72MEMS for automotive and aerospace applications, 51, 79, 82MEMS for biomedical applications, 36Metallic films for electronic, optical and magnetic applications, 42, 51, 55Metallurgy of basic weld metal, 56Metallurgy of welding, 56Metals for biomedical devices, 32Metalworking fluids (MWFs) for cutting and grinding, 57Metropolitan sustainability, 75Microbiologically influenced corrosion handbook, 98Microfluidics for biomedical applications, 34Microjoining and nanojoining, 44, 51, 107Microscopy techniques for materials science, 109Microstructural characterisation of fibre- reinforced composites, 4Microstructure evolution in metal forming processes, 56, 61MIG welding guide, 107Mineral wool, 59Minimization of welding distortion and buckling, 102Minimized cardiopulmonary bypass techniques and technologies, 36Missile guidance and pursuit, 55Modelling and simulation of integrated systems in engineering, 90Modern earth buildings, 15Modern gas turbine systems, 63Modern machining technology, 90Molecular interfacial phenomena of polymers and biopolymers, 34Mossbauer spectroscopy, 95Mould design guide, The, 23Multiaxial notch fatigue, 103Multifunctional and nanoreinforced polymers for food packaging, 21Multiscale materials modelling, 16Multi-scale modelling of composite material systems, 3

Nanocoatings and ultra-thin films, 100Nanofibers and nanotechnology in textiles, 18Nanolithography and patterning techniques in microelectronics, 49Nanolithography, 46Nanomaterials in tissue engineering, 25Nanomedicine, 25Nanostructure control of materials, 93Nanostructured metals and alloys, 59, 100

Title index


Nanotechnology in eco-efficient construction, 9Natural-based polymers for biomedical applications, 32NDE handbook, 109NDE in relation to structural integrity for nuclear and pressurised components, 109New developments in advanced welding, 107Nickel and chromium plating, 101Ninth European fluid machinery congress, 92Ninth international conference on vibrations in rotating machinery, 92Non-crimp fabric composites, 7Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of polymer matrix composites, 2Non-destructive evaluation of reinforced concrete structures, 13Non-destructive examination of underwater welded structures, 85Non-destructive testing of welds, 109Non-metallic biomaterials for tooth repair and replacement, 35Novel approaches to improving high temperature corrosion resistance, 96Nuclear corrosion science and engineering, 70Nuclear decommissioning, 70Nuclear fuel cycle science and engineering, 69Nucleating agents, 21

Object-oriented technology and computing systems re-engineering, 55Optical biomimetics, 49Optical switches, 45Optical thin films and coatings, 48Optimisation of composite structures design, 7Orbital mechanics and formation flying, 83, 91Organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs), 47Orthopaedic bone cements, 28Oxy-fuel combustion for power generation and carbon dioxide (CO2) capture, 65

Packaging technology, 20Paint and surface coatings, 101Pattern recognition and image processing, 55Phase transformations in steels, 60Physical properties and applications of polymer nanocomposites, 6, 18Plastic flame retardants, 24, 40Plastic products recycling, 24Plasticity for engineers, 16Plastics in the automotive industry, 24, 81Plastics, rubber and health, 23Polymer bonding 2004, 22Polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cell technology, 76Polymer electrolytes, 44, 53Polymer matrix composites and technology, 17Polymer melt rheology, 22Polymer modified bitumen, 10Polymer nanocomposites, 18Polymer reference book, 22Polymer-carbon nanotube composites, 7Polymers in aggressive and corrosive environments 2004 (PACE 2004), 22Polymers in cementitious materials, 11Polymers in construction, 22Polymers in electronics 2007, 44Polymers in electronics, 21, 44, 52

Polystyrene, 22Power generation, 109Power plant life management and performance improvement, 64Practical astronomy, 95Practical guide to blow moulding, 24Practical guide to polyimides, 21Practical guide to the assessment of the useful life of plastics, 24Practical guide to TIG (GTA) welding, A, 107Practical scientific computing, 54Practical sonochemistry, 94Predictive formulae for weld distortion, 104Preprosthetic and maxillofacial surgery, 29Pressure vessels, 84Printed films, 42, 53Probabilistic safety assessment for optimum nuclear power plant life management (PLiM), 69Process pipe and tube welding, 108Processes and mechanisms of welding residual stress and distortion, 104Professional diver’s manual on wet- welding, 85Progenitor and stem cell technologies and therapies, 38Progress in ion exchange, 95Project management: getting it right, 108Properties and performance of natural-fibre composites, 3Pulsed arc welding, 107Pultrusion for engineers, 6

Quality assurance in adhesive technology, 25Quantum optics with semiconductor nanostructures, 49Quick guide to API 510 certified pressure vessel inspector syllabus, A, 90Quick guide to API 570 certified pipework inspector syllabus, A, 91Quick guide to API 653 certified storage tank inspector syllabus, A, 90Quick guide to health and safety, A, 93Quick guide to pipeline engineering, A, 67, 93Quick guide to welding and weld inspection, A, 93, 109

Radioactive waste management and contaminated site clean-up, 68Radionuclide behaviour in the natural environment, 70Rare earth-based corrosion inhibitors, 98Reaction mechanisms of metal complexes, 94Real-time weld process monitoring, 109Recent advances in environmentally compatible polymers, 22Recommended values of thermophysical properties for selected commercial alloys, 56Regenerated cellulose fibres, 22Regenerative medicine and biomaterials for the repair of connective tissues, 27Reinforced plastics durability, 24Risk management of safety and dependability, The, 86Rubber bonding 2006, 23Rubber-pad forming processes, 89

Science and engineering of short fibre reinforced polymer composites, 3, 17Science and technology of materials in automotive engines, The, 81Secondary metallurgy, 56Self-piercing riveting, 105Self-shielded arc welding, 107Semiconductor gas sensors, 50Semiconductor lasers, 48Service life estimation and extension of civil engineering structures, 14SGTE casebook, The, 55Shallow crack fracture mechanics toughness tests and applications, 105Shape memory alloys for biomedical applications, 30Shape memory and superelastic alloys, 58Short fibre-polymer composites, 19Signal processing in electronic communications, 55Silicone elastomers 2006, 23Silicon-germanium (SiGe) nanostructures, 44Sintering of advanced materials, 40, 58Slag atlas, 60Small and micro combined heat and power (CHP) systems, 65, 77Smart textiles for medicine and healthcare, 33Solid oxide fuel cell technology, 41, 73Solid-state hydrogen storage, 41, 73Solving tribology problems in rotating machines, 93Spacecraft thermal control, 82, 88Stand-alone and hybrid wind energy systems, 73Standardisation in cell and tissue engineering, 26Standardisation of thermal cycling exposure testing, 97State estimation in chemometrics, 94Steel – a handbook for materials research and engineering, 61Steel manual, 61Sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices, 37Sterilisation of polymer healthcare products, 36Sterilisation of tissues using ionising radiations, 37Strengthening and rehabilitation of civil infrastructures using fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites, 11Strengthening of reinforced concrete structures, 12Stress corrosion cracking, 66, 104Stress determination for fatigue analysis of welded components, 105Structural alloys for power plants, 62Structural dynamics of earthquake engineering, 15Structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems, 14Structural shear joints, 93, 102Submerged-arc welding, 107Subsea optics and imaging, 45Superplastic forming of advanced metallic materials, 58Superplasticity and grain boundaries in ultrafine-grained materials, 58

Title index


Surface coatings for protection against wear, 99Surface defects in hot rolled flat steel products, 60Surface defects on electrolytically coated steel sheet, 60Surface defects on hot-dip metal coated steel sheet, 60Surface engineering casebook, 101Surface engineering of light alloys, 99Surface modification of biomaterials, 39Surfaces and interfaces for biomaterials, 35Surfacing, 101Sustainability of construction materials, 11Sustainable Vehicle Technologies, 86Symmetry and group theory in chemistry, 95

Tailor welded blanks for advanced manufacturing, 58, 80Techniques for corrosion monitoring, 96Tenth European fluid machinery congress, 92Textile advances in the automotive industry, 81Textiles for hygiene and infection control, 33Textiles in automotive engineering, 81Textiles, polymers and composites for buildings, 10Thermal barrier coatings, 67, 100Thermal welding of polymers, 108Thermochemical surface engineering of steels, 98Thermoplastic aromatic polymer composites, 19Thermoset nanocomposites for engineering applications, 5Thermoset resins for composites, 7Thermosets, 20Thin film growth, 43TIG and plasma welding, 107Tissue engineering using ceramics and polymers, 38Titanium alloys, 59Topology in chemistry, 94Total quality management for engineers, 109Toughness requirements for steels, 61Toxicity of building materials, 9, 14TPE 2006, 23Trends in packaging of food, beverages and other fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG), 19Tribocorrosion of passive metals and coatings, 96, 101Tribology and dynamics of engine and powertrain, 79Tribology for engineers, 90Tribology of natural fiber polymer composites, 3, 18Tubular wire welding, 107

Ultra high temperature mechanical testing, 8Ultraprecision bearings, 86Ultrasonic transducers, 52Ultra-supercritical coal power plant, 62, 66Understanding and mitigating ageing in nuclear power plants, 68, 69Understanding the rheology of concrete, 13Understanding the tensile properties of concrete, 12

Underwater repair technology, 84Underwater wet welding and cutting, 85Use of electrochemical scanning tunnel microscopy (EC-STM) in corrosion analysis, The, 98Using robots in hazardous environments, 92

Vegetable oil-based polymers, 19Vehicle noise and vibration refinement, 80Vehicle thermal management systems (VTMS8), 81, 93Vehicle thermal management systems conference and exhibition (VTMS10), 92

Waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) handbook, 42Waste to energy (WTE) conversion technology, 73Watchers of the stars, 94Wear of orthopaedic implants and artificial joints, 31Weld cracking in ferrous alloys, 104Weldability of ferritic steels, 108Welded design, 109Welded joint design, 109Welding and cutting, 107Welding and joining of aerospace materials, 83, 106Welding and joining of magnesium alloys, 57, 106, 108Welding mechanisation and automation in shipbuilding worldwide, 108Welding of aluminium and its alloys, The, 107Welding of plastics, 108Welding processes and thermal cutting, 108Welding processes handbook, 106Welding residual stresses and distortion, 107Welding steels without hydrogen cracking, 108Welding symbols on drawings, 109Welding workplace, The, 108Wheel-rail interface handbook, 78Which process?, 107Wind energy systems, 72Wind turbine blade design and materials, 5, 72Wire rod defects, 60Wood-polymer composites, 17

INSPECTION/TRAINING AIDSAdjustable fillet gauge, 111AWS Gauge, 111Fillet weld gauge, 111HI-LO Welding gauge, 111Reference radiographs for assessment of weld imperfections according to ISO 5817, 111Single purpose HI-LO gauge, 111V-WAC Gauge, 111Woodhead Welding Gauge, 111WTPS Gauge, 111

VIDEOS/DVDComposite materials - Part A, 110Composite materials - Part B, 110Forming of plastics - Part A, 110Forming of plastics - Part B, 110Machining: Removing material, 110Machining: Cutting material, 110Metal casting: Sand moulds, 110Metal casting: Die casting, 110Non destructive testing, 110Safety for welding and cutting, 110Timber: Production and processing - Part A, 110Timber: Production and processing - Part B, 110Welding: Metallic materials - Part A, 110Welding: Metallic materials - Part B, 110

Title index


Abadie, M J M 21Abe, F 64, 68Adam, J-L 45Adams, R D 24Advani, S 5Affatato, S 31Ahmed, N 107Ahn, J 68Akid, R 98Akovali, G 7, 22, 23Alam, M O 43Aliofkhazraei, M 85Alkazraji, D 67, 93Allen, K 25Alonso, A 71Ambrosio, L 26, 30Anand, S C 33Ansari, F 14Apte, V 39, 81Apted, M J 68Archer, C 27Arinzeh, T 30Arkadov, G V 69Armstrong, A A 109Asadi, P 106Aslanov, V S 88Astakhov, V P 57Atala, A 38Azevedo, H S 32

Bai, J 9Bailey, C 43Bailey, N 56, 108Baillie, C 18Bainum, P M 83, 91Balchin, N C 108Balint, D 56, 61Banerjee, R 4, 40Baranov, A 48Barmak, K 42, 51, 55Barnett, M 57Barrett, J 95Bart, J C J 75, 76Bartels, V 33Basile, A 64, 72, 74, 77Bastioli, C 22Basu, J 38Baudelet, M 46Baudoin, Y 92Baxter, D 73Beaumont, P W R 3Bedenik, B 16Beeley, P R 56Behr, R A 11Beith, R 65, 77Benavides, E M 89Benavides, S 84, 96Beranger, G 98Besant, C B 16Besharati-Givi, M-K 106Best, S M 28Bettles, C 57Bhansali, S 36Bhatnagar, A 18Bibb, R 34Bijen, J 16Black, R 28Blackledge, J M 55Blagojevic, B 59

Blanco, C 26Blitz, J P 101Blunt, J 101, 108Boccaccini, A R 38Boekholt, R 108Böhni, H 13Boisse, P 6Boniszewski, T 107Borenstein, S 98Bosch, R-W 97Bosworth, L 38Bourbigot, S 40Boutrand, J-P 37Bøving, K 109Bozic, S M 55Bradley, A L W 83Brandon, H 26Brandt, A M 8Brewis, D 24Breyen, M D 35Brøndsted, P 5, 72Brown, P 18Brown, R P 24Buchanan, F J 38Buckley, A 47Bucknall, D 49Bullen, P 59Burgess, J 94, 95Burnell-Gray, J S 101

Calladine, C R 16Camanho, P 6Camino, G 40Campbell, N 85Campbell, P 29Campbell, S A 85Campelo, J 78Cao, Z 43Capó-Lugo, P A 83, 91Castaldi, M J 73Cau, A 55Cavallaro, S 75, 76Celis, J-P 97Champagne, V K 101Chance, R J 55Chand, N 3, 18Chang, I 56Chapman, M J 55Chaturvedi, M C 83, 106Chen, G S 85Chen, P 34Chen, Z 106Chirila, T V 27Choi, J H 45Chrysanthou, A 105Chua, S J 45Clark, J 78Clarke, A 109Cloud, M J 55Coe, F R 108Coffey, K 42, 55Cogswell, F N 19, 22Cook, R 99Courtney, J M 32Cousins, K 21, 44, 52Coveney, V 23Croft, D 108Crompton, R 22Crompton, T R 21

Crossland, I 69Curtis, R V 28

Dagger, B K J 109Dahm, R 24Darvell, B W 28Datta, P K 101Davey, V S 85Davidson, F P 17Davies, G A O 4Dawes, C T 107de Brito, J 9, 12De Smet, K 29De, S K 19Deb, S 27Debus, J-C 52, 54Delatte, N 13Delobel, R 40DeMeuse, M T 21Denker, B 48Dennis, J K 101Denstedt, J 28Di Silvio, L 35Diamanti, M V 9Dillard, D 25Dillmann, P 98Ding, K 100Dobmann, G 13Dong, H 99Downes, S 38Driver, M 31Dufton, P W 24, 40Dunn, D 25Dunning-Davies, J 94Dyer, A 95

Eberhardt, C 109Ebtehaj, K 25Eckold, G C 6Edmonds, D V 60Edwards, P 52, 75Elliott, B J 54Elsener, B 13Emblem, A 20Emblem, H 20Espie, A W 25Evans, G M 56

Fahim, M 3, 18Fairgrieve, S 21Fang, Z Z 40, 58Fangueiro, R 10Farkas, J 15, 16Farmer, N 19Farrar, C 61Farrar, D 27Fedrizzi, L 101Feldman, M 46Feng, Z 104Feron, D 70, 97Ferri, J 29Ferry, M 59, 72Flory, F, 48Folkson, R 78Forli, O 85Forsyth, M 98Frankel, E G 17Frankl, E G 17Frenkler, D 24

Fricke, W 102, 104Fu, G 14Fu, S-Y 3, 17Fucic, A 9, 14Fuh, J Y H 91Fung, W 81

Gagg, C 2, 21Gaharwar, A K 25Gangloff, R P 67, 103Gao, F 17Gao, W 67, 96Gasik, M 41, 78Geckeis, H 70Getman, A F 69Gibson, A G 8Gilbert, R 93Giuliano, G 58Glinicki, M A 8Goda, K 14Gomes, M E 32Gomes, P 35Gooch, T G 108Goodall, D P 55Goodenough, J B 41, 73Goodship, V 8, 23, 42Goran-Granqvist, C 9Gough, J 38Gourlay, T 36Grabke, H 97Grainger, S 101Granjon, H 56Gray, T G F 109Greenhalgh, E S 2, 18Greenwood, J H 24Greff, R 94Gregory, E N 109Gubicza, J 28Gucciardi, E 74Guedes, R M 2, 18Guell, D C 4Gugliuzza, A 72Guidoin, R 33Gunaydin, S 36Gunn, R 56, 61Guo, H 67, 100Guo, Q 20Guo, Z 59, 60Guo, Z X 16Gupta, B S 33Gurney, T R 104, 105

Habib, M K 92Hack, K 55Hacking, S A 25Hahn, G T 93, 102Hall, M 10, 15Halmshaw, R 109Hammond, W 30Hancock, M J 25Hannink, R H J 93Hardcastle, J M 81Harris, B 4Harston, J 97, 98Hart, P H M 108Hartnig, C 76Hascall, V C 31Havlik, T 59Hay, R W 94

Author index


Heaney, D 57Hellio, C 84, 99Hench, L 38Hicks, J 109Higson, S 36Hill, A J 93Hinton, B 98Hirst, M 82, 84Hitchings, D 4Hobbacher, A 102Hocheng, H 6Hodgins, D 36Hodgkinson, J M 4Hollaway, L C 11, 12, 19Hormadaly, J 42, 53Horrocks, A R 39, 40Horstmann, D 60Houldcroft, P T 107Hsiao, K-T 5Hu, J 19Huang, K 41, 73Hudson, M J 95Hughes, S E 93, 109Hull, T R 39Hulse, S 24Hunziker, E 29

Inmann, A 36Innes, A 24, 40Innes, J 24, 40Irvine, S 52, 75Iyer, K A 93, 102

Jaaniso, R 50Jackson, S 62Jaffe, M 30Jahnke, F 49Jalali, S 9, 13, 14Jalil, M B A 43Jansohn, P 63Jantzen, C 68Jarmai, K 15, 16Jayakumar, T 109Jeffs, E 62Jelinkova, H 35, 47Jenkins, M 23, 32, 37Jenkins, N 108Jerina, K L 26Jiluan, P 107John, R 107John, V M 13, 15Joksch, S 57Jones, I A 19Jones, J 38Jones, P 23

Kainer, K 56Kaldellis, J K 73Kapoor, A 78, 102Karak, N 19Karbhari, V M 2, 11, 14Karsa, D R 22Katayama, S 46, 105Kaya, A 56Keats, D 85Kendall, K N 24Kennedy, J F 22, 31, 33, 37Keong, K G 101Kern, T-U 64, 68

Khan, M R 64Khanna, A S 100Khatak, H S 98Khatib, J 11Kilinc-Balci, F S 39Killing, R 108Kilner, J 52, 75Kim, C-U 43King, M W 33King, R B 94Kinsey, B 58, 80Kitzinger, U W 17Klein, L 98Klinghoffer, N B 73Koç, M 86Kokubo, T 31Komarova, L G 21Kononenko, I 55Koster, G 50Kotsilkova, R 5Kraft, M 51, 79, 82Krayenhoff, M 15Kritzinger, D E 83Kukar, M 55Kwok, C T 99

Labrincha, J 9, 12, 13Lacroix, D 28Ladd, M 95Lagarón, J M 21Lambourne, R 101Lancaster, J F 56, 102, 104, 108Landolt, D 96, 101Laraia, M 70Large, M 49Lauke, B 3, 17Lawrence, J 100, 106Le Bras, M 40Ledkov, A S 88Lee, B 68Lee, L S 14Lee, N C 24Leeming, M 12Lerouge, S 37Leung, C K Y 8Lewis, A 26Lewis, P R 2, 21Lewis, R 78Li, B 45Li, V C 8Li, X-J J 31Li, Y 10Lin, J 56, 61Lindén, G 107Lindgren, L-E 107Lindsay, R 15Lindstrom, R 98Little, C B 101Liu, L 57, 106, 108Lohr, R D 8Lohwasser, D 106Lomov, S V 7Long, A C 6, 18, 24Lorence, M W 20Lovegrove, K 74Low, D K Y 100, 106Low, I M 41, 89Low, J 4, 40Lu, C 91

Lu, G 109Lucas, W 107, 108Ludlow, J W 38Lumetta, G J 71Lumley, R 58Luo, D 55Luque, R 78Lysaght, M 26

Macdonald, E 60Macdonald, K 104Maddock, A G 95Maddox, S J 102, 104, 109Mai, Y-W 3, 6, 8, 17, 18Maierhofer, C 13Makhlouf, A S H 100Malati, M A 94Malessa, M 97Malinov, S 59Mallick, P K 5, 80Mandal, N R 107Mangin, C 24Mano, J F 32Marcus, P 98Maroto-Valer, M M 65Marques, A P 32Marshall, I H 8Martin, J 87Martin, R 3Mason, T J 94Mathers, G 107Matthews, C 90, 91Matthews, F L 4Matthiessen, H 98Maurice, V 98Maxwell, J 24, 81Mazumder, B 59, 63McArthur, H 98McCarthy, B J 33McNally, T 7, 10Meador, C L 17Means, J 25Melchers, R E 15, 84Melero, J A 76Melhem, Z 53, 54, 72, 77Mellor, B G 99Merolli, A 28Meseguer, J 82, 88Michaleris, P 102Middleton, V 19Mietz, J 13Miller, M 11Mills, H R 95Mills, K C 56Mindess, S 13Miraftab, M 33Miravete, A 7, 19Mischler, S 96, 101Mishra, B K 59Mittemeijer, E 98Miyazaki, S 30, 58Mo, J P T 86Molloy, K C 94Moore, P 94Moore, D R 24Moore, R E 55Morris, P 34Mouritz, A 83Mowrey, D 25

Mueller, M 72Muhammad, A 54Muncaster, P W 107Murphy, J 73Murray-Smith, D J 90Murty, K L 69Myrdal, R 12

Nagata, F 86Nakamura, K 52Narayan, R 30Nash, K L 71Nazari, A 9Nedoseka, A 57, 104Neves, N M 32Nichols, D 24Niemi, E 104, 105Nieuwenhuis, P 81Niinomi, M 32Nijssen, R 5, 72Niska, K O 17Nixon, J 84Norrish, J 76Nowotny, J 41, 75Nunes, S 64, 77

Oakey, J E 64Oeters, F 61Ogle, M H 109Ohkata, I 58Ojovan, M I 68, 71Olek, J 8Olive, J-M 97Olofsson, U 78Olsen, F O 106Oltra, R 98Organ, Allan J 63Orgill, D P 26Osborne, D 62, 66Ostroverkhova, O 46Owen, M J 19

Pacheco-Torgal, F 9, 12, 13, 14Packer, J A 102Page, C L 12Page, M M 12Paik, J K 15, 84Palmeri, N 76Papthanasiou, T D 4Pargeter, R J 108Paulo Davim, J 85, 87, 88, 89, 90, 99Peat, R 94Pekguleryuz, M 56Pereloma, E 60Pérez-Grande, I 82, 88Pesheck, P S 20Peter, L M 94Peters, D 94Peters, W 26Petrushkin, S V 50Phaal, R 61Phillips, G O 22, 31, 37Piccardo, P 98Pickering, K 3Piculell, J L 22Piegari, A 48Pietrzyk, M 56, 61Pinho, S 2

Author index


Planell, J A 28Platt, D 22Pletcher, D 94Pohl, G 10Poinssot, Ch 70Polaski, G 25Polder, R 13Polinder, H 72Pötschke, P 7Pou, J 100, 106Prakash, S 39Prashad, H 93Price, D 39, 40Pritchard, G 24Prokopovich, P 26Provis, J L 11, 41Prudenziati, M 42, 53Pshenichnyuk, A I 58

Qian, H 32Qian, J 91Qiu, X G 53Quadakkers, W 96

Radaj, D 102, 107Rahnejat, H 79Raine, G A 85Raj, B 61, 98, 109Raja, V S 66, 104Rajasekaran, S 15Rajendran, S 27, 33Ralphs, J 27Ramezani, M 89Rao, A 63Ratna, D 18Raupach, M 13Rawlings, R D 4Razak, A M Y 62Reid, A 108Reid, S R 4Reinhardt, H-W 13Reis, R L 32Ren, S 10Renton, J D 16Revell, P A 28Rijnders, G 50Rimmer, S 32Ripin, Z M 89Robinson, A M 78, 102Robinson, J 94Robinson, P 2Roddy, D 63Rodionov, A N 69Rogers, W 36Rogerson, J H 25Ropital, F 98Rosendahl, L 73Ross, C T F 16, 17, 84Roth, C 76Roussel, N 13Rouvray, D H 94Rowe, J 79Roy, R 109Rubin, C A 93, 102Rudd, C D 24Rusanov, A L 21Russo, G P 83, 91Ruys, A 30

Saeedkia, D 48, 51Sahay, A 82, 88Sain, M 17Saito, Y 45Saji, V S 99Salih, V 26Samartsev, V V 50Sant, S 25Santos, D M F 44, 53Sanz-Andrés, A 82, 88Sarsby, R W 11Scala, F 63Schultz, H 107Schütze, M 96, 97Seetharaman, S 56Sekulic, D P 105Sequeira, C A C 44, 53Sha, W 59, 60, 101Shanmugam, N E 16Sharma, C P 37Shibli, A 63Shiraki, Y 44Shirzadi, A 62Shishoo, R 81Shklovsky, E 48Shneydor, N A 55Shoji, T 66, 104Siekierski, S C 94Simmons, A 37Simoes, A 101Singh, R 104Sinha, A 86Sirok, B 59Skinner, S 52, 75Smith, R 22Somerday, B P 67, 103Somers, M 98Soneda, N 68Song, G-L 95, 96Sonsino, C M 102Sopicka-Lizer, M 8, 40Sørensen, J D 72Sørensen, J N 72Sorrell, C C 41, 75Soutis, C 3, 4Spalding, D 98Spillers, W R 16Sridharan, S 3Stace, L R 59Stamboulis, A 37Starr, T 6Stec, A A 39Steele, N C 55Steen, M 8Stein, W 74Stevels, A 42Stevens, K 18Stolte, G 56Street, J A 107Strivens, T A 101Stull, N 25Su, Z 8Subic, A 23Subramanian, C V 109Such, T E 101Sugihara, S 41, 75Summerscales, J 4Sun, X 103, 105Susmel, L 103

Tam, V 9, 12Tan, O K 50Tan, S G 43Tanner, E 26Teng, J G 11Terryn, H 101Tesfamariam, S 14Thijssen, P C 94Thomas, S 21Thompson, R 22Thompson, S 108Threadgill, P L 109Tice, B S 19Tiginyanu, I 100Tipping, Ph G 68, 69Tjong, S C 6, 18Tolias, P 30Tong, L 6Tournie, E 48Toyserkani, E 100, 106Tsuchiya, K 58Turner, S 24

Uchino, K 44, 52, 53, 54Uddin, N 5, 9, 11Usami, N 44Utracki, L A 19Uttamchandani, D 50

Vadgama, P 35Vainos, N A 49Vallittu, P 35Van Der Straeten, C 29Van Deventer, J S J 11, 41Van Langenhove, L 33Vassilopoulos, A P 3Vasudev, A 36Verhaeghe, G 104Vernon, B 32Viswanathan, R 64, 68Voytekunas, V Y 21

Waldron, K W 77Walker, D J 109Walker, G 41, 73Walker, J 3Walsh, F C 85Wang, C M 16Wang, R 17Wang, Xu 80Wardle, F 86Warren, P 25Watanabe, K 86Watson, J 45Watson, T F 28Webster, T J 25, 26Weerheijm, J 12Wei, Q 20Weitzenböck, J R 24Wellinger, A 73Wells, P 81Weman, K 106, 107Whang, S H 59, 100Whillock, R 85White, J R 19White, N M 51, 79, 82Whitehouse, J E 55Widgery, D 107Wiesner, C S 61, 105

Williams, P A 13, 22, 37, 95Williams, R 39Winnik, S 95Wise, R J 108Wolf, C 26Wong, W 86Wong, Y S 91Woodings, C 22Wright, M R 95Wu, H 12Wu, X 58, 80, 101Wünsch, J R 22

Xiao Guo, Z 16Xin, Q 79Xu, H 67, 100

Yamagata, H 81Yamashita, S 45Yamauchi, K 58Yan, Y 34Yang, L 96Yang, W 21Yardley, E D 59Ye, L 8, 100Ye, Z-G 41, 44, 51Yebra, D M 84, 99Ylänen, H O 31Yoneyama, T 30Young, T 82Young, V L 26Yu, J 91Yu, T X 109Yu, Z-Z 18

Zafeiropoulos, N E 7Zairi, M 109Zalizniak, V 54Zawistowski, H 24Zedan, H S M 55Zeman, F 75Zhang, D 62, 66Zhang, H 10Zhang, J-S 66Zhang, L 61Zhang, T 91Zhang, X 45Zhang, Y M 109Zhao, H 80, 81Zhao, X 32Zhao, X-L 102Zhao, Y 56Zheng, L 65Zheng, S 17Zheng, Y 17Zhilyaev, A L 58Zhou, G 4Zhou, Y 31Zhou, Y N 44, 35, 51, 107Ziebs, J 105Zielinski, O 45

Author index


HOW TO ORDER

HOW TO ORDER - USA & CANADA

Post: Woodhead Publishing Limited, 80 High Street, Sawston, Cambridge, CB22 3HJ, UK

Email: [email protected]: +44 (0) 1223 499140Fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Woodhead Publishing USA1518 Walnut Street, Suite 1100Philadelphia, PA 19102, USA

US and Canadian orders: Our titles can be ordered from your specialist book supplier, online bookstore or college store, Barnes & Noble stores and many other retailers. In case of difficulty, please contact: [email protected] or call (215) 928 9112.

Trade orders: Order from Ingram Publisher Services, Phone: (888) 790 0430 Fax: (800) 838 1149 E-mail: [email protected]

PLEASE NOTE THAT INFORMATION AND PRICES ARE CORRECT AT TIME OF GOING TO PRESS BUT ARE SUBJECT TO ALTERATION WITHOUT NOTICE.

Order direct at: www.woodheadpublishing.com

Materials and Engineering 2013

HOW TO PAY & PAYMENT DETAILS

Name Position

Company/Organisation

Address

Postcode Country

Tel Fax

Email Date / /

Tick to join our e-mailing list

PERSONAL DETAILS PLEASE PRINT IN BLOCK CAPITALS

Security Number

By bank transfer into our account: HSBC Bank PlcSterling Account No. 82209020 Sort Code 40 16 08Euro Account No. 58122422 Sort Code 40 05 15US Dollar Account No. 58122430 Sort Code: 40 05 15Account name – Woodhead Publishing Ltd.

Cheque enclosed for £/US$/€ _________________In Sterling with a cheque drawn against a UK bankBy Euro with a cheque drawn against a European bankIn US Dollars with a cheque drawn against a US bank

Charge My: MasterCard Visa Amex Visa Debit Maestro: Issue No

Card Number

Start Date Expiry Date Signature___________________________

All credit card transactions are processed using our quoted Sterling price for the product(s). For overseas customers, due to exchange rate fluctuations the amount appearing on your card statement may differ to our quoted US Dollar and Euro prices.

Books are sent by 1st class post within the UK. Orders outside the UK are dispatched by priority airmail and will take between 5 and 28 days to be delivered depending on location. An express courier service is also available on request at an additional charge.

Total

Postage & Packing

Sub Total

(Where Applicable) VAT

Grand Total

Title Quantity TotalISBN

Postage & Packing

Other Item

Rest of World

£18/US$31/€22

£10/US$17/€13

Elsewhere in Europe

£8/US$14/€10

£5/US$9/€6

UK

£4.75

£1.75

North AmericaWoodhead Publishing USA1518 Walnut Street, Suite 1100Philadelphia, PA 19102-3406USATel: +1 215 928 9112Fax: +1 215 928 9113E-mail: [email protected] [email protected]

Mexico, Central and SouthAmerica and CaribbeanCranbury International LLC7 Clarendon Ave, Suite 2Montpelier, VT 05602USATel: +1 802 223 6565Fax: +1 802 223 6824E-mail: [email protected]

The Netherlands, Belgium andLuxembourgFrans JanssenNetwerk Academic Book AgencyPO Box 33228, 3005 EE RotterdamThe NetherlandsTel: +31 10 4613868E-mail: [email protected]

Germany, Austria andSwitzerlandFrauke FeldmannMare NostrumHeinrich-Roller-Strasse 2110405 BerlinGermanyTel: +49 30 311 703 74Mobile: +49 (0) 172 662 33 22E-mail: [email protected]

France, Italy, Portugal andSpainMarcello s.a.s.Publishers’ RepresentativesVia Belzoni, 12, 35121 PadovaItalyTel: +39 049 836 0671Fax: +39 049 878 6759E-mail: [email protected]

Eastern Europe and RussiaDr Laszlo HorvathBooks For Eastern EuropeTinódi utca 31, 1047 BudapestHungaryTel: +36 1 3703614Fax: +36 1 3795842E-mail: [email protected]

Algeria, Cyprus, Greece,Jordan, Palestine, Malta,Morocco, Tunisia and TurkeyClaire de GruchyAvicenna Partnership LtdPO Box 501, Witney, Oxfordshire OX28 9JL, UKTel: +44 7771 887843E-mail: [email protected]

Bahrain, Egypt, Kuwait,Lebanon, Iraq, Libya, Oman,Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Sudan,Syria, United Arab Emirates andYemenBill KennedyAvicenna Partnership LtdPO Box 501, Witney, OxfordshireOX28 9JL, UKTel: +44 7802 244457Fax: +44 1387 247375E-mail: [email protected]

IranFarhad MaftoonJahan Adib Publishing1st Floor, No 12, Behesht-Aaeen AlleyDavazdah-e-Farvardin StreetEnghelab Ave. Tehran 13149-63951IranTel: +98 21 6696 9111Fax: +98 21 6697 1329E-mail: [email protected]

South AfricaMichael BrightmoreAcademic Marketing Services (Pty) LtdPO Box 411738, Craighall 2024JohannesburgSouth AfricaTel: +27 11 447 7441Fax: +27 11 447 2314E-mail: [email protected]

NigeriaLanre AnulopoBounty Press Ltd3/5 Odutola Runsewe CloseOpposite Police StationOrita Challenge, PO Box 23856Mapo Post Office, IbadanNigeriaTel: +234 2 7517045Fax: +234 2 2315422E-mail: [email protected]

India, Bangladesh andSri LankaRavindra SaxenaSara Books Pvt Ltd302 Vardaan House7/28, Ansari Road, DaryaganjNew Delhi 110002IndiaTel: +91 11 232 66107Fax: +91 11 232 66102E-mail: [email protected]

PakistanTahir M LodhiPublishers’ Representatives14-G, Canalberg H.S, Multan RoadLahore 53700PakistanTel: +92 42 352 92168Fax: +92 42 358 82651E-mail: [email protected]

Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand,Hong Kong and TaiwanSteven GohAPAC Publishers’ Services Pte LtdBlock 8, Lorong Bakar Batu #05-02Singapore 348743Tel: +65 68447333Fax: +65 67478916E-mail: [email protected]

PhilippinesTony SagunCRW Marketing Services for Publishers Inc15 Pear Avenue, GreenheightsTaytay, RizalPhilippines 1920Tel: +63 2 584 8448Fax: +63 2 213 0651E-mail: [email protected]

South KoreaSe-Yung JunICK (Information & Culture Korea)473-19 Seokyo-dong, Mapo-kuSeoul 121-842South KoreaTel: +82 2 3141 4791Fax: +82 2 3141 7733E-mail: [email protected]

JapanBen Kato2-304, Shinkoji 2-18-1, MachidaTokyo 195-0057JapanTel/Fax: +81 42 737 1834E-mail: [email protected]

United Publishers Services Ltd1-32-5 Higashi-shinagawaShinagawa-kuTokyo 140-0002JapanTel: +81 3 5479 7251Fax: +81 3 5479 7307E-mail: [email protected]

ChinaIan Taylor Associates Ltd12 Richborne TerraceLondonSW8 1AUUKTel: +44 207 582 0071E-mail: [email protected]

Beijing Office of ITA1 17C Building C, In-Do Mansion48 Zhichun RdHai Dian DistrictBeijing 100098P.R.ChinaTel: +86 10 58732015Fax: +86 10 58732025

Agents and Representatives

Other catalogues available:Biomedicine and BiomaterialsEnergy and Environmental TechnologyFinance, Commodities and Business StudiesFood Science, Technology and Nutrition

Key ContactsGeneral - [email protected]/Customer Services - [email protected] - [email protected] enquiries - [email protected] - [email protected] - [email protected]

Woodhead Publishing Limited, UK Headquarters80 High Street, Sawston, Cambridge, CB22 3HJ, UKE-mail: [email protected]: +44 (0) 1223 499140 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Woodhead Publishing USA1518 Walnut Street, Suite 1100, Philadelphia, PA 19102-3406, USAE-mail: [email protected]: [email protected]

Woodhead Publishing India Pvt Limited303 Vardaan House, 7/28, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi – 110002, IndiaE-mail: [email protected]

MathematicsTextile TechnologyChandos Publishing

www.facebook.com/woodheadpublishinglimited @WoodheadTweets

Further your knowledge with Woodhead Publishing...

2013 materials and engineering catalogue

Documents